0 t Ait at) OutG i v ie f ne it es ty She at CHER) Saat se Mi ii Manne rit ib Tets I i aie oe titted f sent OST See sai i HSN aS Ar Aat Piatt ; ‘ eee! eat Vite 15 inate iia PME H ae LPL tate th ates be FILE HEALY if ns! ee itd ity ie i i y ie i atti BOLTON vol. pages plates date I fi]-xii, [1]-68 — I-44 Aug 1795 engr. t.p. p. xii: 14 Mar 1795 2 [ij-xvi, [1]-72 45-92 Jun 1797 p. vi: 14 Dec 1796 3 [aJ-xiv, [1]-80 93-138 Aug 1799 p. iv: 8 Feb 1799 4 {i*], [i]-clxxx, 139-182 Dec 1820 [i], [1]-80, [38, ind.], [1, corr.] The above analysis is based on a copy with hand coloured plates in the Stevenson library. Copies vary in binding. Other copies: B, BR, NY. — Data based on documentation BH. Vol. 1, engraved t.p., as above Volsi2, printed t.py 4... mb 48) en: Volkox prmtedrtapann 14 alta Ones): Vol. 4, has three t.p.’s: a: printed. “Jacob ... Willdenow. IV Theil, Anhange und Nachtrage. Mit 44 il- luminierten Kupfern. Fortgesetzt und mit einer Einleitung und einer erklarenden Ubersicht sammtlicher Tafeln versehen von Dr. Ch. G. Nees von Esenbeck und Dr. Th. Fr. Ludw. Nees von Esenbeck. Berlin Bey G. Reimer 1820.” hb: printed, new t.p. for entire work, issued 1820, bound in various places: ‘‘Beschrei- bung der um Halifax wachsende Pilze, enthaltend 241 Pilzarten in goo Figuren auf 182 Kupfertafeln, alle von dem Meriscer ... gegriindet von James Bolton ... Aus ae Englischen mit Anmerkungen von Carl Ludwig Willdenow. Portgesetat aye vo . Esenbeck. Berlin ... 1820.” Gi uy “Historia fungorum circa Halifax sponte nascentium tomi iv, A. Agaricus J evaa To) Mhicor.7 Ref.: BM 1:.192; LS 3294; NI 196; PR 962. Barnhart, NAF 9(6): 430. 1916. | birth/ eath dates Proposed form of citation al Bolus, Harry (1834-1911), British born South African banker and botanist. (H. Bolus). HERBARIUM and TypEs: BOL. Other coll. e.g. BUL, GRA, NH, NU, PRE, SAM, STE and outside S. Africa. Exsiccatae: Herbarium austro-africanum, with Mac Owan, q v. Ref.: 1H 2: 84.—Reference in Index Herbariorum, a standard source Télken, Index herb. austro-afr. 58. 1971. References in standard works [FBniocearny and sioGrapHy: AG 5(1): 394; Barnhart 1: 214; BB p. 37; BL 1: 28, 54; BM 1: 192-193, 6: 106; Bossert p. 44; CSP g: 288, 12: .174, 13: 665; Kew 1: 291. Pearson, S. Afr. J. Science 8: 59-79. 1911 (portr., bibl., itineraries) Anon., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1911: 275-277, 319-322. Journal Pearson, Rep. 8. Afr. Ass. Adv. Sci. 8: 59-79. 1912 (bibl., portr.) Stapf, Proc. Linn. Soc. London 1911/12: 42-44. articles Harloth, Fl. S. Afr. 1: x. 1913 (portr.) or books Verduyn ade Boer, Botanists at the Cape. 1929 (portr.) about Nelmes and Cuthbertson, Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 270-272. 1932 (portr. ne White, Stapeliae 1: 105. 1937. Hutchinson, A botanist in Southern Africa 645. 1946. and his Liitjeharms, The life and work of Harry Bolus, Cape Town. 1965 (mimeogr.) works Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 7-8. 1968. Jessop, S. Afr. biogr. woordenb. 1: 92-95. 1968. generic names based on surname ‘Bolus’ EPONYMY: Bolusafra O. Kuntze (1891); Bolusanthus Harms (1906); Bolusia Bentham (1873); Bolusiella Schlechter (1918); Neobolusia Schlechter (1895). Note: Bolusanthemum Schwantes (1928) is dedicated to his daughter-in-law Harriet Margaret Louisa Bolus née Kensit (q.v.) ¢- Book number 625. Icones orchidearum austro-africanarum extra-tropicarum. or, figures with descriptions, of [ANSE ATR Short- Apap es EAA 266 BOLUS, H. M.L. extra-tropical South African Orchids. London (William Wesley) 1893-1913, 3 vols. Oct. (Icon. orchid. austro-afric.) }» Abbreviation of short-title for use in taxonomic publications pagination of parts and their dates of publication vol. part. plates dates pages I I I-50 15 Aug 1893 [i]-vi, [1, note], l.p., [2 p. ind.] 2 51-100 20 Aug 1896 [i-iii], l.p., [3 p. ind.], app. [2]p., preface and t.p. to vol. 1 [vili]p. 2 I I-100 Apr-Jun 1911 [i-vi], l.p. [3 p. ind.]; page iv: Apr 1911, Nat. Nov. Nov 1911, BR inser. 15 Jun 1911. I 1-100 1913 [i-v], l.p.; page v: 12 Feb 1913, Nat. Nov. Dec 1913. ies) Special notes about this book Libraries where copies seen by authors The plates are accompanied by one or two pages letterpress. Copies: BR, HH. — 36 plates of vol. 3 were first published by H. Bolus in his “Orchids of the Cape Peninsula,”’ Trans. South Afr. Philosoph. Soc. 5(1): 75-200. 1888. The 300 (partly) coloured plates are by H. Bolus and F. Bolus. F. Bolus edited the third volume; preface by H. M. L. Bolus. — Portrait as frontispiece to vol. 2. Ref.: BM 1: 193, 6: 106; Kew 1: 291; NI 197-> References concerning this book Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 7. 1968. | birth/death dates | Bolus, Harriet Margaret Louisa (née Kensit) (1877-1970), South African botanist, daughter-in-law of Harry Bolus. (L. Bolus). }» Proposed citation form as author HERBARIUM and types: BOL, other material BM, GRA, NBG, PRE, SAM. Ref.; IH 2: 827 }» References to collections Toélken, Index herb. austro-afr. 1971. References in standard biographical and bibliographical works BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 214; BL 1: 28,54; BM 6: 106; Bossert p. 44; Kew 1: 291; Langman p. 391. Articles in books, journals etc. Anon.,, Flowering plants South Africa 23. 1943 (portr.) Herre, Kakteen und andere Sukkulenten 12(1): 1-3. 1961 (portr.) E.G.H.O., Forum botanicum 8: 68-69. 1970 (Died at Gape Town on 5 Apr 1970. Harry Bolus was her uncle and father-in-law). Levyns and Jessop, J. S. Afr. Bot. 36(4): 319-330. 1970 (bibl.) Herre, Kakt. Sukk. 21: 139, 170, also in The genera of the Mesembryanthemaceae 46- 47. 1971 (portr.) Glen, Aloe 13(3): 84, 87. 1975 (portr.) Generic and journal names based on names of person EPONYMY: Bolusanthemum Schwantes (1928). — Note: For other eponyms based on the Fe Bolus, cf. supra, sub Harry Bolus. Book number short-title [reas Wotes on Mesembryanthemum and allied genera. ICape Town 1928-1958. Oct. (Notes Mesembryanthemum). |» Abbreviation of short-title Part I: 1 Jul 1928 (reprinted from articles appearing in S. A. Garden & Country Life August-December, 1927), reprint 1928 (156 pp.) Part IT: Data on place of publication, dates of whole or parts, etc. pages dates pages dates pages dates 1-16 9g Nov 1928 147-160 22 Nov 1929 309-336 29 Jan 1932 17-32 21 Dec 1928 161-176 20 Feb 1930 337-356 24 Jun 1932 33-48 24 Jan 1929 177-192 9 Mai 1930 357-376 6 Dec 1932 49-64 12 Apr 1929 193-208 15 Aug 1930 377-396 19 Mai 1933 65-80 3 Mai 1929 209-224 12 Nov 1930 397-416 16 Oct 1933 81-94 6 Jun 1929 225-244 12 Feb 1931 417-436 26 Jan 1934 Q5-110 4 Jul 1929 245-268 1 Mai 1931 437-452 23 Mai 1934 TI 1-129 16 Aug 1929 269-292 3 Jul 1931 453-472 17 Aug 1934 131-146 4 Nov 1929 293-308 24 Sep 1931 473-508 11 Feb 1935 267 TAXONOMIC LITERATURE Volume vi: Sti-Vuy Regnum vegetabile, a serves of publications for the use of plant taxonomists published ‘under the auspices of the International Association for Plant Taxonomy, edited by Frans A. Stafleu Volume 115 Frans A. Stafleu and Richard S. Cowan ‘Taxonomic literature A selective guide to botanical publications and Di collections with dates, commentaries and types Volume vi: Sti- Vuy Second edition Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema, Utrecht/Antwerpen dr. W. Junk b.v., Publishers, The Hague/Boston 1986 © 1986, Frans A. Stafleu, Utrecht, The Netherlands No part of this book may be reproduced by film, microfilm or any other means without written permission from the publisher Complete work IsBN 90 313 0224 4; Volume 6 IsBN 90 313 0714 9 D/1986/3407/34 Library of Congress Cataloging in Publication Data (Revised for vol. 6) Stafleu, Frans Antonie, Taxonomic literature. (Regnum vegetabile; v. ) Includes bibliographical references and indexes. 1. Botany—Classification—Bibliography—Collected works. . Botany—Bio-bibliography—Collected works. . Botany—Catalogs and collections. . Plant collectors—Bio-bibliography—Collected works. . Herbaria—Collected works. Botany—Nomenclature—Collected works. . Botanical literature—Collected works. . Cowan, Richard S. Ha AO PWN QKo06.R4 vol. 94, etc. 581.012 s 77-468327 [Z5354-C53] [QK97] [016.581’012] ISBN 90-313-0224-4 (set) Contents Taxonomic literature and collections Sti-Vuy Index to titles Index to names he 1 ca) STIEBEL Stiebel, Salomon Friedrich (1792-1868), German (Hessen-Nassau) physician, zoolo- gist and botanist; from 1855 hospital physician in Frankfurt; member of the Collegium medicum 1828; from 1845 physician at a children’s hospital; zoological director of the Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft. (Stebel). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2020; De Toni 1: cxix, 2: cxi; PR ed. 1: 9931. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. cat. print. books 230: 309. 1964; Bonplandia 2: 254. 1854, 4: 350, 38. 1850. Knoblauch, A., Ber. Senckenb. naturf. Ges. Frankfurt 59-60. 1919 (b. 20 Apr 1792, d. 20 Mai 1868; philantropist-physician). 13.106. Die Grundformen der Infusorien in den Heilquellen nebst allgemeinen Bemerkungen iiber die Entwickelung derselben ... Erstes Heft. Gallionella ferruginea. Conferva filifor- mis sulphurata. Ueber die Keimpiinktchen und deren Bedeutung in der organischen Entwickelungsgeschichte ... Frankfurt am Main (Verlag von Carl Jiigel) 1841. Qu. (in twos). (Grundf. Infus. Healquell.). Publ.: 16-23 Mai 1841 (Hinrichs; Flora rd. 9 Mar-28 Nov 1841), p. [1]-22, 7 pl. (uncol. lith.). Copy: FH. Stiefelhagen, Heinz (fl. 1911), German (Alsatian) botanist. (Stefelh.). HERBARIUM and Types: STR. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: BL 2: 171; MW p. 473 BIOFILE: Lack, H.W. & C.-O. v. Sydow, Willdenowia 14: 440. 1984 (letter to Halacsy in Dorffler coll., UPS-UB. 13.107. Systematische und pflanzengeographische Studien zur Kenntniss der Gattung Scrophularia. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie ... Leipzig (Wilhelm Engelmann) 1910. Oct. Publ.: 22 Mar, 9 Aug 1910 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [i, recto of 406], [406]-496, pl. 4. Copy: HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Jahrb. 44 (2-4): [406]-408. 22 Mar 1910, 409-496, pl. 4. 9 Aug 1910. Stiehler, August Wilhelm (1797-1878), German (Prussian-Saxony) lawyer and paleobotanist; magistrate at Wernigerode, later in Quedlinburg. (Stehler). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Collections of fossils at Univ. Halle. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 36: 184-185 (H. Prohle); Andrews p. 336; Barnhart 3: 330 (b. 6 Aug 1797, d. Mai 1878); Biol.-Dokum. 17: 8981; BM 5: 2020; CSP 5: 832, 8: 1018; Herder p. 353; LS 25880;PR 8972-8974, ed. 1: 9933; Quenstedt p. 415. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 230: 326. 1964. EPONYMY: Stiehleria R. Daber (1953). 13.108. Beitrége zur Kenntniss der vorweltlichen Flora des Kreidegebirges im Harze ... Erster Beitrag. Ueber das Kreidegebirge zu Blankenburg und in der Grafschaft Wernigerode im Allgemeinen ... [Palaeontographica 5, 1857]. Qu. Publ.: 1857 (-Feb 1858?) (p. 79: 19 Aug 1857; journal 5(2) rd. Jul-Oct 1857 by Geol. Soc. London; 5(3-4) rd. Jan-Mar 1858), p. [45]-80, pl. 9-25 (uncol.). Copy: USGS. — Reprinted and to be cited from Palaeontographica 5(2): 47-70, pl. 9-11. Jan-Sep 1857, 5(3-4): 71-80, pl. 12-15. Oct 1857-Feb 1858. 13.109. Die Bromeliaceen der Vorwelt ... Quedlinburg 1860. Publ.: Mai 1860 (Bot. Zeit. 8 Jun 1860; Festgabe 18 Mai 1860), p. [1]-12, 7 pl. Reprint u STIEHLER n.v.; reprinted from Ber. naturw. Ver. Harz, Blankenburg, Quedlinburg 1859-1860: 4-9 (“‘Anlage E”’). 13-110. Synopsis der Pflanzenkunde der Vorwelt. Erste Abtheilung. Die gamopetalen angios- permen Dicotyledonen der Vorwelt ... Quedlinburg (Druck und Verlag von G. Basse) 1861. Oct. (Syn. Pflanzenk. Vorw.). Publ.: 1861 (p. xvi: 30 Mai 1861; ObZ 1 Nov 1861; Bot. Zeit. 27 Sep 1861, rev.), p. [i1]- xvi, [1]-196. Copies: G, H, U, USGS. — Second t.p. ([ii]): Synopsis der gamopetalen ... Vorwelt. Ref.. Hampe, E., Bot. Zeit. 19: 286-288. 1861 (rev.). J.G., Bull. Soc. bot. France 8 (bibl.): 653-654. Mar 1862 (rev.). 13.111. Palacophytologiae statum recentem exemplo Monocotyledonearum et Dicotyle- donearum angiospermarum gamopetalarum manifestum factum. Summatim exponit ... pars prima Monocotyledonae in statu fossili. [Atti Ist. Venet. Sci. Lett. Art. 10-14, 1864- 1869]. Publ.: 1864-1869 (p. 4: 6 Aug 1862), p. [1]-156. Copy: BR. — Reprinted and to be cited from Atti Ist. Venet. Sci. Lett. Art. 10: 1-15, 1263-1275. 1864-1865, 11: 113-125, 587- 597. 1865-1866, 12: 681-699, 869-891. 1866-1867, 13: 5-27, 729-751. 1867-1868, 14: 893-916. 1868-1869. Stillingfleet, Benjamin (1702-1771), British botanist, private tutor and author; B.A. Trinity Coll., Oxford 1723. (Stillingfleet). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Backer p. 551; Barnhart 3: 331 (d. 15 Dec 1771); BB p. 289; BM 5: 2021, 8: 1251; Bossert p. 384; Desmond p. 585; DNB 54: 373-375 (18: 1260- 1262); Frank 3 (Anh.): 100; Henrey 2: 110, 111-112, 116, 304, 538, 742; Herder p. 23, 236, 277; Jackson p. 33, 111, 213, 417, 419; PR 5418, 5425, 5477, 8977-8978, ed. 1: 5998-5999, 6012, 6066, 9934-9935; Rehder 1: 222; SO see index authors p. 51; Tucker 1: 669, 2: Xxxvi, 3: 295. BIOFILE: Allen, D.E., Naturalist in Britain 43, 49. 1976. Allibone, S.A., Crit. dict. Engl. lit. 2: 2260-2261. 1878. Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 230: 403-404. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 178: 593-595. 1950. Armytage, G.J., Obituary prior to 1800, London 1901, p. 16. Blackwood, J., Country Life 163: 832. 1978 (portr.). Blunt, W., The compleat naturalist 149, 213. 1971. Coxe, W., ed., Literary life and select works of Benjamin Stillingfleet. London 1811, 2 vols.(15 19,256 p., 22.7, 651) p.). Druce, G.C., Fl. Berkshire cxlii. 1897. Freeman, R.B., Brit. nat. hist. books 329-330. 1980. Fussell, G.E., More old English farming books 41-44, 49, 63. 1948. Jackson, B.D., J. Bot. 62: 361. 1924 (ex D.C. Tovey, Letters Thomas Gray, 2, 1904). Milner, J.D., Cat. portr. Kew 9g. 1906. Smith-Dampier, J.L., East Anglian Worthies 179. 1949 (originator of the term Blue Stocking). Walter, J.H.F., Trans. Norf. Norw. Natural. Soc. 9: 655. 1914 (on Stillingfleet and W. Hudson). 13.112. Miscellaneous tracts relating to natural history, husbandry, and physic. Translated from the Latin, with notes by Benj. Stillingfleet ... London (printed and sold by R. and J. Dodsley, ...) 1759. Oct. (Misc. tracts). Ed. [1]: 1759, p. [i]-xxx, [xxxii], [1]-230. Copy: KU. — See SO 1319 and HU 573 for contents and notes. ‘“The first fundamental treatise on the principles of Linnaeus published in England, and the era of the establishment of Linnaean botany in England”. Contains on p. 202-218 Observations on grasses by B. Stillingfleet; on p. 1-30 STIRTON C. Linnaeus, An oration concerning travelling in one’s own country [orig.: Orig. peregrinat. 1743, see SO 1354, TL-2/4726]. — See also Henrey 2: 112-113, 120, 652. Ed. 2: 1762, p. [i]-xxxi, [xxxii], [1]-391, pl. 1-11. Copies: G, KU, MO, NY. — Miscellaneous tracts ... physick. To which is added the Calendar of flora. By Benj. Stillingfleet. The second edition, corrected, and augmented with additional notes throughout, part- icularly on some of the English grasses, which are illustrated by copper plates. London (printed and sold by R. and J. Dodsley, ...) 1762. Oct. SO 1320. — Contains e.g. The calendar of flora, Swedish and English, made in the year 1755 on p. 229-337, with on p. 249-258 a translation of C. Linnaeus’ Calend. fl. 1756, SO 1897, 1902, TL- 2/4787 and Observations on grasses on p. [363]-391, pl. 1-11. Ed. 3: 1775, p- [i]-xxxi, [xxxii], [1]-391, pl. 1-17. Copies: HH, KU, PH. — “Miscellaneous tracts ... the third edition”. London (id.) 1775. Oct. Main contents as in ed. 2. Ed. 4: 1791, p. [i]-xxxi, [xxxii], [1]-391, pl. 1-11. Copies: MO, NY. — “Miscellaneous tracts ... the fourth edition”. London (id.) 1791. Oct. — SO 1322, 1904. Main contents as in edi 2: 13.113. The calendar of flora, Swedish and English. Made in the year 1755 ... London (printed for the author, ...) 1761. Oct (in 4-s). (Calend. fl.). Publ.: Jan 1761, p. [i]-xxili, [xxiv], 3-45, [46-50]. Copy: NY. — Translation of C. Lin- naeus, Calend. Fl. 1756, TL-2/4787. Re-issue: in Stillingfleet, B., ed., [C. Linnaeus] Miscellaneous tracts (ed. 2, see 13.112), London 1762, and in Stillingfleet, Literary life 2, 1811. Stirling, James (1852-1909), Australian geologist and botanist; land officer at Omeo, Victoria 1878; died in Riverside, California. (7. Stirling). HERBARIUM and Types: Material at B (partly destr.), BM (bryo.), KIEL (phan.), MEL, determined by F. v. Mueller. — Some letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 331; BB p. 289; BL 1: 74, 75, 320; Bossert p. 384 (d. 25 Jun 1909); CSP 11: 501, 12: 705, 18: 966-967; Desmond p. 586 (b. 9 Jan 1852); HR (bibl.); Rehder 5: 825; Urban-Berl. 314. BIOFILE: Ferguson, J.A., Bibl. Australia 3: 64, 65. 1951, 7: 442-443. 1969. Maiden, J.H., Rep. Australas. Ass. Adv. Sci. 13: 234. 1911 (bibl.). Mueller, F. v., Vict. Natural. 6: 166-167. 1890 (brief note; Helichrysum Stirlingt). Robert, W.C.H., Contr. bibl. Australia ed. 2. 3: 295. 1970. Willis, J., Vict. Natural. 87: 145. 1970, 66: 126. 1949 (coll. in Australian Alps). NOTE: Sir James Stirling (1791-1865) was the first lieutenant-governor of W. Australia, honored in botanical eponymy because he “‘advanced the study of Western Australian Plants (J.H. Maiden, J. West. Austral. nat. Hist. Soc. 6: 25-26. 1909). — James Stirling (1836-1916) collected mosses in Kent and owned a bryophyte herbarium which is at Tunbridge Wells Museum (Desmond p. 586, see also Bryologist 21: 96. 1919 and Proc. R. Soc. London ser. A. 93: xli-xlii). — John Stirling Stirling (1832-1900), Lieut.-Col., Royal Artillery, U.K., published Notes on the flora of Stirlingshire with R. Kidston (q.v.), 10 papers in Trans. Stirling nat. Hist. Arch. Soc. 1890/g91-1899/1900 (see BL 2: 312). His herbarium is at STIU (on loan from STI; further material in LIV and NMW (see D.H. Kent & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 251. 1984). 13.114. The cryptogamia of the Australian Alps. Part i. ... Royal Society of Victoria ... 1885. (Crypt. Austral. Alps). Publ.: 9 Dec 1885 (date on cover), cover-t.p., p. [1]-8. Copy: PH. Stirton, James (1833-1917), Scottish physician and cryptogamist; MD Edinburgh 1858; lecturer on gynecology Royal Infirmary; Glasgow 1879-1889; professor of gyne- cology Glasgow 1889-ca. 1904. (Stzrt.). HERBARIUM and types: GLAM (2000 lich., 7000 mosses); further material at BM (smal- STIRTON ler part of orig. lichen herb.; dupl. mosses, lich.), BRI, CHR, DBN, E, GL, NMW, OXF, WELT. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 331 (d. 14 Jan 1917); BB p. 289; BM 5: 2022; Clokie p. 249; CSP 8: 1020, 11: 502, 12: 705, 18: 967; Desmond 586; GR 381; Hawksworth p. 186; IDC 340, 517; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 99, 343; Kelly p. 219; Lenley p. 388; LS 25895-25934 (lich.); Morren ed. 10, p. 78; SBC p. 133. BIOFILE: Boyd, D.A., Glasgow Natural. 8(4): 142-144. 1920 (obit.). Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 84.21, 157.6. 1980. Dixon, H.N., J. Bot. 61: 10-17. Jan, 46-52. Feb, 69-75. Mar 1923 (‘‘Dr. Stirton’s new British mosses revised’’). Doidge, E., Bothalia 5: 1020. 1950 (bibl. S. Afr. lich.). Gyelnik, V.K., Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. natl. Hung., Bot. 31: 57. 1938. Hawksworth, D.L. & M.R.D. Seaward, Lichenol. Brit. Isl. 23, 155, 199. 1977 (bibl.). Jones, G., Glasgow Natural. 20: 54, 57. 1980 (lichen herbarium divided over GLAM and BM). Laundon, J.R., Lichenologist 11: 17. 1979 (coll.). Rogers, R.W., Austrobaileya 1(5): 502-510. 1982 (typification Australian lichens). Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 518. 1977 (coll. mosses). Trail, J.W.H., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 129: 71-75. 1917 (obit., bibl.). Urban, I., Symb. ant. 1: 160. 1898 (Challenger exp. lichens see J. Linn. Soc. Lond. 14: 369-372. 1875). COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Cryptogamic flora, in Edward Richard Alston, Notes on the fauna and flora of the West of Scotland, Glasgow 1876. (2) Musci, Hepaticae (with R.H. Paterson), Lichenes, in Glasgow Society of Field Natura- lists, A contribution towards a complete list of the fauna and flora of Clydesdale .. . Glasgow 1876. EPONYMY: Stirtonia A.L. Smith (1926); Stertonia R. Brown (1900). 13.115 Additions to the lichen flora of New Zealand ... [Annual Report and Transactions of the Glasgow Soc. of Field Naturalists 1873]. Oct. Publ.: Jan-Feb 1873 (read Mar 1872), p. 15-23. Copies: Almborn, BM. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Rep. Trans. Glasgow Soc. Field Natural. 1872-1873: 15-23. 1873. 13.115a. Lichens British and foreign. [Transact. Glasgow Soc. Field Naturalists 1876]. Oct. Publ.: Apr-Jun 1876 (read 28 Sep 1875), p. 85-96. Copies: Almborn, BM. — Reprinted and to be cited from Trans. Glasgow Soc. Field Natural. 4: 85-95. 1876. 13.116. Description of recently discovered foreign lichens [Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 1877]. Oct. Publ.: Jun-Aug 1877 (read 26 Apr 1876; Proc. 10(2) rd. Jul-Sep 1877 Geol. Soc. London), p. [1]-9. Copy: FH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 10: 156-164. 1877. 13.117. Additions to the lichen flora of South Africa. [Transact. Glasgow Soc. Field Natura- lists 1877]. Oct. Publ.: Oct-Dec 1877 (read 30 Mar 1877), p. 211-220. Copies: Almborn, BM. — Reprinted and to be cited from Trans. Glasgow Soc. Field Natural. 5: 211-220. 1877. — A fundamental paper for the lichenology of S. Africa. 13.118. On new genera and species of lichens from New Zealand ... [Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 1877]. Oct. Publ.: 1877 (read 26 Jan 1877; Proc. 10(2) rd. Jul-Sep 1877 Geol. Soc. London), p. [1]- 22. Copies: FH, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 10: 285-306. 1877. STIZENBERGER 13.119. On certain lichens belonging to the genus Parmelia ... [from ‘“The Scottish Naturalist” for January [April, July] 1878]. Oct. [7]: Jan 1878, p. [1]-4. — Reprinted and to be cited from Scott. Natural. 4: 200-203. Jan 1878. [2]: Apr 1878, p. [1]-3. — Id. 4: 252-254. Apr 1878. [3]: Jul 1878, p. [1]-3. — Id. 4: 298-299. Jul 1878. Copy: G. 13.120. Lichens growing on living leaves from the Amazons ... [Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 1878]. Collector: James William Helenus Trail [olim: Traill] (1851-1919). Publ.: 1878 (read 20 Feb 1878; Proc. 11(1) rd. by KNAW Oct 1878, p. 94-111 in this part?, part 11(2) rd. Dec 1879), p. [1]-13. Copies: Almborn, FH, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 11: gg-111. 1878 (1879?). 13.121. New and rare lichens from India and the Himalayas ... [Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 1879]. Oct. Collector: George Watt (1851-1930). Publ.: 1879 (read 5 Feb 1879; Proc. 11(2) rd. KNAW Dec 1879), p. [1]-17. Copies: Almborn, FH, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 11: 306-322. 18709. 13.122. Additions to the lichen flora of Queensland ... [Trans. R. Soc. Victoria 1881]. Collectors: Frederick Manson Bailey (1827-1915); Hugh Paton (of shen Publ.: 1881 (read 9 Sep 1880; Bot. Zeit. 30 Jun 1882), p. [1]-13. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Trans. R. Soc. Victoria 17: Ae 48. 1881. 13.123. On the genus Usnea, and another (Eumitria) allied to it ... Reprinted from the “Scottish Naturalist’ for July 1881. Oct. Publ.: Jul 1881, p. [1]-11. Copies: Almborn, FH, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Scott. Natural 6: gg-109. Jul 1881. Continuation: Scott. Natural. 6: 292-297. Jul 1889, ser. 2. I: 72-99. Oct 1883. 13.124. On vegetable parasites on the tea plant, more especially that of Assam ... [Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 1882]. Oct. Publ.: Jan-Mai 1882 (read 27 Apr 1881; an 13(1) rd. Jun 1882 by KNAW, 13(2) rd. Dec 1883; publication possibly in 13(1) Palit |= ie Copy: FH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. R. Philos. Soc. eee 13: 181-193. 1882. 13.125. A curious lichen from Ben Lawers ... Perth (S. Cowan & Co., ...) [1887]. Oct. Publ.: 1887 (p. 3: Oct 1886), cover-t.p., p. [1]-3. Copy: FH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Scott. Natural. 9: 37-39. 1887. 13.126. Scottish mosses ... Glasgow (printed for the Royal Philosophical Society of Glasgow by Carter & Pratt, ...) 1907. Oct. Publ.: 1907, cover-t.p., p. [1]-11. Copy: FH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. R. Philos. Soc. Glasgow 38: 150-158. 1907. Stizenberger, Ernst (1827-1895), German (Baden) physician and _lichenologist; studied medicine at Freiburg i. Br. and Ziirich, state exam. med. 1850; Dr. med. Frei- burg 1851; practicing phycisian at Konstanz 1851-1895; from 1852 also inspector of the pharmacies in S. Baden; active politician and musician. (Stzenb.). HERBARIUM and tyPEs: ZT; duplicates B (mainly destr.), H, L, M, OXF, WRSL. Exsiccatae: (1) With A. Braun and L. Rabenhorst, Characeen Europas fasc. 1-5, 121 nos., 1857-1878. For further details see index under A. Braun (TL-2/1: 307) and L. Raben- horst (exs. 10). — Flora 39: 223-224. 14 Apr 1856 (announcement; identifications by A. Braun); A. Braun et al., Bot. Zeit. 14: 230-232. 1856 (description), Schlechtendal, D.F.L. von, Bot. Zeit. 15: 726-728. 1857 (rev. fasc. 1), Furnrohr, A.E., Flora 41: 42-45. 1858 (id.), 42: 669-672. 1819 (id. fasc. 2), Anon., Bot. Zeit. 17: 383-384. 1859 (rev. fasc. 5 STIZENBERGER 2). — Fasc. 5 publ. before 21 Jun 1878 (Bot. Zeit. 21 Jun 1878). Additional sets: see IH 2: 26. (3) With J.B. Jack and L. Leiner, Aryptogamen Badens, 1857-1880 nos. 1-1000, 21 fasc. — For further details see under J.B. Jack (TL-2/2: 394 and IH 2: 305). — Schlechtendal, D.F.L. von, Bot. Zeit. 18: 134-136. 13 Apr 1860 (rev. fasc. 1-4), 19: 44. 8 Feb 1861 (rev. 7-8), 19: 303-304. 11 Oct 1861 (rev. 9-10), 21: 8. 2 Jan 1863 (rev. 12), 22: 351-352. 12 Nov 1864 (rev. 13-14), 22: 415. 30 Dec 1864 (rev. 15-16), Bary, A. de, Bot. Zeit. 28: 775- 776. 2 Dec 1870 (rev. 18-19), Anon., Bot Zeit. 38: 624. 3 Sep 1880 (ann. 20-21, nos. goI- 1000). — Alphabetisches Verzeichniss nebst Standortangabe: W. Baur, Mitt. badisch. bot. Ver. 87-89: 301-326. 1891. See also Lagerheim (1889). Letters to W.G. Farlow at FH, to D.F.L. von Schlechtendal at HAL; 932 letters in W. Nylander’s correspondence at H-UB (plus 365 from N. to S.); other letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 54: 534-535 (E. Wunschmann); Ainsworth p. 336; Barnhart 3:332 (b. 13 Jun 1887, d. 27 Sep 1895); Biol.-Dokum. 17: 8996; BJI 1: 56; BM 5: 2022-2023; Clokie p. 249; CSP 5: 835, 8: 1020, 11: 502-503, 18: 967-968; De Toni 1: cxix, 2: cxi; DTS 1: 292; Frank 3 (Anh.): 100; GR p. 49, pl. [77], cat. p. 72; Hawksworth p. 186; Herder p. 260; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 343, 2: 305; Jackson p. 160; Kleppa p. 219; KR p. 670; Krempelh. 2: 417-451; LS 25935-25966; Moebius p. 109; Morren ed. 10, p. 24; MW p. 473; Nordstedt p. 30; PR 8981-8986, 10543; Quenstedt p. 415; Rehder 1: 235; SBC p. 133; TL-2/2456, see A. Braun, J.B. Jack, C. Leiner; TR 1382-1383; Urban-Berl. p. 262, 272. BIOFILE: Anon., Ber. That. St. Gall. naturw. Ges. 1894-1895: 35-39. 1896 (main publ.; obit.); Bot. Zeit. 54: 61. 1896 (d.); Flora 47: 207. 1864 (member Leopoldina as “Hedwig iii”); Hedwigia 34: (191). 1895 (d.); Jahresber. naturf. Ges. Graubtinden 39: 288. 1896 (obit. not.); Nat. Nov. 17: 704. 1895 (d.). Cramer, C., Viertelj.-Schr. naturf. Ges. Zurich 40: 406-411. 1895. Gyelnik, V.K., Ann. Mus. natl. Hung. Bot. 32: 205 (reprint p. 61). 1939. Hawksworth, D.L. & M.R.D. Stewart, Lichenology Brit. Isl. 155-156. 1977. Jack, J.B., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 14: (37)-(49). 1896 (portr., obit., bibl.; b. 14 Jun 1827); Hedwigia 35: 34-42. 1896 (id.). Kappeler, Correspondenz-Blatt Schweizer Aerzte 1895, no. 21, 3 p. (obit., emphasis on his functioning as a physician). Lagerheim, G.V., Bot. Centralbl. 38: 849-850. 1889 (revision of Chytr., Peronosp., Ustil. and Ured. in Arypt. Badens). Laundon, J.R., Lichenologist 11: 17. 1979. Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 705. 1985. Pfister, D.H., Mycotaxon 23: 73. 1985. Stizenberger, E., Ber. Thatigk. St.-Gall. naturw. Ges. 1873-74: 279-308. 1875 (““Kriegs- bereitschaft im Reiche Flora’s’’; eloquent literary-botanical essay on the struggle for existence in the plant world). Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 153-154, pl. 127. 1905 (portr.). 13-127. Uebersicht der Versteinerungen des Grossherzogthums Baden von Ernst Stizenberger. (Der medizinischen Facultat der Universitat Freiburg zur Erlangung der Doktorwiirde in der gesammten Heilkunde vorgelegt). Freiburg i. B. (Verlag der Universitats- Buchhandlung von J. Diernfellner) 1851. Oct. (Uebers. Verstein. Baden). Publ.: 1851 (p. 144: Feb 1851), p. [1]-144. Copy: NY. 13.128. Untersuchungen tiber Ephebe ... Hedwigia ... 1858. Oct. Publ.: Jan-Feb 1858 (in journal, p. 5: 14 Dec 1857), p. [1]-5. Copy: G. — Issued and to be cited as Hedwigia 2(1): 1-5. Jan-Feb 1858. 13.129. Dr. Ludwig Rabenhorst’s Algen Sachsens resp. Mitteleuropa’s. Decade i-c. Systema- tisch geordnet (mit Zugrundelegung eines neuen Systems) ... Dresden (Dampfschnell- pressen-Druck von C. Heinrich) 1860. Oct. (Rabenh. Alg. Sachs.). Publ.: 1860 (p. 6: 16 Sep 1860), p. [1]-41. Copies: G, M, NY(2). — Index to the series of exsiccatae Algen Sachsens, by L. Rabenhorst, q.v. (TL-2/8438). STIZENBERGER 13.130. Actinopelte, eine neue Flechten-Sippe, beschrieben von Dr. Ernst Stizenberger. (Besonderer Abdruck ous [sic] der Flora Nro. 1. [1861]. Oct. Publ.: 7 Jan 1861 (in journal), p. [1]-4, pl. 1 (uncol. lith.). Copies: Almborn, G(2), M, Peterson. — Reprinted from Flora 44: 1-5, pl. 1. 7 Jan 1861. 13.131. Ueber den gegenwdartigen Stand der Flechtenkunde. Eine Skizze ... [Flora 45, 1862]. Oct. Publ.: 27 Aug 1862, p. [1]-8. Copies: G, M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Flora 45: 401-408. 27 Aug 1862. 13.132. Beitrag zur Flechtensystematik ... St. Gallen (Druck von Scheitlin und Zollikofer) 1862. Oct. Publ.: 1862 (Flora 20 Nov 1862), p. [i], [124]-182. Copies: Almborn, B, FH, G(2), H, M, MICH, NY, Stevenson, USDA. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ber. Thatigk. St. Gall. naturw. Ges. 1861-1862: [124]-182. 1862. 13.133. Kritische Bemerkungen tiber die Lecideaceen mit nadelformigen Sporen ... Dresden (Druck von E. Blochmann & Sohn) 1863 [i.e. 1864]. Qu. (Avit. Bemerk. Lecid.). Publ.: Feb-Mar 1864 (mss. rd. for publ. 8 Aug 1863; vol. 30 of journal: KNAW rd. Apr 1864; Flora rd. 7 Mai 1864; Geol. Soc. London rd. 1 Apr-30 Jun 1864; BSbF séance 4 Apr 1864; Hedwigia Feb(?) 1864), p. [1]-76, pl. 1-2 (uncol. lith. auct.). Copves: Almborn, B, BR, FH, G(2), H, M, MO, NY. — Issued as Nova Acta Leop. 30(3): I- 76. 1863. — We have no indication that 30(3) was published separately and in ad- vance of the publication of the completed volume in Feb-Mar 1864. 13.134. Conspectus specierum saxicolarum generis Opegraphae ... [Flora 48, 1865]. Oct. Publ.: 22 Feb 1865, p. [1-8]. Copzes: G(2), H, M, MO. — Reprinted and to be cited from Flora 48: 71-78. 22 Feb 1865. 13.135- Die Fellman’sche Sammlung von Flechten aus dem Oostlichen Lappland. [Flora 48, 1865]. Oct. Collectors: Nils Isak Fellman (1841-1919); exsiccatae: with W. Nylander, Lichenes arctici collecti aestate 1863 in Lapponia orientali. Nos. 1-224, Helsingfors 1865. Publ.: 28 Feb 1865, p. [1-2]. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Flora 48: 92-93. 28 Feb 1865. — See also Lettre a M. William Nylander, sur un voyage botanique dans la Laponie orientale, 19 septembre 1863, Bull. Soc. bot. France 10: 495-502. 1863. 13.136. wei Lecidea-Arten mit dreizelligen Sporen ... (Aus der Flora 1865 N°. 31). Oct. Publ.: 21 Oct 1865, p. [1-2]. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Flora 48: 489- 491. 21 Oct 1865. 13.137. Ueber die steinbewohnenden Opegrapha-Arten ... Dresden (Druck von E. Blochmann & Sohn) 1865 [i.e. 1866]. Qu. (Steznbewohn. Opegrapha). Publ.: Mar 1866 (mss. submitted 4 November 1864; t.p. 1865; Soc. bot. France rd. 6 Apr 1866; KNAW rd. Mar 1866; Flora rd. 18 Apr 1866; Soc. géol. France rd. 7 Mai 1866), p. [1]-39, pl. 1-2 (uncol. liths.). Copies: Almborn, B, BR, FH, G(2), H, M, NY, U. — Issued as Nova Acta Leop. 32(4): 1-39, pl. 1-2. 1865. We have no indication that no. 4 was issued in advance of the publication of vol. 32 as a whole in Mar 1866. 13.138. Lecidea sabuletorum Florke und die ihr verwandten Flechten-Arten ... Dresden (Druck von E. Blochmann & Sohn) 1867 [i.e. 1868]. Qu. (Lecidea sabulet.). Publ.: Nov 1868 (t.p.: 1867; mss. submitted 10 Sep 1866; LS 25945 “1867, erschienen 1868”; KNAW rd Nov 1868; Flora rd. 8 Dec 1868; Geol. Soc. London rd. 1 Oct-31 Dec 1868), p. [1]-84, pl. 7-3 (uncol. liths.). Copzes: Almborn, B, BR, FH, G, H, M, MO, NY. — Issued'as Nova Acta Leop. 34(2): 1-84, pl. 1-3. 1867, publ. Nov 1868. We have no indication that no. 2 was issued in advance of the completed volume in Nov 1868. 13.139. De Lecanora subfusca ejusque formis commentatio ... [Separat-Abdruck aus der Botanischen Zeitung. Jahrg. 26, 1868. No. 52]. Oct. STIZENBERGER Publ.: 25 Dec 1868, p. [1]-14. Copies: Almborn, B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Zeit. 26(52): 889-902. 25 Dec 1868. 13.140. A. Rosenthal’s Forschungs-Expedition nach Nowaja Semlja, Juli bis September 1871. 5. Bericht: Verzeichnis der von Th. v. Heuglin auf Nowaja Semlja gesammelten Lichenen, ... Geographie und Forschung der Polar-Regionen, Nr. 71. (Aus Petermann’s “Geogr. Mittheilungen”, 1872, Heft 11). Oct. Publ.: 1872, p. [1]-4. Copies: Almborn, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Geogr. Mitth. Petermann 1872(11): 420-421. 13.141. Botanische Plaudereien iiber die Flechten (Lichenes) ... von Dr. Ernst Stitzenberger [sic]. Glarus (Buchdruckerei von Frid. Schmid) 1873. Oct. (Bot. Plauder. Flecht.). Publ.: 1873 (Bot. Zeit. 12 Dec 1873; Hedwigia Jan 1874), p. [1]-58. Copies: B, FH, G, H. — Note: this is the only publication seen by us on which the author’s name is spelled Stitzenberger rather than the usual Stizenberger. 13.142. Index lichenum hyperboreorum ... Sangallensis (ex officina Zollikoferi) 1876. Oct. Publ.: 1876 (Grevillea Sep 1876; Bot. Zeit. 11 Aug 1876; Hedwigia Jun 1876; Flora 21 Jul 1876), p. [i-ii], [1]-57. Copies: Almborn, FH, G, H. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ber. Thatigk. St. Gall. naturw. Ges. 1874-75: [189]-245. 1876. 13.143. Lichenes helvetici eorumque stationes et distributio ... Apud Sanctum Gallum [St. Gallen] (Typis E. Zollikoferi) 1882-1883, 2 fasc. Oct. (Lich. helvet.). 1: 1882 (Bot. Centralbl. 11-15 Dec 1882; BSbF 10 Nov 1882; Bot. Zeit. 23 Jan 1883; Nat. Nov. Dec(1) 1882; Flora 21 Dec 1882), p. [i-ii], [1]-268, [263-268: add. corr.]. — Also issued as Ber. Thatigk. St. Gall. naturw. Ges. 1880-81: [255]-522. 1882. 2: 1883 (Bot. Centralbl. 3-7 Sep 1883; Bot. Zeit. 31 Aug 1883; Bot. Zeit. 27 Jul 1883; BSbF 27 Jul 1883; Nat. Nov. Sep(1) 1883; Flora 11 Nov 1883), p. [i]-xxiii, 269-377 fie. 269-272 add. corr. II; 273-377 appendices i-iv]. — Id. 1881-82: [201]-327. — On p. [i] a general t.p. “1882-83”. N.B. The introduction on p. 309-327, in the journal issue; in the independently paginated reprint it takes up p. v-xxiii in the preface matter, in the Almborn copy inserted in part 1. Copies: FH, H, MICH, NY(2), Stevenson; IDC 5216 (fasc. 1, ex journal). 13.144. Nachtrag zur botanischen Ausbeute der Novara-Expedition ... (Separat-Abdruck aus “Flora” 1886, Nr. 26). Oct. Publ.: 11 Sep 1886 (in journal), p. [1]-3. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Flora 69: 415-417. 11 Sep 1886. 13.145. Lichenes insulae Maderae ... Coimbricae [Coimbra] (typis academicis) 1887. Oct. Publ.: 1887 (Nat. Nov. Mar(1) 1888; Flora 21 Feb 1888), p. [1]-11. Copies: FH, G, H, Peterson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bol. Soc. Broter. 5: 123-131. 1887. 13.146. Lichenaea africana ... St. Gallen (in Commission bei A. & J. Koppel) 1890-91. Oct. (Lichenaea afr.). 1: 1890 (Bot. Centralbl. 21 Mai 1890; Bot. Zeit. 27 Jun 1890; ObZ Jul 1890; Flora 5 Jul 1890; Nat. Nov. Jun(2) 1890), cover-t.p., p. [1]-144. — Also issued in Ber. [Jahresber. ] Thatigk. St. Gall. naturw. Ges. 1889-90: [105]-249. 1890. 2: 1891 (Bot. Centralbl. 12 Aug 1891; Bot. Zeit. 31 Jul 1891; Flora 29 Jun 1891; Nat. Nov. Aug(1) 1891), cover-t.p., [i-ii; p. i general t.p.], 145-280. — Id. 1889-90: [133]- 268. 1891. Suppl. 1: 1893 (p. 11: Dec 1892), p. [1]-11. — Id. 1891-92: 88-96. 1893. — Supplementa ad Lichenaeam africanam i. denuo addenda et corrigenda. Suppl. 2: 1895 (Bot. Zeit. 1 Jan 1896), p. [1]-50. — Id. 1893-94: [215]-264. Copies: Almborn, B, FH, G, H, M, MICH, NY, Stevenson; IDC 731. Ref.: Hue, A.M., Bull. Soc. bot. France 39: 143-144. 1892 (rev.). Minks, A., Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 3(1): 4-7. 1893 (rev.). 13.147. Bemerkungen zu den Ramalina-Arten Europa’s ... Chur (Druck von Gebriider Cas- anova) 1891. Oct. 8 STOCKER Publ.: 1891 (p. 52: 2 Dec 1890; errata dated 4 Mar 1891; main paper received by Soc. bot. France session 13 Mar 1891, sic!), cover-t.p., p. [1]-52, [1, err.; tipped in page 4 Mar 1891]. Copies: B, FH, G, H, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Jahres- ber. naturf. Ges. Graubiindens ser. 2. 34: 77-130. 1891 (errata included on p. 129- 130). Ref.. Minks, A., Bot. Centralbl. 56: 82-84. 11 Oct 1893 (rev.). 13.148. Die Alectorienarten und ihre geographische Verbreitung ... Wien (Alfred Holder ...) 1892. Qu. Publ.: 1892 (Bot. Zeit. 1 Jan 1893; Soc. bot. France rd. session 11 Nov 1892; Nat. Nov. Sep(1) 1892), cover-t.p., p. [117]-134. Copies: Almborn, BR, G, H. — Reprinted with special cover from Ann. k.k. Naturh. Hofmus. 7(3): [117]-134. 1892. 13.149. Die Griibchenflechten (Stictei) und ihre geographische Verbreitung ... Sonderab- druck aus Flora ... 1895. Oct. Publ.: 16 Aug 1895 (in journal), p. [88]-150. Copy: Almborn. — Reprinted and to be cited from Flora 81 (Erganzungsband zum Jahrgang 1895): [88]-150 [no illustrations]. 13.150. A list of lichens collected by Mr Robert Reuleaux in the western parts of North America ... Extract from Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 2. vol. v. [1895]. Oct. Publ.: 20 Aug 1895 (date on p. 535), cover-t.p., p. [535]-538. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 2. 5: 535-538. 1895. — See also his Notes on western lichens, Erythaea 3: 30-32. 1895. Stocker, Otto (1888-1979), German (Baden) plant physiologist and ecologist; Dr. phil. Freiburg i. Br. 1923; scientific assistant at the Techn. Hochschule Karlsruhe 1913-1914; high school teacher at Bremerhaven 1915-1934; professor of botany and director of the Botanical Institute and Garden in Darmstadt 1934-1959; in retirement still actively travelling and publishing. (Stocker). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 332 (b. 17 Dec 1888); BFM 1713, 3291; Biol.-Dokum. 17: 8998-8999; BJI 2: 171; Bossert p. 384; DTS 1: 293; GR p. 141-142; LS suppl. 26778; Moebius p. 257, 259. BIOFILE: Anon., Hedwigia 74: (141). 1934 (app. Darmstadt), 75: (72). 1935 (id.); Osterr. bot. Z. 83: 160. 1934 (app. Darmstadt). Degener, H.A.L., Wer ist’s ed. 10. 1559. 1935. Evenari, M. & O.L. Lange, Flora 168: 5-11. 1979 (tribute goth birthday; portr.). Liittge, U., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 92: 1-6. 1979 (goth birthday; sketch of life and work; portr.). Ziegler, H., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 81: 558, 565. 1970. Ziegler, H. et al., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 95: 375-386. 1982 (obit., bibl., portr.). COMPOSITE WoRKS: Die Aegyptisch-Arabische Wiiste, in G. Karsten and H. Schenck, ed., Vegetationsbilder ser. 17, 5/6, Jena 1926, ser. 18, 1. Jena 1927. FESTSCHRIFT: Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 92. 1979. 13.151. Der Wasserhaushalt agyptischer Wiisten- und Salzpflanzen vom Standpunkt einer experimentellen und vergleichenden Pflanzengeographie aus ... Jena (Verlag von Gustav Fischer) 1928. Oct. (Wasserhaush. dgypt. Wiist.-Pfl.). Publ.: 1928, p. [1]-200, 1 chart. Copy: G. — Botanische Abhandlungen, ed. K. Goebel, Heft 13. Ref.: Wettstein, R., Osterr. bot. Z. 78(2): 191. 1929. 13.152. Das Halophytenproblem ... Sonderabdruck aus Ergebnisse der Biologie ... 1928. Oct. STOCKER Publ.: 1928, cover-t.p., p. [265]-353. Copy: GOET. — Reprinted and to be cited from Erg. Biol. 3: [265]-353. 1928. Beitrége zum Halophytenproblem, 1: Z. f. Bot. 16: 289-330. 1924, HU, 17: [1]-24. 1925. Stockmans, Francois (1904-x), Belgian botanist; “‘aide-naturaliste”’; later director of the palaeontological department of the Brussels Museum of natural history and Labor- atory director at the Institut royal des Sciences naturelles de Belgique; professor at the Université de Bruxelles. (Stockmans). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Section de Paléobotanique, Institut royal des Sciences naturelles, Bruxelles. — Some herbarium material at BR. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 336; Biol.-Dokum. 17: gooo; BM 8: 1257; Roon p. 108; TL-2/9074. BIOFILE: Andrews, H.N., The fossil hunters 124 (portr.), 348. 1980. Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 230: 656. 1964; Index biogr., Acad. R. Belgique 244. 1964 (b. 13 Sep 1904). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 705. 1985. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 91. 1935, 2: 33, 83, 381. 1936, 5: 526. 1939, 6: 119. 1941. COMPOSITE WORKS: Co-author, A.M.V.J. Renier et al., Fl. Faune houill. Belg. 1938, TL- 2/9074. 13.153. Végétaux éocénes des environs de Bruxelles ... Brussel (Koninklijk Natuurhistorisch Museum van Belgié ...) 1936. Qu. (Veg. eocén. Bruxelles). Publ.: 31 Jul 1936 (t.p.), p. [1]-56, [57, index], err. slip, pl. 1-3 with text ... Copies: BR, NY. — Issued as Verh. Kon. Natuurh. Mus. Belgié 76. Stockmayer, Siegfried (1868-1933), Austrian physician and botanist (algologist); Dr. med. Wien 1892; district physician in Frankenfels and subsequently municipal physician in Unter-Waltersdorf 1893-1909; from 1913 practicing physician at Stammersdorf nr. Wien. (Stockmayer). HERBARIUM and typEs: W. — Contributed to Aryptogamae exsiccatae editae a Museo palatino Vindobonensi, sets e.g. in B, E, LE and W. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 332; Biol.-Dokum. 17: 9000; Bossert p. 384; CSP 18: 970; De Toni 4: liv; LS 25968; Nordstedt p. 30, suppl. 15; Tucker 3: 296. BIOFILE: Keissler, K., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 85: 149-157. 1935 (obit., portr., bibl., b. 8 Aug 1868, d. 20 Mar 1933). Koster, J.Th., Taxon 18: 558. 1969 (types algae at B; if so now mainly destr.). Prescott, G.W., Bibl. Desmidiac. univ. 481. 1984. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Charophyta, in I.S. Poetsch & K.B. Schiedermayr, Nachtrdge, Syste- matische Aufziéhlung der im Erzherzogthume Oesterreich ob der Enns bisher beobachteten samenlosen Pflanzen ... Wien 1894, p. 60-61 (Bot. Centralbl. 30 Oct 1864), TL-2/8095. (2) Algae, in G. Beck, Flora von Siidbosnien 1(4): 7-10. 1890, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus., Wien 4(4): 345-348. 1890. (3) I. Classe, Algen, in Nachtréige zur systematischen Aufzdhlung der im Herzogthum Osterreich ob der Ems bisher beobachteten samenlosen Pflanzen (Kryptogamen) p. 23-59. 1894. (4) Algae, in H. von Handel-Mazetti, Ergebnisse einer botanischen Reise in das Pontische Rand- gebirge im Sandschak Trapezunt, Ann. k.k. Naturh. Hofmuseum, Wien 23, 1909. 13.154- Vorschlige fiir den internationalen botanischen Kongress in Briissel 1910, betreffend die Nomenklatur der Algen ... Separatabdruck aus der ‘“Osterreichischen botanischen Zeitschrift, Jahrg. 1909, Nr. 5. Oct. Publ.: Mai 1909, p. [1]-4. Copy: FAS. — French text on p. 3-4. — Reprinted and to be IO STORCK cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 59: 183-186. 1909. — Proposed to accept J.B. De Toni, Syll. alg. as starting point work for the nomenclature of algae (exc. Flagellatae, Charac.). 13.155- Motion au Congres international de botanique a Bruxelles en 1910, relative a la nom- enclature des Cytomorpha ... Separatabdruck aus der Osterreichischen botanischen Zeitschrift, Jahrg. 1909, Nr. 6. Oct. Publ.: Jun 1909, p. [1]-4. Copy: FAS. — German text on p. 3-4. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 59: 227-231. 1909. Stockwell, [William] Palmer (1898-1950), American botanist, MS (Bot.) Univ. Arizona 1932; Dr. phil. Stanford 1940; technical assistant Carnegie Institution of Was- hington at Stanford 1932-1935; with Inst. Forest Genetics, Calif. Forest & Range Exp. Sta. until 1950, director from 1940. (Stockw.). HERBARIUM and tTypPEs: CAS, DS and UC; further material at C, DPU. — Field notes at CAS. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 332; Hortus 3: 1205. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 6-8. 1938-1949; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 279. 1969; Univ. Arizona Alumni Office records (mss.) (b. 7 Jul 1898, d. 21 Mai 1950). Reeder, J. & C., im Litt. 16 Mai 1983 (biogr.). Stieber, M.T. et al., Huntia 4(1): 87. 1981 (archival mat.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 303, 405. 1936. 13.156. Arizona cacti ... Tucson, Arizona (published by University of Arizona) 1933. Oct. (Arizona cact.). Co-author: [Rachel] Lucretia Breazeale (1908-x). Publ.: 1 Apr 1933, p. [1]-116, pl. 1-18. Copies: HH, MO, NY. — Issued as Univ. Ariz. Bull. 4(3); Biol. Sci. Bull. no. 1. Stodder, Charles (1808-1883), American diatomologist at Boston, Mass. (Stodder). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Material at AWH. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 332 (d. 15 Dec 1883); CSP 5: 837, 8: 1021, 11: 504, 18: 971 (bibl.); De Toni 1: cxix-cxx (bibl.), 2: cxi-cxii (bibl.); ME 3: 661; PH 1- B, 567; Rehder 3: 418. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. mon. micr. J. 5(3): 55-56. 1884 (obit. not.). Fryxell, G.A., Nova Hedwigia, Beih. 35: 363. 1975 (diat. AWH). VanLandingham, S.L., Cat. Diatom. 4: 2375. 1971, 6: 3594. 1978, 7: 4232. 1978. Storck, Anton [Freiherr] von (1731-1803), German (Wurttemberg) physician and pharmacologist in Vienna; Dr. med. 1757; from 1760 private physician to the emperor; 1766 dean at the Vienna Medical Faculty, rector of the University 1768; later director of the Medical Faculty and of the medical studies at the University; “Freiherr” 1777. (Storck). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 36: 446-447; AG 5(2): 797; Barnhart 3: 333; BM 5: 2026; Dryander 3: 437-438, 465, 480, 507; Herder p. 411; Hortus 3: 1205; HU 574; NI 1898, 3: 63; PR ed. 1: 9939-9941; Rehder 1: 65. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 230: 740-741. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 178: 1038-1041. 1950. Fries, Th.M., Bref Skrifv. Linné 1(3): 141. 1909, 1(5): 113. 1911, 1(6): 40, 258. 1912. STORCK Krezdorn, S., in Lebensbilder aus Schwaben 9: 69-84. 1963 (major modern study; bibl., sec. refs.). Neilreich, A., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 5(Abt.): 34. 1855 (“die gelehrten ... Dissertat- ionen sind mehr medicinischen als botanischen Inhalts’; was ‘‘k.k. Hofrath und Leibarzt’’). Zachert, V., Verz. med. naturw. Drucke 1472-1830, 4: 1609-1610. 1982. 13.157. Antonii Storck, ... Lzbellus, quo demonstratur: Cicutam non solum usu interno tutis- sime exhiberi, set et esse simul remedium valde utile in multis morbis, qui hucusque curatu impossibiles dicebantur. Vindobonae [Wien][ (typis, Johannis Thomae Trattner, ..) 1760. Oct. (Libell. Crcut.). Ed. 1: 1760, p. [i-xvi], [1]-110. Copies: GOET, Natl. Libr. Med. Ed. 2: 1761, p. [i-xvi], [1]-110. Copzes: GOET, Natl. Libr. Med. — Vindobonae (id.) 1761. Oct. [Ed. 3]: 1762, p. [i-vii], [1]-182. Copy: Univ. Illinois. - Augustae Taurinorum [Torino] (ex Typographia Regiae) 1762. Libellus secundus: 1761, p. [i-x], [1]-202. Copy: GOET. — “Libellus secundus quo conftrmatur: Cicutam non solum ...” Vindobonae (id.) 1761. Oct. (Libell. sec. Cicut.). Supplementum: 1761, p. [1]-67, 1 pl. Copy: GOET. — ““Supplementum necessarium de Cicuta ubi simul jungitur Cicutae imago, ... Vindobonae (id.) 1761. Oct. (Suppl. Cicut.). Plate by Augustin Cipps. English translation: 1762, An essay on the medicinal nature of Hemlock. In two parts. To which is annexed, a necessary supplement on the subject ... Edinburgh (printed by A. Donaldson and J. Reid ...) 1762. Duod. p. [i*-1i*], i-v, 6-279, [i], 7 pl. Copy: HU (see HU 574). Appendix: 1763 in Libell. Colch. radic. 75-76. 1763, see below. 13.158. Antonii Storck, ... Libellus, quo demonstratur: Stramonium, Hyosciamum, Aconitum non solum tuto fosse exhiberi usu interno hominibus, verum et ea esse remedia in multis morbis maxime salutifera. Junguntur simul harum plantarum imagines aere excusae ... Vindobonae (typis Joannis Thomae Trattner, ...) 1762. Oct. (Libell. Stramonium). Publ.: 1762, p. [i-iv], [1]-118, 2 pl. 13-159. Antoni Storck ... Lzbellus, quo demonstratur: Colchici autumnalis radicem non solum tuto posse exhiberi hominibus, sed et ejus usu intorno curari quandoque morbos difficillimos, qui aliis remediis cedunt ... Vindobonae [Wien] (typis Joannis Thomae Trattner, ...) 1763. Oct. (Libell. Colch. radic.). Publ.: 1763, p. [1]-96 [as “66”’], 7 pl. Copies: GOET, Natl. Libr. Med. — p. 75-96 Appendix de Cicuta. 13.160. Antonii Storck, ... Libellus, quo demonstratur: herbam, veteribus dictam Flam- mulam fovis, fosse tuto et magna cum utilitate exhiberi aegrotantibus. Viennae [Wien] (Typis Jo. Thom. nob. de Trattern, ...) 1769. Oct. (Libell. Flamm. Jov.). Publ.: 1769, p. [1]-53, 7 pl. Copy: Natl. Libr. Med. 13.161. Antonii Storck, ... Libellus de usu medico Pulsatillae nigricantis ... Vindobonae [Wien] (Typis Joan. Thom. nob. de Trattern, ...) 1771. Oct. (Libell. Pulsat.). Publ.: 1771, p. [1]-61. 1 pl. Copies: GOET, Natl. Libr. Med. Facsimile ed.: in Bull. Lloyd Libr. no. g (Repr. Ser. no. 5) 1907. Copy: BR. Stérmer, Per (1907-x), Norwegian botanist at the Botanical Museum of the University of Oslo from 1933; first curator 1957; Dr. phil. Oslo 1969; professor of cryptogamic botany 1969-x. (Stdrm.). HERBARIUM and Types: O. — Other material in BG, H, OXF, S. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BL 1: 139, 2: 445, 720; Bossert p. 385; Clokie p. 250; GR p. 719; IH 1 (ed. 1):71, (ed. 2): gt, (ed. 3): 114, (ed. 4): 126, (ed. 5): 134, (ed. 6): 198; Kleppa p. 332 [index]; Roon p. 109; SBC p. 133. STOJANOV BIOFILE: Anon., Rev. bryol. lichénol. 7: 321. 1934, 21: 302. 1952, 24: 164. 1955, 25: 400. 1956, 36: 381, 796. 1968-1970 (bibl. notes). Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 518. 1977 (coll.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 249. 1936, 3: 215. 1937, 5: 540. 1939. NOTE: Main publication outside our period: Mosses with a western and southern distribution in Norway, Oslo/Bergen/Troms6 1969, 288 p. (see e.g. F. Ochsner, Bot. Jahrb. 89 (Lit.): 43- 44. 1970 (thesis). 13.162. Plants collected by Frits Johansen in 1929, at Hudson Bay Railway and Port Chur- chill in Arctic Canada ... Sertrykk av Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne [1933]. Oct. Publ.: shortly after 18 Oct 1933 (date of printing on p. 272), p. [259]-272. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Nyt Mag. Naturv. 73: [259]-272. 1933. 13.163. Vegetationsstudien auf der Insel Hadya im Oslofjord unter besonderer Berticksichtig- ung der Gefasspflanzen und Moose ... Oslo (i kommisjon hos Jacob Dybwad) 1938. Oct. (Veg.-Stud. Hadya). Publ.: 31 Dec 1938 (submitted 16 Sep 1938; p. 156: 31 Dec 1938; Nat. Nov. Jul(1, 2) 1939), p. [1]-155. Copies: G, HH, MO(a). — Issued as Skr. Norske Vid.-Akad. Oslo, mat.-nat. Kl. 1938, 9. 13.164. Plagiothecium platyphyllum Moenkem. in Norway ... Sertrykk av Nytt Magasin for Naturvidenskapene. B.78. Oslo 1938. Oct. Publ.: 1938, p. [1i, recto of 92], [92]-94. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Nytt. Mag. Naturvid. 78: 92-94. 1938. 13.165. Bryophytes from Franz Josef Land and eastern Svalbard collected by Mr. Olaf Hanssen on the Norwegian expedition in 1930. Oct. Publ.: shortly after 13 Nov 1940 (date of printing on p. 16), p. 1-16. Copy: G. — Norges Svalbard- og Ishavs-Undersékelser, Medd. nr. 47. Stoever, Dietrich Heinrich (1767-1822), German (Hamburg) author on Linnaeus. (Stoever). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2026-2027; Kelly p. 219; Laségue p. 350; PR 5435, ed. 1: 6140, 6146-6147; SO see index p. 92; Tucker 1: 670. BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 179: 43. 1951. Blunt, W., The compleat naturalist 79-80, 118, 130, 175. 1971. Dawson, W.R., Smith papers 89. 1934. Lowegren, Y., Naturaliekabinett Sverige 236. 1952. Schmid, G., Goethe u.d. Naturw. 248-249. 1940. 13.166. Leben des Ritters Carl von Linné. Nebst den biographischen Merkwiurdigkeiten seines Sohnes, des Professors Carl von Linné und einem vollstandigen Verzeichnisse seiner Schriften, deren Ausgaben, Uebersetzungen, Ausziige und Commentare ... Hamburg (bei Benj. Gottl. Hoffmann) 1793. (Leben Linné). 1: 1792, frontisp. portr, p. [i]-xl, [1]-392, [1-2]. 2: 1792, p. [i]-vi, [1]-341, [343-344]. Copies: G, HH, HU, LC, NSUB; see SO 2625, 2626. English transl.: 1794, frontisp. portr., p. [i]-xxxviii, [1]-435. Copzes: Almborn, BR, HU, NY, SO 2627. — The life of Sir Charles Linnaeus, ... to which is added a copious list of his works, and a biographical sketch of the life of his son ... translated from the original German by Joseph Trapp, ... London (printed ... for B. and J. White) 1794. Qu. (Life Linnaeus). Stojanov [Stoyanoff], Nikolai Andreev (1883-1968), White Russian-born Bulgarian nS STOJANOV botanist; studied at Kiew and Sofia; Dr. phil. Munchen; professor of applied botany at the Institute of agricultural botany of the Agricultural Faculty at Sofia 1923-1936; pro- fessor of systematic botany and plant geography at the University of Sofia 1936-1961; later also director of the Botanical Institute of the Bulgarian Academy of Sciences. (Stoj.). HERBARIUM and types: SOM; further material at B, BM, DBN, E, GH, SO, SOA. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(3): 107; BFM 1506; Biol.-Dokum. 17: go10; BJI 2: 171-172 (bibl.); BM 8: 1261; Bossert p. 389; Hirsch p. 288; Hortus 3: 1205; IH 1 (ed. 1): 112, (ed. 3): 160, (ed. 5): 172, (ed. 7): 343, 2: 364; Tucker 3: 296; Zander ed. 10, p. F2TRReds ell, P0239. BIOFILE: Anon., Alman. Sofijsk. Univ. 1888-1928: 623-628; Great Soviet Encycl. 24: 559. 1980; Létopis Bulg. Akad. 1928-1929: 83-93; Osterr. bot. Z. 85: 320. 1936 (app. dir. Bot. Inst. and Bot. Gard. Univ. Sofia). Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras of the world no. 639. 1984. Gager, C.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27: 175. 1938 (dir. bot. gard. Fac. Agric. Sofia 1921-1936). Jordanov, D. & Ts. Khinkova, Izv. bot. Inst. Sofiya 19: 5-8. 1969. Kozuharov, S.I. & B.A. Kuzmanov, Taxon 18: 353. 1969 (obit., b. g/21 Nov 1883, Grodno, Bjalorusia; d. g Oct 1868). Kitanov, B. & L. Velinova, Nikolai Stoianov: Biobibliografia Sofia 1955 (n.v.). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 705. 1985. Stanev, S., Belezhiti b’lgarski botanitsi. Sophia 1982, p. 67-78. Turrill, W.B., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1930: 288-289 (coll. Gallipoli Penins.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 29, 35, 54. 1936, 3: 75, 355- 1937, 5: 464. 1939, 6: 307. 1941. 13.167. Les Graminées de la Bulgarie avec tableaux pour la détermination des espéces ... Sophia 1921. Oct. (Gram. Bulg.). Publ.: 1921 (p. [2]: 10 Feb 1921), p. [1]-118. Copy: US. — Issued as Arch. Min. Agric. Bulgarie 2, 1921. 13.168. Liste des plantes, croissant spontanément en Bulgarie avec préface de I. Stranski ... Sofia ... 1921. Oct. (Liste pl. Bulgarie). Authors: ““N. Stoianow [et] B. Stefanow” [Boris Stefanoff, 1894-1979]. Publ.: 1921, p. [1]-244. Copy: USDA. 13.169. Flore de la Bulgarie ... Sofia [Annuaire des Archives du Ministére de l’Agriculture et des Domaines du Royaume de Bulgarie 4-5, 1924-1925]. Oct. (Fl. Bulg.). Authors: ““N. Stoianoff et B. Stefanoff’ [Boris Stefanoff, 1894-1979 ]. Ed. 1: 1924-1925. Copies: G, M, U, US. 1: Jan-Mar 1924 (p. 2: 7 Jul 1922; ObZ for Jan-Mar 1921), p. [i-iii], [1-608, [i]-iii, err. — Ann. Arch. Minist. Agric. Bulg. 4, 1923, publ. 1924. 2: Jun-Sep 1925 (p. vi: Jan 1925; ObZ for Jun-Sep 1925), p. [i]-x, 609-1367. — Id. 5, 1924, publ. 1925. Ed. 2: 1933, p. [i]-iv, [1]-1104. Copies: B, H, NY, USDA. —Flora na Bulgaria, Sofia 1933. — Universitetska biblioteka no. 127 ... Sofia (Kooperativna ... ““Gutenberg’’). Ed. 3: 1948, p. [i]-iv, [1]-1361, [1362, err.]. Copies: B, G, Jalas, M, U. Ed. 4: 1966-1967, 2 parts. Copies: G, NY, PH. — N. Stojanov, B. Stefanoff, B. Kitanov, Flora bulgarica Editio quarta emendata ... Nauka i iskustvo. — Sophia 1966-1967. 1: 1966, (p. [564]: 10 Jul 1966), p. [1]-563, [564], err. slip. 2: 1967 (p. [1326: 29 Mar 1967), p. [565]-1325, [1326]. Note: The present major Bulgarian flora is: D. Jordanov, ed., Flora reipublicae popularis Bulgaricae, vols. 1-x, 1963-x (Vol. 7, ed. B. Kuzmanov, 1979). 13.470. Thracische und macedonische Herbarmaterialien des verstorbenen prof. Dr. Theodor Nikoloff ... Sophia (Druckerei P. Gluschkoff) 1928. Oct. UG: STOKES, J. Publ.: 1928, cover-t.p., p. [49]-209. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Z. Bulg. Akad. Wiss. 37: [49]-209. 1928. Stokes, Alfred Cheatham (fl. 1893), American physician and algologist at Trenton, N.J. (A. Stokes). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 333; BM 5: 2027; CSP 12: 706, 18: 976 (bibl.); De Toni 1: cxx, 4: liv; Lenley p. 389; LS 25977; Nordstedt p. 30. BIOFILE: Anon., Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 279-280. 1969. Prescott, G.W., Bibl. Desmid. univ. 482. 1984. COMPOSITE works: Editor, The microscope, vols. 9(9)-12(3). 1889-1892. EPONYMY: Stokestella Lemmermann (1908). NOTE: Published also A key to the genera of the Compositae as delimited in Gray’s Synoptical flora of North America, zm: J. Trenton nat. Hist. Soc. 2(1): 9-41. A key to the species of Solidago ib. p. 41-52; A key to the species of Aster ib. p. 52-74. Jan 1889; and Key to the Desmidieae, Amer. Mon. microsc. J. 7(6): 109-114, 7(7): 125-131, 7(8): 144-148, 7(9): 163-169. 1886. 13.171. Analytical keys to the genera and species of the fresh water algae and the Desmidieae of the United States, founded on the classification of the Rev. Francis Wolle’s monographs, ... Portland, Conn. (Edward F. Bigelow, publisher) 1893. Oct. (Anal. keys fresh water alg.). Publ.: 1893 (TBC 15 Jul 1893; Bot. Gaz. Aug 1893 (rev.)), frontisp., p. [3]-117. Copies: FH, NY, PH, US. — Francis Wolle (1817-1893). Stokes, Jonathan (1755-1831), British physician and botanist; born at Chesterfield, Derbyshire; M.D. Edinburgh 1782 as a student of John Hope; practicing physician at Stourbridge, Worcestershire, Kidderminster (ca. 1792-1794) and Chesterfield (ca. 1796- 1830). (Stokes). HERBARIUM and Types: Not traced (see Kent & Allen, 1984); some material at LIV, NMW. -— Letters at LINN. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Backer p. 551; Barnhart 3: 333 (d. 30 Apr 1831); BB p. 290; BM 5: 2027; Dawson p. 792; Desmond p. 587; Henrey 2: 742 (index), 3: 123; Herder p. 61; Hortus 1205; Jackson p. 115, 200; Lenley p. 470; MW p. 473; PR 898o9- 8990, ed. 1: 9947-9948; Rehder 1: 260, 3: 55; RS p. 143; TL-1/1438; Tucker 1: 670; Zander ed. 10, p. 721, ed. 11, p. 823. BIOFILE: Allibone, S.A., Crit. dict. Engl. lit. 2: 2268. 1878. Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 230: 804. 1964. Bagnall, J.E., Fl. Warwickshire 493. 1891; J. Bot. 39, suppl. 70-71. 1901. Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 5.10, 255.73. 1980. Britten, J. and G.S. Boulger, J. Bot. 52:299-306, 317-323. 1914 (on J.S. and his Commentaries). Druce, G.C., Fl. Northamtonshire Ixxxvi-lxxxvii. 1930. Kent, D.H., Brit. herb. 80. 1957 (herb. not traced). Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 251-252. 1984 (on coll.). Lees, E., Bot. Worcestershire Ixxxviii-lxxxix. 1867. Smith, P., Mem. corr. J.E. Smith 1: 118-120. 1832. Stafleu, F.A. m C.L. L’Heritier, Sert. angl. facs. 1963, p. xxvii. COMPOSITE works: Edited W. Whithering, A botanical arrangement of British plants ... second edition ... Birmingham & London 1787, see under W. Whithering. 10) STOKES, J. EPONYMY: Stokesia L’Héritier de Brutelle (1789). 13.172. A botanical materia medica, consisting of the generic and specific characters of the plants used in medicine and diet, with synonyms, and references to medical authors, ... London (printed for J. Johnson and Co. ...) 1812, 4 vols. Oct. (Bot. mat. med.). Publ.: 1812, 4 vols. Copies: B-S, BM, G, HH, NY, USDA; IDC 867. 1: 1812 (p. xii: 20 Mai 1812), p. [iii]-Ixvili, 1-503. 2: 1812, p. [i-i], 1-567. 3: 1812, p. [i-ti], 1-549. 4: 1812, p. [i-li], 1-702. 13.173. Botanical commentaries, ... vol. 1... London (Simpkin and Marshall, and Treuttel & Wirtz) 1830. Oct. +. (Bot. comm.). Publ.: 1830 (p. xxvii: 7 Apr 1830), p. [i]-xxviii [pref.], [1]-cxxxiv [terms, abbr.], [1]-272 [Linn. classes 1-3]. Copy: G. Stokes, Susan Gabriella (1868-1954), American botanist; B.A. Stanford Univ. 1896; high school teacher in Salt Lake City 1896-1904; idem at San Diego 1914-1936. (S. Stokes). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: UC; other material at B (mainly destr.), BM, CAS, DS, GH, MIN, MO, NY, POM, SD, US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 333 (d. 21 Mar 1954); Ewan ed. I: 315, ed. 2: 213; Hortus 3: 1205; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 343; PH 567; Tucker 1: 401. BIOFILE: Anon., Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 280. 1969. Howell, J.T., Leafl. W. Bot. 7: 225-227. 29 Apr 1955 (obit., 27 Jan 1868). Thomas, J.H., Huntia 3: 29. 1969. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 302. 1936. 13.174. The genus Eriogonum a preliminary study based on geographic distribution ... San Francisco, California June i, 1936. Oct. (Eriogonum). Publ.: 1 Jun 1936, p. [1]-124, [125-132 index]. Copies: MICH, MO, (copy rd. 29 Jun 1936), G, HH, NY, PH, US, USDA. Further studies: Leafl. W. Bot. 1: 23. 21 Sep 1932, 2(3): 45-48, 52-53. 20 Nov 1937, 2(4): 72. Jan 1938, 3: 15-18. 4 Feb 1941, 3: 200-202. 1943. — Chromosome numbers: id. 7(10): 228-233. Apr 1955. Stokes, Whitley (1763-1845), Irish physician and botanist (bryologist), MD Dublin 1793; lecturer in natural history, Dublin, Trinity College 1814 (1816?); professor of medicine, Dublin 1830-1843. friend of Dawson Turner. (W. Stokes). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 333 (d. 13 Apr 1845); BB p. 290; BM 5: 2027; CSP 5: 840; DNB 54: 4o1. BIOFILE: Anon., Proc. R. Irish Acad. 3: 198. 1847 (refers to a memoir in Dublin Univ. Mag. Aug 1845, n.v.). Crone, J.S., Concise dict. Irish biogr. 240. 1937. Knowles, M.C., Proc. R. Irish Acad. 38B(10): 182. 1929. Lett, H.W., Irish Natural. 22: 32. 1913, Ann. Rep. Proc. Belfast Natural. Field Club ser. 2. 6: 627. 1913; Proc. R. Irish Acad. 32B(7): 69. 1914-1916. Milner, J.D., Cat. portr. Kew gg. 1906. Praeger, R.L., Bot. Ireland 78. 1934; Some Irish Natural. 160. 1949. COMPOSITE WORKS: Contributed mosses to J. Sowerby and J.E. Smith, Engl. bot. (nos. 1277924 0956.a.) 16 STOLIGZKA EPONYMY: Stokesiella (Kindberg) H.E. Robinson (1967). Stokey, Alma Gracey (1877-1968), American plant morphologist and pteridologist; BA Oberlin 1904; assistant in botany Oberlin 1904-1906; Dr. phil. Chicago 1908; in- structor in botany Mount Holyoke College, South Hadley, Mass., 1908, assoc. professor ib. 1911, full professor 1916-1942; Dr. Sci. h.c. Oberlin 1955; worked at Buitenzorg (Bogor) 1937. (Stokey). HERBARIUM and types: None according to her own statement for Roon (p. 109), but see SK 1: 508 and Proctor, G.R., Ferns Jamaica 6. 1985. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 333 (b. 17 Jun 1877); Bossert p. 384; Hirsch p. 288; PH p. 58; Roon p. 109; SK 1: 508, 8: xcv. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 3-11, 1921-1967; Index Amer. bot. lit. 4: 280-281. 1969 (bibl.); Fl. males. Bull. 24: 1776. 1969; Who’s who New England 3: 1211. 1938. Atkinson, L.R., Amer. Fern J. 58(4): 145-152. 1968 (obit., portr.). Howes, D., ed., Amer. women 3: 872. 1939. EPONYMY: Stokeya F. Thivy et Y.A. Doshi (1966). 13.175- The sporangium of Lycopodium pithyoides ... Chicago (printed at the University of Chicago Press) 1g1o. Oct. Publ.: 21 Sep 1910, cover-t.p., p. 218-219. Copy: MO. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Gaz. 50: 218-219. Sep gto. 13.176. Prothallia of the Cyatheaceae ... Botanical Gazette ... 1930. Oct. Publ.: 23 Sep 1930, cover-t.p., p. 1-45. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Gaz. 90(1): I-45. 1930. Stoliczka, Ferdinand (1838-1874), Moravian palaeontologist, geologist and zoologist; with the Geologische Reichsanstalt Wien 1861-1862; in the Geological Survey of India 1862-1874. (Stoliczka). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: W; some material at M (through Krempelhuber); plants from Rupsku and Ladak are at K; further material at B (mainly destr.), CAL, DBN, E, FI, H, K, MI, PR. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 36: 400-401; Barnhart 3: 333 (b. Mar 1838, d. 19 Jun 1874); BM 5: 2027-2028; Bret. p. 798-800; CSP 5: 841, 8: 1024-1026, 11: 507, 12: 707, 18: 980; Nature 34: 574-575, 1086; Quenstedt p. 416; SK 1: 508, 5: cccxiv; TL- 2/2838; WU 39: 152-156; Urban-Berl. p. 315. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 230: 833. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 178: 907-910. 1950; Geol. Magaz. 122: 382-384. 1874 (obit.); J. Gonchyliol. ser. 3. 15(1): 97-98. 1875 (obit. not.).; Nature 34: 574-575. 1886 (biogr. not.); Verh. k.k. geol. Reichsanst. 1874: 253. 1874. Ball, V., Memoir of the life and work of ..., 72 Sci. Res. second Yarhaud Mission 32-36. 1886. Blanford, W.T., Nature 10: 172, 185-186. 1874 (obit.). Buckland, C.E., Dict. Indian biogr. 406. 1906. Burkill, I.H., Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 4: 132. 1927 (coll. in Penang and Singapore 1869). Dupont, E., Trans. R. Soc. Arts Sci. Mauritius ser. 2. 8: 139-142. 1875. Embacher, F., Lexik. Reisen 279-280. 1882. Evans, J., Quart. J. Geol. Soc. 31(4): xlvii-xlix. 1875 (obit.). Gordon, S.E. & E.F. Chapman, Verh. k.k. geol. Reichsanst. 1874: [279]-285 (obit.). Kolaéek, F., Sborn. Cesk. Spol. Zemep. 30, 1924, 14 p. (n.v.). Penck, A., Mitt. k.k. Geogr. Ges. Wien 30: 229-230. 1887 (obit.). Stearns, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 5: 363-364. 1875 (obit.). 1 STOLICZKA Stewart, R.R., Pakistan J. Forestry 17: 357. 1967; Taxon 33: 50, 52. 1984 (grave). W.T.B., Nature 10: 185-186. 1874 (obit.). Zittel, K.A. von, Gesch. Geol. Paldont. 555, 648, 700, 811, 815. 1899; Hist. geol. palaeont. 398, 401. 1g0l. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Contributed to C.G.F. von Hochstetter, ed., Paldontol. Neu Seeland 1865, TL-2/2838. 13.177. Einige Betrachtungen tiber den Charakter der Flora und Fauna in der Umgebung von Chini, Provinz Bisahir, im nérdwestlichen Himalaya-Gebirge ... Aus den Verhandlungen d. k.k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien ... besonders abgedruckt) [1867]. Publ.: Mar 1867 (submitted 3 Oct 1866; volume preface dated Dec 1866; journal volume issued as a whole; Flora 8 Apr 1867; KNAW rd. Mar 1867; Geol. Soc. London rd. 1 Apr-30 Jun 1867), p. [1]-30.Copies: G, NY, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. k.k. zool. bot. Ges. Wien 16: [849]-878. 1866 (1867). Stolle, Emil (1868-1940), German (Oberlausitz) botanist (bryologist and lichenologist); gardener in various places; from 1919 merchant (vegetables) (from 1921- ca. 1934 as street vendor) in Dresden. (Stolle). HERBARIUM and Types: DR (Sphagnum herb.; extant), WBM (herb. Roll); some lichens at M, bryophytes at B (mainly destr.), and L. — Stolle acquired the Hepaticae from the estate of L. Rabenhorst. Exsiccatae (1) with A. Schade and Riehmer, Lichenes saxonici exsiccati, 1924-1935, Dec. 1- 56. Sets at BM, DR, FH, M. — Schedae in mss. (2) with A. Schade, Hepaticae saxonicae exsiccatae, 1923-1936 (1937). Dec. 1-29. Sets at FH, L. — Schedae in mss. (3) with A. Schade, Sphagna saxonica Dec. 1, 1923, nos. I-10. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 334; GR p. 142; Urban-Berl. p. 315. BIOFILE: Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 518. 1977 (herb. WBM-Roll). Schade, A., Ber. Arbeitsgem. sachs. Bot. ser. 2. 2: 9-17. 1960 (obit., portr.; b. 3 Jul 1868, d. 12 Jun 1940); Natura lusatica 5: 24, 26, 32-33, 37. 1961. Weigel, T.O., ed., Herbarium 64: 161. 1923, 66: 173. 1923, 67: 185. 1924, 69: 202. 1924, 71: 221. 1925, 72: 229. 1926, 73: 242. 1926, 74: 253. 1927, 83: 357-358. 1930, 86: 394. 1932. EPONYMY: Stollaea Schlechter (1914). NOTE: (1) Published: Die Torfmoose Sachsens, S.B. Isis 1936-1937: 85-132. 1938 and For- tsetzung (ed. by A. Schade) 1938-1939: 112-164. 1940. (2) For Heinrich Stoll (11 Mar 1832-1 Mar 1917), Baden botanist and high school teacher at Wertheim, see Mitt. Bad. Landesver. Naturk. ser. 2. 1(6): 149-151. 1921. For Rudolf Stoll (b. 28 Nov 1847, d. 18 Jul 1913), director of the Kgl. Anstalt fiir Obst- und Gartenbau, at Proskau, Austria, see Gartenwelt 17: 464. 1913. Stolley, Ermst (1869-?), German (Schleswig-Holstein) botanist and palaeontologist; Dr. phil. Munchen 1891; assistant at the Mineral. Mus. Kiel 1891-1901; habil. 1894; professor of geology and mineralogy at the Technische Hochschule, Braunschweig from 1891. (Stolley). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Andrews p. 336; Barnhart 3: 334 (b. 16 Sep 1869); Biol.- Dokum. 17: 9014-9015; BJI 2: 172; Christiansen 320 [index]; CSP 18: 980-981; De Toni 4: lv; KR p. 671. BIOFILE: Degener, H.A.L., Wer ist’s ed. 9: 1535. 1928, ed. 10: 1564. 1935. Zittel, K.A. von, Gesch. Geol. Palaont. 345, 506, 508, 695, 696. 1899. 18 STOLTENBERG COMPOSITE WoRKSs: Kalkalgen, in C. Wiman, Stud. nordbalt. Silurgeb. 2, Bull. Geol. Inst. Upsala 8: 122, 148-149. 1908. EPONYMY: Stolleya R.J. Schubert (1907); Stolleyella R.J. Schubert (1908). 13.178. Die Psilophyten. i. Alter und Reihenfolge der Psilophyten in den Devonfloren. 11. Stellung der Psilophyten im System des Pflanzenreichs. iii. Geologie und botanische Serodiagnostik. Hannover (Druck von Wilh. Riemschneider) 1925. Oct. Publ.: 1925 (ObZ for Jun-Sep 1925), cover-t.p., p. 39-76. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Jahresber. Niedersachs. geol. Ver. Hannover 18: 39-96. 1925. — Engler, in his review (1926), commenting on Serodiagnostics: ““Vorderhand hat die Wissenschaft das Stadium der morphologischen Systeme noch nicht tberwunden und es ist ver- fruht, zu glauben, dass man sie bereits durch ein einziges, vollkommen natirliches System zu ersetzen fahig sei, welches das Ziel alles Strebens ist. Durch grosse Worte, Voreiligkeit und Ubertreibung wird man es nicht schneller, sondern nur langsamer erreichen, da der Wiederabbau des zu Vielen und nicht Stabilen Zeit und Kraft kosten werden”’. Ref.: Engler, A., Bot. Jahrb. 60 (Lit.): 61-65. 1 Apr 1926 (rev.). Gothan, W., Z. f. Bot. 18: 522-523. 1926 (rev.). Mez, C., Bot. Echo 1: 67-69. 1925 (rev.). 13.179. Cur Krittk der Konigsberger Serodiagnostik ... Hannover (Druck von Wilh. Riemsch- neider) 1925. Oct. (A7it. Konigsb. Serodiagn.). ¢ Publ.: 14-31 Dec 1925 (p. 7: printed 14 Dec 1925), p. [i, recto of 1], 1-7. Copy: B. — Reprinted or preprinted from Jahresber. Niedersachs. geol. Ver. Hannover 19: 1-7. 1925. — See reply by C. Mez in Botanisches Echo, Berlin-Dahlem 1: 124-125. 1925. Stolt, [Kar] Alrik] Hugo (1885-1942), Swedish botanist; studied at Uppsala, fil. mag. 1911; Dr. phil. 1921, high school teacher at Visby 1923-1930, at Norrkoping 1930-1942. (Stolt). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 334; Bossert p. 384; KR p. 671 (b. 25 Sep 1885). BIOFILE: Dahlgren, K.V.O., Sv. bot. Tidskr. 37: 108-109. 1943 (obit., portr.). Fries, R.E., Short hist. bot. Sweden 87. 1950. Peterson, B., Generalregister Sv. bot. Tidskr. 21-40: 35. 1949. 13.180. 1754, p- [i]-1v, 1-480, [i]-xi, 1-135. Ed. 2: 1768- 1779, 12 vols. “Edizione seconda con copiose seconde’’. In Firenze (nella stamperia granducale ...). Oct. Copies: HH, LC, NSUB, PH. 1: 1768, p. [i]-xliv, 1-464, map, 3 pl. 2: 1768, p. [i]-xi, 1-540, map, 3 pl. in text. 3: 1769, p. [i]-vill, 1-473, map, 2 pl. 4: 1770, p. [i]- Sa, 1-478, map, Pl. 5: 1773, p. [i]-xxvili, 1-474, map, Ppl. 6: 1773, p. [iJ-vii, 1-430, map, pl. 7: 1774, p. [i]- wil 1-488, map, pl. 8: 1775, p. [i]-xx, 1-528, map, pl. 9: 1776, p. [iJ-iv, 1-456. 10: 1777, p. [i]-xi, 1-466, map, 7 and 1 pl. 11: 1777, Pp. [i]-x1, 1-455, map, 3 Pl. 12: 1779, p. [i]-vii, 1-446, (incl. gen. index, bot. parts referred to on p. 444-446. Ref.: Marinelli, O., Rivista geogr. ital. 11: 1-12, 136-145, 226-236. 1904. Concari, R., Rivista geogr. ital. 41: 28-41. 1934. 13.741. Prodromo della corografia e della topografia fisica della Toscana ... in Firenze (nella Stamperia imperiale ...) 1754. (Prodr. corogr. Toscana). Publ.: 1745, p. [1]-210. Copy: NSUB. 13.742. Joannis Targioni Tozzetti Catalogus vegetabilium marinorum musei sui opus post- humum ad secundam partem Novorum generum plantarum celeberrimi Petri Antonii Micheli inserviens cum notis Octaviani Targioni Tozzetti Joannis filii ... Florentinae [Firenze] (Thypis [sic] Attilii de Tofanis) 1826. Fol. (Cat. veg. mar.). 169 G. TARGIONI Authorship: based on a mss. of Giovanni T.T., published by his son Ottaviano [1755- 1829], intended as an additional volume to P.A. Micheli, Nov. pl. gen. 1729, see TL- 2/5974- Publ.: 1826, p. [i-iv], [1]-91, pl. 1-31 (uncol. copp.). Copies: B-S, FH, FI, G; IDC 6474. Targioni Tozzetti, Ottaviano (1755-1829), Italian (Firenze) botanist and physician; professor of botany at the Firenze Spedale Santa Maria Nuova until 1807; professor of botany and director of the botanical garden, the University of Pisa 1807-1829; son of Giovanni Targioni Tozzetti. (O. Targiont). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FI. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 128; Ainsworth p. 55; Backer p. 662; Barnhart 3: 360 (b. 10 Feb 1955, d. 6 Mai 1829); BL 2: 397, 722; BM 5: 2073, 8: 1286; Bossert p. 394; CSP 5: 913, 12: 721; De Toni 1: cxxii; Frank 3 (Anh.): 102; Herder p. 89; Hortus 3: 1205; Moebius p. 137; MW p. 491; PR g105-9111, ed. 1: 829, 10055-10064; Rehder 5: 836; Saccardo 1: 160, 2: 105; SO 341, 34}; TL-2/5974; Tucker 1: 679; Zander ed. 10, p. 723,0ed. T1825. BIOFILE: Anon., Flora 12: 480. 1829 (d.). Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 225.7, 255.254. 1980. Dawson, W.R., Smith papers 92. 1934. Hoppe, D.H., ed., Flora 3(1): Beil. 1-2: 28-29. 1820 (list publ.). Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 2: 1068. 1863. Repetti, Em., Atti Acad. econ.-agr. Georgofili 7: 240-246. 1830 (obit.). Richardson, R., Extracts lit. sci. corr. 181. 1835. Targioni Tozzetti, Ad., Bibl. bot. Targion. 11. 1874. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 166. 1903. Zittel, K.A. von, Gesch. Geol. Palaont. 48, 191, 333. 1899; Hist. Geol. 35, 208. 1go1. COMPOSITE woRKs: Editor Giovanni Targioni Tozzetti, Cat. veg. mar. 1826, see above. EPONYMY: Tozzettta Savi (1799). Note: Targiona Linnaeus (1753) was named for Cyprianus Targionius of Florence. 13.743- Instituzioni botaniche ... seconda edizione ... Firenze (Nella Stamperia reale, .. .) 1802. 3 vols. Oct. (Inst. bot.). Ed. 1: 2 vols. 1794 and 1796, n.v. Ed. 2: 1802, 3 vols. Copies: MO, NY. — Instetuziont botaniche ... seconda edizione ... Firenze (nella Stamperia reale, ...) 1802. Oct. 1: p. [i]-vili, 1-392, pl. 1-12 (uncol. copp.). 2: p. [i]-xxii, 1-440. 3: p. [i-ili], 1-589. Ed. 3: 1813, 3 vols. Copies: G, HH, MO, NY(2); IDC go6. — Istitutizioni botaniche ... terza edizione ... Firenze (presso Gulielmi Piatti) 1813, 3 vols. Oct. r: p. [i]-1x, 1-642, [1, err.], pl. 1-14 (engr.), 75-17 (in type). 2: p. [i]-xxvili, 1-552. 3: p. [i-ii], 1-684, [1, err. vol. 3], [1, err. vol. 2]. 13.744. Sopra alcum funghi ritrovati nell’apparecchio di una frattura complicata d’una gamba humana memoria ... Modena (presso la Societa’ tipografica ...) 1805. Qu. (Alcunt fung.). Publ.: 1805 (t.p. preprint), p. [1]-24, pl. 2 (uncol. copp.). Copies: B-S, G. — Preprinted from Mem. Mat. Fis. Soc. ital. Sci. Modena 13(2): 15-36. 1807. 13-745. Sopra una specie distinta di cipero lettera del sig. Ottaviano Targioni Tozzetti al P. don Pompilio Pozzetti inserita nel tomo xiii della Societa italiana delle Scienze [Modena 1807]. Qu. Publ.: 1807 (p. 1: 29 Jul 1806), p. [1]-12, pl. 2. Copies: G, HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mem. Nat. Fis. Soc. ital. Sci. Modena 13: 333-344. 1807. 170 TARNAVSCHI 13.746. Octaviani Targioni Tozzetti Observationum botanicarum decas prima, et secunda [tertia, quarta, & quinta] [Firenze 1808-1810]. Qu. 1-2: 1808, p. [1]-55, [56], fl. 7-5 (uncol. copp.). — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. r. Mus. imp. Fis. Stor. nat. Firenze 1: 1-55, [56], p/. 1-2. 1808. 3-5: 1810, p. [1]-103, [104], pl. 6-13 (id.). — Reprinted id. 2(1): 21-124, pl. 6-73 (id.). 6: 1831, p. [1]-23, 7 pl. — Reprinted id. 20(2): 291-313, pl. 20-26. 1831. Copies: B-S (1-5), FI (6), G (1-5), HH (1-2). 13.747. Dizionario botanico italiano che comprende i nomi volgari italiani, specialmente toscani, e vernacoli delle piante raccolti da diversi autori, e dalla gente di campagna, col corrispondente latino linneano compilato ... Firenze (presso Gulielmo Piatti) 1809, 2 parts. Oct. (Diz. bot. ital.). Ed. 1: 1809, 2 vols. Copies: G, M, NY. r: p. [i]-xvi, [1]-195. Py | PC ues Ed. 2: 1825, 2 vols. Copies: PH, USDA. — Firenze (id.) Oct. 1: p. [i]-xii, 1-308. 2: p. [1]-248. Ed. 2 [sic]: 1858, 2 vols. Copies: B, G. — Seconda edizione ... Firenze (a spese dell’editore) 1858. Oct. Za py (a5) (al|-xu,, 1-308: 2: [i], [1]-248. Facs. ed. of ed. 2 (1858): Bologna (Forni Editore) 1971. Copy: BR. 13.748. Della necessita di osservare le parti della fruttificazione avanti e dopo la inflorescenza ... Modena (presso la Tipografia camerale) 1825. Qu. Publ.: 1825, p. [1]-14. Copy: G. — Reprinted or preprinted from Atti Soc. ital. Sci., Modena 19: 535-546. 1825. Tarnavschi, Ion [Teofil] (1904-x), Roumanian botanist and palynologist; studied at Cernaufi (Czernowitz) with M. Gusuleac 1924-1928; technician at the Cernauti Botan- ical Institute 1928-1939; studied at Grenoble 1932-1933 with R. de Litardiére; Dr. phil. Cernaufi 1935; assistant at the Botanical Institute, Bucarest 1939, subsequently as pro- fessor of botany; director of the botanical garden 1952-1975. (Tarnavschi). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: BUC, CERN. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BJI 2: 176; SBC p. 133; SK 8: xcvii. BIOFILE: Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 721. 1985. Mohan, Gh., Feddes Repert. 91(3): 147-150. 1980 (tribute, biogr. sketch, 75th birthday, portr.). Prescott, G.W., Bibl. Desmidiad. univ. 494. 1984. Sayre, G., Bryol. 80: 519. 1977. VanLandingham, S.L., Cat. Diat. 4: 2376. 1971, 6: 3595-3596. 1978, 7: 4233. 1978. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron bot. 1: 244. 1935, 3: 228. 1937, 6: 307. 1941. 13.749. Contributii la cunoasterea algelor din Bucovina. I. ... Cernauti 1930. Oct. I: 1930, cover-t.p., p. [255]-274. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bul. Fac. Stiinte Cernauti 4(2): 255-274. 1930. 2: 1931, cover-t.p., p. [135]-157. Copy: B. — Id. 5(1): [135]-157- 1931. 13.750. Line neue Art der Gattung Anthoceros aus Grossrumanien ... Cernaufi, 1931. Oct. Publ.: 1931, p. [1]-3 (author’s correction typed on p. 3). Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bul. Fac. Stiinte Cernaufi 5(1): [96]-98. 1931. 13.751. Beitrag zum Studium der Algenvegetation rumdnischer Salzboden ... Bucuresti (... Imprimeria nationala) 1940. Oct. (Beztr. Algenveg. Salzbéd.). Publ.: 1940, cover-t.p., p. [1]-45. Copy: B. — Issued as Anal. Acad. Rom. Mem. Sect. Stiin. ser. 3, vol. 16, mem. 2. 171 TARNAVSCHI 13.752. Cur Karyologie der Buxbaumiinales und Sporenentwicklung von Buxbaumia aphylla L. ... Bucuresti (... Imprimeria nafionala) 1941. Oct. Publ.: 1941 (mss. subm. 14 Mar 1941), cover-t.p., p. [1]-10, pl. 1-2, [11-12]. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Sect. sci. Acad. Roum. 23: 383-394 (1-12). 1941. Tarrade, Adrien (1843-1889), French botanist (mycologist) and pharmacist in the Limoges area. (Tarrade). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 360 (d. 27 Apr 1889); BM 5: 2073; Jackson p. 286; LS 26309. BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 182: 792. 1954. 13.753- Des principaux champignons comestibles et vénéneux de la flore Limousine suivi d’un précis des moyens a employer dans les cas d’empoisonnement par les champignons ... Paris (J.-B. Bailliére et fils ...) Limoges (V° H. Ducourtieux, ...) 1870. Duod. (Champ. fl. Limousine). Ed. [1]: 1870 (BSbF rd before 22 Jul 1870; Bot. Zeit. 30 Sep 1870), p. [1]-108, pl. 1-4 (col.). Copy: FH. Ed. 2: 1874 (p. [1]: Mai 1874; BSbF post 5 Nov 1874), p. [i-iii], [1]-138, 6 pl. (col.). Copies: FH, G, MICH. Taschenberg, Ernst Ludwig (1818-1898), German (Prussian Saxony) botanist and entomologist; studied in Berlin and Leipzig ; assistant teacher at the Francke’schen Stiftungen Halle and from 1845-1847 associated with the Zoological Museum ib.; high school teacher at Seesen and Zahna 1847-1855; from 1855 again in Halle as inspector of the Zoological Museum and extraordinary professor of zoology at the university. ( Taschenb.). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 361 (b. 10 Jan 1818, d. 19 Jan 1898); BM 5: 2073, 8: 1286; CSP 5: 914, 8: 1060, 11: 554, 19: 30; Herder p. 376, 394; LS 26310; PH 939; PR 9114-9115, ed. 1: 10067-10069; Rehder 5: 836; Tucker 1: 679. BIOFILE: Anon., Biogr. Jahrb. deut. Nekrol. 5: 62*. 1903; Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 235: 2-3. 1964; Entom. News g: 80. 1898 (d.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 182: 876-878. 1954; Int. Personalbibl. Preuss. Staatsbibl. 485. 1936; Jahrb. Naturw. 14: 531. 1899; Nature 57: 300-301. 1898 (obit. not.); Zool. Anzeiger 21: 112. 1898 (d.) Herre, Z. Naturw. 94: 151-181. 1940. Howard, Smiths. misc. Coll. 84: 262-263. 1930. Musgrave, A., Bibl. austral. entom. 310. 1932. Simroth, H., Biogr. Jahrb. 3: 200-202 1900 (obit., bibl.). Taschenberg, O., Leopoldina 54: 13-16. 1918 (comm. 1ooth birthday; study by his son). 13-754. Handbuch der botanischen Kunstsprache. Systematisch bearbeitet von ... Halle (Eduard Anton) 1843. Oct. (Handb. bot. Kunstspr.). Publ.: 13-15 Feb 1843 (p. x: 26 Sep 1842; Hinrichs 13-15 Feb 1843; Bot. Zeit. 17 Mar 1843, rev. 3 Mar 1843; Flora rd 1-7 Mar 1843 [see also Flora 26: 168. 14 Mar 1843, very critical]), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-184, pl. 1-2. Copy: NY. Ref.: Schlechtendal, D.F.L. von, Bot. Zeit. 1: 148-149. 3 Mar 1843. 13.755 Deutschlands Pflanzengattungen oder charakteristische Merkmale der in Deu- tschland wildwachsenden Gattungen der Phanerogamen, einiger Kryptogamen und der iiberall angepflanzten auslandischen Baume und Straucher besonders zum Schulgeb- rauch ... Merseburg (Verlag der Nulandt’schen Buchhandlung (Louis Garcke)) 1845. Oct. (Deutschl. Pfl.-Gatt.). 172 A. TASSI Publ.: 1845 (p. x: 21 Jul 1845; Bot. Zeit. 12 Dec 1845), p. [i]-xii, [1]-147, [148]. Copies: B-S, G, M, NY. Taschner, Christian Friedrich (1817-?), German (Thuringian) physician and botanist; Dr. med. Jena 1843; practicing physician at Eisenach, Thuringia. (Taschner). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. — New species in thesis based on material in the herbarium of Karl Koch now at B (ferns extant). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: Backer p. 574; BM 5: 2074; IF p. 733; PR 9116, ed. 1: 10070; SK 1: 518. 13.756. Dissertatio inauguralis medico-botanica de duabus novis Trichomanum speciebus de earum nec non aliarum huius generis plantarum structura quam rectore Academiae magnificentissimo ... consensu gratiosi medicorum ordinis summisque in medicina et chirurgia honoribus juribus et privilegiis rite obtinendis die vii. m. januarii a. mdcccxxxxiii publice defendet auctor Christianus Fridericus Taschner isenacensis. Jenae (typis Schlotteri) [1843]. Qu. (Duab. Trichom. sp.). Publ.: 7 Jan 1843, p. [i-iii], [1]-35, [36, theses], pl. 1-3 (uncol. copp. F. Geiling). Copy: NY Ref.: Pritzel, G.A., Bot. Zeit. 1: 278. 21 Apr 1843 (rev.). Tassi, Attilio (1820-1905), Italian (Tuscany) botanist; studied at Pisa; assistant with the chair of natural history (G. Savi) at Pisa 1839-1850; Laur. Sci. nat. Pisa 1842; director of the Botanical Garden Lucia 1850-1860; director of the Botanical Garden and professor of botany at the University of Siena 1860-1905; took part, on the Tuscan side, in the battle of Curtatone and Montanara 1848. (A. Tass7). HERBARIUM and TypEs: SIENA. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 361 (b. 25 Dec 1820, d. 19 Mai 1905); BL 2: 403, 722; BM 5: 2075-2076; Bossert p. 394; CSP 5: 914, 12: 721; De Toni 1: cxxii; Herder p. 123, 180; Jackson p. 48, 405; LS 25311-26312; Morren ed. 2, p. 27, ed. 10, p. 87; MW p. 491; Rehder 5: 836; Saccardo 1: 161; Tucker 1: 679. BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Not. 1906: 45-46 (d.); Bull. Soc. bot. France 52: 368. 1905; Hedwigia 45: (38). 1906 (d.); Nuova Notarisia 16: 127. 1904 (1905) (d.). Hooker, J.D., London J. Bot. 6: 478. 1847 (visit to T. in Pisa). Nannizzi, A., Bull. Lab. Ort. bot. Siena 7: i-viii. 1905 (obit. not., curr. vit., bibl.). Tassi, F., Bull. Lab. Ort. bot. Siena 7: 6, 35-38. 1905. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti berg. 3(2): 166. 1903. 13.757. Del modo di compilare i cataloghi di semi nei giardini botanici discorso letto al r. Accademia Lucchese nel adunanza del di 23 Febrajo 1856 ... Lucca (dalla Tipografia di G. Giusti) 1856. Oct. (Modo comp. cat. sem). Publ.: 1856 (BSbF Oct-Dec 1856), p. [1]-15. Copies: BR, G, MO. 13.758. Della fruttificazione dell’Hoya carnosa R. Br. Discorso letto alla r. Accademia Lucchese nell’adunanza del di 23 Febbrajo 1856 ... Milano (dalla Libreria di educazione ed istruzione di Andrea Ubieini) [1856]. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1856 (in journal), frontisp., (col. lith. P. Ferroni), p. [1]-14. Copies: BR, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from i Giardini 1856(10): 440-451, pl. 30. Apr 1856. 13-759. Sulla flora della provincia senese e maremma toscana studi ... Siena (Tip. nel r. Istit. dei Sordo-Muti di L. Lazzeri) 1862. Oct. (Fl. senese). Publ.: 1862 (p. 65: 4 Sep 1862; BSbF rd by Feb 1863), p. [1]-65, 1 pl. (uncol. lith.). Copies: HH, NY. — “‘Estratto dalla Guida di Siena pubblicata in occasione del X. Congresso degli Scienziati italiani’. Guida n.v. — See BL 2: 403. 173 A. TASSI 13.760. Cenno sulla botanica agraria, medica, economica ed industriale della provincia di Siena ... Siena (Tip. Sordo-Muti di Luigi Lazzari) 1865. Qu. (Cenno bot. Siena). Publ.: 1865 (BSbF Sep-Dec 1865), p. [1]-130, 1 pl. (O. Beccari). Copy: NY. — ‘“‘Estratto dall’ Annuario corografico-economico-amministrativo della provincia di Siena’’. — Annuario n.v. Tassi, Flaminio (1851-?), Italian (Tuscany) botanist; with the chair of botany of the University of Siena from 1880; director of the Siena botanic garden 1905-1906, id., acting, of the garden at Cagliari 1910; son of A. Tassi. (Tassz). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: SIENA; further material in PAD, POR. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 361 (b. 26 Aug 1851); BL 2: 403, 722; Bossert p. 394; De Toni 4: lv; GR p. 539-540; Hawksworth p. 186; LS 26313-26374; Morren ed. 10, p. 87; MW p. 491; Nordstedt suppl. p. 15; Rehder 5: 836; Saccardo 1: 161, cron. p. xxxiv; Stevenson p. 1259; Tucker 2: xxxvii. BIOFILE: Prescott, G.W., Bibl. Desmid. 495. 1984. Tassi, F., Bull. Lab. Orto bot Sien. 7: 42-46, 47. 1905 (bibl.). NOTE: (1) F. Tassi, La botanica nel senese (notizie storiche), Bull. Lab. Orto bot. Siena 7: 3- 56. 1905 is a valuable list of botanists who worked on the flora of Siena, with indication of main publications. (2) For the series Micologia della provincia senese nos. 1-10 and ser. 2. See LS 26321, 26324, 26329, 26331, 26335, 26340a, 26343, 26346, 26358, 26361. EPONYMY: Tassia Sydow (1919). 13.761. Novae micromycetum species descriptae et iconibus illustratae ... Toulouse (Imprimerie Marqués & C'* ...) 1896. Oct. Publ.: Oct 1896 (in journal; Nat. Nov. Jan(1) 1897), p. [1]-22, pl. 7-8 (uncol. liths). Copies: B, H, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. miycol. 18: 157-174, pl. 166-173. 1896. Continuatio 1: 1896 (mss. submitted 27 Nov 1896), p. [549]-551. Copies: BR, H. — Reprinted and to be cited from Atti r. Accad. Fisiocrati Siena ser. 4. 8: 549-551. 1896. Continuatio 2: Jan 1897, Bull. Lab. Orto bot. Siena 1(1): 6-15, pl. 9-11. 1897. Continuatio 3: Dec 1808, ib. 1(4): Boo pl. 12. 1898. Continuatio 4: Jan-Mar 1899, ib. 2(1): [27]-35. pl. 6-7. 1899. Continuatio 5: Apr-Jun 1899, ib. ne [103]-105. pl. g. 1899. Continuatio 6: Jul-Dec 1899, ib. 2(3-4): [139]-163, pl. 10-15, 231-232. 1899. Continuatio [7]: Jan-Mar 1900, ib. 3(1): [14]-24, pl. 2-3. 1900. Continuatio [8]: Jan-Mar 1g00, ib. 3(1): [52]-57, pl. 5-6. 1900. Continuatio [9g]: Jul-Dec 1g00, ib. 3(3-4): [117]-132. 1900. Continuatio [10]: 1901, ib. 4: [7]-12. Igor. See also: ib. 5(4): 108. 1902. 13.762. Fungi novi australian ... [Siena 1900]. Oct. Publ.: Oct-Dec 1900 (p. 8: Sep 1900; USDA 19 Apr 1901), Poe 8. Copy: BR. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Lab. Orto bot. Siena rae -4): [93]-103. pl. 8-9. 1900. 13.763. I generi Phyllosticta Pers., Phoma Fr., Macrophoma (Sacc.) Berl. et Vogl. e i loro generi analoghi, giusta la legge d’analogia ... [Siena (Tip. e lit. sordomuti Di L. Lazzeri) 1902. Oct. Publ.: 1902, cover, p. [i], [1]-91, pl. 1 (col. lith. anth.). Copy: Stevenson. — Issued and to be cited as Bull. Lab. Orto bot., Siena 5(1-3): 1-91, pl. 1. 1902. Tate, George (1805-1871), British linen draper, postmaster, paleobotanist and geolo- gist at Alnwick; longtime secretary of the Alnwick mechanic’s scientific institution and of the Berwickshire naturalist’s club. (G. Tate). 174 G.R. TATE HERBARIUM and Types: ‘Had museum of fossils” (Desmond); HAMU (fide Kent & Allen). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 361; BB p. 296; BL 2: 261, 722; BM 1: 89, 5: 2076; CSP 5: 915, 8: 1061; Desmond p. 599 (b. 21 Mai 1805, d. 7 Jun 1871); DNB 55: 377-378 (19: 377-378); Jackson p. 248; Tucker 1: 679. BIOFILE: Anon., Archeologia Aeliana ser. 3. 15: 104-108. 1918; Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 235: 107-108. 1964. Boase, G., Modern English biography 3: 880. 1965. Hodgson, J.C., Archeologia aeliana ser. 3. 15: 104-108. 1918. Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 254. 1984. Middlemas, R., Hist. Berwickshire Field Club 1869-1872: 269-280. 1872 (memoir, portr.). COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Contributed The fossil flora of the mountain limestone formation ... to George Johnston (1797-1855), Bot. East. bord. 1853, p. 289-317; see TL-2/3378. (2) A sketch of the geology of Northumberland and Durham, in J.G. Baker & G.R. Tate, A new flora of Northumberland and Durham, 1869 (see below under G.R. Tate). Tate, George Henry Hamilton (1894-1953), British-born American zoologist and collector; field assistant at the American Museum of Natural History, New York from 1922-1931; American citizen 1927; M.A. Columbia Univ. 1931; asst. curator mammals 1931-1942, assoc. curator 1942-1946, curator 1946-1953; Dr. Sci. Univ. Montreal 1937; made 42 collecting expeditions in the tropics, made substantial botanical collections in South America. (G.H. Tate). HERBARIUM and types: NY (orig.), US (orig. Venezuela, Ecuador); further material at B (mainly destr.), DPU, G, K, US. — Field notes at NY. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 361 (b. 30 Apr 1894, d. 24 Dec 1953); BM 8: 1288; Desmond p. 599; PH 186, 209, 450; SIA 208; Tucker 3: 304. BIOFILE: Acosta-Solis, M., Natural. viaj. ci. Ecuador 54. 1968. Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 5-8, 1933-1949; J. New York Bot. Gard. 29: 95. 1928 (Roraima pl. NY), 40: 9. 1939 (Venezuela pl. NY); Natl. Cycl. Amer. biogr. 44: 228- 229. 1962 (portr.); The New York Times 28 Dec 1953 (obit., portr.). Boom, B.M., Brittonia 33(3): 482-489. 1981 (on Tate’s botanical collections, esp. in Bolivia and Peru). Gleason, H.A., Bull. Torrey bot. Club 56: 391-408. 1929 (Tate coll. from Roraima). Huber, O. & J.J. Wurdack, Smiths. Contr. Bot. 56: 66-67. 1984 (coll. itin. Venez. Amazonas). Morrison-Scott, T.C.S., Nature 173: 190. 1954 (obit.). Rusby, H.H., Phytologia 1: 49-80. 1934 (on plants from Bolivia Ladew Exp.). Tate, G.H.H., Geogr. Rev. 20: 31-52 (Cerra Duida region Venezuela), 53-68 (Mount Roraima region) 1930; Ecology 13: 235-257. Jul 1932 (Life zones at Mount Roraima); Nat. Hist., New York 33: 81-94. 1933 (mountain by-ways of Bolivia). EPONYMY: 7ateanthus Gleason (1931); Neotatea Maguire (1972). Tate, George Ralph (1835-1874), British physician and botanist; MD Edinburgh; assistant surgeon Royal Artillery; collected in China 1862-1864; son of George Tate (1805-1871). (G.R. Tate). HERBARIUM and Types: Original herbarium not traced; Chinese plants at K; British material in BM, MANCH, NMW, WAR; duplicates of Chinese lichens at M. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 361; BB p. 296; BL 2: 261, 722; BM 5: 2076; Bret. p. 531; CSP 8: 1061, 11: 555; Desmond p. 599 (b. 27 Mar 1835, d. 23 Sep 1874); Rehder 1: 402; Tucker 1: 679. W9 G.R. TATE BIOFILE: Anon., Hist. Berwickshire Natural. Club 7(1873-1875): 334-337- 1876; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1874-1875: lxiv-lxvi (obit.). Baker, J.G., Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland 14(1): 85-86. 1902. Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 412.2. 1980. Kent, D.H., Brit. herb. 81. 1957 (herb. not traced). Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 254. 1984. Watson, H.C., Topogr. bot. ed. 2. 559. 1883. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Flora of Alnwick, in G. Tate, The history of the borough, castle and barony of Alnwick, 2: 418-435. 1868-1869. (2) Contributed to A.G. More, Suppl. fl. vect. 1871, see TL-2/6291. 13.764. A new flora of Northumberland and Durham, with sketches of its climate and physical geography, with a map ... with a sketch of the geology of the two counties, and a map... [Natural History Transactions Northumberland ... 1868]. Oct. (New Fl. Northumberland). Editors: G.R. Tate (for Cheviot-Land), J.B. Baker (Tyne-Land and Durham). Publ.: 1868 (Flora 23 Dec 1868), map, p. [i], [1 ]-316, map 2. Copies: BR, HH, NY.— Issued as Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland 2: 1-316. 1868. Tate, Ralph (1840-1901), British naturalist; science teacher at the Trade and Mining School Belfast; assistant curator of the Geological Society, London 1864-1867; visited Venezuela and Nicaragua 1867 as a mining expert; director of mining schools in Bristol, Darlington and Redcar ca. 1868-1874; Elder professor of Natural Science, Adelaide University 1875-1901; nephew of George Tate (1805-1866). (Tate). HERBARIUM and types: AD (Australia), BEL, BM (N. Ireland, Shetland, Nicaragua), CGE, K (Australia, Nicaragua); other material at CGE (C. America), E (C. America), MANCH (Austral.), MEL, NY (C. America), OXF (Shetlands), US (CG. Amer.). — Letters at MEL. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 338; Barnhart 3: 361 (d. 20 Sep 1gor); BB p. 296; BJI 1: 57; BL 1: 68, 70, 72, 77, 320, 2: 283, 722; BM 5: 2076, 8: 1288; Clokie p. 251; CSP 8: 1061-1062, 11: 555, 12: 721-723, 19: 32-33; Desmond p. 599-600; HR; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365; Jackson p. 248; LS 26362-26363; PH 98, 567; PR 9122; Quenstedt p. 423; Rehder 5: 836-837; Tucker 1: 679, 3: 304. BIOFILE: Alderman, A.R., in Austral. dict. biogr. 6(1851-1890) R-Z: 243-244. 1976. Anon., Ann. Rep. Proc. Belfast Natural. Field. Club ser. 2. 5(1-2): 31-35. 1901-1903 (1907) (tribute), ser. 2. 6: 415-417. 1910-1911; Austral. Encycl. 1: 269, 6: 15, 8: 439- 440. s.d. (ca. 1965); Brit. Mus. gén. cat. print. books 235: 120. 1964; Dict. Austral. biogr. 2: 408-409. 1949; Hedwigia 41: (142). 1g02 (d.); Nature 65: 11. 1901 (obit. note); Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 26: 741-742. 1902; Science ser. 2. 19: 821. 1go1 (d.); Vict. Nat. 18: 88-89, 112. 1go1 (obit.). Britten, J., J. Bot. 40: 75-76. 1902 (obit.). Carr, D.J. & S.G.M., People and plants in Australia 64, 212, 288, 311. 1981. Corry, T.H., Fl. N.-E. Ireland xxi-xxii. 1888. Ferguson, J.A., Bibl. Australia 7: 581-582. 1969. Freeman, R.B., Brit. nat. hist. books 336. 1980. Hall, N., Botanists of the Eucalypts 126-127. 1978. J.F.B., Geol. Mag. London ser. 2. 9: 87-95. 1902 (obit., bibl.). Kent, D.H., Brit. herb. 81. 1957. Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish Herb. 255. 1984. Kraehenbuehl, D.N., S. Austral. Nat. 57(3). 1983. Lett, H.W., Irish Natural. 22: 25-26. 1913; Ann. Rep. Proc. Belfast Natural. Field Club ser. 2. 6: 619-620. 1913. Maiden, J.H., Australas. Ass. Adv. Sci. 1907: 177-178. 1909; Rep. Austral. Ass. Adv. Sci. 11: 171, 177-178, 186. 1907, 13: 235-236. 1912 (bibl.). Praeger, R.L., Proc. R. Irish Acad. 7: cxlv. 1901; Botanist in Ireland 78. 1934; Some Irish naturalists 161-162. 1949. Rogers, R.S., Intr. Stud., S. Austral. Orch. ed. 2. 49-50. 1911 (portr., biogr. sketch). 176 TATEWAKI Stewart, S.A., Irish Naturalist 11: 36-39. 1902. Stewart, S.A. & T.H. Corry, Fl. N.-E. Irealnd xxi-xxii. 1888. Vallance, T.G., Alcheringia 2: 247-248. 1978 (Austral. paleont.). EPONYMY: Jatea B.C. Seemann (1866); Tatea F. v. Mueller (1883). 13.765. Flora belfastiensis. The plants around Belfast, with their geographical and geolog- ical distribution ... Belfast (G. Philipps and Sons) 1863. Oct. (Fl. belfast.). Publ.: 1863 (p. iv: Nov. 1863), p. [i]-xix, [xx], [1]-92. Copies: DBN, HH, Liverpool City Libr. 13.766. The Yorkshire Lias ... London (John van Voorst, ...) 1876. Oct. (Yorks. Lias). Publ.: 1876, p. [i]-vil, [ix-xi], [1]-475, [i]-xii, pl. 1-19, 4 charts. Copy: PH. — Plants on p. 474-475- 13.767. A census of the indigenous flowering plants and ferns of extra-tropical South Australia ... [From the Transactions of the philosophical Society of Adelaide, 1880]. Oct. Publ.: 1880 (read 3 Feb 1880; Bot. Zeit. 29 Apr 1881; J. Bot. Apr 1881), cover-t.p., p. [1]-45. Copy: HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Trans. R. Soc. S. Australia 3: 46- go. 1880; continued in 4: 102-111. Jan 1882. kef.: Behrens (Gottingen), Bot. Centralbl. 7: 41-43. 1881. Engler, A., Bot. Jahrb. 3: 256-257. 1882. 13.768. A handbook of the flora of extratropical South Australia, containing the flowering plants and ferns ... Adelaide (published by the Education Department) 1890. Oct. (Handb. fi. extratrop. S. Australia). Publ.: 1890 (p. vi: Oct 1889; J. Bot. Sep 1890; Nat. Nov. Sep(2) 1890), p. [i]-vi, [vii], [1]-303, map. Copies: B, G, HH, NSW, NY, USDA. — Mss. exercise books at Bot. Dept., Univ. Adelaide. Ref.: Anon., J. Bot. 28: 285-286. Sep 1890. 13.769. [Elder Expedition] Botany. (Phanerogams and vascular cryptogams) ... Reprinted from Transactions Royal Society. South Australia, vol. xvi. [1896]. Oct. Senior author: Ferdinand Jacob Heinrich von Mueller (1825-1896). Publ.: 1896 (Nat. Nov. Aug(1) 1896), cover-t.p., p. 333-383. Copy: FI, PH; IDC 8095(2). — Reprinted and to be cited from Trans. R. Soc. S. Austral. 16: 333-383. 1896. 13.770. Botany [Horn Expedition to Central Australia] ... with an appendix by J.H. Maiden ... [1896]. Oct. Publ.: Mar 1896, cover, p. [117]-197. Copies: G, NSW. — Reprinted and to be cited from the Report of the Horn Expedition to Central Australia 3: 117-197. Mar 1896. Ref.: E.G.B., J. Bot. 34: 403-405. Sep 1896 (rev.). Tatewaki, Misao (1899-x), Japanese botanist; Dr. phil. Sapporo 1924; connected with Sapporo University; lecturer on forest botany, later professor of botany at the Botanical Institute, Faculty of Agiculture and director of the botanical garden. (Tatew.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: SAP. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 361; BL 1: 132, 320; Bossert p. 399 (b. 1889); Hirsch p. 296; Hortus 3: 1205; Lenley p. 400; MW p. 492-493, suppl. 355-357; Roon p. 112; Tucker 3: 304; Zander ed. 10, p. 723, ed. 11, p. 825. BIOFILE: Anon., Address book Jap. bot. 43. 1951. Hultén, E., Bot. Not. 1940: 336-337. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 6: 307. 1944. 13.771. The primary survey of the vegetation of the middle Kuriles ... Sapporo, Japan (pub- lished by the University) 1931. Oct. Publ.: Mar 1931 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [127]-190, pl. 1-10. Copy: NY. — Issued as and V7 TATEWAKI to be cited from J. Fac. Agric. Hokkaido imp. Univ. 29(4): [127]-190, pl. 1-10. Mar 1931. 13.772. The phytogeography of the middle Kuriles ... Sapporo. Japan (published by the University) 1933. Oct. Publ.: Jan 1933 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [191]-363, pl. 1-7. Copies: HH, NY, PH. — Issued as and to be cited from J. Fac. Agric. Hokkaido imp. Univ. 29(5): [191]-363, pl. 1-7. Jan 1933. 13.773. A contribution to the flora of the Aleutian Islands ... Sapporo, Japan (published by the University) 1934. Oct. Co-author: Yoshio Kobayashi (1907-x). Publ.: Nov 1934 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [1]-119, map, 121-123, pl. 1-8. Copies: G, NY. — Issued as and to be cited from J. Fac. Agric. Hokkaido imp. Univ. 36(1): 1-123, pl. 1-8. Nov 1934. Tatnall, Edward (1818-1898), American farmer, industrialist and botanist at Wil- mington, Delaware; pioneer fruitcanner and match-maker. (Tainall). HERBARIUM and Types: COCO; further material at DOV (impt. set), DWC, GH, PH. — Letters at GH, NY. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 362 (b. 30 Sep 1818, d. 31 Mai 1898); BL 1: 172, 320; Bossert p. 399; IH 2: (files); Lenley p. 400; ME 2: 452, 708, 3: 310, 664; NW p. 59; PH 132, 567; Rehder 1: 319; Tucker 1: 680. BIOFILE: Anon., American gardener 23: 692. 1902 (herb. to COCO); Bot. Centralbl. 76: 112. 1898 (d.); Bot. Gaz. 26: 375. 1898 (obit. not.); Nat. Nov. 20: 564. 1898 (d.); Taxon 32: 159. 1983 (new herbarium DOV: Claude E. Phillips herb.; has impt. set of Tatnall material); The Morning News, Wilmington, Del. 1 Jun 1898. Harshberger, J.W., Bot. Philadelphia 225-226. 1899. Pennell, F.W., Bartonia 22: 11. 1943 (herb. to COCO). NoTE: Robert Richardson Tatnall (1870-1956), a nephew of E. Tatnall also collected in Newcastle County, Delaware, after 1919; specimens are at DOV and PH. Published: Flora of Delaware and the Eastern Shore; an annotated list xxvi, 313 p., map, Wil- mington (Society of Natural History of Delaware) 1946. 13.774. Catalogue of the phaenogamous and filicoid plants of Newcastle County, Delaware. Arranged according to the natural system, as recently revised by Prof. A. Gray and others. With the synonyms of modern authors ... Wilmington, Del. (sold by J.T. Heald, Wilmington, Del.) 1860. Oct. (Cat. pl. Newcastle Co.). Publ.: 1860 (p. 7: 26 Apr 1860), p. [1]-112. Copies: HH, LC, NY, PH, USDA. Preliminary publ.: 1844, p. [1]-12. Copy: HH. — Catalogue of the phaenogamous and filicoid plants of New Castle County, arranged according to the natural system: with the syn- onyms of modern authors. Published by the Botanical Society of Wilmington, Del. Wilmington, Del. 1844. Oct. Taube, [Daniel] Johann (1727-1799), German (Hanoverian) physician and naturalist at Celle. (Taube). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2077; Christiansen p. 7, 232; PR 9123, ed. 1: 10074; Quenstedt p. 424; Rehder 1: 373. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 235: 166. 1964. 13.775. Beitrége zur Naturkunde des Herzogthums Zelle gesammlet von J. Taube, .. . Erster Band 178 TAUBERT [2: “Zweites Stiick’’]. Zelle (gedruckt und verlegt von Johann Dieterich Schulze .. .) 1766- 1769, 2 parts. Oct. (Beitr. Naturk. elle). 1. 1766; t.p. of copy at B-S seen, not analysed, preface and 96 p. Copy at Bayer. Staats- Bibliothek (copy t.p. HU). 2: 1769; p. [i-iv], [97]-264. Copies: Bayer. Staats-Bibliothek (copy t.p. seen); NSUB.—“. . .des Herzogthums Liineburg ... Zweites Stiick. Celle (id.) 1769. Oct. Taubenhaus, Jacob Joseph (1884-1937), American (Israeli-Palestine-born) phyto- pathologist and mycologist; studied at Cornell University (B.S. 1908, M.S. 1909) and the University of Pennsylvania; Dr. phil. 1913; assistant plant pathologist Delaware Agric. Expt. Station 1913-1916; assoc. id. 1916-1924; chief Div. Plant Pathology, Texas Agric. Expt. Station 1924-1937. (Taubenhaus). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: Unknown. — Letters to W.F. Farlow at FH. NOTE: Taubenhaus himself stated to Hirsch (p. 296) that he was born in 1885. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BroGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 362 (b. 20 Oct 1884, sic, d. 13 Dec 1937); Bossert p. 395; Hirsch p. 296; Kelly p. 225; LS 39856, suppl. 1446, 5562-5565, 7824, 27418-27455; PH 567, 617; Stevenson p. 1259. BIOFILE: Acheson, S.H. et al., eds., Texian who’s who 1, 454. 1937. Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 3-5, 1921-1933; Expt. Sta. Record 78(2): 288. Feb 1938 (obit. not.); Index Amer. bot. litt. 1886-1966, 4: 120-122. 1969 (bibl.); Phytopat- hology 28: 305. 1938 (obit. not.); Torreya 38(2): 50. 1938 (d.); Who’s who Amer. 12- 18, 1922-1935; Who was who Amer. 1 (1897-1942): 1217. 1968. Reichert, I., Palest. J. Bot., Rehovot. Ser. 2(1): 126-143. 1938 (obit., bibl.). Verdoorn, F., Chron. bot. 2: 355. 1936, 3: 320. 1937, 4(3): 72, 268 (obit., b. 20 Oct 1885, sic; d. 13 Dec 1937; portr.), 271, 559. 1938. 13.776. The diseases of the Sweet Pea. Thesis presented to the Faculty of the Graduate School of the University of Pennsylvania in partial fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy, ... Philadelphia 1914. Oct. (Diseas. Sweet Pea). Publ.: Nov 1914, p. [i]-iv, [1]-93. Copy: Stevenson. — Issued as Bull. Delaware Coll. Agr. Expt. Sta. 106, 1914. 13.777- Check list of diseases of plants in Texas ... [Austin, Texas (Published by the Academy) 1933]. Oct. (Check list diseas. pl. Texas). Co-author: Walter Naphtali Ezekiel (1g901-x). Publ.: 1933, p. [1]-118. Copy: Stevenson. — Issued as Trans. Texas Acad. Sci. 16: [1]-118. 1O33° Taubert, Paul [Hermann Wilhelm] (1862-1897), German (Berlin) botanist; Dr. phil. Berlin 1889 (student of I. Urban); travelled and collected in Cyrenaica (1887); associated with the Berlin Botanical Museum 1889-1895 (1893-1895 as scientific assistant); in 1896 in Brazil, ultimately at Manaos. (Taub.). HERBARIUM and Types: Brazilian collections sold after T.’s death to the administration of Alto Amazonas in Mandaos (now unknown); the European herbarium went to the Braunsberg Lyceum (fide Urban 1906); the main set of the Mediterranean collections is at G (dupl. B, mainly destr., P). The types of the new taxa described in his Berlin period and some algae and musci are (only partly extant) in B; other material at E (Libya, Malta), K (Libya) and MO. — Letters at G and UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Backer p. 662; Barnhart 3: 362 (b. 12 Aug 1862, d. 1 Jan 1897); BFM 254, 255; Biol.-Dokum. 17: 9178-9179; BJI 1: 57; BL 1: 32, 320; BM 5: 2077; CSP 19: 35; Hortus 3: 1205; IF p. 733; Langman p. 730; LS 26366; MW p. 493; Rehder 5: 837; TL-2/11.480; Urban-Berl. p. 269, 315, 402; Zander ed. 10, p. 723, ed. 11, p. 825; Zep.-Tim. p. 107. 179 TAUBERT BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 69: 224. 1897 (d.; of yellow fever); Bot. Monatschr. 15: 95. 1897 (d.); Hedwigia 36: (34). 1897 (d.); Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 322. 1969; J. Bot. Morot 11: 112. 1897 (d. of yellow fever); Nat. Nov. 18: 147 (to Brazil) 1896, 19: 130. 1897 (d.); Osterr. bot. Z. 47: 110. 1897 (d.); Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 39: cxxii. 1897 (d.). Ascherson, P., 7x E. Durand & C. Baratte, Fl. lybic. prodr. xxvi. 1g1o. Bettelheim, A., ed., Biogr. Jahrb. deut. Nekrol. 4: 60*. 1goo. Lack, H.W. & C.-O. von Sydow, Willdenowia 14: 441. 1984 (letters to Halacsy and K. Keck at UPS-UB). Loesener, Th., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 15: (35)-(40). 1897 (obit., bibl.); Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenb. 39: Ixii-lxvi. 1897 (obit.). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 1985. Pampanini, G., Fl. Cyrenaica xx-xxi. 1930. Prance, G., Acta amaz. 1(1): 61. 1971 (present location Brazilian coll. unknown.). Taubert, P.H.W., Bot. Centralbl. 68: 384. 1896 (offers centuries of N. Brazilian plants for sale). Urban, I., Fl. bras. 1(1): 118. 1906 (disposal of collection). COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Contributed a note on his trip to Marmarica to G. Schweinfurth and P. Ascherson, Primitiae florae Marmaricae, Bull. Herb. Boissier 1: 445-449. Sep 1893, see TL-2/11.480. (2) Contributed Leguminosae to Th. Loesener, Plantae Selerianae 1894-1895, see TL- 2/4935- (3) Contributed to W.D.J. Koch, Syn. deut. schweiz. Fl. ed. 3 (ed. E. Hallier) 1890-1895, see TL-2/3804. (4) Entries on Leguminosae in A. Engler, Pflanzenw. Ost-Afrikas B: 105-125. Jul 1895, C: 193-224. Jul 1893; Sapindaceae in C: 249-252. Jul 1895; Melastomataceae in C: 265-269. Aug 1895, see TL-2/1708. (5) EP, Nat. Pflanzenfam., Leguminosae 3(3): 70-388. Aug 1891. 22 Mai 1894, see TL-2/1: 767; Violaceae (with K.F. Reiche) 3(6). 14 Mai 1895. (6) Collaborator, H. Potonié, Jil. Fl. ed. 4, 1889, TL-2/8215. EPONYMY: Taubertia K.M. Schumann (1893). 13.778. Beitrdége zur Flora der Nieder-Lausitz ... Berlin (Druck von Mesch & Lichtenfeld, ..) 1886. Oct. Publ.: 10 Sep 1886 (in journal), p. [i, t-p. recto of 128], [128]-176. 1886. Copies: B, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 27: 128-176. 10 Sep 1886. 13.779. Eine Kolonie stidosteuropdischer Pflanzen bei Kopenick unweit Berlin ... Separat- Abzug aus den Abhandlungen des Botanischen Vereins fiir die Provinz Brandenburg ... [1887]. Oct. Publ.: 28 Oct 1886 (in journal; read 10 Sep 1886), p. [22]-25. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 28(1): [22]-25. 1886. 13.780. Scutellaria minor x _ galericulata (S. Nicholsoni Taubert) ein neuer Bastard. (Separat-Abdruck aus den Abhandlungen des Botanischen Vereins der Provinz Brandenburg xxxiii [sic for xxviii]) [1887]. Oct. Publ.: 1 Apr 1887 (read 10 Dec 1886), p. [25]-28, pl. 2 (uncol.). Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 28: [25]-28, pl. 2. 1 Apr 1887. 13.781. Beitrag zur Flora von Keitz. (Separat-Abdruck aus den Abhandlungen des Botanis- chen Vereins der Provinz Brandenburg. xxxiii [sic for xxviii] [1887]. Oct. Publ.: 1 Apr 1887 (in journal), p. [29]-31. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 28: [29]-31. 1887. 13.782. Beitrag zur Flora des markischen Oder-, Warthe- und Netzegebietes. (Separat-Abdruck aus den Abhandlungen des botanischen Vereins der Provinz Brandenburg. xxviii) [1887]. Oct. 180 TAUBERT Publ.: 1 Apr 1887, p. [45]-58. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 28: [45]-58. 1887. 13.783. Ueber zwei aus dem médrkischen Gebiet bisher nicht bekannte Gramineen. Separat- Abdruck aus den Verhandlungen des Botanischen Vereins der Provinz Brandenburg. xxx. [1888]. Publ.: 29 Sep 1888, p. [279]-281. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 30: [279]-281. 1888. 13.784. Beitrag zur Flora der Neumark und des Oderthales. Separat-Abdruck aus den Abhandlungen des Botanischen Vereins der Provinz Brandenburg xxx. [1889]. Oct. Publ.: 15 Mai 1889, p. [310]-321. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 30: [310]-321. 1889. 13.785. Leguminosae novae v. minus cognitae austro-americanae ... [Flora 72, 75; 1889, 1892]. Oct. 1: 1 Nov 1889, p. [421]-430. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Flora 72: [421]-430. 1 Nov 1889. 2: 19 Jan 1892, cover-t.p., p. [1]-19, pl. 3. Copies: B, G, M, US. — Id. 75: 68-86. 19 Jan 1892. 13.786. Monographie der Gattung Stylosanthes. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der philosophischen Doctorwirde der philosophischen Facultat der Friedrich-Wilhelms- Universitat zu Berlin vorgelegt und am 9. November 1889, Mittags 12 Uhr Ooffentlich zu verteidigen von Paul Taubert aus Berlin ... Berlin 1889. Oct. (Monogr. Stylosanthes). Thesis issue: 9 Nov 1889, p. [i], [1]-32, [1, vita; 2 theses]. Copies: G, M. - Partly pre- printed from Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 32: 1-34. 1890. Commercial issue: early 1890 (Nat. Nov. Apr(2) 1890; Bot. Zeit. 2g Aug 1890), cover-t.p., p. [1]-34. Copies: B, BR, G, HH, M, NY, US. — Preprinted from Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 23: [1]-34. 30 Jun 1890 [p. 33-34: index, not in thesis], “Monographie der Gattung Stylosanthes von P. Taubert, Dr. phil. [sic, after having received degree) ... Berlin (Druck von Mesch & Lichtenfeld) [1890]. Oct. 13.787. Plantae Glaziovianae novae vel minus cognitae ... Beiblatt zu den Botanischen Jahrbtichern. Nr. 27 ... 1890. Oct. Collector: Auguste Francois Marie Glaziou (1828-1906), see TL-2/1: 950. [7]: 24 Jun 1890, p. [1]-20, pl. za (uncol.). Copies: B, G(2), HH, M, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Jahrb. 12 (Beibl. 27): [1]-20. 24 Jun 1890. 2: 5 Apr 1892, p. [1]-16. Copies: B, G, HH, M, NY. — Id. 15(2) (Beibl. 34): 1-16. 5 Apr 1892. 3: 24 Feb 1893, p. [3]-16. Copies: B, HH, M. — Id. 15(5) (Beibl. 38): 3-19. 24 Feb 1893. 4: 7 Nov 1893, p. [502]-526. Copies: B, G, HH, M, NY, US. — Id. 17(5): [502]-526. 7 Nov 1893. 13.788. Die Gattung Otacanthus Lindl. und ihr Verhaltnis zu Tetraplacus Radlk. (Separat- Abdruck aus Engler, Botanische Jahrbtcher, xi. Band, 4. Heft [1890]. Oct. Publ.: 26 Aug 1890 (in journal), p. [11]-16. Copies: B, G(2).— Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Jahrb. 12(4), Beibl. 28: 11-16. 26 Aug 1890. 13.789. Die Gattung Phyllostylon Capan. und ihre Beziehungen zu Samaroceltis Poiss. von Dr. P. Taubert (Berlin). [1890]. Oct. Publ.: Nov 1890 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [1]-4. Copies: B, G(2), US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 40: 406-410. Nov 1890. 13.790. Eminia, genus novum Papilionacearum ... [Berichte der deutschen botanischen Gesellschaft 1891]. Oct. Publ.: Feb 1891 (mss. submitted 30 Jan 1891; rev. Bot. Centralbl. 18 Mar 1891), cover, [i, recto of 28 h.t.], [28]-32, pl. 2 (uncol.). Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 9: [28]-32. 1891. Addendum (‘‘Nachschrift’’): a paragraph following a review of the above by Loesener in 181 TAUBERT Bot. Centralbl. 45: 349. 18 Mar 1891. The ‘“‘Nachschrift’”? was also published as a reprint, [1] p., with Bot. Centralbl. heading (Nr. 11, 1891). Copies: B, G. 13.791. 589, 590, 598. 1914. Hemsley, W.B. et al., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 62-63. 1905 (address by Kew staff; “her- barium ... now second to none in the world”’). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 728. 1985. Nelmes, E. & W. Cuthbertson, Curtis’s Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1827-1927: 345-356 (portr.) (on p. 311: Harriet Ann Hooker, afterwards Lady Thiselton-Dyer). Oliver, F.W., Makers Brit. bot. 332. 1913 (index); Proc. R. Soc. 106B: xxili-xxix. 1930. Pearsall, W.H., Fl. Surrey 53. 1931 (membership Society of Amateur Botanists). Prain, D., Proc. Linn. Soc. 141: 147-149. 1930. Rendle, A.B., J. Bot. 67: 54-57. 1929 (obit.). Scott, D.H. et al., Nature 112: 182. 1923 (80th birthday ). Stearn, W.T., Nat. Hist. Mus. S. Kensington, 296, 300-301. 1981. Sutton, S.B., Charles Sprague Sargent 381. 1970 [index]. Thiselton-Dyer, W.T., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1891: 279-321 (historical account of Kew to 1841). Thomson, A.D., New Zealand J. Bot. 18: 405-432. 1980 (summary of cont. 3 letters from Cockayne to W.T.T.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 80. 1935, 2: 181, 182. 1936, 4: 437, 476. 1938, 5: 281. 1939, 6: 415, 416, 417. 1941, 7: 174, 175, 366. 1943. Walters, S.M., The shaping of Cambridge botany 67, 71, 81, 83, 84. 1981. White, A. & B.L. Sloane, Stapelieae ed. 2, p. 12, 113-114, 847, 1086. 1937 (portr.). COMPOSITE WoORKs: (1) Founder, and during his directorship q.q. editor, of Bull. misc. Inf., Kew (Kew Bulletin) 1887-1905 (18 vols.). (2) Editor, [Curtis’s] Botanical Magazine 1905-1906; TL-2/1290. (3) Assisted A.W. Bennett with the translation of J. v. Sachs, Lehrb. Bot. as Text-book of botany, ed. 1, 1875, see TL-2/9954. (4) Editor, W.J. Hooker, Icon. pl. pl. 2401-2800, see ‘TL-2/3006. (5) Editor, B.D. Jackson, Index kewensis, suppl. 2(1, 2), 1904, 1905; TL-2/3218. (6) Contributed to J.D. Hooker, Fl. Brit. Ind. 1(2): 246-258. Jan 1874 (Portulaceae, Tamariscineae, Elatineae, Hypericineae,), 279-317 (Ternstroemiaceae, Dipterocarpaceae). Jan 1874, 5(15): 655-658. (Cycadaceae). Dec 1888; TL-2/2981. (7) Thiselton-Dyer revived the Flora capensis, started by Harvey and Sonder (TL- 2/2448), but interrupted 1865. W.T.T. took responsibility for the Flora from 1891 on- wards and under his editorial guidance vols. 4-7 appeared between 1895 and 1925; the supplement to 5(2), by A.W. Hill, came out in 1933 (see Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1933: 367- 368). W.T.T. contributed no treatments of his own. (8) Editor, D. Oliver, Fl. trop. Afr. vols. 4-6(1), 1902-1913. W.T.T. contributed addenda to 4(1), 4(2) and 5; see TL-2/7055. (9) Co-author with Henry Trimen (senior author). Fl. Middlesex 1869, see under H. Trimen. (10) Introduction, to W.J. Bean, The Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, historical and descriptive, 1908. NAME: Thiselton-Dyer was frequently called (and addressed) ‘‘Dyer” and is occasionally so listed in indexes. G.L. Geison (DSB) states that he “derived his name from his pat- ernal grandfather, William Matthew Thiselton, a printer and barrister who took the additional name Dyer by royal license in 1840”. We follow the Draft index of author abbreviations ... Kew (1980) with respect to the use of ‘““Dyer”’ as abbreviation. Rendle 265 THISELTON-DYER (1929), who also uses “Dyer” in the obituary, notes that the hyphen in Thiselton-Dyer “‘was assumed about 1891”. NOTE: (1) Thiselton-Dyer’s view of the importance of “Kew” was expressed by him to M. Grant Duff (Notes from a diary 1881-1886, 2: 21) on 1 March 1885: “I often think, and have no doubt often said, that we at Kew feel individually the weight of the Empire as a whole, more even than they do in Downing Street”. (J. Bot. 41: 61. 1903). (2) Harriet Ann Thiselton-Dyer (1854-1945), eldest daughter of J.D. Hooker married W.T.T. in 1877, two years after his appointment as assistant director of Kew. Lady Thiselton-Dyer was a botanical artist who contributed ca. 90 drawings to the Botanical Magazine between 1878 and 1906 (mostly 1878, 1879). Her work on the Magazine was continued by her cousin, Matilda Smith. (3) W.T.T.’s brother the Rev. Thomas Firminger Thiselton-Dyer (b. 1848) published The folk-lore of plants, London (Chatto & Windus) 1889, American issue New York (D. Appleton and Companion) 1889, publ. Mar-Apr 1889, p. [i-vii], [1]-328 (copies: HH, MO, NY) (reissued 1894), critically reviewed by J. Britten, J. Bot. 27: 122-124. 1889 (note by Britten ib. 30: 224. 1892: ““The latter gentleman [T.F.T.] is well known as an indefatigable rather than a competent compiler ...”’ — The book was reissued in fac- simile 1968 by Singing Tree Press, Detroit, Mich., U.S.A.; copy: NY. — Also: English folk- lore, London (Hardwicke & Bogue) 1878, p. [i]-viii, [1]-290. Copy: HH. EPONYMY: Dyera J.D. Hooker (1882); Dyerella F. Heim (1892); Dyerocycas Nakai (1943); Dyerophytum O. Kuntze (1891). Note: Thiseltonia Hemsley (1905) honors G.H. Thiselton- Dyer who collected plants in West Australia. 14.184. On Polygonum nodosum ... [reprinted from the ‘“‘Journal of Botany” for February, 1871. Oct. Co-author: Henry Trimen, 1843-1896. Publ.: Feb 1871, p. [1]-6. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 9: 33-38. 1871. 14.185. On some coniferous remains from the lithographic stone of the Solenhofen ... Extracted from the Geological Magazine, ix, No. 4. April, 1872. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1872, p. [1]-4. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Geol. Mag. 9(4): 150-153. 1872. Cont.: Mai 1872, p. [1]-4, pl. 5. Copy: G. — Id. 9(5): 193-196. 1872. 14.186. A revision of the genera Dryobalanops and Dipterocarpus ... Extracted from the Journal of Botany for April, 1874. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1874, p. [i]-xul, pl. 142-145. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 12: 97-108. 1874. 14.187. Remarks upon M. Vesques new species ... [Extracted from the Journal of botany for May, 1874]. Oct. Publ.: Mai 1874, p. iv-vi. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 12: 152-154. 1874. — Part of a 7-page reprint, p. [i]-vii, of three papers in J. Bot. 12(5): 149-154. Mai 1874. 1. Espéces nouvelles du genre Dipterocarpus par M. Vesque [Julien Joseph Vesque 1848- 1895] on p. 1-iii, J. Bot. 12: 149-152; reprinted from C.R. Acad. Sci., Paris 78: 625- 627. 2 Mar 1874. 2. Remarks ... by W.T.T. on p. iv-vi, see above. 3. Notes on some Indian Dipterocarpaceae, by W.T.T., on p. vi-vii, J. Bot. 12: 154. 14-188. Lecture on plant-distribution as a field for geographical research ... London (printed by William Clowes and Sons, ...) 1878. Oct. Publ.: 1878, p. [1]-36. Copies: G(2), MO. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. Roy. Geogr. Soc 22(6): 412-445. 1878. 14.189. Cycadaceae of Mexico and Central America ... London (Taylor and Francis, .. .) 1883. Qu. (Cycad. Mex. C. Amer.). 266 THODE Publ.. Nov 1883 (preprint, so dated), p. [i], [1g0]-195, pl. 87-84 (uncol. liths. W.H. Fitch). Copies: G, U. — Preprinted from W.B. Hemsley, Biol. Centrali-amer., Bot. 3(16): 190-195, pl. 81-84. Feb 1884. Thisquen (fl. 1853-1876), German botanist and high school teacher at the Gymnasium of Miunstereifel. (Thzsquen). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: PR 9217. 14.190. Die wichtigeren Gewdchse aus der Phanerogamen-Flora im Miinstereifel ... Erster Theil. Koln (Gedruckt bei Joh. Georg Schmitz) [1854]. Qu. (Gew. Phan.-Fl. Maiinsterevfel). Publ.: Aug 1854, p. [i-iv], [1]-32. Copzes: B-S, NSUB. — Published in Programm zu den Priifungen und Schlussfeierlichkeiten, welche am Gymnasium zu Minstereifel ... 31. August und ... 1. September 1854. Follow-up: Geognostisch-botanisches Verzeichniss der in der Eifel aufgefundenen Gefdsspflanzen- Species ... Bonn (Universitats-Buchdruckerei von Carl Georgi) 1876, Programm (Nro. 361) des Konig]. Gymnasium zu Minstereifel ... 1876, p. [i-iv], [1]-27. Copy: NSUB. Thoday, David (1883-1964), British botanist; studied at Cambridge; demonstrator in botany ib. 1909-1911; lecturer in plant physiology, Manchester Univ. 1911-1918; profes- sor of botany, Cape Town (Bolus chair of botany) 1918-1922; id. Bangor 1923-1949; professor of plant physiology Alexandria Univ. 1950-1954; visiting professor Univ. Leeds 1951-1952. (Thoday). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Some S. African material in GRA, SAM, STE. NOTE: Thoday’s wife Mary Gladys Thoday, née Sykes, c. 1884-1943, was an active plant physiologist, see Nature 152: 406. 1943. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 373; BJI 2: 177; Desmond p. 605 (b. 5 Mai 1883, d. 30 Mar 1964). BIOFILE: Aaron, The Times (London) 1 Apr 1964 (obit.). Anon., Who’s who (London) 1923-1964; Who was who (London) 1961-1970: 1111. Bullock, A.A., Bibl. S. Afr. bot. 117. 1978. Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 20.14. 1980. Gunn, A. & L.E. Codd, Bot. expl. S. Afr. 343-344. 1981. Levyns, M.R.D., Insnar’d with flowers 206 [index]. 1977. Stiles, W., Biogr. mem. Roy. Soc. 11: 177-185. 1965 (biogr., bibl., portr.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 3: 155. 1937, 4: 81, 261. 1939, 6: 307. 1941, 7: 143. 1943. Wardlaw, C.W., Nature 202: 1161-1162. 1964 (obit.). EPONYMY: Jhodaya R.H. Compton (1931). 14.191. A revision of Passerina ... Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew ... 1924. Oct. Publ.: 1924, p. [146]-168. Copy: Peterson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1924(4): [146]-168. 14.192. The geographical distribution and ecology of Passerina ... Annals of Botany ... 1925. Oct. Publ.: Jan 1925, p. [175]-208. Copy: Peterson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Bot. 39(153): [175]-208. 1925. Thode, [Hans] Justus (1859-1932), German-born S. African plant collector; to S. Africa 1885 or 1886, collected from 1886-1931 maintaining himself as tutor at mission- ary schools and farms. (Thode). 267 THODE HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Personal herbarium up till 1920 at STE, id. after 1921 at PRE; further material at B (mainly destr.), K, MO, NH, PH, US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 373; Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9257; BL 1: 57; IH 1 (ed. 7): 344, 2: (files); Rehder 1: 495; Urban-Berl. p. 403. BIOFILE: Bayer, A.W., S. Afr. J. Sci. 67(8): 407-408. 1971. Bullock, A.A., Bibl. S. Afr. bot. 117. 1978. Killick, D.J.B., Bothalia 12(2): 169-175. 1977 (main biogr. account, list coll. localities, portr., list publ.). Jacot Guillarmod, A., Musées de Genéve 38: 12, 54, 65. 1963. Gunn, M. & L.E. Codd, Bot. expl. S. Afr. 344-345. 1981 (portr., coll.). Karstens, M.C., The old Company’s garden at the Cape go. 1951. HANDWRITING: Bothalia 12(2): 173. 1977. Thom, Charles (1872-1956), American mycologist and microbiologist; at Lake Forest College, Illinois 1895-1897, A.M. ib. 1897; instructor in biology Missouri State Univ. 1897-1899; Dr. phil. ib. 1899; instructor in botany ib. 1899-1901, assistant professor of botany ib. 1901-1902; assistant in mycology Cornell University 1902-1904; mycologist with USDA for cheese investigation at Storrs, Connecticut 1904-1913; mycologist in charge of the USDA microbiological laboratory, Washington 1913-1927; mycologist in charge of the Division of Soil microbiology ib. 1927-1942 (from 1934 in the Bureau of Plant Industry). (Thom). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: ATCC, BPI, CUP. — Letters to W.G. Farlow at FH; other mss. material at SIA. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Ainsworth p. 325, 327, 329, 348; Barnhart 3: 374 (11 Nov 1872, 24 Mai 1956); Bossert p. 398; Hawksworth p. 186; Hirsch p. 298; Kelly p. 226; Lenley p. 409; LS 26557-26560, 32209, 39919, suppl. 5093, 5959, 27714-27729; SIA 7099; Stevenson p. 1260; TL-2/see K. Raper. BIOFILE: Ainsworth, G.C., Dict. fungi ed. 6: 581-582. 1971. Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 1-9. 1906-1955; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966, 4: 343-344. 1969; Natl. cycl. Amer. biogr. 44: 330-331. 1962; New York Times 27 Mai 1956, p. 88 (obit.); Who’s who Amer. 8-26, 1914-1951; Who’s who Nation’s Capital 1921-22: 389, 1923-1924: 372, 1934-1935: 887; Who was who Amer. 3: 848. 1960. Barnhart, J., J. New York Bot. Gard. 12: 143-144. 1911. Bustinza, F., Anal. Inst. bot. Cavanilles 14: 27-30. 1956 (obit.). Raper, K.B., J. Bact. 72: 725-727. 1956 (obit., portr.); Mycologia 49: 134-150. 1957 (obit., portr., bibl.); Biogr. Mem. natl. Acad. Sci. 38: 309-344. 1965 (portr., main biogr. bibl.). Rogers, D.P., Brief hist. mycol. N. Amer. ed. 1: 30-31. 1977, ed. 2: 30, 50. 1981. Thom, C., Mycologia 44(1): 61-85. 1952 (Molds, mutants and monographers, autobiographical). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 31, 313. 1936, 3: 277, 368. 1937, 4: 85, 285, 573. 1938, 7: 235, 341. 1943. EPONYMY: Thomiella C.W. Dodge (1935). 14.193. The process of fertilization in Aspidium and Adiantum ... Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis 1899. Oct. Publ. 4 Aug 1899, cover-t.p., p. 285-314, pl. 36-38 (uncol.). Copies: BR, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Trans. Acad. Sci., St. Louis 9(8): 285-314, pl. 36-38. 1899. — Thesis Dr. phil. State Univ. Missouri. — Cover texts of reprints vary in typography. 14-194. Cultural studies of species of Penicillium ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1g1o. Oct. (Cult. stud. Penicillium). Publ.: 7 Feb 1910, p. [1]-109. Copies: H, Stevenson. 268 K. THOMAE 14.195. Aspergillus fumigatus, A. nidulans, A. terreus n.sp. and their allies ... Reprinted from the American Journal of Botany ... 1918. Oct. Co-author: Margaret Brooks Church (b. 1889). Publ.: 9 Mar 1918, p. [i, recto of 84], 84-104. Copies: Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Amer. J. Bot. 5: 84-104. 1918. 14.196. Aspergillus flavus, A. oryzae, and associated species ... Reprinted from American Journal of Botany ... 1921. Oct. Co-author: Margaret Brooks Church (b. 1889). Publ.: 19 Mar 1921, p. 103-126. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Amer. J. Bot. 2: 103-126. 1921. 14.197. The Aspergilli ... Baltimore (The Williams & Wilkins Company) 1926. Oct. (Aspergillz). Co-author: Margeret Brooks Church (1889-?). — Photomicrographs by G.L. Keenan. Publ.: Mar 1926 (p. iv; Mycologia 1 Jul 1926), p. [i]-ix, [1]-272, pl. 1-4. Copies: FH, G, MICH, NY, PH, USDA. Followed by: A manual of the Aspergilli by C. Thom and Kenneth Bryan Raper (1908-x), p. [iii]-ix, [1]-373, pl. 1-7. Copies: HH, NY, PH. — Baltimore (The Williams & Wilkins Company) 1945. Oct. Ref.: E.M.W., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1927: 96 (rev.). J.R., J. Bot. 65: 20-21 Jan 1927. 14.198. The Penicillia ... Baltimore (The Williams and Wilkins Company) 1930. Oct. (Penicillia). Collaborators: Margaret Brooks Church (1889-?), O.E. May (biochem.), M.A. Raines (ills.). Publ.: Jan 1930 (p. iv), p. [i]-xili, 1-644. Copies: B, FH, MICH, MO, NY, USDA. Followed by: A manual of the Penicillia by Kenneth Bryan Raper (1908-x), C. Thom, with technical assistance and illustrations by Dorothy I. Fennell, p. [i]-ix, [1]-875, pl. 1-z0. Copies: NY (2). — Baltimore (The Williams & Wilkins Company) 1949. Oct. — See also his Cultural studies of species of Penicillium 1910 (above). Ref.: J.R., J. Bot 68: 251-252. Aug 1930 (rev.). Seaver, F.J., Mycologia 22: 159-160. 1 Mai 1930 (rev. ed. 1). Thomae, Carl [Karl] Th. (1808-1885), German (Hessen-Nassau), botanist and gen- eral naturalist; studied in Bonn 1832-1835; teacher of natural sciences at Wiesbaden 1835-1845; director of the agricultural institute Geisberg nr Wiesbaden 1849-1868; from 1838 with the professor’s title. (Thomae). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Some material at M. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 38: 62-64 (F. Otto); Barnhart 3: 374; BM 5: 2095; CSP 5: 956, 19: 82; PR 9218, ed. 1: 10195; Quenstedt p. 428; Rehder 1: 380. BIOFILE: Anon., Bonplandia 3: 35. 1855 (cogn. Leopoldina Polyergus), 6: 53-54. 1858; Jahrb. Nassau. Ver. Naturk. 38: 143-148. 1885 (obit.). Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 3: 1337. 1898 (b. 9 Jan 1808, d. 4 Jun 1885). Zittel, K.A. von, Gesch. Geol. Palaont. 514. 1899. 14.199. Alphabetisches Verzeichniss der in der Gegend von Wiesbaden (im Radius von vier Stunden) wildwachsenden Pflanzen (Phanerogamen) und wichtigsten Kulturgewachse fir Freunde der Botanik, ... Wiesbaden (J.F. Hassloch’sche Buchhandlung) 1841. (Alph. Verz. Wiesbaden Pfi.). Publ.: 1841, p. [i-v], 1-159. Copy: NY. — Lithographed mss. Thomae, Karl Friedrich (1863-?), German (Hessen-Nassau) botanist; studied at Leipzig University, student of J.A. Schenk; Dr. phil. ib. 1886. (A. Thomae). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. K. THOMAE BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 374; CSP 19: 82. BIOFILE: Thomae, K.F., Blattst. Farne [67, vita] 1886 (b. 12 Mai 1863, son of Jakob Thomae of Flacht, distr. Wiesbaden). 14.200. Die Blattstiele der Farne. Ein Beitrag zur vergleichenden Anatomie. Inaugural- Dissertation zur Erlangung der philosophischen Doctorwirde der philosophischen Facultat der Universitat Leipzig ... Berlin (Druck von G. Bernstein) 1886. Oct. (Blattst. Farne). Publ.: Jun 1886 (Nat. Nov. Jun(2) 1886 (repr.: Aug 1886); Bot. Zeit. 16 Jul 1886, 24 Sep 1886; Bot. Centralbl. 30 Aug-3 Sep 1886), p. [1]-65, [67, vita], pl. 5-8 (uncol. liths.). Copies: G, H, NY. — Preprinted or reprinted from Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 17(1): 99-16r. 1886. Thomann, Anton (fl. 1859), Austrian high school teacher and botanist at the Gymnasium of Krems. (Thomann). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2095; PR 9219; Rehder 1: 441. 14-201. Synopsis der in der Umgebung von Krems wildwachsenden Phanerogamen nach der Zeit ihrer Florescenz und ihrer Stellung im natiirlichen und Sexual-Systeme geordnet. (Syn. Krems Phan.). Publ.: 1859 (ObZ 1 Sep 1859). Progr. k.k. Gymn. Krems (n.v.). Ref.: Anon., Bot. Zeit. 26: 441-442. 1868 (sic). Thomas, Benjamin Walden (jf. 1886), U.S. diatomologist and zoologist (Foraminifera). (B.W. Thomas). HERBARIUM and Types: AWH, OS (fide G.A. Fryxell, 1975). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2095; CSP 1g: 83; De Toni 1: cxxii, 2: cxiv; Nordstedt p. 30. BIOFILE: Fryxell, G.A., Beih. Nova Hedwigia 35: 363. 1975. VanLandingham, S.L., Cat. Diat. 4: 2377. 1971, 7: 4233-4234. 1978. 14.202. Diatomaceae of Lake Michigan, as collected during the last sixteen years from the water supply of the City of Chicago ... [Chicago 1886]. Oct. (Diatom. Lake Michigan). Co-author: Harvey Henderson (1849-1915). Publ.: Jun-Sep 1886 (mss. submitted 14 Mai 1886; Nat. Nov. Oct(1) 1886; Bot. Zeit. 25 Mar 1887), p. [1-3]. Copies: PH, US. — 215 items listed; names only. — List also published, in different make-up, in Notarisia 2: 328-330. Apr 1887. 14.203. Diatomaceae of Minnesota interglacial peat ... Extracted from ... Annual Report Minnesota Geological and Natural History Survey [1893]. Oct. Publ.: 1893, cover-t.p., p. 290-320. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Rept. Minn. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. 20: 290-320.- 1893. Thomas, Berthold [Ernst Friedrich] (1g10-x), German (Berlin) botanist. (B. Thomas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9260. BIOFILE: Moldenke, H.N., Plant Life 2: 85. 1946 (1948). 14.204. Die Gattung Clerodendrum in Afrika. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der 270 EM. THOMAS Doktorwiirde genehmigt von der Philosophischen Fakultat der Friedrich-Wilhelms- Universitat zu Berlin ... Altenburg, Thiir. (Druck von Oskar Bonde). 1936. Publ.: 16 Nov 1936 (in journal; date of promotion 10 Dec 1936), p. [i-ii], [1]-106. Copres: B, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Jahrb. 68(1): [1]-106. 1936. Thomas, Cyrus (1825-1910), American ethnologist, entomologist, plant collector and Lutheran minister; co-founder of the Illinois Natural History Society 1858; member of F.V. Hayden’s Survey in Colorado and New Mexico 1869-1873; teacher at Carbondale 1873-1875; state entomologist of Illinois from 1874-1876; ultimately dedicating himself to ethnology in the U.S. Bureau of Ethnology. (C. Thomas). HERBARIUM and Types: US. — Letters and mss. at SIA. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 374 (b. 27 Jul 1825, d. 25 Jun 1910); BM 5: 2095; CSP 8: 1075, 11: 581, 12: 728-729, 19: 84; DAB 18: 426; Ewan ed. 1: 225, 276, 299, 314, 320, ed. 2: 219; ME 1: 233, 3: 665; Tucker 3: 307. BIOFILE: Allison, E.M., Univ. Colorado Stud. 6: 75. 1909. Anon., Amer. men sci. ed. 1: 318-319. 1906; Natl. Cycl. Amer. biogr. 13: 528-529. 1906; Science ser. 2. 32: 53. 1910 (d.); The New York Times 28 Jun 1g10; Who’s who Amer. 1-8, 1899-1915; Who was who Amer. 1: 1229. 1968. Bailey, W.M., Illinois Acad. Sci. Trans. 41: 23-24. 1948. Essig, E.O., Hist. entom. 770-772. 1931. Goding, F.W., Trans. Illinois State Hort. Soc. ser. 2. 22: 106-108. 1888. Howard, Smiths. misc. Coll. 84: 14-15, 28, 55, 81-83, 86, 99, 102. 1931. J.A.F., J. econ. Entom. 3(4): 383-384. 1910 (obit.). J.A.G.R., Entom. News 21: 387-388. 1910 (obit.). Mallis, A., Amer. entom. 50-52. 1971. Mills, H.B., Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 27(2): 93-94. 1958 (biogr. sketch, portr.). Osborn, H., Fragm. entom. hist. 140. 1937. Weiss, H.B., Pioneer cent. Amer. entom. 220-221. 1936. Thomas [Abraham Louis] Emmanuel [Emanuel] (1788-1859), Swiss plant collec- tor, plant dealer and forester at Bex [Vaud]. (Em. Thomas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G (bought Feb 1893). — Further material at B (mainly), BM, BR, E, E-GL, FI, GOET, H, JE, K, LAU, LE, LZ (destr.), MW, NA, OXF, PC, TCD, W. — The Bex herbarium was with Thomas’s son Jean-Louis at Bex in 1880 (fide Alph. de Candolie, Phytogr. 1880); it was put up for sale in 1887 (BSbF 34 (bibl.): 191-192. 1887). Part of it was bought from Henri Thomas at Bex in Feb 1893 by the Herbier Boissier, now G. — Letters at G, UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 97, 4: 211, 5(1): 759; Backer p. 662; Barnhart 3: 374; BM 5: 2095; Bossert p. 398; Clokie p. 252; Hegi 5(1): 643, 6(2): 1316; Hortus 3: 1205; Jackson p. 321; PR 9220, ed. 1: 10196; Rehder 1: 426, 5: xxi; Saccardo 1: 162, 2: 106. BIOFILE: Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 25 (bibl.): 47. 1878 (herb. J.L. Thomas [with herb. E. Thomas] for sale). Attinger, V. et al., eds., Dict. hist. biogr. Suisse 6: 551. 1932. Burdet, H., Candollea 33: 427-428. 1978 (handwriting; coll.). Cosandey, F., Rev. hist. Vaudoise 1942(3-4): 81-149. 1942 (reprint at G on the Thomas family and their friends), p. [1]-58. Gay, J., Flora 10(1): 29-30. 1827. Lebert, H., Act. Soc. helv. Sci. nat. 60: 154-164. 1877 (biogr.). Meyer, F.G. & S. Elsasser, Taxon 22: 390-391. 1973 (on coll. Thomas family in NA). Mouillefarine, E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 35: xl-xlviii. 1888 (on the Thomas family at Bex). Wagenitz, G., Index coll. princ. herb. Gott. 164. 1982. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 165. 1905. 271 EM. THOMAS HANDWRITING: Candollea 33: 427-428. 1978. NOTE: Emmanuel Thomas was the son of Abram [Abraham] Thomas (1740-1822), grandson of Pierre Thomas (fl. 1750) and brother of Louis Thomas (1784-1823) and Philippe Thomas (x-1831), all Swiss botanists. Abram Thomas accompanied A. v. Haller on some of his mountain trips. Jean-Louis Thomas (1834-1886), son of Emmanuel continued his father’s botanical activities. NAME: Emmanuel Thomas used both the spelling Emanuel and Emmanuel on the catalogues. EPONYMY: Thomasia J. Gay (1821) honors Pierre Thomas, 18th century amateur Swiss botanist and his son Abram Thomas (1740-1822), Swiss botanist. 14.205. Catalogue des plantes suisses et des coquilles terrestres et fluviatiles qui se vendent chez Emanuel Thomas, a Bex, dans le Canton de Vaud en Suisse. 1818. Oct. (Cat. pi. sUulsS.). 1818 ed.: 1818, p. [1]-38. Copies: G, PH. 1837 ed.: 1837, p. [1]-49. Copies: BR, G(3), HH, NY. — “‘Catalogue des plantes suisses qui se vendent chez Emmanuel [sic] Thomas ...” Lausanne (Imprimerie de Marc Ducloux) 1837. Oct. (in fours). Some copies have “‘Addenda”’ on p. [50] (e.g. BR, G). 14.206. Catalogue des plantes suisses, qui se vendent chez Emmanuel Thomas, ... plantes cryptogames. Strasbourg (Imprimerie de Ph.-Al. Daunbach) 1841. Oct. (Cat. pl. suiss., crypt.). Publ.: 1841, cover-t.p., p. [1]-8. Copies: BR, G(2), HH, NY. — Determinations of Lichens and Hepatics by K. [C.F.] Schimper, Mosses by W.P. Schimper. 14.207. Catalogue des plantes de Sardaigne, qui se vendent chez Emanuel Thomas a Bex, ... 1841. Oct. 1841 ed.: 1841, p. [1]-4. Copies: G(2). Supplément: 1842, p. [1]. Copies: G(2). Supplément: 1853, p. [1]. Copy: G. Thomas, Eugen A. (1912-x), Swiss cryptogamist; Dr. phil. Ztirich 1939; biologist at the Chemical laboratory of the Canton Zitirich 1939, later in charge of the limnological department of this Laboratory; lecturer at Ziirich University 1956. (E£.A. Thomas). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Ainsworth p. 98, 330, 348; GR p. 635 (b. 19 Nov 1912). 14.208. Uber die Biologie von Flechtenbildnern. Von der Eidgendéssischen Technischen Hochschule in Ziirich zur Erlangung der Wiirde eines Doktors der Naturwissenschaften genehmigte Promotionsarbeit ... Bern (Buchdruckerei Buchler & Co.) 1939. Oct. (Biol. Flechtenbildn.). Publ.: 1939, p. [1]-208, pl. 1-6. Copies: Almborn, FH. — Also issued as Krypt.-Fl. Schweiz 9(1). 1939- Thomas, Friedrich August Wilhelm (1840-1918), German (Thiringian) botanist, cecidiologist and high school teacher; studied natural sciences at Jena University with A. Braun and M.J. Schleiden; Dr. phil. Berlin 1863 as student of N. Pringsheim; teacher at the Gymnasium Gleichense at Ohrdruf (Thuringia) 1863-1905. (F. Thomas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B (extant). — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 374 (b. 22 Nov 1840, d. 12 Dec 1918); BM 5: 2095, 8: 1300; Bossert p. 398; CSP 8: 1075-1076, 11: 581, 12: 729, 19: 84; De Toni 4: lvi; DTS 1: 297, 3: lili; Herder p. 133, 434; Hortus 3: 1205; LS 26563-26593; Morren ed. 10, p. 23; PR 9221-9222; Rehder 5: 844; SO 567; Stevenson p. 1260. 272 F. THOMAS BIOFILE: Anon., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 36: (194). 1918 (d. 19 Dec 1918); Bot. Centralbl. 140: 256. 1919 (d. 19 Dec 1918); Bot. Not. 1919: 152. (d.); Hedwigia 61: (114). 1919 (d. 26 Dec 1918); Nat. Nov. 41: 167. 1919 (d. 9 Dec 1918 [err.]); Osterr. bot. Zeit. 68: 108. 1919 (d. 19 Dec 1918); Verh. Bot. Ver. Prov. Brandenburg 61: 119. 1920 (d. 19 Dec 1918), 62: 33. 1920 (id.). Fischer, E., Bibl. natl. suisse 4(5): 30, 31, 32, 34, 35, 37, IOI. 1901. Harms, H., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 36: (122)-(137). 1918 (obit., portr., bibl.). Hedicke, H., Deut. entom. Z. 1919: 233. (obit. not.). Hubenthal, W., Entom. Blatt. 15: 87-88. 1919 (obit., portr.). Thomas, F., Verh. Bot. Ver. Brandenburg 53: (16). 1911 (letter of thanks to Society; “ist’s auch nichts Grosses, ist’s doch was Rechtes’’). Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 144, pl. 29. 1903, 3(3): 154. 1905. 14.209. De foliorum frondosorum Coniferarum structura anatomica. Dissertatio inauguralis phy- totomica quam concensu et auctoritate amplissimi philosophorum ordinis in Alma litter- arum Universitate Friderica Guilelma ad summos in philosophia honores rite capessen- dos die xi.m. Julii a mdccclxii. h.l.q.s. publice defendet ... Berolini [Berlin] (Typis expressit Gustavus Schade) [1863]. Oct. (Fol. Conif. struct.). Publ.: 11 Jul 1863, p. [1]-38, [1-2, vita, theses]. Copzes: B-S, G, HH, M, NY. — See also German version, Jahrb. wiss. Bot. 4: 23-63. 1866 (dated Aug 1863). 14.210. Programm der Realschule und des Progymnasiums zu Ohrdruf als Einladung zur Theilname an den am 18. und 19. Marz 1869 zu veranstaltenden Prifungen samm- tlicher Classen Inhalt: 1. Ueber Phytoptus Duj. und eine grossere Anzahl neuer oder wenig gekannter Missbildungen, welche diese Milbe an Pflanzen hervorbringt ... 2. Schul- nachrichten ... Gotha (Druck der Engelhard-Reyher’schen Hofbuchdruckerei) 1869. Qu. (Phytoptus). Publ.: shortly before 18 Mar 1869 (ObZ 1 Jun 1869; Flora rd 20 Mar-21 Apr 1869; KNAW rd Oct 1869), p. [i], [1]-22, 7 pl. Copies: G, M. — Reprinted with additions in Z. Ges. Naturw. 33: 313-366, pl. 4. Apr 1869. 14.211. Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Milbengallen und der Gallmilben: die Stellung der Blatt- gallen an den Holzgewachsen und die Lebensweise von Phytoptus ... Halle (Gebauer- Schwetschke’sche Buchdruckerei) 1874. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1874 (p. 537: 12 Feb 1874; OBZ rev. 1 Jun 1874; Bot. Zeit. 1 Mai 1874), p. [1]-27. Copy: FH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Z. ges. Naturw. 42: 513-537. 1873 [1874]. 14.212. Aeltere und neue Beobachtungen tiber Phytoptocecidien ... Halle (Gebauer- Schwetschke’sche Buchdruckerei) 1877. Oct. Publ.: Mai-Jun 1877 (Bot. Zeit. 27 Jul 1877), p. [i], [1]-59, pl. 6 (uncol. lith.). Copy: FH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Z. ges. Naturw. 49: 329-387, pl. 6. 1877. — See also Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 19: 76-78. 1877, Bot. Zeit. 36: 652-654. 1878, Entom. Nachr. 4: 126-128. 1878. 14.213. Ueber einige Exobasidien und Exoasceen ... Sonder-Abdruck aus der Forstlich- naturwissenschaftlichen Zeitschrift ... 1897. Oct. Publ.: 1897, p. [305]-314. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Forstl.- naturw. Z. 8: [305]-314. 1897. 14.214. Verzeichnis der Schriften iiber deutsche Zoocecidien und Cecidozoen bis einschliesslich 1906 ... Stuttgart (E. Schweizerbart’sche Verlagsbuchhandlung ...) 1g10. (Verz. Schr. deut. Koocecid.). Publ.: 1910, p. [i], [1]-104. Copy: M. — Published in E.H. Riibsaamen, Die Zoocecidien Deutschlands und ihre Bewohner. (Zoologica Heft 61). 14.215. Das Elisabeth Linné-Phinomen (sogenanntes Blitzen der Bliten) und _ seine Deutung. Zur Anregung und Aufklarung, zunachst fur Botaniker und Blumenfreunde ... Jena (Verlag von Gustav Fischer ...) 1914. Oct. (Elis. Linné-Phdnom.). Publ.: Apr 1914 (p. 8: 12 Mar 1914; ObZ for Apr 1914; AbZ Jun 1914; Nat. Nov. 273 F. THOMAS Mai(1) 1914), p. [1]-51, [52-54, index, colo.], col. pl. (loose). Copies: B-S, BR, H, M, NY. Thomas, Hugh Hamshaw (1885-1962), British botanist; BA Cambridge 1907; curator of the Botany Museum, Cambridge 1909-1923; lecturer 1923-1937; reader in plant morphology 1937-1950. (H.H. Thomas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Cambridge, U.K. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 339; Barnhart 3: 375; BM 5: 2096; Bossert p. 399; Desmond p. 606 (b. 29 Mai 1885, d. 30 Jun 1962); DNB 1961-1970: 1007-1009; DSB 13: 345-346. 1976 (T.M. Harris); GR p. 416; Hortus 3: 298; KR p. 704; NI 3: 22; Roon p. 114; Tucker 3: 307; Zander ed. 10, p. 723, ed. 11, p. 825. BIOFILE: Andrews, H.N., The fossil hunters 14, 62, 131-135. 1980. Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 237: 756. 1964; Modern men Sci. 2: 542-543. 1968; Nature 167: 176. 1951 (retirement); Plant Sci. Bull. 9(1): 8. 1963 (obit. not.); Who’s who (London) 1928-1962; Who was who (London) 6: 1112. 1961-1970. Bullock, A.A., Bibl. S. Afr. bot. 117. 1978. Butler, F.H.C., Brit. J. Hist. Sci. 1(3): 280-283. 1963 (obit.). Harris, T.M., Nature 195: 754-755. 1962 (obit.); Biogr. Mem. Fell. R. Soc. g: 287-299. 1963 (biogr., portr., bibl.). Sporne, K.R., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 174(1): 156-158. 1963 (obit.). Walters, S.M., Shaping Cambridge Botany 16, 17, 29, 99. 1981. EPONYMY: Thomastocladus R. Florin (1958). NOTE: Henry Hugh Thomas (b. 1g Apr 1904) is the author of various horticultural publications. 14.216. On the leaves of Calamites (Galamocladus Section) ... Philosophical Transactions ... London [1911]. Qu. Publ.: 13 Jun 1911, cover-t.p., p. 51-92, pl. 3-5. Copies: B, US. — Issued and to be cited as Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London ser. B. 202(B.284): 51-92, pl. 3-5. IgII. 14.217. The fossil flora of the Cleveland district ... Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. ... 1913. Oct. Publ.: Jun 1913, cover-t.p., p. [223]-251, pl. 23-26. Copies: NY, US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Quart. J. Geol. Soc. 69: [223]-251, pl. 23-26. 1913. 14.218. On Williamsoniella, a new type of Bennettitalean flower ... London (published by the Royal Society ...) 1915. Qu. Publ.: 14 Dec 1915, cover-t.p., p. 113-148, pl. 12-14. Copies: NSUB, US, USDA. — Issued and to be cited as Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London ser. B. 207(B. 337): 113-148, pl. 12-14. 1915. 14.219. The Caytoniales, a new group of angiospermous plants from the Jurassic rocks of Yorkshire ... London (printed and published for the Royal Society ...) 1925. Qu. Publ.: 21 Feb 1925, cover-t.p., p. 299-361, pl. 11-15. Copies: NY, USGS. — Issued and to be cited from Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London ser. B. 213 (B. 407): 299-361, pl. 11-15. 1925. 14.220. Further observations on the cuticle structure of mesozoic Cycadean fronds ... Extracted from the Linnean Society’s Journal-Botany ... 1930. Oct. Publ.: 24 Apr 1930, cover-t.p., p. [389]-415, pl. 20-21. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 48(323): [389]-415, pl. 20-21. 1930. — Earlier publ., with N. Bancroft, Trans. Linn. Soc. London ser. 2. 8(5): 155. 14.221. The early evolution of the angiosperms ... Annals of Botany ... 1931. Oct. Publ.: Oct 1931, cover-t.p., p. [647]-672. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Bot. 45(180): [647]-672. 1931. 274 M.B. THOMAS 14.222. On some Pteridospermous plants from the Mesozoic Rocks of South Africa ... Philo- sophical Transactions ... London 1933. Qu. Publ.: 31 Mai 1933, cover-t.p., p. 193-265, pl. 23-24. Copies: B-S, BR, G, NSUB, NY, US, USDA. — Issued and to be cited as Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London ser. B. 222 (B.489): 193-265, pl. 23-24. 1933. 14.223. The old morphology and the new ... London (printed by Taylor and Francis, .. .) 1933. Oct. Publ.: 1933, cover-t.p., p. [17]-46. Copies: B, FAS. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. Linn. Soc. London 145: [17]-46. 1932. 14.224. The nature and origin of the stigma a contribution towards a new morphological interpretation of the Angiosperm flower ... from The New Phytologist ... 1934. Oct. Publ.: 20 Jun 1934, p. [173]-198. Copies: NY, US. — Reprinted and to be cited from New Phytol. 33(3): [173]-198. 1934. 14.225. Proposed additions to the International Rules of botanical Nomenclature. Suggested by British Palaeobotanists. (Extracted from The Journal of Botany, April, 1935). Oct. Publ.: Apr 1935, 1 galley. Copy: FAS. — Galley distributed as a reprint from J. Bot.: 111- 113. Apr 1935 (Organ genera and artificial genera of fossil plants). 14.226. Cosmic rays and the origin of species ... (Reprinted from Nature ... 1936). Oct. Publ.: 11 & 18 Jan 1936 (in journal), p. [1-12]. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Nature 137: 51. 11 Jan, 97. 18 Jan 1936. 14.227. Palaeobotany and the origin of the Angwosperms ... Reprinted ... from Botanical Review ... 1936. Oct. Publ.: Aug 1936, p. 397-418. Copies: NY, US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Rev. 2: 397-418. 1936. Thomas, Joseph Marie Paul (1872-?), French physician and botanist; Dr. sci. nat. Paris 1900. (7. Thomas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 375 (b. 27 Mar 1872). 14.228. Série A, n° 355, n° d’ordre: 1021. Théses présentées a la Faculté des sciences de Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és-sciences naturelles ... 1° Thése. — Anatomie comparée et expérimentale des feuilles souterraines ... soutenues le [28, mss] Avril 1900, ... Lille (Le Bigot Fréres, ...) 1900. Oct. (Anat. feuill. souterr.). Publ.: 28 Apr 1go00, p. [1]-106, [107], pl. 1-4 (uncol., auct.). Copy: G. Thomas, Mason Blanchard (1866-1912), American botanist; B.S. Cornell Univ. 1890; professor of biology at Wabash College, Crawfordsville, Indiana, succeeding John M. Coulter, 1891-1895; professor of botany ib. 1895-1912; dean of the Faculty 1904- 1912. (M.B. Thomas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: WAB. — Letters to W.G. Farlow at FH. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 375 (b. 16 Dec 1866, d. 6 Mar 1g12); LS 26595-26596, 39922; Nordstedt suppl. p. 15; NW p. 59; Rehder 5: 844; Tucker 3: 307. BIOFILE: Anon., Allg. bot. Z. 18: 152. 1912 (d.); Amer. men sci. eds. 1-2, 1906-1910; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966, 4: 346-347. 1969; Nat. Nov. 34: 234. 1912 (d.); Osterr. bot. Z. 62: 199. 1912 (d.); Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1911: 4-5. 1912 (obit.); Science ser. 2: 35: 414. 1912 (d.); Who was who Amer. 1: 1230. 1968. Deam, C.C., Fl. Indiana 111g. 1940 (coll.). Hesler, L.R., Biogr. sketches North Amer. mycol. 1975, mss. (2 p., personal recollections). 2/9) M.B. THOMAS Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 729. 1985. Millis, W.A. et al., Wabash Coll. Rec. 10(3): 45-77. 1912 (tributes, obit., bibl.). Rogers, D.P., Brief hist. mycol. N. Amer. ed. 2. 24, 61. 1981. Thomas, William Sturgis (1871-1941), American physician and mycologist; Dr. med. Wash. Univ. 1892; medical officer in the U.S. navy during the Spanish-American and World War I; from 1920 specialized in allergy at St. Luke’s Hospital, New York. (W.S. Thomas). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. — The W.S. Thomas material at GM, MO and UC from Costa Rica was collected by William Stephen Thomas (1909-x). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 376 (b. 11 Oct 1871, d. 21 Dec 1941). BIOFILE: Anon., Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 348. 1969; J. New York Bot. Gard. 43: 22-23. 1942 (obit.); The New York Times 22 Dec 1941, p. L-17. Rogers, D.P., Brief hist. mycol. N. Amer. ed. 2. 76. 1981. Seaver, F.J., Mycologia 35: 133. 1943 (obit. not., portr.). 14.229. Held book of common gilled mushrooms with a key to their identification and direct- ions for cooking those that are edible ... New York, London (G.P. Putnam’s Sons .. .) 1928. (Field book mushrooms). Ed. [1]: 1928 (p. vii: Apr 1928; Mycologia 1 Mai 1929), p. [i]-xv, 1-332, pl. 1-16. Copies: FH, MO, NY. Ed. [2]: 1936, p. [i]-xx, 1-369, pl. 1-16 (col.). Copies: BR, H, USDA. Ed. [3]: 1948, p. [i]-xx, 1-369, pl. 1-16. Copies: B, H, USDA. Thome, Otto Wilhelm (1840-1925), German (Rheinland/Preussen) botanist and high school teacher; Dr. phil. Bonn 1862; rector of a high school (hohere Burgerschule) in Koln. (Thomé). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. — Letters to D.F.L. Schlechtendal at HAL; other let- ters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 376 (b. 22 Mar 1840); BFM 18; BM 5: 2006, 8: 1301; CSP 8: 1076; DTS 1: 298; Herder p. 96, 123; Jackson p. 58, 72, 73, 99; KR p. 704; LS 26604; Morren ed. 2, p. 6, ed. 10, p. 11; NI 1947nd, ne; PR 9225-9226; Rehder I: 91, 96, 5: 845; Stevenson p. 1260; TL-2/5988, 5991, 5993, 6003, 8238, see W.O. Miller; Tucker 1: 686. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 237: g08-gog. 1964. Degener, H.A.L., Wer ist’s ed. 4: 1422. 1909 (b. 22 Mar 1840), ed. 5: 1473. 1911, ed. 6: 1625. 1912, ed. 7: 1914. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 144. 1903. 14.230. De Cicutae virosae L. rhizomatis et radicis anatomia, qua in re imprimis fascium vasorum incrementa quomodo capiantur respiciuntur. Dissertatio botanica quam con- sensu et auctoritate amplissimi philosophorum ordinis in alma literarum Universitate Fridericia Guilelmia rhenana ad summos in philosophia honores rite obtinendos una cum thesibus adiectis a.d. xiii. cal. dec. a. [1862] publice defendet ... Bonnae (formis Carthausianis) [1862] Oct. (Cicut. viros.). Publ.: 13 Dec 1862, p. [i-iii], [1]-34, [35, vita, 36, theses]. Copzes: B, NY. 14.231. Lehrbuch der Botanik fur Gymnasien, Realschulen, forst- und landwirtschaftliche Lehranstalten, pharmaceutische Institute ec. sowie zum Selbstunterrichte ... Braunsch- weig (Druck und Verlag von Friedrich Vieweg und Sohn) 1869. Oct. (Lehrb. Bot.). Ed. [1]: Sep-Oct 1869 (p. vi: 1 Jul 1869; Flora 22 Feb 1870 rev.; Bot. Zeit. 12 Nov, 3 Dec 1870), p. [i]-viii, [1]-358, [1, err.]. Copies: G, H-UB, HH, MICH, NY. Ed. 2: Jan-Feb 1872 (Bot. Zeit. Mar 1872), p. [i]-xii, [1]-363. Copzes: FH, G. Ed. 2, second printing: Dec 1872 (Bot. Zeit. 20 Dec 1872), p. [i]-xii, [1]-363. Copies: B, B-G. 276 THOME Ed. 3: 1874 (p. vi: 1 Jan 1874), p. [iJ-viii, [1]-389, map. Copies: HH, NY. Ed. 4: Jan-Jun 1875, vii, 389 p., map, n.v. Ed. 5: 1877 (p. vi: 22 Mar 1877), p. [i]-vii, [1]-389, map. Copies: B-G, HH. Ed. 6: Apr 1884 (Bot. Zeit. 23 Mai, 27 Jun 1884; Bot. Centralbl. 28 Apr-2 Mai 1884; Nat. Nov. Mai(1) 1884; Flora 1 Jun 1884; Nat. Nov. Apr(2) 1884), p. [i]-vii, [1]-384, map. Copy: U-UB. Ed. 7: 1808 (p. [vii]: 1 Mar 1898; Bot. Centralbl. 15 Jun 1898; Nat. Nov. Mai(2) 1898), p. [i]-xiv, [1]-370, map. English translation: Text-book of structural and physiological botany ... translated by Alfred W. [William] Bennett [1833-1902] ...London (Longmans, Green, and Co.) 1877. (Text- book struc. phys. bot.). Also as New York (John Wiley & Sons, ...) 1877. Ed. 1: Feb 1877 (preface: Jan 1877; J. Bot. Mar 1877), p. [i]-ix, [xi-xii], [1]-479, map. Copies: LIV, NSUB, PH, US (New York impr.). Ed. 2: 1878 (p. viii: Dec 1877), p. [i]-xiii, [xv], [1]-479, map. Copies: MICH, NY. Ed. 3: 1879 (p. vi: Aug 1879), p. [i]-xvi, [xvi], [1]-479, map. Copy: NY. Ed. 4: 1882, p. [i]-xiv, [xvi], [1]-479. Copy: MICH. Ed. 5: 1885 (p. vu: Apr 1885; Nat. Nov. Aug(1) 1885), p. [i]-xii, [xiii], [1]-480, map. Copy: NY. Ed. 6: 1887, p. [i]-xii, [xiii], [1]-480, map. Copies: NY, PH. — New York (John Wiley & Sons) 1887. Ed. 7: 1891 (pref. Mai 1891), p. [i]-xiv, [i*], [1]-484. Copy: Liverpool City Libr. Ed. 8: 1897 (Nat. Nov. Oct(1) 1897), map, p. [iii]-vi, [vii], [1]-501. Copy: USDA. Dutch version: incorporated in S.P. Huizinga, Plantenkunde, naar boeken van M.T. Masters, O.W. Thomé etc. ed. 1, (n.v.), ed. 2, 1881. (n.v.). Ref.: Bary, A. de, Bot. Zeit. 27: 776-777. 12 Nov 1869 (rev.). Trimen, H., J. Bot. 15: 121-122. Apr 1877 (rev. ed. 1, transl.). 14.232. Das Gesetz der vermiedenen Selbstbefruchtung bei den hoheren Pflanzen ... Coln und Leipzig (Eduard Heinrich Mayer ...). Oct. (Gesetz vermied. Selbstbefr.). Publ.: 1870 (ObZ 1 Nov 1870; Bot. Zeit. 11 Nov 1870), p. [1]-46, [47]. Copies: G, M. Ref.: Bartsch, Osterr. bot. Z. 20: 348. 1 Nov 1870 (rev.). Singer, Flora 53: 290-291. 15 Sep 1870 (rev.). 14.233. Pflanzenbau und Pflanzenleben ... Miinchen (Verlag von R. Oldenbourg) 1874. (Pfl.-Bau Pfl.-leb.). Publ.: 1874 (p. [iv]: 1 Mai 1874), p. [i-vi], [1]-328. Copzes: B-S, HH, NY. Danish version (partial): see V.A. Poulsen, Pl. bygn. liv. 1878, TL-2/8238. 14.234. Thier- u. Pflanzen-Geographie. Nach der gegenwartigen Verbreitung der Thiere und der Pflanzen, sowie mit Riicksicht auf deren Beziehung zum Menschen ... Stuttgart (Verlag von W. Spemann) [1875?]. Qu. (Thzer- Pfl.-Geogr.). Publ.: 1875 (2; undated; fide Rehder), p. [i]-viii, [1]-652, 23 pl. Copies: HH, MO, NY. — Vol. 2 of H.J. Klein & O.W. Thomé, Die Erde und thr organisches Leben. Swedish transl. 1882, p. [i]-viii, [1]-634. — Vdxt-och djurgeograf. Enligt vaxternes och djurens narvande utbredning och med beaktande af deras forhallande till menniskan ... Ofversatt och bearbetad af D.A. Kruhs’”’. Stockholm (tr. i Central-tr.) 1882. Oct. 14.235. Prof. Dr. Thomé’s Flora von Deutschland Osterreich und der Schweiz in Wort und Bild fir Schule und Haus ... Gera-Untermhaus (Verlag von Fr. Eugen Kohler) [1885-] 1886-1889, 4 vols. Oct.(in fours). (#7. Deutschl.). Ed. [1]: 1885-1889, in 4 vols., 5060 figs., of 769 plants, on 616 plates (colour-printed) after original drawings of Walter Muller at Gera. Copies: B, G, HH, MO, NY, US. 1: 1886 (t.p.; p. vi: Weihnachten 1886; in Hefte 12-25, Jan 1886-Apr 1887), p. [i]-vili, [1]-366, pl. 1-48, 492, 49it, 50, 50b, 51-135, 135[bts], 136-158. 2: 1886 (t.p.; in Hefte 1-11 Mai 1885-Apr 1886), p. [i]-iv, [1]-242, pl. 159-171, 1714, 172-306-I, 306-II, 307-316. 3: 1888 (t.p.; in Hefte 26-41, Mai 1887-1888), p. [i-iv], v [as “iv’’], [1]-372, pl. 317-467 [145 plates rather than the 155 called for on the t.p.]. 4: 1889 (t.p.; p. vi: Nov 1888; in Hefte 42-44, Jul 1888-Dec 1888), p. [i]-viii, [1]-577, 277 THOME [578, err.], pl. 462-612 [151 plates rather than the 160 called for on the t.p.; in all therefore (161, 159, 145 and 151) 676 plates. Reissue: 1891-1894 in 45 Lieferungen; contents as a whole identical with original issue. “Neue Ausgabe’. Copy: MO. Ed. 2: 1901-1934. Prof. Thomé’s Flora von Deutschland Osterreich und der Schweiz. Zweite, vermehrte und verbesserte Auflage, Band 1-12. — [1-4]: Gera, Reuss j,. L. Friedrich von Zezschwitz Verlag “Flora von Deutschland” [1901-] 1903-1905. The first four volumes of this second edition are a further reissue (with minor changes) of the plates of the 1885-1889 original, with amended text as ““Neue Subscription”, 57 Hefte, 4 vols. with 676 pl. Volumes 5-12 (Teile 2-4) comprise the cryptogams, pub- lished by Walter Migula as editor and, in part, author. These volumes are treated in our third volume: TL-2/5988 (Moose), 5991 (Algen), 5993 (Pilze) and 6003 (Flechten). Copies of vols. 1-4: B, BR, HH, NY (orig. covers), PH. 1: Lief. 1-15. 1903, p. [i]-xi, [1]-376, pl. 1-44, 451, 457, 46', 467, 47-158. 2: Lief. 16-30. 1904, p. [i-v], [1]-287, pl. 159-249, 2501, 2507, 251-306 I, 306 IT, 307-349 (plates 340-349 numbered 310-319). 3: Lief. 31-43. 1904 (t.p. 1905), p. [i-v], [1]-397, [398, colo.], pl. 320-411, 4121, 4127, 413-401. 4: Lief. 44-57. 1905, p. [i-v], [1]-509, pl. 462-672. Reissue of plates 1938, Pflanzen- und Bliitentafeln aus der Flora von Deutschland, Osterreich und der Schweiz von Prof. Dr. Thomé und Prof. Dr. W. Migula. In 4 Mappen 531 {actually: 510] Tafeln ... Leipzig, Berlin (B.G. Teubner) 1938. — Phanerogams only, p. [1]-11, 510 plates (125, 138, 124, 123) in four sets. Thommen, Edouard (1880-1961), Swiss philologist and botanist; studied languages at Basel, Paris, Oxford and Gottingen; Dr. phil. Gottingen 1903; stenographer with the Swiss federal government 1903-1906; the Office international du Travail at Basel 1906- 1920; with the Bureau international du Travail Genéve 1920-1940, from 1940 dedicat- ing himself mainly to Swiss floristic botany. (Thommen). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BAS; further material at G. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BFM 948, 950, 1051, 1052, 1053; BL 2: 101, 114, 199, 557, 566, 584, 723; MW suppl. 360; NI 1948, 3: 64; TL-2/522, 1838. BIOFILE: Anon., Monde Pl. 55(333): 7. 1961. Becherer, A., Bauhinia 72: 67-68. 1962 (obit.), 5(3): 169-171. 1975 (souvenirs). E.G., National-Zeitung, Basel 1940, nr. 47, 29 Jan 1940 (tribute 6oth birthday, portr.). Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras world no. 649. 1984. Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 729. 1984. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 260. 1935. Weibel, R., Trav. Soc. bot. Genéve 6: 10-15. 1962 (obit., bibl., b. 30 Jan 1880, d. 25 Jul 1961); Mus. Genéve 21: 14-16. 1962 (portr., obit. not.). COMPOSITE WoRKS: With August Binz (1870-1963), Flore de la Suisse ed. 1, 1941; ed. 2, 1953; ed. 3, 1966, see TL-2/523. NOTE: Outside our period: Neues zur Schreibung des Namens Ginkgo, Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel 60: 77-103. 1949 (‘‘conclusive evidence for Kaempfer’s misspelt Ginkgo being a clearly unintentional orthographic error under article 70 of the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature’’. [for Ginkyo]. 14.236. Contributions a la flore du département de [ Ain ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société botanique de Genéve ... 1940. Oct. Publ.: 20 Jul 1940 (fide t.p. preprint), p. [1]-52. Copy: G. — Preprinted from Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 32: 92-143. 1941. 14.237. Uber Trifolium patens Schreber in der Westschweiz ... Separatabdruck aus dem Festband August Binz ... 1940. Oct. 278 C.H. THOMPSON Publ.: 1940, p. [105]-109. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 51(2): [105]-109. 1940. 14.238. L’Asperula tinctora L. dans le département du Jura ... Bourg (Imprimerie Berthod) 1940. Oct. Publ.: 1940, cover-t.p., p. [131]-136. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Natural. Archéol. Ain 54: [131]-136. 1940. 14.239. Contributions a la flore des départements de la Haute-Savoie, de la Savoie, de |’Isére et des Hautes-Alpes ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société botanique de Genéve ... 1942. Oct. Co-author: Alfred Becherer (1897-1977). Publ.: 30 Apr 1942, cover-t.p., p. [109]-130. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve 33: [109]-130. 1942. 14.240. Nouvelles contributions a la florule du Canton de Genéve ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société botanique de Genéve ... 1942. Oct. Publ.: 30 Apr 1942, cover-t.p., p. [131]-136. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve 33: [131]-136. 1942. 14.241. Taschenatlas der Schweizer Flora mit Berticksichtigung der auslandischen Nach- barschaft ... Basel (Verlag Birkhauser) 1945. Oct. (Taschenatl. Schweiz. Fl.). Ed. [1]: 1945, p. [i]-xiv, 1-294. Copies:G, H, HH. Ed. 2: 1951, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-309. Copies: B, BR, FAS, G, HH, NY. Ed. 3: 1961, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-303. Copies: B, G, NY. — Bearbeitet von Alfred Becherer (1897- 1977)- Ed. 4: 1967, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-303. Copies: HH, NY. — Id. 14.242. Atlas de poche de la flore suisse comprenant les régions étrangéres limitrophes ... Lausanne (F. Rouge & Cie. ...) 1945. Oct. (Alas fl. suisse). Ed. [1]: 1945, p. [i]-xiv, 1-296. Copies: BR, HH, NY. Ed. 2: 1961, p. [i]-xiv, [xv], [1]-303. Copy: NY. — Edited by Alfred Becherer (1897-1977). Ed. 3: 1970, p. [i]-xiv, [xv], [1]-303. Copies: G, NY. — Id. Thompson, Arnold (1876-1959), British bryologist and teacher (Sphagnaceae); studied at London University and Tubingen (1902-1903), teacher Bootham School York 1903-1906 and at King Edward VII School, Sheffield 1906-1936; in retirement at Skipton; secretary British Bryological Society 1936-1947, president 1948-1949. (Arn. Thomps.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Desmond p. 606 (b. 15 Jun 1876, d. 27 Jan 1959). BIOFILE: Anon., Rev. bryol. ser. 2. 4(1): 51. 1931, 5(2-3): 145. 1933, 8(1-2): 125. 1935, 10(1-3): 10g. 1937. G.A.S., Naturalist, Leeds 870: 100. 1959 (obit., list publ.). Lobley, E.M., Trans. Brit. Bryol. Soc. 3: 783. 1960 (obit.). Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 519. 1977 (coll. BM). Scott, L.I., Naturalist 879: 158-159. 1961 (biogr. sketch). Thompson, Charles Hemry (1870-1931), American botanist; M.S. Univ. Kansas 1898; instructor in botany, Shaw School of Botany, St. Louis 1893-1895; bot. asst. Missouri Botanical Garden 1895-1896; instructor at the University of Missouri 1896- 1897; in charge of the department of succulent plants Missouri Botanical Garden from 1904; from 1915 assistant botanist, assistant professor of horticulture and professor of horticulture at Massachusetts College. (C.H. Thomps.). HERBARIUM and Types: KANU (orig. Lemnaceae coll.); other material at B (mainly 279 c.H. THOMPSON destr.), BH, GH, KSC, MO, NY, U, US (186, orig. Kansas). — Field notes at US. — Letters to W.G. Farlow at FH. Other mss. material at SIA. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 376 (b. 23 Jun 1870, d. 23 Jan 1931); BM 5: 2096; CSP 19: 94; Hortus 3: 1205; Langman p. 735; LS suppl. 10048; Rehder 2: 589; Stevenson p. 1260; Tucker 1: 686, 3: 307; Urban-Berl. p. 403. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 1-3, 1906-1921; Bot. Centralbl. 67: 384. 1896 (app. Univ. Missouri); Expl. Sta. Record 64: 499. 1931 (d.); Osterr. bot. Z. 46: 411. 1896 (app. Univ. Missouri). Hauser, L.A., The Lemnaceae collection of C.H. Thompson in the University of Kansas herbarium, Rep. State Biol. Surv. Kansas. Lawrence Kansas no. 10, 1977, 12 p. J.R., New York Sun 5 Feb 1931 (obit.). EPONYMY: Thompsonella N.L. Britton et J.N. Rose (1909). 14.243. Ligulate Wolffias of the United States ... Reprinted from the Seventh Annual Report of the Missouri Botanical Garden [St. Louis] 1896. Oct. Publ.: 26 Mai 1896, cover-t.p., p. 101-111, pl. 64-66 (uncol.). Copies: B, BR, HH, NY, US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 7: 1o1-111, pl. 64-66. 1896. 14.244. North American Lemnaceae ... (printed in advance from the ninth Annual Report of the Missouri Botanical Garden [St. Louis]) 1897. Oct. Publ.: 1 Nov 1897, cover-t.p., p. [1]-22, pl. 1-4. Copies: B, BR, G, H, HH, M, NY, US. — Preprinted from Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. 9g: 21-42, pl. 1-4. 1898. — Title in journal: A revision of the American Lemnaceae occurring north of Mexico. 14.245. Cacti commonly cultivated under the generic name Anhalonium ... (from the ninth Annual Report of the Missouri Botanical Garden [St. Louis] 1898. Oct. Publ.: 20 Apr 1898, cover-t.p., p. 127-135, pl. 32-37. Copies: BR, G, HH, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Rep. Missouri Bot Gard. g: 127-135, pl. 32-37. 1898. 14.246. Ornamental Cacti: their culture and decorative value ... Washington (Govern- ment Printing Office) 1912. Oct. (Om. Cact.). Publ.: 17 Dec 1912, p. [1]-24, pl. 1-18. Copies: BR, HH, NY. — Issued as Bull. U.S.D.A. Bur. Pl. Industr. 262, 1912. Thompson, Harold Stuart (1870-1940), British floristic botanist of private means; secretary of the Watson Botanical Exchange Club 1900-1904, 1920-1934. (H.S. Thomps.). HERBARIUM and types: NMW (4000 European herb.), BIRM (5660; part of general herb.), RNG (id.); further material at BM, CGE, DBN, E, EGHB, G, K (Carex), OXF, RNG. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 377; BL 2: 114, 199, 265; BM 5: 2097; Clokie p. 253; Desmond p. 606 (d. 3 Mar 1940); IH 1(ed. 7): 344; Lenley p. 409; NI 1949, 1950; Plesch p. 407; Tucker 1: 779. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 238: 85-86. 1964; J. Bot. 78: 80. 1940 (d.). Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 84.17, 186.15, 186.19. 1980. Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 257. 1984. Pugsley, H.W., J. Bot. 78: 102-103. 1940 (obit., b. Mar 1870). Riddelsdell, H.J. et al., Fl. Gloucestershire cxliv. 1948. 14.247 Notes on the alpine flora ... Being the substance of a lecture delivered before the Climbers’ Club, 27th Oct., 1906 [s.l.]. Oct. Publ.: 1906, p. [1]-14. Copy: G. 280 J-V. THOMPSON 14.248. Note sur les Juncus bicephalus Viviani et J. bufonius v. fasciculatus Koch ... [Bull. Herb. Boiss. 1908]. Oct. Publ.: 28 Dec 1907, p. [1]-2, to be cited as Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2. 8: 75-76. 1907 (double pagination). 14.249. Liste des phanérogames et cryptogames vasculaires recueillis au-dessus de 8.000 feet (2.440 métres) dans les districts du Mont-Cenis, de la Savoie, du Dauphiné et des Alpes- maritimes (Juin-Septembre 1907) avec quelques notes sur les limites altitudinales des plantes alpines ... Le Mans (Imprimerie Monnoyer ...) 1908. Oct. Publ.: Feb-Mar 1908, cover-t.p., map, p. 195-248. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Bull. Acad. int. Géogr. bot. 17(220-221): 195-248. 1908. Corrections: ib. 17 (222-224): 255-256. Apr-Jun 1908. 14.250. Alpine plants of Europe together with cultural hints ... London (George Routledge and Son, ...) New York (E.P. Dutton and Co.) [1911]. Oct. (Alp. pl. Europe). Publ.: Apr-Jul 1911 (p. vii: Mar 1911; announced by J. Bot. Apr, rev. ib. Sep rg11; Bot. Centralbl. 28 Nov 1911; Nat. Nov. Aug(2) 1911), p. [iJ-xv, [xvi], [1]-287, pl. 1-64 (col.), map. Copies: BR, G, HH, MICH, MO, NY, PH, USDA. 14.251. Sub-alpine plants or flowers of the Swiss woods and meadows ... London (George Routledge & Sons, ...) New York (E.P. Dutton & Co.) 1912. Oct. (Sub-alp. pl.). Publ.: Jun-Jul 1912 (p. viii: Mai 1912; rev. J. Bot. Sep 1912; Bot. Centralbl. 15 Oct 1912; Nat. Nov. Aug(2) 1912), p. [iii]-xv, [1]-325, pl. 1-33 (col.). Copies: BR, G, HH, MO, NY. 14.252. Flowering plants of the Riviera a descriptive account of 1800 of the more interesting species ... London (Longmans, Green and Co. ...) New York, Bombay and Calcutta. 1914. Oct. (Fl. pl. Riviera). Introduction: Arthur George Tansley (1871-1955). Publ.: Feb-Apr 1914 (p. vi: 12 Jan 1914; Bot. Centralbl. 21 Jul 1914; ObZ Jun-Jul 1914, Nat. Nov. Mai(2) 1914), p. [i]-xxix, [1]-249, pl. 1-32 (24 col., 8 phot.). Copies: B, BR, G, HH, NY, PH, USDA. Ref.: Anon., J. Bot. 52: 184-186. Jul 1914 (rev.). Thompson, John Vaughan (1779-1847), British surgeon, zoologist and botanist; studied surgery at Edinburgh 1797-1798; assistant surgeon with the Prince of Wales’s Fencibles 1799, in Gibraltar 1799, in the West Indies and Guiana 1799-1809, from 1803 as full surgeon; to Madagascar and Mauritius 1812-1816; district medical inspector at Cork 1816-1835; in charge of the convict medical department at Sydney 1835-1847. (F.V. Thomps.). HERBARIUM and types: BM; further material at M (lichens), MO (Madagascar). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 377; BB p. 298; BM 5: 2097; CSP 5: 958- 959; Desmond p. 607; DNB 19: 698-699; Hortus 3: 1205; Jackson p. 249; PR 9228; Rehder 1: 255, 396; Tucker 1: 685. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 238: 126. 1964; Newsletter Soc. Hist. nat. Hist. 18: 6. 1983 (letters Natl. Archives). Baker, J.G., Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland 14(1): 82. 1902. Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 255.47, 255.141. 1980. Britten, J.G., J. Bot. 50: 169-171. 1912 (b. 19 Nov 1779, d. 21 Jan 1847). Praeger, R.L., Some Irish naturalists 165-166. 1949. Vaughan, R.E., Proc. R. Soc. Arts Sci. Mauritius 1(3): 241-248. 1953. NOTE: J.V. Thompson was the author of the anonymous A catalogue of the exotic plants cultivated in the Mauritius ... Mauritius (printed by Baron & Souvignec ...) Nov 1816, Qu., 31 p. for which see Vaughan (1953). A second edition was issued in 1822 (n.v.). EPONYMY: Thompsonia R. Brown (1821); Vaughama S. Moore (1920). 281 J-V. THOMPSON 14.253. A catalogue of plants growing in the vicinity of Berwick upon Tweed, by Jn.V. Thom- pson Esquire surgeon to his Majesty’s 37" Reg. ... London (Printed for J. White ...) 1807. Qu. (Cat. pl. Berwick). Publ.: 1807, p. [i]-xxiv, [xxv], [1]-132. Copies: BR, HH, MO, NY. Thoms, Hermann [Friedrich Maria] (1859-1931), German (Mecklenburg) pharma- cist and botanist; trained at pharmacies at Woldegk, Giessen and Koblenz; state phar- maceutical examination Jena 1884; Dr. phil. Erlangen 1886; pharmacist at Jena 1887- 1889; in charge of a chemical factory in Berlin 1889-1893; editor of the Apotheker- Zeitung 1893; habil. Berlin for pharmaceutical chemistry 1895, professor’s title 1896; director of the Institute of Pharmaceutical Chemistry of Berlin University 1902-1929; ordinary professor of pharmaceutical chemistry 1920, visited the United States and Japan 1923; Dr: med. h.c. Wurzburg 1929; founder of the Deutsche Pharmazeutische Gesellschaft; botanically active as phytochemist. (H. Thoms). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 378 (b. 20 Mar 1859, d. 28 Nov 1931); BFM 2883; BM 5: 2098; Hirsch p. 299; LS 39925; Rehder 5: 845; Tucker 1: 687. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 238: 208. 1964. Hirsch, A., ed., Biogr. Lex. hervorrag. Arzte eds. 2-3. 2: 1564. 1962. Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 4: 1494-1495. 1904, 5: 1252-1253. 1926, 6(4): 2653. 1940, 7a(4): 671. 1961 (further biogr. refs.). Schirhoff, P.N., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 50: (220)-(224). 1932 (obit.). Thimann, Th., Pharmaz. Ber. 1932(1): 20-23 (memorial plaquette). Thomsen, Christen (1822-1874), Danish botanist and high school teacher at Vor- dingborg, Randers and Roskilde. (Chr. Thomsen). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: C (1400). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 378; BL 2: 57, 723; Jackson p. 334; LS 41780; Rehder 1: 357, 5: xviii; Tucker 1: 687. BIOFILE: Lind, J., Danish fungi herb. Rostrup 39. 1913. Warming, E., Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 232. 1881 (curr. vit., bibl., b. 7 Aug 1822, d. 1 Dec 1874). 14.254. Indbydelsesskrift til Afgangspr@ven og Aarsprdverne i Roskilde Kathedralskole i Juni og Juli 1874. 1. Roskilde-Egnens Flora. 1. Karkryptogamer og Blomsterplanter. Ved Adjunct C. Thomsen. 2. Skoleefterretninger af Rektor ... Roskilde (H.A. Millers Bogtrykkeri) 1874. Oct. (Roskilde-Egnens Fl.). Publ.: Mai-Jun 1874, p. [i*], [i-iv], [1]-92, School news [1]-54. Copy: NY. — See also Sams¢gruppens Plantevext, Bot. Tidsskr. ser. 2. 4: 86-142. 1875 (posthumous work, edited and enlarged by J. Lassen (1847-1923) and BL 2: 57. Thomson, Anthony Todd (1778-1849), British (Scottish) physician, MD Edinburgh 1799; practicing physician in London 1800; professor of materia medica, University College London 1828-1849, from 1839 onward also of forensic medicine. (A. 7. Thomson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: CRK (incl. drawings). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 378; BB p. 299; BM 5: 2098; Desmond p. 608 (b. Jan 1778, d. 3 Jul 1849); DNB 56: 235-236 (19: 715-716); Jackson p. 488; PR 9230, ed. 1: 10203; Rehder 5: 845; SO 2658. BIOFILE: Allibone, S.A., Crit. dict. Engl. bot. 3: 2397-2398. 1878 (extensive details); Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 238: 236-237. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 188: 151-152. 1962; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1: 91. 1850 (obit. not.). 282 c.W. THOMSON Bell, J., ed., Pharm. J. Trans. 9: 90-95. 1849 (obit.). Brown, G.H., Lives fellows R. Coll. Physicians London 29-30. 1955 (b. 7 Jan 1778, d. 3 Jul 18409). Hirsch, Aug., ed., Biogr. Lex. hervorrag. Arzte ed. 3. 5: 570-571. 1962. Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 257. 1984. Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 3: 1340. 1898. EPONYMY: Jhomsoma Wallich (1830). 14.254a. Syllabus of a course of lectures on botany, ... Chelsea (printed by J. Tilling, ...) 1813. (Syll. course bot.). Publ.: 1813, p. [1]-12. Copy: Natl. Libr. Med. 14.255. Lectures on the elements of botany. Part I. Containing the descriptive anatomy of those organs, on which the growth and preservation of the vegetable depend ... Vol. I. London (printed for Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, ...) 1822. +. Oct. (Lect. elem. bot.). Publ.: 1822 (p. viii: 30 Mai 1822; Flora 28 Oct 1822). p. [i]-xxiii, [xxiv], [1]-688, [689- 708, indexes], pl. 1-10 (uncol., auct.). Copies: G, NY(2), PH. Thomson, Charles Wyville (1830-1882), British marine zoologist and botanist; LLD Aberdeen 1853, knighted 1876; lecturer in botany Aberdeen 1850, professor id. 1851; professor of natural history, Cork 1853; professor of mineralogy and geology, Belfast 1854, of natural history ib. 1860; professor of natural history, Edinburgh 1870-1881; chief of the Challenger staff 1872-1876. (C.W. Thomson). HERBARIUM and types: ABD. — Some further material at BEL, E. — Letters at K. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 378; BB p. 299; BM 5: 2098; CSP 5: 981, 8: 1082, 11: 588, 19: 101; Desmond p. 608 (b. 5 Mar 1830, d. 10 Mar 1882); De Toni 1: cxxil, 2: cxiv; DNB 56: 237-238 (19: 717-718); GR p. 417; Quenstedt p. 429; TL-2/1056, 2628; Tucker 1: 687. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. J. Sci. 123: 496-498. 1882; Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 238: 248. 1964; Flora 52: 173. 1869 (prof. bot. Stephen’s Green); Nature 14: 85-87. 1876, 25: 467-468. 1882 (obit.); Pop. Sci. Mon. 22: 693-698. 1883; Proc. Linn. Soc. 1880- 1882: 67-68. 1883; Rep. Sci. Res. Challenger 4 (Zool.): v-ix. 1882 (partial bibl.); Quart. J. Geol. Soc. London 39: 40-41. 1883 (obit.); Scott. Natural. 7: 44-46. 1884 (obit.). Balfour, Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 14: 278-282. 1883. Boase, F., Modern Engl. biogr. 3: 945. 1965. Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 33.14, 146.18, 146.69, 278.11. 1980. Daintith, J. et al., eds., Biogr. encycl. sci. 2: 783. 1981. Harms, W., zn Handw.-Buch Naturw. g: 1169. 1913, ed. 2. g: 1064. 1934. Harré, R., Some nineteenth century Brit. scientists 1-30. 1969. Herdman, W.A., Founders of Oceanography and their work 27-68. 1923. Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish Herb. 257. 1984. Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 3: 1344. 1898. Redfern, P., Proc. R. Soc. Edinburgh 12: 58-80. 1884 (obit.). Sirks, M.J., Indisch natuurond. 167, 262. 1915. Zittel, K.A. von, Gesch. Geol. Palaont. 325, 801, 806. 1899; Hist. geol. palaeont. 216, 387, 393- 1901. COMPOSITE woRKs: (1) Editor, Natural History Review, ser. 2, vols. 1-5, 1861-1865. (2) Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873- 1876 ... 50 vols., 1880-1895; editor until 1882; author of general introduction to zoo- logy. For botany see TL-2/2628, H.B. Hemsley, Rep. Challenger, Bot. — Biographical notice in Report. Zool. 4: vii-ix. 1882. 14.256. The depths of the sea. An account of the general results of the dredging cruises of 283 c.W. THOMSON H.M. SS. “Porcupine” and “Lightning” during the summers of 1868, 1869, and 1870, ... New York and London (Macmillan and Co.) 1873. (Depths sea). Publ.: 1873 (p. xii: 2 Dec 1872), p. [i]-xx, [xxi-xxii], [1]-527, [528, colo.], 8 pl. Copies: B- S, HH-MH, NSUB, PH, US. 14-257- The voyage of the “Challenger”. The Atlantic. A preliminary account of the general results of the exploring voyage of H.M.S. “Challenger” during the year 1873 and the early part of the year 1876 ... London (Macmillan and Co.) 1877, 2 vols. Oct. (Atlantic). London ed.: 1877, 2 vols. Copies: BR, NSUB, PH. 1: 1877, frontisp. portr. author on p. [i], p. [iii]-xxxix, [xl, xli], [1]-424, pl. 1-14. 2: 1877, map, p. [i]-xiv, [xv], [1]-396, pl. 75-42. New York ed.: 1878, 2 vols. Copy: MO. — New York (Harper & Brothers, ...) 1878. Oct. 1: front. port., p. [1]-xx, [17]-391, pl. 1-74, 4 vign. 2: map, p. [i]-vill, [9]-340, pl. 15-42, 4 vign. Thomson, George Malcolm (1848-1933), British (India-born) botanist and zoologist; from 1868 in New Zealand; science master, Otago High School 1877-1889; in charge of Otago Technical School 1889-1903; founder of Portobello Marine Biological Station 1902; analytical chemist 1906-1914; in the New Zealand Legislative Council 1918-1932. (G.M. Thomson). HERBARIUM and Types: 14 Orchid specimens were at B; other material at US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 379; BJI 1: 57; BL 1: 78, 321; BM 5: 2098; CSP 11: 589, 19: 101-102; Desmond p. 609 (b. 2 Oct 1848, d. 25 Aug 1933); IF p. 734; PH 567; Rehder 5: 845; Tucker 1: 687; Urban-Berl. p. 403. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. print. books 238: 273. 1964; Nature 132: 539. 1933 (d.); Who’s who (London): 1929-1932; Who was who New Zealand 1: 218. 1924, 3: 330- 331. 1932; Who was who (London) 3: 1344-1345. 1929-1940. Calman, W.T., Proc. Linn. Soc. 146: 172-173. 1934. Cheeseman, T.F., Manual New Zealand FI. xxxii. 1906. Scholefield, G.H., ed., Dict. New Zealand biogr. 2: 382. 1940 (d. 25 Aug 1933). 14.258. The ferns and fern allies of New Zealand with instructions for their collection and hints on their cultivation ... Melbourne, Sydney, Adelaide, and Brisbane (George Robertson); Dunedin, N.Z. (Henry Wise & Co., ...) 1882. Oct. (Ferns New Zealand). Publ.: 1882 (p. viii: Jan 1882; Bot. Centralbl. 31 Jul-4 Aug 1882; J. Bot. Mar 1883; ObZ Mai-Sep 1882; Nat. Nov. Jul(2) 1882), p. [i-ii], frontisp., [iii]-viii, [1]-132, pl. 1-4 (uncol., auct.). Copies: B-S, G, NSW, NY, PH; IDC 5170. 14.259. Introductory class-book of botany, for use in New Zealand schools ... Wellington (George Didsbury, ...) 1891. Oct. (Intr. class-book bot.). Publ.: 1891, p. [i*], [i]-vi, err. slip, [1]-162, pl. 1-3. Copy: HH. 14.260. A New Xealand naturalist’s calendar. Notes by the Wayside. Dunedin (R.J. Stark & Co.) 1909. Oct. (New Zealand Natural. Calend.). Publ.: 1909, p. [i-iv], [1]-224. Copies: HH; Univ. Hawaii. 14.261. The naturalisation of animals and plants in New Zealand ... Cambridge (at the University Press) 1922. Oct. (Naturalis. anim. pl. New Zealand). Publ.: 1922 (ObZ Jan-Apr 1922; Nat. Nov. Mai 1922), p. [i]-x, [1]-607. Copies: B-S, LC, LIV, MO, NY, US, USDA. — Plants on p. 363-501 (synoptic flora of naturalized plants in N.Z.). Ref.: Anon., J. Bot. 60: 301-304. Oct 1922 (rev.). Thomson, John Walter (1913-x), American lichenologist, MA Columbia Univ. 1935; MA Univ. Wisconsin 1937; Dr. phil. ib. 1939; assistant in botany, Univ. Wisconsin 1935-1939; director Staff School Nature League Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1939-1941, in- 284 P.W. THOMSON structor Biol., State Teachers College Superior, Wisc. 1942-1944; asst. professor of botany, Univ. Wisconsin, Madison 1947-1962, professor of botany 1962-1984; emeritus professor 1984; chairman Dept. Bot. Zool. Univ. Wisconsin 1948-1967. (7.W. Thomson). HERBARIUM and Types: WIS; other material at C, CANL, DPU, FH, LD, M, MIN, NY, S, UPS, US. — Lichenes wisconsinenses exsiccati, 96 nos. 1946-1960 (one fungus). Sets at BPI, Cc, CAN, COLO, DPU, DUKE, FH, L, LD, LE, LISU, M, MICH, MO, MSC, NY, O, POZ, TAES, UPS, US, WELC, WIS. — Lichenes arctict go nos. 1960-1966, sets at GC, CAN, CINC, DUKE, FH, H, L, LBL, LD, LE, LISU, M, MICH, MSC, MVM, O, OS, POZ, REN, S, TENN, TRTC, UPS, US, WELC, WIS, WTU. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart : 379 (b. 9 Jul 1913); GR p. 382-383 (extensive details), pl. 34, cat. p. 72; IH 1 (ed. 2: 110, (ed. 3): 142, (ed. 6): 365; Roon p. 114; SBC Pp 133: BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 9-15: 1955-1982; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 352. 1969; Int. lichenol. Newsletter 17(1): 9. 1984 (lichen herb. donated to WIS); Rev. bryol. lichénol. 18: 200. 1949, 19: 258. 1950, 20: 318. 1951, 24: 182, 408. 1955, 25: 212. 1956, 30: 183, 303. 1961, 34: 408. 1966, 36: 392. 1969, 36: 808, 809. 1970, 36: 362. 1970, 37: 420. 1971, 38: 148. 1972. Ewan, J. et al., Short hist. bot. U.S. 95. 1969. Greene, H.C. & J.T. Curtis, Bibl. Wisconsin Veg. 21, 40, 41, 52, 53- 1955- Hertel, H., Mitt. bot. Staatssamml. Miinchen 18: 130, 329. 1982 (exsicc.). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 730. 1985. Sayre, G., Mem. New York Bot. Gard <9(1): 167. 1969 (exs.). Thomson, J.W., Scientific publications |1940-1956], mimeogr., 1 p. (bibl.); curr. vit. and bibl. 13 p., in TL-2/files. NOTE: The lichenological publications of J.W. Thomson fall outside our period. Import- ant items: The lichen genus Physcia in North America, Beih. Nova Hedwigia 7, 1963 (see O. Almborn, Bot. Not. 117: 103-104. 1964), and The lichen genus Cladonia in North America, Toronto 1967 (publ. 20 Jan 1968), see T. Ahti, The Bryologist 71: 292-294. 1968, O. Almborn, Bot. Not. 121: 135-136. 1968, H. Hertel, Bot. Jahrb. 89: 41-56. 1970, F.A.S. Taxon 17: 425-427. 1968; Lichens of the Alaskan Arctic Slope, Toronto 1979 (see R.S. Egan, Bryologist 83: 612-613. 1980), and American arctic lichens, 1. The macrolichens, New York 1984. Thomson, Paul William (1892-1957), Estonian botanist and quaternary geologist; teacher at a gymnasium in Dorpat 1921-1932; lecturer in geology and paleontology at the University of Dorpat 1928-1939, also connected with the Experiment Station of the Estonian peat-bog association at Tooma nr Vagera; from 1941-1945 director of the Geological-palaeontological Institute at Tosen; geologist with the Amt fir Bodenfor- schung Krefeld from 1947. (P.W. Thomson). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 379; Biol.-Dokum. 18; Hirsch p. 299. BIOFILE: Lannus, P., Ann. Soc. Tart. Res. nat. ser. nov. 3: 175-179. 1963. Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 7a(4): 671f. Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 519. 1977. Schmidt, W., Geol. Jahrb. 75: xi-xii. 1959 (obit., portr., bibl.). Terasmae, J., Geol. FGr. Stockh. Forh. 80: 492. 1958. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 29. 1936, 3: 99, 355. 1937, 4: 277. 1938, 7: 234. 1943. Welding, O., Deutschbalt. biogr. Lex. 791-792. 1970 (b. 23 Dec 1891, d. 13 Dec 1957; detailed curr. vit., further biogr. refs.). EPONYMY: Thomsonia K. Madler (1954); Thomsonipollis W. Krutzsch (1960); Thomsonis- porites G. Leschik (1956). 285 P.W. THOMSON 14.262. Die regionale Entwicklungsgeschichte der Walder Estlands ... Dorpat 1929. Oct. Publ.: 1929, p. [1]-87, [88]. Copies: B, LC. — Issued as Act. Comm. Univ. Tartuens. A- 17(2). 1929. (1930 in compl. journal). 14.263. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der fossilen Flora des Mitteldevons in Estland ... Tartu 1940. Oct. Publ.: 1940, p. [1]-24, pl. 1-7. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Tartu Ulikooli Loodusuuriate seltsi Aruanded 45: 195-216. pl. 1-7. 1940. Thomson, Robert Boyd (1870-1947), Canadian botanist; Dr. phil. Univ. Toronto 1899; associated with this University from 1899-1941, from 1928-1941 as head of the Department of Botany; professor emeritus ib. 1941-1947. (R.B. Thomson). HERBARIUM and Types: TRT. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 379 (b. 16 Sep 1870, d. 31 Jul 1947); BJI 2: 177; BM 5: 2100; Hirsch p. 299; Lenley p. 410; Tucker 3: 308. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 2-7, 1910-1944; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 352-353. 1969; Nat. Nov. 29: 600. 1907 (app. lecturer in botany at Harvard Univ. [not implemented]); The New York Times, 1 Aug 1947 (obit.); Greene, B.M., ed., Who’s who Canada 1928-1929: 2089, 1934-1935: 540, 1938-1939: 672. Humphrey, H.B., Makers of North American botany 246-248. 1961. Roberts, C.G.D. & A.L. Tunnell, eds., Canad. Who’s who 3: 659-660. 1938-1939. Sifton, H.B., Proc. R. Soc. Canada 1948: 121-122 (obit.). Verdoorn, F., Chron. bot. 2: 28, 31, 37, 97, 323. 1936, 4: 136. 1938, 5: 290, 404, 405, 406. 1939, 6: 22, 462. 1941, 7: 91, 175. 1943. 14.264. The megaspore-membrane of the Gymnosperms ... University of Toronto Studies ... 1905. Oct. Publ.: 1905, p. [1]-64, pl. 1-5. Copies: BR, USDA. — University of Toronto Studies, Biol. Ser. 4: [83]-146, pl. 7-5. 1905. 14.265. On the comparative anatomy and affinities of the Aracaurineae ... London (published by the Royal Society ...) 1913. Preprint: 7 Mai 1913 date on cover; (USDA rd. 13 Jun 1913), cover-t.p., p. [1]-50, pl. 1- 7. Copies: NY, USDA. — Regular issue Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London B-204: 1-50, pl. 1-7. 1913. 14.266. A guide to the poisonous plants and weed seeds of Canada and the Northern United States ... [Toronto] (University of Toronto Press) 1922. Oct. (Guide poison. pl. Canada). Co-author: Harold Boyd Sifton (1889-x). Publ.: 6 Mai 1922 (copy so stamped), p. [1]-169. Copy: USDA. 14-267. Evolution of the seed habit in plants ... Ottawa (printed for the Royal Society of Canada) 1927. Oct. Publ.: 1927, cover-t.p., p. 229-272, chart. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Trans. R. Soc. Canada ser. 3. 21: 229-272, chart. 1927. Thomson, Spencer (c. 1817-1886), British physician and popular writer on botany and medicine; MD St. Andrews 1840; practicing physician at Burton-on-Trent and Torquay. (Sp. Thomson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 379; BB p. 300; BM 5: 2100; CSP 5: 970; Desmond p. 609 (d. 12 Aug 1886); Jackson p. 42, 51; NI 3: 64 (1950n); PR 9231-9232; Rehder 1: 400, 401. BIOFILE: Allibone, S.A., Crit. dict. Engl. bot. 3: 2404. 1878. 286 TH. THOMSON Freeman, R.B., Brit. nat. hist. books 340. 1980. 14.268. Wanderings among the wild flowers: how to see and how to gather them. With two chapters on the economical and medicinal uses of our native plants ... London 1854. Oct. (Wander. wild fi.). Ed. [1]: 1854 (p. viii: Jun 1854), p. [i]-xix, [1]-318, n.v. Ed. 2: 1854, p. [i]-xix, [1]-318, n.v. Ed. 3: 1856, p. [i]-xix, [1]-314. Copy: NY. — London (William Wesley, ...) 1856. Ed. 4: 1857, frontisp., p. [i*-11*], [i]-xx, [21]-309, [310], pl. 1-7 (col., Noel Humphreys). Copy: NY (1859). “Wald flowers: how ... New edition, revised ...’”” London (Routledge, Warner, and Routledge, ...); also: New York (18, Beekman Street) 1859. Oct., copy: NY. New edition: 1864, p. [i]-xvi, [21]-322, pl. 1-8. Copy: NY. — ‘‘Wild flowers: where to find, and how to know them ...” London (id.), New York (id.). 1864. Oct. New edition: s.d. p. [i]-xvi, [21]-322, pl. 1-8. Copy: B-S. — London (George Routledge and Sons, ...) New York (g Lafayette Place) s.d. 14.269. Wayside weeds or, botanical lessons from the lanes and hedgerows. With a chap- ter on classification ... London (Groombridge and Sons, ...) 1864. Oct. (Wayside weeds). Publ.: 1864, p. [i]-xu, [1]-212. Copy: NY. Thomson, Thomas (1817-1878), British physician and botanist; MD Glasgow 1839; student of W.J. Hooker; surgeon in the Bengal army 1839; superintendent, Botanic Garden, Calcutta 1854-1861; travelled in the W. Himalayas and Tibet 1847-1851 (with J.D. Hooker 1849). (Th. Thomson). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K (see also J.D. Hooker); further material at B (mainly destr.), BAS, BM, BR, C, CAL, E, F, FI, GH, GOET, H, K, L, LE, M, MH, NY, OXF, P, PH, S, UW, WU. — Mss. and letters at K, other letters at G. — Exsiccatae (with J.D. Hooker (1817-1911), Herbarium Indiae orientalis, col. 1847-1851, see J.D. Hooker. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Backer p. 583; Barnhart 3: 379; BB p. 300; BM 5: 2100; Bossert p. 399; Clokie p. 253; CSP 5: 976, 8: 1080; Desmond p. 609 (b. 4 Dec 1817, d. 18 Apr 1878); DNB 56: 272-273 (19: 752-753); Frank 3 (Anh.): 103; GR p. 417; Herder p. 61, 209, 307, 314, 322; Hortus 3: 1205; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365; Jackson p. 388; MW p. 496; PR (alph.) 4203; Rehder 5: 845-846; TL-1/525; TL-2/2972, 2981, see J.D. Hooker; Tucker 1: 687; Urban-Berl. p. 315, 403; Zander ed. 10, p. 723, ed. 11, p. 765. BIOFILE: Anon., Bonplandia 2: 190. 1854 (app. Calcutta), 3: 35. 1855 (cogn. Leopoldina Hamilton), 9: 184. 1861 (in London); Bot. Not. 1879: 31 (d.); Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 358. 1964; Bull. Soc. bot. France 25 (bibl.): 45. 1878 (d.); Flora 37: 544. 1854 (app. Calcutta), 40: 48. 1857 (director); Gard. Chron. 1878(1): 529-530; J. Bot. 16: 160. 1878 (obit. not.); Magy. noven. Lap. 2: 80. 1878 (obit. not.); Osterr. bot. W. 4: 359. 1854 (app. Calcutta). Berkeley, M.J., Nature 18: 15-16. 1878. Blatter, E., Fl. Aden 8. 1914; Rec. Bot. Surv. India 8(5): 472-473. 1933. Bose, P.N., Cent. rev. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 1784-1883, 3 (Nat. Sci.): 72-73. 1885. Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. Hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 269.200. 1942. Burkill, I.H., Chapt. hist. bot. India 244. 1965. Coats, A.M., Quest for plants 164. 1969. Crawford, D.G., A history of the India Medical Service 1600-1913. 144-145. 1914. Embacher, F., Lexik. Reis. 284-285. 1882. Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras world no. 810.40. 1984. Hadfield, M., Brit. gard. 282-283. 1980. Huxley, L., Life letters J.D. Hooker 56 [index]. 1918. Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish Herb. 258. 1984 (on Brit. coll.). King, G., J. Bot. 37: 461-462. 1899. Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 730. 1985. Milner, J.D., Cat. portr. Kew 100. 1906. Nelmes & Cuthbertson, Curtis’s Bot. Mag. Dedic. 1821-1827, p. 110-111. 1932 (portr.). 287 TH. THOMSON Reichenbach, H.G., Bot.Zeit. 36: 304. 1878 (d.). Seemann, B., Bonlandia 1: 181-182. 1853 (biogr. sketch). Stewart, R.R., Pakistan J. Forest 17: 362. 1967; Taxon 28: 10. 1979. Thomson, Th., J. Asiat. Soc. 25: 405-418. 1856; Kew J. Bot. 9: 10-14, 33-41. 1857 (notes on Herb. CAL). Turrill, W.B., Pioneer plant geography 97-100, 104. 1953; Joseph Dalton Hooker 228 [index]. 1963. Wagenitz, G., Index coll. princ. herb. Gott. 164. 1982. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 172. 1905. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) With J.D. Hooker, Flora indica 1855, see TL-2/2972. — Also with J.D. Hooker, Praecursores ad Floram indicam, J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 2: 1-29, 21 Jun 1857, 54-96. 2 Nov 1857, 97-103. 20 Feb, 163-180. 20 Mai 1858, 4: 106-156. 8 Dec 1859, 57. 10 Feb 1860, 5: 128-156. 27 Mar, 157-182. 24 Mai 1861. (2) With J.D. Hooker, Fl. Brit. India 1 [Ranunculaceae to Papaveraceae, Resedaceae to Pittosporeae]. 1872, TL-2/2981. TRAVEL REPORTS: (1) Scientific mission to Thibet, in W.J. Hooker, Lond. J. Bot. 7: 28-42, 97-103, 200-205, 657-671. 1848; Ann. Soc. Agr. Soc. Agric. Bot. Gand 5: 468-470. 1849; Kew J. Bot. 1:68-81, 149-154, 176-180. 1849. (2) Sketch of the climate and vegetation of the Himalaya ... Proc. Phil. Soc. Glasgow 3: 193- 204. 1848-1855 [see 14.270], Edinb. New Philos. J. 52: 309-321. 1852, J. Hortic. Soc. 6: 245-257. 1851, J. Agric. Soc. India 8 (corr.): 14-26. 1854. (3) Successful journey to the Karakorum Pass, J. Geogr. Soc. 19: 25-28. 1849. 14.270 Sketch of the climate and vegetation of the Himalaya ... From the Proceedings of the Philosophical Society of Glasgow, 1851. Oct. Publ.: 1851 (2, as preprint), p. [1]-12. Copy: HH. — Preprinted from Proc. Phil. Soc. Glasgow 3: 193-204. 1855. 14.271. Western Himalaya and Tibet; a narrative of a journey through the mountains of Northern India, during the years 1847-8 ... London (Reeve & Co., ...) 1852. Oct. (West. Himalaya). Publ.: 1852 (Bonpl. 1 Jan 1853), p. [iJ-xii, [1]-501, 2 pl., 2 maps. Copies: HH, LC, Liverpool City Libr., NSUB, PH. Thonner, Franz (1863-1928), Austrian botanist; studied natural sciences in Vienna and Berlin; scientist of private means in Dresden 1887-1902, in Vienna 1903-1920, in Prague (Smichov) 1920-1928; travelled in the Belgian Congo 1896 and 1909. (Thonner). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BR; some further material in B (mainly destr.), K, W. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 379; BFM 2307; BJI 2: 177; BL 1: 17, 321; BM 5: 2101, 8: 1304; Rehder 5: 846; Tucker 2: xxxvii; Urban-Berl. p. 403; Zander ed. LO, p».723- BIOFILE: Degener, H.A.L., Wer ist’s eds. 5-9, 1911-1928. Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras world nos. 000, 500, 600. 1984. Geesink, R., Taxon 30: 878. 1981 (portr., caption with biogr. details). Geesink, R. et al., in F. Thonner, Thonner’s analytical key ... Leiden 1981 (portr., biogr., bibl., commentary), see below. Schmid, B. & C. Thesing, Biologen-kalender 1: 325. 1914 (b. 11 Mar 1863). Zelizko, J.V., Mitt. Anthropol. Ges. Wien 1928: 238 (obit.). COMPOSITE woRKSs: (1) E.A.J. De Wildeman & Th. Durand, Plantae thonnerianae con- golenses, ou €numération des plantes récoltées en 1896 par Fr. Thonner dans le district des Bangalas. Bruxelles (Schepens & Cie.) 1900, p. [i]-xx, [1]-49, 23 pl. with text, [51- 53, index]. Copies: BR, M, NSUB, USDA. — Introduction by Thonner. — See Wagner, Bot. Centralbl. 87: 177-182. 1901 (extensive extract). (2) E.A.J. De Wildeman, Etudes sur la flore des districts des Bangala et de [ Ubangi (Congo 288 THONNER Belge). Plantae Thonnerianae congolenses ii1., Bruxelles (Misch & Thron) Jul rg11, p. [i]- xvii, map, p. [1]-465, [1, err.], p/. 7-20 with text. Copies: BR. HANDWRITING: R. Geesink et al., Thonner’s analytical key to the families of flowering plants 1981, p. XVi-XV1i. EPONYMY: Thonnera De Wildeman (1909). 14.272. Anleitung zum Bestimmen der Familien der Phanerogamen ... Berlin (Verlag von R. Friedlander & Sohn) 1891. Oct. (Anleit. Best. Phan.). Ed. [1]: Feb 1891 (p. vii: Dec 1890; Nat. Nov. Feb(1, 2) 1891; NY rd 17 Jun 1891; “soeben’’ Bot. Monatschr. Feb-Mar 1891; Bot. Zeit. 27 Mar 1891; ObZ for Feb 1891; Bot. Centralbl. 11 Mar 1891), p. [i]-vii, [viii], [1]-280, [281, err.]. Copies: B, BR, G, M, MICH, NY,PH. Ed. 2: 1917 (p. iv: Mai 1917; ObZ 1 Mar 1918; Nat. Nov. Oct(1, 2) 1917), p. [i]-iv, [v], [1]-280. Copies: FAS(2), G, M, U. — “‘Anleitung zum Bestimmen der Familien der Bliit- enpflanzen (Phanerogamen) ... zweite ganzlich neubearbeitete Auflage ...”’ Berlin (id.) 1917. Oct. (Anleit. Best. Bl.-Pfi.). English version (1): Aug-Sep 1895 (p. vi: Jul 1895; Bot. Centralbl. 2 Oct 1895; Bot. Zeit. 1 Dec 1895; Nat. Nov. Sep(2) 1895), p. [i]-vi, [vii], [1]-151. Copzes: HH, NY, USDA. — “Analytical key to the natural orders of flowering plants ...” London (Swan Sonnenschein & Co.), New York (Macmillan & Co.) 1895. Oct. English version (2): 1981, p. [i]-xxvi, [1 ]-231. Copies: FAS, G, HH. — ISBN go0-220-0730-8. — “Thonner’s analytical key to the families of flowering plants’ (Thonner’s key fam. fl. pl.) by R. Geesink, A.J.M. Leeuwenberg, C.E. Ridsdale, J.F. Veldkamp, Wageningen (PUDOG, ...), Leiden University Press 1981. Oct. — ISBN go0-6021-462-5. Leiden Botanical Series 5. — See Taxon 31: 146. 1982. — With portr., biogr., bibl. and commentary. English version (2, preliminary): 1979, 106 copies of a mimeographed first draft were sent out by the authors of the second English edition for comment and criticism. Copy: B. Further translations and derived publications: see R. Geesink et al. (1981) for a list of similar keys in various languages wholly or partly based on Thonner’s work. 14.273. Vergleichende Gegeniiberstellung der Pflanzenfamilien, welche in den Handbuchern von Bentham-Hooker und Engler-Prantl unterschieden sind ... Berlin (Verlag von R. Fried- lander & Sohn) 1898. Oct. (Vergl. Gegeniiberst. Pfl.-Fam.). Publ.: Mai 1808 (p. [3] Mar 1898; Bot. Centralbl. 23 Jun 1898; Nat. Nov. Jun(1) 1898; ObZ Jun-Jul 1898; Bot. Zeit. 1 Aug 1898), p. [1]-35, [36, colo.]. Copies: B, G, M. 14.274. Im afrikanischen Urwald. Meine Reise nach dem Kongo und der Mongalla im Jahre 1896 ... Berlin (Dietrich Reimer ...) 1898. Oct. (Afr. Urwald). Publ.: 1898 (p. vi: Aug 1898), p. [i]-x, portr., [1]-116, [117, err.], pl. 1-86, 3 maps. Copies: HH French version: 1899 (p. vi: Jul 1899), p. [i]-x, portr., p. [1]-115, pl. 1-86, 3 maps. Copzes: B, BR, NY, PH. — Dans la grande forét de ( Afrique centrale. Mon voyage au Congo et a la Mongala en 1896. Bruxelles (Société belge de Librairie ...) 1899. Oct. 14.275. Exkursionsflora von Europa. Anleitung zum Bestimmen der Gattungen der eu- ropaischen Bliitenpflanzen ... Berlin (Verlag von R. Friedlander & Sohn) 1gor. Oct. (Exkurs.-Fl. Europa). Publ.: Sep 1901 (p. v: Aug 1901; Nat. Nov. 1 Nov 1g01; ObZ 15 Nov 1901; Bot. Gaz. 26 Dec 1901; Bot. Zeit. 16 Dec 1901; Bot. Centralbl. 14 Nov 1901), p. [i]-x, (1)-(50), [1]-356. Copies: B, BR, G, H, HH, NY. Nachtr. und Verbess.: 1918 (Nat. Nov. Jan(1, 2) 1918), p. [1]-55. Copies: BR, NSUB. “Nachtrdge und Verbesserungen ...”’ Berlin (Friedlander) 1918. French: Jul 1903 (p. vi: 30 Jun 1903; ObZ for Sep 1903; Nat. Nov. Jul(2) 1903), p. [i]-vi, [1]- 322, [323, err. ]. Copies: BR, G, NY. Flore analytique del Europe contenant des tableaux pour déterminer les genres des plantes phanérogames de l’Europe ...” Paris (Librairie J.-B. Bailliére et Fils ...) 1903. 18-mo. 289 THONNER Facsimile ed. (German): 1980, p. [i-i1], [i1*], Pref. Nachtr.], [ili]-x, (1)-(50), [1]-356, Nachtr. [1]-55, Rijksherbarium Leiden. Copies: B, BR. Ref.: E.S.M., J. Bot. 40: 121-122. Mar 1go2 (rev.). 14.276. Die Bliitenpflanzen Afrikas eine Anleitung zum Bestimmen der Gattungen der afrikanischen Siphonogamen ... Berlin (Verlag von R. Friedlander & Sohn) 1908. Oct. (BU.-Pfl. Afr.). Publ.: Oct 1908 (p. v: Sep 1908; ObZ for Oct 1908; Bot. Centralbl. 24 Nov 1908; NY Dec 1908; Bot. Zeit. 1 Jan 1909; Nat. Nov. Oct(1, 2) 1908), p. [i]-xvi,[1]-672, [673], [674, colo.], pl. 1-150 (uncol. J. Fleischmann), map. Copies: B, BR, G, HH, MO(2), NY, PH, USDA. Nachtrége und Verbesserungen: Dec 1912 (t.p.: 1913;Bot. Centralbl. 13 Mai 1913; ObZ for Dec 1912 sic; NY Nov 1913; Bot. Centralbl. 18 Nov 1903), p. [1]-88. Copies: B, BR, NY. — Berlin (id.) 1913. English ed.: 1915 (Nat. Nov. Jun(1, 2) 1916), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-647, map, pl. 1-150. Copies: BR, HH, MICH, MO, NY, US, USDA. — Actually an English language second edition. — “The flowering plants of Africa an analytical key to the genera of African phanerogams ...” London (Dulau & Co., ...) 1915. Oct. English ed. facsimile: 1962, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-xvi, [1]-647, pl. 1-150. Copies: B, FAS, H, PH. — Historiae naturalis classica, tomus xxvii, Weinheim (J. Cramer), Codicote, Herts. (Wheldon & Wesley), Ltd.), New York (Hafner Publishing Co.) 1962. — ISBN 3- 7682-01 18-x. Ref.: Ramsbottom, J., J. Bot. 54: 277-278. 1916 (rev. English ed.). S.M., J. Bot. 47: 327-329. 1909 (rev. German ed.). Wangerin, W., Bot. Centralbl. 110: 446-447. 1909 (rev. English ed.). 14.277. Vom Kongo zum Ubangi. Meine zweite Reise in Mittelafrika ... Berlin (Dietrich Reimer ...) 1910. Oct. (Kongo Ubangi). Publ.: 1910 (p. vi: Mai igo), p. [i]-xi, [1]-116, pl. 1-714, 3 maps. Copies: BR, HH, NSUB. — On p. 70-78 list of plants. French version: 1910 (p. vi: Jun rgro), p. [i]-xi, [1]-125, [127, err.], pl. 1-174, 3 maps. Copies: BR, PH. — Du Congo a Ubang:. Mon deuxiéme voyage dans |’ Afrique centrale ... Bruxelles (Misch & Thron, ...) Paris (M. Riviére ...) 1910. Oct. Thonning, Peter (1775-1848), Danish botanist; studied medicine and natural sciences at Copenhagen; on a botanical expedition to Danish Guinea [now in Ghana] with O. Haaslund Smith 1799-1803 studying natural resources and dye plants; after 1807 in various functions, from 1829 co-director of the Royal Natural History Museum. ( Thonn.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: C (1027 sheets extant); main set destroyed 1807; other material at BM, BR, FI, G-DC, K, LE, MO, P, P-JU, S. — Copenhagen collection (with that of Isert, q.v.) available on microfiche IDC 2203 (see F.N. Hepper 1976); for a description of the material see C.F. Schumacher, Beskr. Guin. pl. 1827). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Backer p. 583; Hortus 3: 1205; Laségue p. 316, 345, 414, 504; PR 8599, ed. 1: 9464; TL-1/1208; TL-2/11.360 and see P.E. Isert and H.C.F. Schumacher; Zander ed. 11, p. 825. BIOFILE: Christensen, C., Dansk Bot. Hist. 1: 117, 195, 223. 1924. Hepper, F.N., The West African herbaria of Isert and Thonning. A taxonomic revision and index to the IDC microfiche, Kew 1976, 227 p. (portr., biogr. sketch, full details on coll.). Hornemann, J., Nat. Tidskr. 1: 585. 1837. Junghans, J., Bot. Tidsskr. 57: 310-355. 1961, 58: 82-122. 1962 (on collections at C). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 731. 1985. Vallot, J, Bull. Soc. bot. France 29: 193-194. 1882. Warming, E., Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 110. 1880 (bibl., b. g Oct 1775, d. 29 Jan 1848). 290 THOREL COMPOSITE WoRKs: See Warming (1800, p. 100) for Thonning’s share in publishing some of M. Vahl’s works. HANDWRITING: Bot. Tidsskr. 57: 313. 1961. EPONYMY: Thonningia Vahl (1810). Thore, Jean (1762-1823), French physician and naturalist; army physician in S. France from 1792, later practicing physician at Dax; from 1815 some time school teacher at Saint-Vincent, ultimately again at Dax. (Thore). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown; some material at FI, P-JU; a single specimen ment- ioned by Lindemann (1886; now MW). — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 229, 5(2): 62; Barnhart 3: 380 (b. 3 Oct 1762, d. 27 Apr 1823); BL 2: 169, 723; BM 5: 2101; CSP 5: 982; De Toni 1: cxxii; Frank 3 (Anh.): 103; GR p. 353; Herder p. 175; LS 26613; PR 9233-9234, ed. 1: 10207; Rehder 1: 406; Stevenson p. 1260; Zander ed. 10, p. 724, ed. 11, p. 826. BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 188: 294. 1962. Aparisi-Serres, Bull. Soc. Borda 1940: 17-32 (rev. Bull. Soc. frang. Hist. méd. 34: 95. 1940). Lindemann, E. v., Bull. Soc. imp. Natural. Moscou 61: 76. 1886 (one specimen in his herb.). Thiébaut-Berneaud, A., Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 3(6): 478-484. 1825 (biogr. not.). Quérard, J.M., La France littéraire 9: 452. s.d. Thore, J., Coup d’oeuil rapide sur les Landes du Département de ce nom; Bordeaux (André Brossier) 1812, 15 p. (from Bull. Polymath. Mus. Instr. publ. Bordeaux 4-5, 1812, journal n.v.) (copy reprint: G). Z., in J. Fr. Michaud, Biogr. univ. 41: 423. 1854. EPoNyMy: Thorea Bory de St.-Vincent (1808); Thorea J. Briquet (1902); Thorea Rouy (1913); Thoreites Massalongo (1850); Thorella J. Briquet (1914); Thorella B. Gaillon (1833); Thoreochloa J. Holub (1963). 14.278. Essai dune Chloris du Département des Landes, a Dax (chez Seize, ...) 1803-An ix. Oct. (Essai Chloris). Publ.: 1803, p. [i*-iv*], [i]-xliv, [5]-516. Copies: B-S, G, HH, M, NY(2), USDA. Thorel, Clovis (1833-1911), French physician, botanist and plant collector; Dr. med. 1861; colonial physician in Indochina 1861; exploring the area 1866-1868; at Paris 1868-1870; Dr. med. Paris 1870; from then on practicing physician in Paris. ( Thorel). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P, PC (herbarium and manuscripts with descriptions of over 4000 species, see Gagnepain 1911); further material at A, C, E, NY. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 380 (b. 28 Apr 1833, d. 11 Sep 1911); Bret. p. 835; MW p. 496; Rehder 1: 469; Tucker 1: 688. BIOFILE: Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 58: 479. 1911 (d.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 188: 306. 1902; Flora 52: 431. 1869 (on Indochina exped.). Carnoy, H., ed., Dict. biogr. membr. soc. sav. 135-137. 1896. Gagnepain, F., Bull. Soc. bot. France 58: 523-528. 1911 (main biogr. account, portr.,, bibl., list of collections and manuscripts); Fl. gén. Indochina vol. prélim. 48. 1944. Kerr, A., J. Thail. Res. Soc. Nat. Hist. suppl. 12(1): 14-15. 1939. COMPOSITE worKs: Agriculture et horticulture de [Indo-Chine, in F. Garnier, Voyage ad Exploration en Indo-Chine 2: 335-491. pl. 2. 1873. 291 THOREL EPONYMY: WNeothorelia Gagnepain (1908); Thoreldora Pierre (1897); Thorelia Gagnepain (1920, nom. cons.); Thorelia H.F. Hance (1877, nom. rej.); Thoreliella Wu (1957). 14-279. Faculté de médecine de Paris. Thése pour le doctorat en médecine présentée et soutenue a la Faculté de Médecine de Paris le lundi 7 mars 1870 ... Notes médicales du voyage d exploration du Mékong et de Cochinchine (de 1862 a 1868). Paris (Imprimé par les soins de E. Boutmy ...) 1870. Oct. (Not. méd. voy. Mékong). Thesis: 7 Mar 1870, p. [1]-186. Copy: Natl. Libr. Med. Commercial ed.: 1870, p. [1]-186. Copy: HH. — Notes médicales ... Paris (Lefrangois, .. .) 1870. Oct. Thorenaar, Adriaan (1894-1977), Dutch forest officer, silviculturist and soil scientist; entered the Dutch East Indies Forest Service 1919; in E. Java 1919-1920; 1920-1925 at Palembang; at Buitenzorg 1925-1937, from 1934 as teacher at the Buitenzorg [Bogor] Agricultural School; from 1937 at Poerworedja; ultimately at Voorburg nr The Hague; Dr. phil. Wageningen 1926. ( Thorenaar). HERBARIUM and TypEs: BO, BZF; some further material at U. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: SK 1: 527 (coll., bibl.); Tucker 3: 308. BIOFILE: Jacobs, M., Fl. males. Bull. 31: 2973. 1978. Stern, W.L., Taxon 27: 236. 1978 (wood coll. BZFw). 14.280. Onderzoek naar bruikbare kenmerken ter identificatie van boomen naar hun bast proefschrift ter verkrijging van den graad van doctor in de Landbouwkunde aan de Landbouw- Hoogeschool te Wageningen, ... te verdedigen op Donderdag den 14en October 1926 door Adriaan Thorenaar ... Wageningen (H. Veenman & Zonen) 1926. Oct. (Onderz. kenm. boom. bast). Thesis issue: 14 Oct 1926, p. [i-vi], [1]-207. Copy: U. Commercial issue: 14. Oct-31 Dec 1916, p. [i], [1]-207. Copy: MO. — Med. Proefst. Bosch- wezen 16, 1920. — Wageningen (Druk: H. Veenman en Zonen) 1926. Oct. Thormeyer, Paul (1878-?), German (Anhalt) botanist and high school teacher; studied mathematics and natural sciences in Gottingen (1901-1903), Halle (1903-1904), and again Gottingen (1904-1906); state teachers examination Gottingen 1906; teacher at Hannover from 1906; Dr. phil. Gottingen 1910; student of G.A. Peter. (Thormeyer). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: Unknown. BIOFILE: Thormeyer, P., Vergl. Unters. Veg.-Form. N.-W.-Deutschl. 123. 1910. 14.281. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Vegetationsformationen des inneren Nordwestdeutsch- land, insbesondere die der Floren von Hannover, Gottingen und Ober-Harz. Inaugural- Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwurde der hohen philosophischen Fakultat der Georg August-Universitat zu Gottingen ... Gottingen (Druck der Dieterichschen Univ.- Buchdruckerei (W.Fr. Kaestner)). Oct. (Vergl. Unters. Veg.-Form. N.-W.-Deutschl.). Publ.: 1910, p. [i-v], [1]-123. Copies: GOET, MO. Thornber, John James (1872-1962), American botanist; AM Univ. Nebraska 1901; from 1901-1943 professor of botany at the University of Arizona, Tucson; botanist (1901-1921) and director of the Univ. Arizona Experiment Station 1921-1928; from 1928 botanist ib. (Thornb.). HERBARIUM and tTypEs: ARIZ; further material at DS, GH, MIN, MO, NMC, NY, US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 380 (b. 8 Feb 1872, d. 22 Nov 1962); BL 1: 164; BM 5: 2102; Bossert p. 400; Ewan ed. 2: 220; Hirsch p. 299; Hortus 3: 1205; LS 26615; NW p. 59; Tucker 3: 308. 2092 THORNTON BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 1-7, 1906-1944; Madrofio 17: 32. 1963 (obit. not.); Plant Sci. Bull. 9(1): 8. 1963 (d.); Who’s who Amer. 10-25. 1918-1949; Who was who AMET 5 7. 2Ne 1O73: EPONYMY: Thornbera P.A. Rydberg (1919). COMPOSITE worRKs: (1) Vegetation groups of the Desert Laboratory Domain, in V.M. Spalding, Distribution and movements of desert plants 103-112. 22 Oct 1909 (Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 113). (2) With L. Benson and A.A. Nichol, The Cacti of Arizona, Univ. Ariz. Bull. 11(1): 1-134, 52 pl., frontisp., Arizona Jan 1940 (rev. I.L. Wiggins, Madrojio 6: 28-29. 17 Jan 1941). (3) With Margaret Armstrong, Field book of western wild flowers, New York 1915 (NY rd Sep 1915). 14.282. The fantastic clan: the cactus family, studies of that unique and fascinating growth, the Cactus plant, ... New York (The Macmillan Company) 1932. (Fantast. clan). Co-author: Frances Bonker. Publ.: 1932 (p. viii: 1 Oct 1931), p. [i]-xiv, [xv], [1]-194, 20 pl. Copies: HH, LC, USDA. Ref.: N. Taylor, Torreya 32: 133-134. 18 Oct 1932. Thornton, Robert John (1768[?]-1837), British physician and botanist; MB Cam- bridge 1793; MD St. Andrews 1805; lecturer in botany, Grey’s Hospital, London. ( Thornton). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. — Letters at BM, Hunt Institute. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 380; BB p. 300; Blunt p. 303 [index]; BM 5: 2103, 8: 1305; Bossert p. 400; CSP 5: 982; Dawson p. 818; Desmond p. 611 (d. 21 Jan 1837); DNB 56: 304 (19: 784-786); DU 301-303; GF p. 77; Henrey 2: 244, 307, 354, 356; Herder p. 96, 148, 413; Jackson p. 17, 35, 36, 37, 113, 200, 233; Laségue p. 519; NI 1951-1957; see indexes; Plesch p. 427-433; PR 9235-9244, ed. I: 2102, 10209-10216; Rehder 5: 846; SO 462, 742-745, 762, 771a, 772, 792, 793, 799, 800-802; Sotheby 742- 745; TL-1/1294; TL-2/4289; see S. Curtis, J. Sowerby; Tucker 1: 167, 688, 2: xxxvii, 3: 308. BIOFILE: Allibone, S.A., Crit. dict. Engl. lit. 3: 2410. 1878 (bibl., 18 nos., incl. medical and other works). Anon., Flora 20(1): 288. 1837 (d.); Gent. mag. ser. 2. 8: 93-94. 1837 (obit.). Freeman, R.B., Brit. nat. hist. hist. books 341. 1980. Hemsley, W.B., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 6: 89-90, 154, 276-278. 1894. Hirsch, A., ed., Biogr. Lex. hervorrag. Arzte ed. 3. 5: 575-576. 1962. Munk, W., The roll of the Royal College of Physicians of London 3: 98-100. 1828. Nissen, C., Philobiblon 6: 345. 1933. Rix, M., The art of the botanist 78, 144, 161, 166, 167, 170. 1981. Synge, P.M., Plants with personality 223 (20 pl. Temple of Flora). White, A. & B.L. Sloane, The Stapelieae ed. 2. 1: 76, 90, 91. 1937. COMPOSITE works: Life of James Lee, zn J. Lee, Inir. bot. ed. 9, 1809, see TL-2/4289. EPONYMY: The etymology for x Thorntonara L.A. Garay et H.R. Sweet (1974) and Thorntonia H.G.L. Reichenbach (1828) were not given. 14.283. New Illustration of the sexual system of Carolus von Linnaeus: comprehending an elucidation of the several parts of the fructification; a prize dissertation on the sexes of plants; a full explanation of the classes, and orders, of the sexual system; and the Temple of Flora, or garden of nature, being picturesque, botanical, coloured plates, of select plants, illustrative of the same, with descriptions ... Shall Britons, in the field unconquer’d still, the better laurel lose? - In finer arts and public works shall they to 293 THORNTON Gallia yield? .. Thomson. By Robert John Thornton, ... London (printed, for the pub- lisher, by T. Bensley, ...) 1807. Broadsheet. (New ill. sex. syst.). Publ.: For a summary of the contents see Soulsby 772. Part I is ‘“‘A new illustration of the sexual system of Linnaeus’, part 2 a collection of 26 portraits and g1 botanical plates, part 3 “The temple of Flora”. This Temple of Flora contains 31 coloured engraved plates. No two copies are alike because the plates were engraved by various processes, the impressions taken from them printed in colour and finished by hand, and altered in several instances thus producing various “states”. See Grigson and Buchanan (1951), SO 772, NI 1955 and R. King for further details. — Copies vary considerably. Copies: BR, K, NY, Teyler. Contemporary reissue of Temple of Flora: London 1812, frontisp., p. [i-xvii], 30 pl. with text. Copy: NY. — NI 1955 mentions a quarto edition, London 1810, the so-called Lottery edition. Modern reissue of Temple of Flora: R. King, The Temple of Flora Robert Thornton. Introd- uction by Ronald King, New York Graphic Society, Boston 1981. Reproduced from the copy at K. — ISBN o0-812-1128-5. — Another reprint was publ. 1952, London (Collins), with notes by H. Buchanan; reissued 1972. Ref.: Cardew, F.M.G., J.R. Hort. Soc. 72: 281-285, 450-453. 1947. Grigson, G. & H. Buchanan, Thornton’s Temple of Flora, London 1951. Perkins, Gard. Chon. ser. 3. 16: 89, 154, 276-278. 1894. 14.284. Botanical extracts: or philosophy of botany ... London (printed by T. Bensley, .. .) 1810, 2 vols. Fol. (Bot. extr.). z: 1810, p. [1]-308. 2: 1810, p. [i], 309-574, 8&7 pl. Copy: B. — NI mentions 27 pl. for the Botanical abstracts, followed by a number [“‘75- 80”’] of Elementary botanical plates which are regarded as vol. 3 of The Philosophy of botany (see below). The fourth volume is then the above mentioned New ill. sex. syst. 1799- 1810. — MO has a copy with the same title pages as the B copy, but with a different pagination (also mentioned by Tucker 3: 308 and described in Bot. Zeit. 18: 227-228. 1860) and with the plates in a separate volume (see below). rz: [i*-11*], [i]-xi, [xii], 1-308, 2 pl. 2: [i], 309-625. Note: We record here only the existence of a few copies encountered by us. We were not in a position to enter further into this bibliographer’s nightmare and refer to the same special studies as listed under New ill. sex. syst. 14.285. Elementary botanical plates, Illustrative of the science of botany: adapted to Lee’s introduction to botany; — Rose’s introduction to botany; — ... but more particularly intended to illustrate Botanical abstracts; or the philosophy of botany ... London (printed by T. Bensley, ...) (Elem. bot. pl.). Publ.: can be regarded as vol. 3 of Botanical extracts, 1810, frontisp., p. [1]-6, [7], 7 pl., i- ix, 100 pl. Copy: MO. — Freemann (1980) mentions 160 pl., 17 portr. Text: see above Botanical extracts, MO-copy. Note: We suspect that this book and its associated titles shows the same feature as the Temple of Flora and associated material; copies are probably all different and consist of different sets of plates occurring under various titles. 14.286. A new family herbal: or popular account of the natures and properties of the various plants used in medicine, diet, and the arts. By Robert John Thornton, M.D. ... The plants drawn from nature, by Henderson: are engraved on wood, by Thomas Bewick. London (printed for Richard Phillips, ...) 1810. Oct. (New fam. herbal). Ed. [1]: 1810 (p. viii: 1 Jan 1810), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-go1. Copies: HH, MICH, MO, NY. Ed. 2: 1814, p. [i]-xxviii, [1]-902, [903], [889*], 890*-go1* gen. index. Copy: HH. — Second edition, considerably enlarged and improved, ... London (printed for B. and R. Crosby and Co. ...) 1814. Oct. 14.287. A grammar of botany; containing an explanation of the system of Linnaeus, and the terms of botany, with botanical exercises. For the use of schools and students. 204. THOROLD Multum in parvo ... London (printed for R. Phillips, ...) 1811. Duod. (in sixes). (Gramm. bot.). Ed. [1]: 1811 (p. iv: 1 Dec 1810), p. [i]-iv, [1]-238, pl. 1-45 (uncol. copp. Henderson). Copies: G. Ed. 2: 1814, p. [i]-iv, [1]-238, pl. 1-45 (R. Brown sc. NY.). Copy: NY. — “The second edition” London (printed for B. and R. Crosby and Co. ...) 1814. Duod. (id.). Amer. ed.: 1818, p. [i]-iv, [5]-317, pl. 1-45 (id.). Copies: FAS, NY, PH, USDA. — New York (published by James Eastburn and Co. ...) 1818. Duod. (id.). — On p. [227]- 317: James Lee, Termini botanici. A dictionary of botanical terms, for the use of stu- dents in botany. A new edition. — A second copy at New York lacks the Lee Termini: p. [i]-iv, [5]-225, pl. 1-45. — See J. Lee, Intr. bot., TL-2/4289. 14.288. The British flora; or, genera and species of British plants: arranged after the reformed sexual system; and illustrated by numerous tables, and dissections ... London (pucuaices for the author by J. Whiting, ...) 1812. Oct. (Brit. f.). : 1812, p. [i]-x, [1]-120, 92 pl. : 1812, p. [1]-138, 00 pl. 1812 p. [1]-126, 97 pl. 1812, p. [1]-100, 63 pl. 1812, pl. [1]-52, 3 pl., charts (in copper) 1-24, 1*-29*. Plates: The number of plates may vary in number and distribution over the volumes. The above numbers are those of the copy at HH (355 pl.). For artists see NI 1951. Copies: B, BR, G, HH, NY, PH, USDA. ies oD Ae be 14.289. Elements of botany ... London (Printed for the author, ...) 1812, 2 vols. Oct. (Elem. bot.). 1 (classification): 1812, p. [i]-vili, 1-90, 93 pl. (uncol. copy) by Henderson, Miller, Reinagle). 2 (terms of the science): 1812, p. [1]-73, [75], 84 pl. (id.). Copies: G, HH, MICH, MO, NY, PH, USDA. — The above numbers of plates are of the NY copy; all four copies seen by us have different numbers of plates, some of them numbered, others unnumbered; NI calls for 52 and &% pl. The plates are dated 1 Mar 1810 to 1 Jan 1812. 14.290. A companion to Dr. Thornton’s lectures on botany ... New York (printed by George Largin, ...) 1816. (Comp. Thornt. lect. bot.). Publ.: 1816, p. [1]-16. Copies: HH, PH (14 p.). Thoroddsen, Thorvaldur (1855-1921), Icelandic geologist, geographer and botanist; studied at the University of Copenhagen; high school teacher in Iceland 1880-1895; from 1895 private scientist in Copenhagen. (Thoroddsen). HERBARIUM and types: C, ICEL. — Further material at E. — Tertiary plants at S. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BL 2: 324, 329, 723; BM 5: 2103, 8: 1305; Tucker 3: 308. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 238: 560-562. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 188: 445-446. 1962; Nordisk familjebok 19: 242-243. 1933. Béggild, D.B., Overs. k. Danske Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1921-1922: 51-60. 1922 (obit.). Christensen, C., Danske bot. Litt. 1912-1939, p. 89. 1940 (bibl.). Wegener, HeAvL.; Wer ist’s ed. 5. 1475, ed.)6. 1627. 1912, edtii7. 171 2M: Zittel, K.A. von, Gesch. Geol. Palaont. 401, 428. 1899; Hist. geol. palaeont. 267. 1901. COMPOSITE works: An account of the physical geography of Iceland, in L.K. Rosenvinge & E. Warming, eds., Bot. Iceland 1(1, 2): [187]-343. 1914, see TL-2/9548 and BL 2: 324. Thorold, Charles Aubrey (1906-x), British mycologist; MA Oxford (Trinity) 1934; mycologist with the Kenya Department of Agriculture from 1930, later stationed at Trinidad. (Thorold). 295 THOROLD HERBARIUM and Types: EA; lichens e.g., at M and UPS; further material at K, BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 381 (b. 9 Nov 1906); GR p. 383. 14.291. A further preliminary list of Trinidad fungi; ... Trinidad (printed by the Govern- ment Printer, ...) 1931. (Furth. prelim. list Trinidad fung.). Publ.: 1931, p. [1]-30, [i]-vili. Copies: PH, Stevenson, USDA. Thorstenson, Georg Leonhard (1851-1918), Swedish publicist and _ botanist. ( Thorstenson). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 381; KR p. 705 (b. 20 Jun 1851, d. 28 Feb 1918). BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Not. 1918: 120 (b. 20 Jun 1851, d. 28 Feb 1918); Hedwigia 60: (178). 1918 (d.). 14.292. Tvenne nya Calamagrostis- och Carex-hybrider jemte ett och annat om deras resp. stamarter ... Stockholm (Kungl. Boktryckeriet P.A. Norstedt & Séner) 1893. Oct. Publ.: 1893 (Nat. Nov. Aug(2) 1893), p. [i], [263]-299. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ofv. K. Sv. Vet. Akad. Férh. 50(4): [263]-299. 1893. Thory, Claude Antoine (1759-1827), French polygraph, horticulturist and botanist, especially rhodologist; studied at the Collége de Lisieux; counsel at the French Parliament; clerk at the “Chambre criminelle”’ of the Paris court of justice; after 1789 dedicating himself to the natural sciences and literature, especially botany. (Thory). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Some of the Malmaison roses are at P. — Thory was the author of the text of Redouté’s Les Roses. — Beaumont (1828) mentions the existence of a “complete herbarium of plants and shrubs of France’’. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 381 (b. 26 Mai 1759); BM 5: 2104; Bossert p. 400; CSP 5: 983; Herder p. 342; Hortus 3: 1205; Jackson p. 142; MW p. 496; NI 1958; Plesch p. 433; PR 9244-9247, 7455, ed. 1: 8413, 10219-10221; Rehder 5: 846; Sotheby 746; TL-1/1044, 1295-1297; Tucker 1: 688; Zander ed. 10, p. 724, ed. 11, p. 826. BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 188: 485-487. 1962. Beaumont, D., in P.J. Redouté, Les Roses, ed. 3. 1: i-vi. 1828. MacPhail, I., ed., Cat. Redout. 25-26, 75, 103-104, 104-105. 1963. Quérard, J.M., La France littéraire 9: 455-457. s.d. Wright, R.L., Gardener’s tribute 158-160, 184, 1949. Z. in J.Fr. Michaud, Biogr. univ. 41: 434. 1854f (facs. ed. 1970). COMPOSITE WORKS: Les Roses, par P.J. Redouté, Thory author of text, ed. 1, 1817-1824; ed. 2, 1824-1826, “‘décrites par C.A. Thorry [sic; Thory had nothing to do with this edition], ed. 3, 1828-1829, with biographical note of Thory by D. Beaumont. — See TL- 2/8748, 8749, 8751. — Ed. 3 contains the publication, posthumously, of an additional Traité du Rosier, by Thory. 14.293. Rosa Redutea seu descriptio novae speciaei generis Rosae, dicata Petro Josepho Redouté eximio florum pictori a Claud. Ant. Tory ... Parisiis (Apud D.*™ Hérissant Le Doux, ...) 1817. (Rosa Redutea). Publ.: 20 Dec 1817 (BF), p. [1]-7, 7 pl. (col. stipple engr.). Copies: G, HH, L; IDC 5762. 14.294. Rosa Candolleana seu descriptio novae speciei generis Rosae, dicata Pyr.-Aug. De Candolle, a Cl.-Ant. Thory, in prima Parisiorum civitatis circumscriptione aedile vic- ario; addito Catalogo inedito Rosarum quas Andreas Du Pont in horto suo studiosé 296 THOUIN colebat anno 1813; cum figura aenea picta. Parisiis (apud D*™ Hérissant Le Doux, .. .) 1819. Oct. (Rosa Candoll.). Publ.: 25 Mar 181g (date on which Thory sent 3 copies to Genéve; BF 3 Apr 1819; preface 15 Feb 1819), p. [1]-19, 7 pl. (uncol. copp. H.J. Redouté). Copies: BR, G(3), HH, L, USDA; IDC 5763. — The letter by Thory to the secretary of the Acad. Sci. Genéve, accompanying 3 copies, is present in one of the G copies). Extract: Bibl. Univ. Sc. Arts, Genéve 10: 282-288, pl. 2. Apr 1819. 14.295. Prodrome de la monographie des espéces et variétés connues du genre Rosier, divisées selon leur ordre naturel, avec la synonymie, les noms vulgaires, un tableau synoptique, et deux planches gravées en couleur. Ouvrage utile aux botanistes-cultivateurs pour Parrangement méthodique de ces arbrisseaux dans les grandes collections, et aux pépiniéristes pour répondre au demandes qui leur seraient faites ... 4 Paris (chez Pierre Dufart, ...) 1820. Duod. (Prodr. monogr. Rosier). Publ.: 7 Oct 1820 (BF), p. [i-iii], [1]-190, pl. 1-2 (col. copp. HJ. Redouté). Copies: B-S, BR, HH, NY; IDC 5764. Ref.: Sprengel, K.P.J., Neu. Entdeck. 3: 249-253. 1822 (rev.). 14.296. Monographie ou histoire naturelle du genre Groseillier, contenant la description, Phistoire, la culture et les usages de toutes les groseilles connues, avec 24 planches coloriées ... a Paris (chez P. Dufart, ...) 1829. Oct. (Monogr. Groseillier). Publ.: 1829, p. [i*], frontisp. portr. author, [iii*], [i]-xvi, [1]-152, pl. 1-24 (col. [pl. 1 uncol.] liths. L.A. & A.M. Caneva). Copies: B, BR, G(2), HH, NY. Thouin, André (1747-1824), French horticulturist and botanist; succeeded his father as head gardener of the Jardin des Plantes, Paris 1764-1824; from 1806 [1793?] as ‘“‘Profes- seur de culture’; travelled in Auvergne 1780; in the Netherlands, Vlaanderen 1794- 1795, in Italy 1796-1797. (Thouin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MPU (via J. Gambessédes); further material at C, H (Steven, 2 drawings), LINN, MA, P, P-JU, SBT. — Letters to J. Banks at BM, to J.E. Smith at LINN, to C.H. Mertens at the Hunt Institute; for letters to van Marum see Lefebvre & de Bruyn (1976), further letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIloGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 117; Backer p. 583; Barnhart 3: 381 (b. 10 Feb 1747, d. 27 Oct 1824); BM 5: 2105; Bossert p. 400; Bret. p. 124; CSP 5: 983-984; Dawson p. 819-820; Dryander 3: 207, 611, 619; DSB 13: 390 (P. Jovet, M. Mallet); Herder p. 366; Hortus 3: 1205; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 344; Laségue p. 266, 321; MW p- 496; NI 1: 144, 3: 65, 1958n; Plesch p. 434; PR 7855, 9248-9249, ed. 1: 2105, 8809, 10223-10224; Rehder 5: 846; Sotheby 747, 748; TL-1/290; TL-2/3306, 3309-3310, see Bergius, Déterville, J.E. Smith; Tucker 1: 688, 2: xxxvii; Zander ed. 10, p. 724, ed. 11, p. 826. BIOFILE: Anon., Biogr. hommes viv. 5: 452-553. 1819; Bull. Linn., Paris 5: 50. 1824 (d.), 6: 59. 1825 (Oscar Leclerc will take care of mss. and of publication of Cours de culture; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. nat. 188: 540-545. 1962; Flora 7(2): 704. 1824; Gard. Mag. London 1: 226-228. 1828 (obit.); Grand Larousse encycl. 10: 319. 1964. Arnault, A.V. et al., ed., Biogr. nouv. contemp. 19: 463-465. 1825. Beer, G. de, The sciences were never at war 47, 67, 97, 130. 1960. Bertemes, G., Corr. Linné pére & fils avec André Thouin 1935 (biogr. not. Thouin on p. 14-22; letters). Burkhardt, R.W., The spirit of system 33, 117. 1977. Candolle, Alph. de, Phytographie 454. 1880 (herb. acquired by J. Cambessédes). Candolle, A.P. de, Mém. souvenirs 93, 94, 174, 225, 369, 563. 1862. Cuvier, F., ed., Dict. Sci. nat. 61 (portr.). 1845 (portr.). Cuvier, G., Mém. Mus. Hist. nat. 12: 1-8. 1825 (obit.), [éloge hist. in:] A. Thouin, Cours cult. vég. I: iii-xxxii. 1827.Dawson, W.R., The Smith papers gr. 1934. Forbes, R.J. ed., Martinus van Marum 2: 363, 366-367, 370, 373. 1970, 3: 131, 147-148, 150, 153, 163 (entries by M.J. van Steenis-Kruseman) 1971. Fries, Th.M., & J.M. Hulth, Bref Skrifv. Linné 1(7): 93, 94. 1917. 297 THOUIN Gager, C.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 209. 1938 (note on work for garden 1799- 1804). Granel de Solignac, L. & Bertrand, L., Naturalia monsp., Bot. 18: 280. 1967 (herb. Thouin, 5 paquets at MPU). Guillaumin, A., Les fleurs des Jardins xxix-xxx, pl. 8. 1929; Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris ser. 2. 16: 483-489. 1944 (enrichment living coll. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris). Lacroix, A., Figures de savants 3: 115, 132, 4: 74, 101, 140, 200, 224. 1938. Leclerc, O., Notice sur André Thouin, in A. Thouin, Cours cult. ed. 2. 1: i-xvi. 1845. Lefebvre, E. & J.G. de Bruyn, Martinus van Marum 6: 107, 307, 342-346, portr. opp. p. 85. 1976. Leroy, J.F., et al., Bot. frang. Amér. nord 356 [index], 1957 (numerous refs.). O.T., Biogr. homm. viv. 5: 452-453. 1819. Quérard, J.M., La France littéraire 9: 457-460. s.d. Regnard, E., in Hoefer, Nouv. biogr. gén. 45: 264-265. 1870. Silvestre, A.F., Notice biogr. sur M. André Thouin, Paris, 1825, 27 p. (biogr. repr. from Mém. Soc. roy. centr. Agr. 1825). Stafleu, F.A., zn G.H.M. Lawrence, ed., Adanson 1: 141. 1963 (see also p. 338); in C.L. L’Heéritier, Sert. angl. facs. ed. 1963, p. xx, xxii; Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 275. 1971. Steele, A.R., Flowers for the king 377 [index]. 1964. Thiébaut de Berneaud, A., Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 3(6): 441-463. 1825 (?) (obit.; official appointment at J. d. Pl. 28 Jan 1764, at the age of 17), 464-472. 1825 (bibl.); in J.Fr. Michaud, Biogr. univ. 41: 443-445. 1970 (repr.). Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 118. 1903, 3(3), 115. 1905. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Contributed to Déterville, Nouv. dict. hist. nat. ed. 1, 1802-1804 and ed. 2, 1816-1819, see TL-2/1418. (2) Co-editor, vols. 11 and 12 (1805) of F. Rozier, Cours compl. agric., see TL-2/9741a. (3) Introduction to Jaume St. Hilaire, Traité arbr. forest. 1824, see TL-2/3310. (4) Instruction sur la culture des arbres et des arbrisseaux, in Jaume Saint-Hilaire, Traité arbr. cult. France, 1825, see TL-2/3309. NOTE: Jean Thouin (1756-1827), brother of André succeeded him as chief gardener at the Mus. Hist. nat. Paris; André Thouin had succeeded his father Jean André Thouin (1745-1768) in that function. An elder brother of André Thouin: Gabriel Thouin (1747- 1829) was the author of Plans raisonnés de toutes les espéces de jardins, Paris 1819 (ed. 3, 1828). HANDWRITING: Savage, S., Cat. Linn. Herb. fig. 31. 1945. EPONYMY: Thouinia Thunberg ex Linnaeus f. (1782, nom. rej.); Thownia J.E. Smith (1789); Thouna Poiteau (1804, nom. cons.) and the derived genera (Thouinidium Rad- Ikofer (1878) and Thouinopsis Macginitie (1941). 14.297. Monographie des greffes, ou description technique des diverses sortes de greffes employées pour la multiplication des végétaux, ... [Paris (De l’imprimerie de Madame Huzard, ...) 1821. Qu. (Monogr. greff.). Publ.: Mar 1821 (imprint p. 100), p. [1]-100, pl. 1-9, 1-2, 1-2 (uncol.). Copies: BR, G. — Mainly based on a series of papers in Ann. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris 12: 410-419. 1808, 13: 123-127, 138-144. 1809, 14: 85-106. 1809, 16: 209, 239, 353-375. 1810, 17: 34-53. 1811 and Mém. Mus. Hist. nat., Paris 1: 257-272, 417-426. 1815, 2: 165-174, 253-260, 421-431. 1815, 3: 68-81. 1817, 9: 464-474. 1822, 10: 405-418. 1823 [sic: later papers published after Monogr. greff.]. German ed.: 1824 (‘‘so-eben” Flora 14 Nov 1824), p. [i]-vi, [1]-120, pl. 1-9, 1-2, 1-2. Copy: B-G. — Monographie des Pfropfens, oder technologische Beschreibung der verschiedenen Pfropfarten, welche zur Vermehrung, Erhaltung und Veredelung der Gewachse angewendet werden. Nach dem Franzésischen von C.F.W. Berg, ... Leipzig (in der Baumgartnerschen Buchhandlung) 1824. Qu. (Monogr. Pfropf.). 298 THOUVENIN 14.298. Instruction sur [’établissement des pépiniéres, leur distribution, leur culture et leur usage; ... [Paris 1822]. Oct. Publ.: 1822, p. [1]-16. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bibl. phys.-écon. 11: 289-304. 1822. 14.299. Cours de culture et de naturalisation des végétaux, ... avec un atlas de 65 planches in -4°, représentant tous les outils, instrumens, utensiles, machines; et fabriques diverses, de grande ou de petite culture, dont les modéles composent la collection formée au Jardin du Roi, et les exemples de travaux ou d’opération de culture, dessinés pour la plupart, d’aprés nature, dans l’école pratique de cet établissement etc., publié par Oscar Leclerc, son neveu et son aide au Jardin du Roi ... Paris (Mme Huzard (née Vallat La Chapelle), ... Déterville, Lib., ...) 1827. 3 vols. Oct., atlas. Qu. (Cours cult.). Editor: Oscar Leclerc (1798-1845). Ed. [1]: 1827, copies: B-G, NY. ’ 1: 1827, p. [i*-11*], [i]-i1, portr. Thouin, [iti]-xvi [Eloge historique de M. André Thouin ... par ... G. Cuvier ...], [xvii]-xxxii [Notice sur André Thouin par O. Leclerc], chart, [1]-528. 2: 1827, p. [i-ii], [1]-614. 3: 1827, p. [i-m], [1]-476. Atlas: 1827, p. [i], pl. 1-65 (uncol., engr. Ambroise Tardieu). Ed. [2]: 1845. Copy: BR. — Cours de culture comprenant la grande et la petite culture des terres, celle des jardins, les remis et plantations, la taille, la greffe des arbres fruitier, ... Paris (Librairie de Mme V° Bouchard-Huzard, ...) s.d., but imprint on p. [ii*]: “1845”. 1: 1845, p. [1*-i1*], [1]-xxxii (as in ed. 1), [1]-527. 2: 1845, p. [1-1], [1]-614. 3: 1845, p. [1-11], [1]-476. Atlas: 1827, p. [i], pl. 1-65. Thouvenin, Maurice [-Frangois] (1857-?), French pharmacist and botanist; pharma- cist 18 class Nancy 1884; Ager. Ecol. sup. Pharmacie Paris 1884; Dr. Sci. nat. Paris 1890; chef des travaux pratiques Ecole supérieure de pharmacie Nancy ca. 1884; teach- ing at the Ecole de médecine et de pharmacie Besancon ca. 1890. (Thouvenin). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 381 (b. 28 Aug 1857); BM 5: 2105; CSP 19: 112; Rehder 5: 846. BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 188: 615-616. 1962. 14.300. (2° série) Ecole supérieure de Pharmacie de Nancy. (No. 12). Contribution a ’ étude anatomique des racines de la famille des Composées. These présentée a l’Ecole supérieure de Pharmacie de Nancy et soutenue publiquement le 11 mars 1884 pour lobtention du diplome supérieur de pharmacien de 1° classe ... Nancy (Imprimerie nancéienne, .. .) 1884. Oct. (Contr. anat. rac. Compos.). Publ.: 11 Mar 1884 (Bot. Zeit. 28 Mar 1884; Nat. Nov. Jul(2) 1884), p. [i-1], [1]-74, pl. 1-6 (uncol., auct.). Copy: G. 14.301. Ecole supérieure de pharmacie de Paris. Du noyau dans les cellules végétales et animales. Structure et fonctions. Thése présentée au Concours d’agrégation (section des sciences naturelles) ... Nancy (Imprimerie nancéienne, ...) 1884. Qu. (Noyau cell. vég. anim.). Publ.: 1884, p. [i-iv], [1]-43, [44], 7 pl. (uncol.), [45, cont.]. Copy: G. 14.302. Note sur la structure des Myristicacées ... Soc. des Sciences [Nancy]. 1886. Oct. Publ.: 1886, p. [1]-4. Copy: G. — Preprinted from Bull. Soc. Sci. Nancy ser. 2. 8(20): 1-4. 1887. 14.303. Série A, N° 142 N° d’ordre 699. Théses présentées a la Faculté des Sciences de 299 THOUVENIN Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles ... 1'° these. — Recherches sur la structure des Saxifragacées. 2° thése. — Propositions données par la Faculté. Soutenues le [22 X*, mss] 1890, devant la Commission d’examen ... Paris (G. Masson, ...) 1890. Oct. (Rech. struct. Saxifrag.). Publ.: 22 Nov 1899, p. [i-iii], [1]-174, [175, dated 22 Nov 18809], pl. 1-22 (uncol., auct.). Copy: B. — Reprinted or preprinted from Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. 7. 12: [1]-174, pl. 1-22. 1890. Thozet, Anthelme (1826-1878), French-born Australian plant collector and gardener; with the Sydney Botanic Gardens 1856-1858; to the Port Curtis goldfields, Queensland 1858; later cultivating economic plants on his property “Muellerville” at Rockhampton, Queensland. (Thozet). HERBARIUM and types: MEL; other material at K, M (lich.), P. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Backer p. 583; Barnhart 3: 381; BB p. 301; BM 5: 2105; CSP 8: 1084; Desmond p. 611 (d. 31 Mai 1878); HR (bibl.); PR 9250; Rehder 5: 846. BIOFILE: Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 25 (bibl.): 191. 1879 (d.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 188: 641-642. 1962; J. Bot. 16: 320. 1878 (d.). Bentham, G., Fl. austral. 1: 14. 1863. Froggat, W.W., R. Austral. hist. Soc. J. Proc. 18(3): 129-130. 1932. Hall, N., Botanists of the Eucalypts 127. 1978. Maiden, J.H., Proc. Austral. Ass. Adv. Sci. 1909: 382-383, 1912: 236; J. Proc. R. Soc. N.S.W. 44: 153-154. IQ10. EPONYMY: JT hozetella O. Kuntze (1891); Thozetellopsis Agnihothrudu (1958); Thozetia F. v. Mueller ex Bentham (1868); Thozetia M.J. Berkeley et F. v. Mueller (1881). 14.304. Notes on some of the roots, tubers, bulbs, and fruits, used as vegetable food by the Aboriginals of Northern Queensland, Australia ... Rockhampton (printed by W.H. Buzac- ott, ...) 1866. (Notes roots N. Queensland). Publ.: 1866, p. [1]-20. Copy: G. Threlkeld, Caleb (1676-1728), British clergyman (dissenting minister) and botanist; studied at the University of Glasgow 1696; minister at Kirk Oswald, Cumberland 1698- 1712, MD Edinburgh (1713); settled in Dublin 1713 as practicing physician. ( Threlkeld). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 381; BB p. 301; BL 2: 285-286, 723; BM 5: 2105; Desmond p. 611 (b. 31 Mai 1676, d. 28 Apr 1728); DNB 19: 805; Dryander 3: 138; Henrey 2: 154, 3: 128 (nos. 1430-1431); Jackson p. 247; Plesch p. 434; PR 9253, ed. 1: 10227; Rehder 1: 394; Sotheby 749-750; Tucker 1: 689. BIOFILE: Baines, J.E., Victor. Natural. go: 322. 1973. Britten, J., J. Bot. 62: 361-362 [353-354]. 1924. Burdet, H.M. et al., Ouvr. bot. anciens 400, 581. 1985. Colgan, N., Fl. county Dublin xix-xx. 1904. Knowles, M.C., Proc. R. Irish Acad. 38(B)(10): 179-180. 1929. Lett, H.W., Proc. R. Irish Acad. 32(B)(7): 68. 1915. Mitchell, M.E., Proc. R. Irish Acad. B-74(1): 1-6. 1974 (sources of his Synopsis). Nelson, E.C., Glasra 2: 37-42. 1978; J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 9(3): 257-273. 1979 (life, background and contribution to Irish botany; main treatment); Irish bibl. bot. hort. mss. 1981, p. 5. Praeger, R.L., Bot. Ireland 78. 1934; Some Irish natural. 168-169. 1949. Pulteney, R., Gent. Mag. 1777: 63-64; Hist. biogr. sketch progr. bot. England 2: 196- 201. 1790. Stewart, S.A. & T.H. Corry, Fl. N.E. Ireland xiv. 1888. 300 THUMEN HANDWRITING: J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 9(3): 259. 1979. EPONYMY: Threlkeldia R. Brown (1810). 14.305. Synopsis stirpium hibernicarum alphabetice dispositarum, sive commentatio de plantis indigenis praesertim Dublinensibus instituta. Being a short treatise of native plants, especially such as grow spontaneously in the vicinity of Dublin; with their Latin, English, and Irish names; and an abridgement of their vertues. With several new disco- verys. With an appendix of observations made upon plants. By Dr. Molyneux, ... The first essay of this kind in the Kingdom of Ireland ... Dublin (printed by S. Powell, for F. Davys ... Richard Norris ... and Josiah Worrall ...) 1726. Oct. (Syn. stirp. hibern.). Publ.: 27 Oct 1726 (see Nelson 1978, p. 40), p. [1]-26, [1-176], [1]-60. Copzes: Natl. Libr. Ireland; Bodleian Libr. Oxf. (fide Nelson l.c.). Reissue: 1727, p. [1]-26, [1-176], [1]-60. Copies: G, NY, USDA. — Imprint as 1726 orig. — Henrey 1431. (The G and USDA copies have p. [1]-26, [27-30, list). Reissue: 1727, p. [1]-26, [1-176], [1]-60. Copies: BM, Roy. Hort. Soc. (fide Henrey 1430). — “Dublin: printed by S. Powell, for the author: ...”’ 1727. Ref.: Mitchell, M.E., Proc. R. Irish Acad. B-74(1): 1-6. 1974 (sources of synopsis). Thiimen [-Grafendorf], Felix [Karl Albert Ernst Joachim baron] von (1839-1892), German (Saxonian) mycologist and phytopathologist; for a short time officer in the Prussian army, subsequently administrating his property Grafendorf nr Jiiterborg, Silesia, but turning more and more to botany as a full time occupation; from 1876 “Adjunct” at the Klosterneuburg (Niederoésterreich) Experiment Station for viniculture and fruit-growing nr. Wien. (Thuem.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Thiimen offered his herbarium for sale in Jun 1883; we are not certain how it was disposed of; Hawksworth cites “PAD?” as a possible location of the herbarium. Series of exszccatae: (1) Mycotheca universalis, cent. 1-23, nos. 1-2300, 1875-1884, for full details see Stevenson (1971, p. 449-459). Sets: B (mainly destr.), BM, BPI, BR, BUC, C, CAS, DAOM, DBN, DPU, ER, FH, FR, G, GRA, H, HBG, IA, ILL, ISC, K, KIEL, KSC, LE, LG, LPS, M, MICH, MIN, MPU, NHES, NY, OXF, PAD, PAV, PC, PRC, PREM, RUTPP, S, SOLH, STR, TLA, TO, UPS, W, WRSL. For index (1879) and for diagnoses of new taxa (1876-1881), see below. Announcement by Thiimen: Grevillea 3: 32. 1874. A copy of Thiimen’s pamphlet describing the project (p. [1-2], dated Bayreuth Jul 1874), is at G. — See also D. Pfister, Mycotaxon 23: 85. 1985. (2) Herbarium mycologicum oeconomicum, fasc. 1-15, nos. 1-750, 1873-1880; for full details see J. Stevenson )1971, p. 460-463). Sets: B (extant), BPI, FR, GOET, GFW, ILL, K, LG, MPU, NEB, PAV, S, UPS, W, WRSL. — See D. Pfister, Mycotaxon 23: 61. 1985. (3) Fungorum exoticorum decades, dec. 1-5, nos. 1-50. 1879-1882. Sets at B (mainly destr.), BPI, H, LG, UPS. — For diagnoses see Fungorum novorum exoticorum, Rev. mycol. 1: g-11. 1879, 2: 36-38, 1880. — For details J. Stevenson (1971, p. 464-465). (4) Fungi austriaci exsiccati, cent. 1-13, nos. 1-1300, 1871-1875. Sets at B (extant), BM, BPI, FH, H, K, LG, PAD, S, UPS, W, WRSL. (5) Die Pilze der Gartengewéichse und der landwirtschaftlichen Culturgewdchse in getrockneten Exemplaren mit Abbildungen der Sporen, 50 species, 1872-1882. — See Herbarium 1: 132. IQIO. (6) Die Pilze der ObstbGume in getrockneten Exemplaren, mit Abbildungen der Sporen, 25 species, 1874-1880. — See Herbarium 1: 132. IgIo. (7) LG mentions Les champignons de la vigne, Les champignons de grande culture, Choix de Gasteromycetes. Letters to D.F.L. von Schlechtendal, at HAL, to W.G. Farlow at FH; further letters at G, UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 381 (b. 6 Feb 1839, d. 13 Oct 1892); BM 5: 2106; Bossert p. 400; Clokie p. 253; CSP 5: 984-985, 8: 1085, 11: 599-600, 12: 730, 19: 114 (bibl.); DTS 1: 299, 3: liii; Frank 3 (Anh.): 103; GR p. 50, cat. p. 72; Hawksworth p. 186; Herder p. 73, 89, 245, 246, 247; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 344; Jackson p. 167, 168, 170, 508; Kelly p. 226-227; Lenley p. 410; LS 3258, 26621-26765; Maiwald p. g2, 301 THUMEN 142, 175, 231; Morren ed. 2, p. 9, ed. 10, p. 35; MW p. 496; NI (alph.); Rehder 5: 847; Saccardo 1: 162-163, 2: 106; Stevenson p. 1260; TL-2/1705; TR 1415; Tucker 1: 689; Urban-Berl. 283. BIOFILE: Anon., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 10: (222). 1892 (d.); Bot. Zeit. 34: 495. 1876 (app. Klosterneuburg); Bull. Soc. bot. France 39 (bibl.): 191. 1892 (d.); Leopoldina 28: 209. 1892; Osterr. bot. Z. 26: 317. 1876 (app. Klosterneuburg), 42: 396, 428. 1892 (d. 13 Oct 1892 at Teplitz). Ascherson, P., Fl. Prov. Brandenburg 1: 15. 1864. Henriques, J.A., ed., Bol. Soc. Broter. 11: 268. 1893. Lack, H.W. & C.-O. von Sydow, Willdenowia 14: 441-442. 1984. Lindau, G., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 11: (28)-(30). 1893 (obit.); Hedwigia 32: 247-257. 1893 (obit., bibl.). Stevenson, J., Beih. Nova Hedw. 36: 448-465. 1971 (detailed treatment of exsiccatae). Thumen, F. v., Flora 66: 258. 1883 (herbarium for sale; 221 fasc., ca. 15000 “Species and Formen” and 5000 unsorted additions); Bot. Monatschr. 1: 96. 1883 (id.); Bot. Gaz. 8: 248. 1883; Bot. Zeit. 8 Jun 1883). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 4: 562. 1938. Wagenitz, G., Index coll. princ. herb. Gott. 164-165. 1982. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti berg. 3(3): 70, pl. 124. 1905 (portr.). COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) D.N.F. Dietrich, Forstflora, ed. 6, Dresden 1885-1887, xix, 146 p., goo pl., “neu bearbeitet” by F. v. Thuemen, see NI 487. (2) Pilze, in A. Engler et al., Forschungsr. Gazelle 1889, 4(3): [1]-5. Dec 1889-Feb 1890. See TL-2/1705. EPONYMY: Thuemenella Penzig et P.A. Saccardo (1897); Thuemenia Rehm (1878-79); Thuemendium O. Kuntze (1891). 14.306. Verzeichniss der in der Umgegend von Krems in Nieder-Oesterreich gesammelten Pilze ... (Aus den Verhandlungen der k.k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien [Jahrgang 1874] besonders abgedruckt) [1875]. Oct. Publ.: 3 Feb 1875 (journal fasc. published at meeting society), p. [1]-12. Copies: H, USDA. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. k.k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 24(3/4): 483-494. 1874 [1.e. 3 Feb 1875]. 14.307. Beitrdge zur Pilz-Flora Bohmens ... (Aus den Verhandlungen der k.k. zoologisch- botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien [Jahrgang 1875] besonders abgedruckt). [1876]. Oct. Publ.: 5 Apr 1876 (in journal; completed volume 25 reported as just published in session 5 Apr 1876), p. [1]-32. Copies: B, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. k.k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 25(2): 523-554. 1875 [5 Apr 1876]. — Prepublication of text remains possible. 14.308. Aphorismen tiber den sog. Generationswechsel der Pilze, speziell der Uredineen, ... Separatabdruck aus dem V. Berichte des Botanischen Vereins in Landshut [1876]. Oct. Publ.: 1876 (Hedwigia Mar 1876), p. [1]-8. Copzes: H, NY, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 5: 1-8. 1876. 14.309. Diagnosen zu Thiimen’s “‘Mycotheca universalis” ... (Separatabdruck aus “‘Flora”’ 1876 Nr. 13). Oct. [7]: 1 Mai 1876 (in journal), p. [1]-5. — Reprinted and to be cited from Flora 59: 203- 208. 1 Mai 1876. [2]: 11 Apr, 1 Mai 1877 (id.), p. [1]-10. — Id. 60: 169-174. 11 Apr, 204-208. 1 Mai 1877. [3]: 21 Feb, 1 Mar 1878 (id.), p. [1]-18. — Id. 61: 87-94. 21 Feb, 104-112. 1 Mar 1878. [4]: 21 Feb, 1, 11, 21 Mar 1879 (id.), p. [1]-18. — Id. 62: 94-96. 21 Feb, 103-110. 1 Mar, 123-128. 11 Mar, 137-139. 21 Mar 1879. [5]: 11 Jul, 21 Jul 1880 (id.), p. [1]-19. — Id. 63: 312-322. 11 Jul, 323-332. 21 Jul 1880. [6]: Jul 1881, p.[1]-20 (as reprint). — Id. 64: 237-239. 21 Mai, 251-255. 1 Jun, 266-272. 11 Jun, 297-303. 1 Jul 1881. Copies (reprints): NY, Stevenson. 302 THUMEN Further publications providing diagnoses of taxa in the Mycotheca: Fungorum americanorum trigenta species novae, Flora 61: 177-184. 1878; Hyphomycetes nonnulli novi americani, Rev. mycol. 1: 58-61. 1879. 14.310. Verzeichniss der am haufigsten vorkommenden Pilze auf dem Weinstock, den Obst- Baumen und -Strauchern und den Erdbeeren ... Klosterneuburg (Druck von Adolf Holzhausen in Wien) 1876. (Verz. Pilze Weinst.). Publ.: 1876 (p. 2: Sep 1876), p. [1]-16. Copzes: HH, Stevenson. 14-311. Beitrége zur Pilz-Flora Sibiriens ... [Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 1877-1882]. Oct. 1: 1877 (Grevillea Sep 1877; Flora rd 21 Sep-21 Oct 1877), p. [1]-25. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Natural. Moscou 52(1): 128-152. 1877. 2: 1878 (Grevillea Dec 1878), p. [1]-47. — Id. 53(1): 206-252. 1878. 3: 1880 (ObZ 1 Nov 1880; Bot. Zeit. 26 Nov 1880), p. [1]-33. — Id. 55(1): 72-104. 1880. 4: 1880, p. [1]-36. — Id. 55(1): 198-233. 1880. 5: 1882 (Grevillea Jun 1882), p. [1]-31. — Id. 56(2): 104-134. 1882. Copies: FH, Stevenson, USDA. 14.312. Aecidium Rostrupit Thm. nov. sp. Une nouvelle espéce Uredinée danoise ... Saer- tryk af Botanisk tidsskrift 3. rekke 2. bind 1877. Publ.: 1877 (article dated Apr 1877), p. [1]. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Tidsskr. ser. 3. 2: 25. 1877. 14.313- Contribuzioni allo studio dei funghi del Litorale con speciale riguardo a quelli che vegetano sulle piante utili ... [Trieste 1877-1885] 3 parts. Oct. Co-author: Johann [Giovanni] Bolle (b. 1850). [7]: 1877 (ObZ 1 Mar 1878; Bot. Zeit. 24 Mai 1878; Flora 11 Feb 1878), p. [1]-4o. 1 pl. (uncol. lith. auct.). — Reprinted and to be cited from Boll. Soc. adriat. Sci. nat. 3(2): 425-464. 7 pl. 1877. 2: 1880 (Bot. Centralbl. 2-6 Mai 1881), p. [1]-19. — Id. 6(1): 122-140. 1880. 3: 1885 (Grevillea Jun 1885), p. [1]-15. — Id. 9(1): 64-78. 1885. 14.314. Einige Bemerkungen tiber botanische Nomenclatur ... Landshut (Druck der Jos. Thomann’schen Officin) [1877]. Oct. Publ.: 1877 (ObZ 1 Mai 1878, BSbF Apr-Dec 1877; Flora Feb 1878), p. [1]-14. Copies: FH, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 6: 97-110. 1877. 14.315. Die Pilze des Weinstockes. Monographische Bearbeitung der sammtlichen bisher bekannten, auf den Arten der Gattung Vitis Lin. vorkommenden Pilze ... Wien (Wilhelm Braumiiller ...) 1878. Oct. (Pilze Weinst.). Publ.: Jan-Apr 1878 (p. xii: mid Sep 1877; USDA rd 2 Dec 1878; Grevillea Jun 1878; Bot. Gaz. Mai 1878; ObZ 1 Jun 1878; Bot. Zeit. 6 Sep 1878), p. [i]-xx, [1]-225, pl. 1-5 with text (uncol. liths. auct.). Copies: FH, G, NY, USDA; IDC 6322. — For a critical review see A. de Bary, Bot. Zeit. 37: 60-63. 24 Jan 1879; reply by v. Thimen in Osterrr. bot. Z. 29: 95-98. Mar 1879 (repr. p. [1]-4. Copies: B, G). Ref.: Anon., Hedwigia 18: 118-124. Aug 1879 (rev.). Bary, A. de, Bot. Zeit. 37: 60-63. 24 Jan 1879 (rev.). Plowright, C.B., J. Bot. 16: 155-156. Mai 1878. 14.316. De fungis entrerianis observationes ... Buenos Aires 1878. Publ.: 1878 (Flora rd Aug-Dec 1878), p. [1]-4. Copy: FH. — Reprinted from P.G. Lorentz, La vegetacion del Nordeste de la Provincia de Entre-Rios, Buenos Aires 1878, p. 99- 102. 14.317. Fungi Egyptiaci. Collecti per Dr. Georg Schweinfurth. — Determinati per F. de Thuemen. Ser. 1: Grevillea 6: 102-104. 1878. Ser. 2: 1879, p. [1]-3. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Grevillea 8: 49-51. 1879. Ser. 3: 21 Oct 1880, p. [1]-3. Copy: B. — Id. Flora 63: 477-479. 1880. 393 THUMEN 14.318. Contributiones ad floram mycologicam lusitanicam ... [Extracto do Jornal de Sciencias ... Lisboa 1878]. Oct. [7]: Dec 1878, p. [1]-26. — Reprinted and to be cited from Jorn. Sci. math., phys. nat. Lisboa ser. 6. 24: 230-253. 1878. 2: 1879-1880 (1879 on t.p. reprint, 1879-1880 in journal; preamble reprint dated Mar 1879; J. Bot. Aug 1880; Grevillea Sep 1880; Bot. Zeit. 1 Oct 1880), p. [1]-61. — Id. O. Instituto, Rev. Sci. litt. Coimbra 27: 16-26. Jul, 65-72. Aug, 162-168. Sep-Oct, 251- 259. Nov-Dec 1879, 320-329. Jan, 368-380. Feb 1880. — Series II, Conimbricae (Typis academicis) 1879. 3: 1880 (cover reprint 1880; in journal 1880-1881; preamble reprint dated Aug 1880; BSbF 22 Jul 1881; Grevillea Sep 1881), p. [1]-54. — Id. 28: 224-231, 261-270, 359- 370, 414-421, 501-505, 549-557. 1880-1881. — Conimbricae (id.) 1880 (issues for Jul 1880-Jun 1881). Copies: BR, FH, H, NY, Stevenson, USDA. 14-319. Hungorum novorum exoticorum decas ... [Extrait de la Revue mycologique, ... 1879]. Oct. Publ.: 1 Jan 1879 (in journal; J. Bot. Mar 1879 “issued 1 Jan”; BSbF 25 (bibl.): 173. 1879; Hedwigia Apr 1879), p. [1]-3. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. mycol. 1: g-11. 1879. Decas altera: Rev. mycol. 2(1): 36-38. Jan 1880. 14.320. Fungi pomicoli. Monographische Beschreibung der auf den Obstfriichten der ge- massigten Climate vorkommenden Pilze ... Wien (Wilhelm Braumiller ...) 1879 [1878]. Oct. (Fung. pomic.). Publ.: Dec 1878 (p. vi: Mai 1878; t.p. 1879; Bot. Zeit. 17 Jan 1879; Grevillea Mar 1879; J. Bot. Jan 1879; Bot. Zeit. 17 Jan 1879; Nat. Nov. Jan(1) 1879), p. [i]-xu, [1]-143, [145], pl. 1-3 with text (uncol. liths. auct.). Copies: B-S, FH, G, PH, Stevenson, USDA; IDC 6323. 14.321. De Thuemen. Mycotheca universalis. Index alphabeticus centuriarum i.-xii. Sumpt- ibus editoris) ... Bayreuth (Typis Th. Burger) 1879. Publ.: 1879 (Hedwigia Feb 1880), p. [1]-35. Copies: NY, Stevenson. — A typed index to the complete set, by F.J. Seaver, is at BPI and NY (ca. 1935). 14-322. Verzeichniss der um Bayreuth in Oberfranken beobachteten Pilze ... Landshut (Druck der Jos. Thomann’schen Buchdruckerei ...) 1879. Oct. Publ.: 1879 (Nat. Nov. Sep(1) 1879; Flora 1-11 Sep 1879; Hedwigia Aug 1879), p. [1]- 48. Copies: Stevenson, USDA. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ber. bot. Ver. Landshut 7: 165-212. 1879. 14-323. Melampsora salicina, der Weidenrost. Eine monographische Studie ... Wien (Wilhelm Braumiuller ...) 1879. Qu. Publ.: 1879 (Hedwigia Apr 1879), p. [1]-24, pl. 7 (uncol. lith. auct.). Copies: G, Stev- enson. — Preprinted from Mitth. forstl. Versuchswes. Oesterr. 2(1): 25-46, pl. 1. 1881. 14-324. Hyphomycetes nonnulli novi americant ... Extrait de la Revue mycologique, Année 1879. Oct. Publ.: 1879, p. [1]-3. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. mycol. 1879: [58]-61. 14.325. Reliquiae Libertianae ... [Hedwigia 1880]. Oct. Publ.: Dec 1880, p. [1]-7. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Hedwigia 19: 185- Ig1. 1880. 14.326. Die Blasenrost-Pilze der Coniferen. Monographie der Gattung Peridermium Lév. ... Wien (Selbstverlag des Verfassers ...) 1880. Qu. Publ.: 1880 (Grevillea Mar 1881; Bot. Zeit. 29 Apr 1881; Hedwigia Jan 1881), p. [1]-27. Copies: FH, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mitth. forstl. Versuchswes. Oesterr. 2(3): 297-323. 1880. 304 THUILLIER 14.327. Die Pocken des Weinstockes. Gloeosporium ampelophagum Sacc. Beobachtungen gesammelt auf einer im Auftrage des Hohen kais. Kon. Ackerbau-Ministeriums unter- nommenen Reise ... Wien (Wilhelm Braumiuller ...) 1880. Oct. (Pocken Weinst.). Publ.: Nov-Dec 1879 (t.p. 1880; J. Bot. Jan 1880; Bot. Zeit. 5 Dec 1879; Flora Jan-Mar 1880; Hedwigia Jan 1880), p. [1]-33, [34], 7 pl. (col. lith.). Copy: G. 14.328. Beitrége zur Kenntniss der auf der Schwarzfohre (Pinus austriaca Hoss) vorkommenden Pilze ... I. Wien (Druck und Verlag von Carl Gerold’s Sohn) 1883. Qu. Publ.: 1883 (Grevillea Sep 1883; Bot. Zeit. 31 Aug 1883; Nat. Nov. Jul(2) 1883), p. [1i- iii], [1]-46, [47]. Copy: FH. — Issued and to be cited as Mitt. forstl. Versuchswes. Oesterr. 10: 1-46, [47]. 1883. 14.329. Die Pilze des Oelbaumes. Beschreibung sammtlicher bis Ende des Jahres 1883 bekannt gewordener, auf dem Oel- oder Olivenbaume, Olea sativa Lin., vorkommender Pilze ... [Trieste 1883]. Oct. Publ.: 1883 (Grevillea Sep 1884 [sic]; Hedwigia Jun 1884), p. [15]-44. Copies: B, FH, H. — Reprinted and to be cited from Boll. Soc. Adriat. Sci. nat., Trieste 8: 215-244. 1883. 14.330. Die Pilze und Pocken auf Wein und Obst ... Berlin (Verlag von Paul Parey ...) 1885. Oct. (Pilze Pock. Wein Obst). Publ.: 1885, p. [i]-xx, [1]-225, pl. 1-5 with text, [Pocken]: [1]-143, pl. 1-3.-Copy: HH. 14.331. Die Pilze der Obstgewdchse. Namentliches Verzeichniss aller bisher bekannt gewor- denen und beschriebenen Pilzarten, welche auf unseren Obstbaumen, Obststrauchern und krautartigen Obstpflanzen vorkommen ... Wien (Wilhelm Frick ...) 1887. Oct. (Pilze Obstgew.). Publ.: 1887 (Bot. Zeit. 29 Jun 1888; Grevillea Jun 1888; Nat. Nov. Jun(3); Flora 21 Apr 1888; Hedwigia rd 1-29 Feb 1888), p. [i]-iv, [1]-126. Copzes: FH, G, H, Stevenson; IDC 6325. 14.332. Die Pilze des Aprikosenbaumes (Armeniaca vulgaris Lam.). Eine Monographie ... Klosterneuburg (Verlag der k.k. Versuchs-Station. 1888. Qu. (Pilze Aprik.-Baum.). Publ.: 1 Oct 1888, cover, p. [1]-14. Copies: H, NY. — Monogr. no. 11, Lab. Versuchs- Stat. Wein-Obstbau Klosterneuburg. 14.333- Die Pilze der Reispflanze (Oryza sativa Lin.). Eine Monographie ... Klosterneuburg (Verlag der k.k. Versuchs-Station) 1889. Qu. (Pilze Revspfl.). Publ.: 1 Apr 1889, cover, p. [1]-19. Copy: NY.— Monogr. no. 12, Lab. Versuchs-Stat. Wein- Obstbau Klosterneuburg. 14.334. Die Pilze der Weinreben. Namentliche Aufzahlung aller bisher auf den Arten der Gattung Vitis beobachteter Pilze. [Wien (Fromme) 1892]. Qu. (Pilze Weinreb.). Publ.: late 1891 or Jan-Feb 1892 (Bot. Zeit. 29 Apr 1892; Grevillea Mar 1892), p. [1]-8. Copies: BR, FH, H, NY. — Monogr. no. 15, Lab. Versuchs-Stat. Wein- Obstbau Klosterneuburg. 14-335. Die Pflanzen des homéopathischen Arzneischatzes ... Dresden (Koniglich Sachsische Hofverlagsbuchhandlung) [1889-] 1893, 3 vols. Qu. (Pfl. homoop. Arzner.). Publ.: in parts 1889-1893. Copy: B-S. — Lief. 1 publ. Nov 1889. 1 (text): p. [i-vi], [1]-476. 2 (pl.): p. [i], pl. 1-100 (col.). 3 (pl.): p. [i], pl. 1-100 (col.). Thuillier, Jean Louis (1757-1822), French botanist and gardener at various gardens in Paris, ultimately at the garden of the Collége Charlemagne. (Thuill.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G (through Delessert); some further material at P. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 289, 4: 757; Backer p. 662; Barnhart 3: 382 (b. 22 Apr 1757, d. 18 Dec 1822); BM 5: 2108; Dryander 3: 142; Frank 3 (Anh.): 103; GR 395 THUILLIER P- 353; Hegi 4(2): 1034; Herder p. 175; Hortus 3: 1205; Kelly p. 226; Laségue p. 72-73, 101, 296, 502; LS 26767; PR 9256, ed. 1: 2500, 10230; Rehder 1: 406; SO add. 742b, add. 742c; TL-1/1298; TL-2/see J.P.B. Delessert; Tucker 1: 689; Zander ed. 10, p. 724, ed. 11, p. 826. BIOFILE: Candolle, A.P. de, Mém. souvenirs 139. 1862. Hoefer, ed., Nouv. biogr. gén. 45: 313-314. 1870. Lacroix, A., Figures de savants 4: 140. 1938. M.-R.-T., i J.Fr. Michaud, Biogr. univ. 41: 482-483. 1854f (facs. ed. 1970) (b. 22 Apr 1757, d. 22 Nov 1822). Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 519. 1977 (mosses at G). 14.336. Flore des environs de Paris, ou distribution méthodique des plantes qui y croissent naturellement, exécutée d’aprés le systeéme de Linnaeus, avec l’indication du temps de la floraison de chaque plante, de la couleuer de ses fleurs, & des lieux ot |’on trouve les espéces qui sont moins communes ... a Paris (chez la veuve Desaint, ...) 1790. Duod. (Fl. env. Paris). Ed. [1]: 1790, p. [1*], [i]-viii, [1]-359, [360, err.]. Copzes: B, G, HH, MICH, NY, USDA; IDC 6476. Ed. 2: 24 Jun 1799 (Gazette nationale 28 Jun, 17 Jul 1799 fide M. Breistroffer through _M. Kerguélen in lit.), p. [i]-xlvii, [1]-550. Copies: B, G, HH, KU, NY, USDA. — La flore ... naturellement, faite d’aprés le systeme de Linnée: avec le nom et la description de chacune en latin et en frangois; indication de leur lieu natal, de leur durée, du temps de leur floraison, de la couleur de leurs fleurs, et la citation des auteurs qui les ont mieux décrites ou en ont donné les meilleurs figures ... Nouvelle édition: revue, corrigée et considérablement augmentée. A Paris (chez l’auteur, ... H.L. Perronneau ..) an VII. Oct. Reissue of ed. 2: 1824, p. [i]-xlvi, [1]-550. Copies: HH, NY. — Title as ed. 2, Paris (chez Compéere, ...) 1824. Oct. 14-337- Le vade-mecum du botaniste voyageur aux environs de Paris, a usage des personnes qui ont la flore de J.-L. Thuillier: contenant la carte botanique portative de E.-P. Ventenat; l’etymologie des genres publiés par cet auteur dans son Tableau du Régne végétal, en 4 volumes, avec des planches; la floraison des plantes des environs de Paris, les lieux généraux et particuliers ou elles se trouvent; une carte topographique dressée exprés pour guider le botaniste vers les endroits indiqués; et, pour la facilité des re- cherches, six tables, dont une a sept colonnes. Redigé par C. [citoyen] D*** [Deshayes], editeur de la carte botanique de la méthode naturelle de Jussieu, dressée d’aprés le Tableau du Régne végétal de E.P. Ventenat ... Paris (Baudoin, ...) Floréal an xi (1803). Duod. (Vade-mecum bot. voy.). Author: Pierre Marie Deshayes (see Barnhart 1: 446; PR 2182 attributes the text to G.P. Deshayes). Publ.: 21 Apr-20 Mai 1803 (Floréal an 3), p. [i]-xii, chart, [xiii], [1]-426, [427, err. ]. Cores: BR, USDA. Other issue: 1807, chart [iii]-xii, [xiii], [1]-426, [427, err.]. Copies: B-S, HH. — A Paris (chez Pillot jeune, ...) 1807. Duod. (Le botaniste voyageur aux ...). Thunberg, Carl Peter (1743-1828), Swedish botanist; studied natural sciences and medicine with e.g. Carl Linnaeus at Uppsala; Dr. phil. ib. 1767; Dr. med. ib. 1772 (in absentia); studying in Amsterdam and Paris 1770-1772; at the Cape of Good Hope 1772-1775, to Java 1775; in Japan 1775-1776; again on Java 1776-1777; on Ceylon 1777-1778; in Holland 1778; back in Sweden 1779; appointed botanical demonstrator Uppsala 1777 (under Linnaeus f.); extraordinary professor 1781, full professor of botany and medicine at Uppsala, succeeding Linnaeus f. 1784-1828. (Thunb.). HERBARIUM and Types: UPS (kept separate; available on IDC microfiche 1036; index IDC 5184). Thunberg gave his entire herbarium to Uppsala University in 1785. By that time it contained all the collections made during his travels as well as material received from some of his colleagues such as the Forsters. After 1785 Thunberg continued to insert material received by him in the ‘““Thunberg herbarium” which was therefore for 306 THUNBERG the rest of his lifetime the official herbarium of the University. The most important set of duplicates is now at S, through the herbaria of Alstromer and Montin. Other duplicates are at B (extant; in the Willdenow herb.), BM (through Banks and from the sale of the Lambert herbarium who obtained his Thunberg set with the Pallas collection), E, FI, FR, G (in the Delessert herbarium which incorporates the Burman herbarium, probably also a very important set), GB, GOET, H, JE, KIEL, L, LD (through the Acharius and Retzius herbaria), LE (in the Ledebour herbarium), LINN (Linnaeus received direct shipments of plants from the Cape), LIV, M, MEL (in the Lehmann herbarium), MPU, MW, OXF, P, P-JU, PH, S, SBT (in the Bergius herbarium), U, W. — Juel (1918) provides a list of all plants collected by Thunberg outside Sweden and of the plants described or cited in Thunberg’s botanical publications with reference to the specimens in the Thunberg herbarium. — Letters received by Thunberg at Uppsala Univ- ersity Library, A-HJO available on IDC microfiche 7646; letters to Banks at BM, to J.E. Smith at LINN; to C.H. Mertens at HU, other letters at G. A mss. Flora capensis, pre- 1782, is at BM. MAIN COLLECTORS represented in the Thunberg herbarium: Afzelius, Adam (1750-1837), (TL-2/1:11-13), plants collected in England and Scotland (incl. Kew and Oxford bot. gardens) and a considerable set of his plants from Sierra Leone. Ahlquist, Abraham (1794-1844), plants from Runsten, Oland. Agardh, Carl Adolph (1785-1859), (TL-2/1: 13-18), a few plants from his earlier years. Alstrémer, Clas (1736-1794), (TL-2/1: 38-39), plants from Spain. Aspegren, Georg Casten (1791-1828), (TL-2/1: 78), plants from Blekinge. Aublet, Jean Baptiste Christophe Fusée (1720-1778), (TL-2/1: 79-80), some 60-80 plants from French Guiana. Banks, Joseph (1743-1820), (TL-2/1: 115-118), many specimens collected by Banks and Solander on Cook’s first voyage, mainly from Tahiti (Otaheite), New Zealand (Nova Cambria), Australia (Nova Hollandia). Bartram, John (1699-1777), (TL-2/1: 131-132). Bartram, William (1739-1823), (TL-2/1: 132-135), a few specimens labelled “Bartram” may have been collected either by John B. or by his son William. Thunberg may have obtained these specimens from J. Banks. Bauer, Ferdinand Lukas (1760-1826), (TL-2/1: 145-146), plants from Norfolk Island, rd from J.E. Smith. Bellardi, Carlo Antonio Lodovico (1741-1826), (TL-2/1: 169-170), plants from Piedmont. Bergius, Peter Jonas (1730-1790), (TL-2/1: 190-191), plants labelled “‘ex herbario Bergii”’ may have been collected by Bergius himself in Sweden, or by other botanists represen- ted in B.’s herbarium. Bladh, Peter Johan (1746-1816), plants collected around Canton, near Macao and some algae ‘“‘e mari chinensi’’. Bonsdorff, Gabriel von (1762-1831), Finnish plants. Bosc, Louis Auguste Guillaume (Bosc d’Antic’”) (1759-1828), (TL-2/1: 287-288), some plants from the Carolinas. Brass, William (x-1783), plants from Cape Coast Castle, Gold Coast. Broberg (gardener at Uppsala in the 18th century), plants from the Paris and Kew botanical gardens. Brown, Robert (1773-1858), (TL-2/1: 364-369), a considerable set of plants from Australia (Port Lincoln, Port Jackson, et al.) and Tasmania (“Ins. v. Diemen’’). Browne, Patrick (1720-1790), (TL-2/1:371-372), duplicates from his Jamaican herbarium. Buek, Johannes Nicolaus (1736-1812), (TL-2/1: 399, note) plants cultivated in his garden at Hamburg. Burman, Nicolaas Laurens, Sr. (1733-1793), ((TL-2/1:416-417). Some material from the Cape from “Burmann’”. This may stem from both N.L. Burman Sr. and Jr. Plants labelled “Ex herbario Burmann” may be of various origin (P. Hermann, Oldenland, Hartog, Tryon, Kleinhoff, Garcin; European correspondents of the Burmans) which is difficult to establish. Burman, Nicolaas Laurens Jr. (1782-1826), see above: some Cape material may stem from S. African plants grown in his garden at Loenen a.d. Vecht, Netherlands. Cavanilles, Antoine José (1745-1804), (TL-2/1: 471-474), specimens from the Madrid and 397 THUNBERG Paris botanical gardens, and from his own collecting trips in Spain. Thunberg also received Peruvian specimens from Cavanilles; they may stem from Dombey or from Ruiz and Pavon. Collinson, Peter (1694-1768), (TL-2/1: 528), specimens labelled ‘‘Collins(on) ex America boreali” are probably duplicates from the Linnaean herbarium; the location of Collinson’s original herbarium is not known. Commerson, Philibert (1727-1773), (TL-2/1: 532-533), a considerable set of plants e.g. from Magelhaes, Tahiti (“Otahiti”, or “Otaheite’’), Mauritius (‘Tle de France’’), Réunion (Ile Bourbon). Dryander, Jonas Carlsson (1748-1810), (TL-2/1: 686-687), plants from e.g. Kew Gardens and specimens from the L.J. Montin herbarium. Ehrhart, Friedrich (1742-1795), (TL-2/1: 731-734), plants from the Harz (Hercynia) region and from Ehrhart’s Hannover garden. Fahlberg, Samuel (1758-1834), (TL-2/1: 811), West Indian plants. Fontana, Felice (1730-1805), Italian naturalist at Florence; Italian plants collected or at any rate sent by him; some Mediterranean algae. Forselles, Jacob Henric af (1785-1855), Swedish mining engineer in the Sala (V4s- tmanland) silver mines; plants “in Finlandiae littoribus’’. Forsskal, Pehr (1732-1763), (TL-2/1: 855-857), small set, annotated by Thunberg with references to the Flora aegyptiaco-arabica. Forsstrém, Johan Eric (1775-1824), (TL-2/1: 857), plants from Lapland, Finmark and the West Indies (Forsstrom sent plants directly to Uppsala University as well as to the Swedish Academy of Sciences. After his death his collections went to Gustaf Johan Billberg (1772-1844) (TL-2/1: 215), with whom he had arranged that the collections of the first of them to die would go to the other. Part of the Billberg collection went through G.J. Billberg’s children to BM. Forster, Johan Reinhold (1729-1798) and Forster, Johan Georg Adam (1754-1794) (TL-2/1: 859-861 and 857-859), a considerable number of plants from Cook’s second voyage (1772-1775); see H.O. Juel, Sv. Linné-Sallsk. Arsskr. 7: 68-82. 1924 for a discussion of the importance of Thunberg’s set of Forster plants. - A number of sheets in the Thunberg herbarium carry the annotation ‘Forster, Botany Bay”. This Bay, in Australia, was an important collecting area of Banks and Solander on Cook’s first voyage; the Forsters did not visit this region. Freyreiss, Georg Wilhelm (1789-1825), (TL-2/1: 877-878), important set of plants collected in the Rio de Janeiro region and in Minas Geraes (“‘Villa Rica’’, now Ouro Preto). Freyreiss was employed 1815-1818 by Lorentz Westin (q.v.), which explains why most Freyreiss plants in the Thunberg herbarium carry both names. — Freyreiss’s plants were described in Plantarum brasiliensium dec. 1, 2, 1817, 1818. Gédsevadsholm. The garden of Clas Alstromer (q.v.) at Gasevadsholm, south of Goteborg, Sweden. Some plants so labelled are in the Thunberg herbarium. Gedner, Christopher Eliasson (1729-1773), Swedish physician (M.D. Berlin 1755, id. Uppsala 1758), government physician in Varmland (1764-1773), at least one plant “‘e Roslagia Sueciae” in the Thunberg herbarium. Gestrin, Samuel (1764-1815), Swedish teacher at Gavle who owned a natural history cabinet. Some specimens “‘in alpibus genitidis” collected by Gestrin; it is not certain that these plants were indeed collected by S. Gestrin. Gouan, Antoine (1733-1821), (TL-2/1: 975-976), a small number of plants collected in S. France. Grénda(h)l, Carl Fredrik (1760-1816), Swedish-Finnish physician and naturalist, studied at Abo (1781) and Stockholm (1786-1788), hospital physician in Finland 1789-1790, ship’s surgeon on two Swedish East India Company’s voyages between 1790 and 1795. Several plants collected on his voyages with the annotations Java [sic, at least one specimen], China and Mauritius (“Ile de France’); see SK 5: clxxxi-cclxxxil; letters to Thunberg in Uppsala Univ. Libr. see IDC 7646. Hagen, Karl Gottfried (1749-1829), (TL-2/2: 11-12), some plants collected in the Berlin botanical garden. Hall, Birger Marten (1741-1814), (see KR p. 258), Swedish physician, MD Uppsala 1768; government physician in southern Vastmanland 1773-1793; some plants from Vastmanland (‘“‘Westmannia’’). 308 THUNBERG Hartman, Carl Johan (1790-1849), (TL-2/2: 65-67), student of Thunberg; Dr. med. Uppsala 1822; some Swedish plants. Hermann, Paul (1646-1695), (TL-2/2: 171-173), some specimens. Hildebrand, Jacob Henrik (1742-1759?) and Hildebrand, Claes Henrik (1743-1809), Swedish officers in contact with Linnaeus; plants from Spain. Hornstedt, Claés Fredric (1758-1809), Finnish naturalist; Dr. med. Greifswald 1786; col- lections from Lapland, Cape of Good Hope, East Indies (incl. Java). See KR p. 307- 308, SK 1: 242-243. Hortus aboensis, Botanical garden of Abo [Turku] University in Finland. Plants from the garden supplied by e.g. Bonsdorff, Forselles, Prytz, Radloff, Sahlberg. Hortus amstelodamensis, plants from the Amsterdam botanical garden may stem mostly from Thunberg’s visits to this garden in 1770, 1771 and 1778. Hortus berolinensis, plants from the Botanical garden of the Berlin Academy of Sciences; Thunberg received plants from Hagen (visitor) and Willdenow (director 1794-1812). Hortus goettingensis, plants from the Gottingen botanical garden may have been provided by Karl Theodor Menke (q.v.) who studied there c. 1811. Hortus gryphicus, plants from the Greifswald botanical garden may have been supplied by C.E. Weigel (director 1775-1805) or by several of Thunberg’s students. Hortus hafniensis Georgu, Thunberg collected in the old Amaliegade botanical garden of Copenhagen in 1770; the indication Georgii refers to Georg Christian Oeder (1728- 1791), director 1752-1770, TL-2/3: 803-807. Hortus hamburgensis, garden of the horticulturist J.N. Buek, q.v. Hortus hannoveranus, garden of the Herrenhausen palace nr Hannover. Plants from this garden come mainly from F. Ehrhart, q.v. Hortus kewensis, plants simply labelled “‘ex horto kewensi” as well as material sent by Afzelius, Broberg and Dryander (q.v.). Hortus ledensis Thunberg visited the Leiden botanical garden on 16 and 17 October 1770 and stated in his Travels that he collected rare plants for his herbarium. Hortus parisiensis, ... The Jardin des plantes, also called Jardin du Roi, Paris. Several travel- lers sent plants to Thunberg collected in the Paris garden such as the gardener Broberg and the physician Mellerborg. A number of sheets from the Paris garden carry no collector’s name; some may have been sent by Antoine-Laurent de Jussieu. Hortus trianonensis, ... the garden connected with the Trianon at Versailles. A few plants in the Thunberg herbarium stem from this garden collected by Linnaean and Thunberg students. Thunberg himself visited the garden in July 1770. Hortus upsaliensis ... Plants from the botanical garden of Uppsala University, collected by Thunberg himself and by Broberg, the gardener who served under Linnaeus, Linnaeus f. and Thunberg. Host, Nicolaus Thomas (1761-1834), (TL-2/2: 339-340), a small set of Austrian plants. Hove, Anton Pantaleon (“‘Howe’’, ‘““Awe’’, ““Auw’’), (fl. 1780s-1820s), Polish-born plant col- lector for Kew, on Guinea coast 1785, in India 1787-1788, Crimea 1796 (see Desmond p. 324). Plants from the Bombay region (India) in the Thunberg her- barium, some labelled “Achmad” (Ahmadabad, Amdabad), or ‘‘Sabermathy” (Sabermathi River). Hudson, William (1730-1793), (TL-2/2: 354-356), a number of plants “‘ex Hudsons collect’. Hultgren (no details known to us), plants collected in New Jersey and Pennsylvania). Jacquin, Nicolaus Joseph von (1727-1817), (TL-2/2: 407-413), Austrian plants collected by J. and plants from Austrian gardens. Kalm, Pehr (1716-1779), (TL-2/2: 487-490), several specimens from N. America. Koenig, Johan Gerhard (1728-1785), (TL-2/2: 600-601). A number of plants collected in Ceylon and India (e.g. ‘“‘Mallabaria” on some sheets). Lapeyrouse, Philippe Picot baron de (1744-1818), (TL-2/2: 756-757), a considerable number of plants from the Pyrenees and ‘“‘Cantabria”’ (Spanish Oviedo, Santander, Vizcaya, Guiputzcoa). Lebeck, H.f. (x-1800), Dutch merchant and botanist, active in India, Ceylon and Indonesia (for details see SK 5(4): 61-62), specimens ‘“‘e Java’, “‘e Mallabaria’’, ‘“‘e Coromandelia”. Unique set. Ledebour, Carl Friedrich von (1785-1851), (TL-2/2: 805-808), an appreciable number of 399 THUNBERG specimens labelled Astrakan, Bessarabia, Kamchatka, Livonia, Persia, Siberia. Some specimens ‘‘ex Ibiria p. Ledebour”’. Liljeblad, Samuel (1761-1815), (TL-2/3: 17-18), Swedish and Lapland plants. Lindroth, Pehr Gustaf (1758-1809), Swedish military surgeon who made natural history collections and who undertook a collecting trip to Norway; plants from Lapland (‘‘ex alp. Lapp.”’) in Thunberg herb. Ljungh, Sven Ingemar (1757-1828), Swedish administrator, studied in Uppsala; County treasurer of the Vedbo district in Smaland (1780-1793); plants from Smaland. — Most collections at LD (herb. Acharius). Lundmark, Johan Damel (1755-1792), (TL-2/3: 196-197), specimens from Lapland. Marschall von Buieberstein, Friedrich August (1768-1826), (TL-2/3: 305-306), plants in Thunberg herbarium marked “e Tauria’’, or ‘“‘e Taurica” designating the Crimea (and not the Tabris anc. Tauris) region. Masson, Francis (1741-1805), (TL-2/3: 361-363), numerous specimens from the Canaries, Madeira, Teneriffe, the Azores, St. Helena and the Cape of Good Hope. Mellerborg, Claes Erik (1773-1828), Swedish naval physician in the East India Company; student of Thunberg; travelled widely in Europe; in the East Indies 1826-1827; plants from his European tours in Thunberg herbarium, Java material in LD and S. Mencke or Menke, Karl Theodor (1791-1861), plants collected by Mencke or Menke in the Gottingen botanical garden. This may have been the German physician Karl Theodor Menke who studied at Gottingen. Meyer ... A few plants labelled ““Meyer, Germania”’. It is difficult to say which Meyer is meant (Georg Friedrich Wilhelm, 1782-1856 at Gottingen?). Miller, Philip (1691-1771), (TL-2/3: 491-499), a few sheets only, possibly received by Thunberg through Linnaeus. Montin, Lars Jonasson (1723-1785), (TL-2/3: 565-566), a few specimens from Sweden; some sheets of the Montin herbarium with his handwriting. Mutis y Bosto, José Célestino Bruno (1732-1808), (TL-2/3: 676-677), a few plants labelled ‘““Mexico”’ (duplicates received from Linnaeus fil.?). Nystrom, unidentified; a small number of plants collected by him at the Cape, in the East Indies and in China. Oldenburg, Franz Pehr (1740-1774), Swedish soldier, traveller, and plant collector who accompanied Francis Masson on his first trip in the interior of South Africa; accom- panied Thunberg on his trips around Cape Town in 1772; went to Madagascar, collected and died there 1774. — Plants from Madagascar in Thunberg herb.; see IH 2(5): 619. Oldenland, Henrik Bernard (x-1699), (TL-2/3: 817-818), some specimens from the Cape, possibly obtained from the Burman family; see also [IH 2(5): 6109. Osbeck, Carl Gustaf (1766-1841), Swedish physician, studied at Lund, collected specimens at Cape of Good Hope as ship’s surgeon on two Swedish East India Company’s voyages in 1797-1798 and 1799-1800. Osbeck, Pehr (1723-1805), (TL-2/3: 851-852), numerous specimens collected at Canton, Cape of Good Hope, Java, Ascension. [Pehr O. never landed at the Cape; he saw some seaweeds outside the Cape and described Fucus maximus [Ecklonia maxima] from this area]. Pallas, Peter Simon (1741-1811), (TL-2/4: 20-27), a considerable number of Pallas speci- mens from Siberia (e.g. Dauria, Baikal, Orenburg). Peck, Wiliam Dandridge (1763-1822), (TL-2/4: 142-143), plants from ‘‘Massachusetts”’, in part also coming from the White Mountains, New Hampshire. Pentz, Henrik Christian (1738-1803), Swedish politician who owned a large natural history cabinet which was dispersed upon his death. Both the Alstromer and Thunberg her- baria have specimens labelled “‘Pentz China’. However, Pentz is not known to have visited China; the plants must stem from a different collector. Pihl, C.F, a Swedish physician who collected at Porto-Bello, Panama; 50 species in SBT, some duplicates in Thunberg herb. Powret, Fean-Louis-Marie (1755-1834), (TL-2/4: 319-321), plants from N. Africa. Pourret, [De Figeac], Pierre André (1754-1818), (TL-2/4: 368-369), some plants from Pourret’s time at Narbonne as well as from Spain. Pryss, Ulrik (1767-1791), Swedish physician at Abo (Turku), who owned a natural history collection; plants from Abo (‘‘Prytz’’). 310 THUNBERG Radloff, Fredric Wilhelm (1766-1838), (TL-2/4: 546), plants from Abo (Turku). Roemer, Johann Jakob (1763-1819), (TL-2/4: 844-848), some plants from Switzerland (‘““Romer, Helvetia’). Rohr, Julius Philip Benjamin von (ca. 1737-1793), (TL-2/4: 864-865). Rohr sent his collect- ions to Rottbgll and Vahl, who in turn probably sent some of the Rohr material to Thunberg. This is difficult to identify since Thunberg annotated such specimens as “Ex insulis amer. calid. per Vahl” or “Ex insulae Trinitatis per Vahl’. Rosén, Eberhard (1714-1796), (TL-2/4: 887), plants from S. Sweden labelled “‘Rosén” may stem from Eberhard rather than Nils Rosén (1706-1773). Rosén, Johan Peter (1788-2), (KR p. 596-597), Swedish botanist and horticulturist, curator of a botanic garden in Stockholm after 1825, travelled in Gotland 1816-1818; plants from Gotland and Oland in Thunberg herb. Rothman, Georg (Goran) (1739-1778), (TL-2/4: 925-926), material labelled ““Rothman e Tripoli” may stem from Georg R., his father Johan Stenson Rothman (TL-2/4: 926- 927) (Linnaeus’s secondary school teacher) or from still another Rothman. The elder Rothman is known to have possessed a natural history cabinet. The “e Tripoli” might point to a different collector. Rottler, Johann Peter (1749-1836), (TL-2/4: 933), plants from Tranquebar and the Coromandel coast in general. Roxburgh, William (1751-1815), (TL-2/4: 954-958), a small set of plants from Coromandel. Rudolphi, [Israel] Karl Asmund (1771-1832), (TL-2/4: 974-975), plants from S. France (Marseille). Sahlberg, Carl Reinhold (1779-1860), (TL-2/4: 1057-1058), plants from the Abo (Turku) botanical garden. Savi, Gaetano (1769-1844), (TL-2/5: 84-87), plants from Italy (e.g. “prope Livorno’). Schleicher, Johann Christoph (1768-1834), (TL-2/5: 213-214), plants from Switzerland (esp. Salix). Schousbou, Peter Kofod Anker (1766-1834), (TL-2/5: 309-310), material from Denmark, from the 1791-1793 trip to Spain, Portugal and Morocco, as well as from Morocco and adjacent Algeria and Tanger collected in later years. Schrader, Heinrich Adolph (1767-1836), (TL-2/5: 316-320), cultivated plants from Germany. Schwaegrichen, Christian Friedrich (1775-1853), (TL-2/5: 416-419), plants from the Austrian Alps. Schweigger, August Friedrich (1783-1821), (TL-2/5: 428-430), plants from Austria and the Pyrenees (‘“Schweiger” and “‘Schweigger’’). Scopoli, Joannes Antonius (Giovanni Antonio) (1723-1788), (TL-2/5: 453-456). The Scopoli material in the Thunberg herbarium consists of specimens of plants grown in the Uppsala Botanic Garden from seed sent by Scopoli to Linnaeus (‘‘cult. in hort. Ups. sem. ex Italia Scopoli’’). Sibthorp, John (1758-1796), (TL-2/5: 577-580). Thunberg received from J.E. Smith plants collected by Sibthorp in Greece. Smith, James Edward (1759-1828), (TL-2/5: 678-691). Thunberg obtained many plants from Smith. These are mostly annotated with the name of the original collector, but there are also annotations “‘p. Smith’. A collection from Norfolk Island, collected by Ferdinand Bauer, is thus designated; the plants from Greece were collected by J. Sibthorp; early collections from Australia are from John White. Smith also sent dup- licates from the Linnaean herbarium to Thunberg. Solander, Daniel [Carlsson] (1733-1782), (TL-2/5: 721-723), many specimens collected by Banks and Solander on Cook’s first voyage, see under J. Banks for further details. Sparrman, Anders [Andreas] (1748-1820), (TL-2/5: 773-775), plants from the Cape of Good Hope and from Senegal. Steven, Christian von (1781-1863), (TL-2/5: 911-915), numerous plants from Russia (‘‘ad Volgam’’, “e Caucaso’’, ‘‘e Tauria ” [Crimea]) and Siberia (sometimes as ‘‘Stephen e Siberia’’). Swartz, Olof Peter (1760-1818) (TL-2/6: nos. 13.525-13.541) material from Sweden (e.g. from Lapland), West Indies (Jamaica, Hispaniola, Montserrat, St. Cristopher [= St. Kitts]. Siar THUNBERG Tenore, Michele (1780-1861) (TL-2/6: nos. 13.898-13.946), Italian plants (e.g. from Calabria and Napoli). Thunberg, Carl Peter (1743-1828), see first paragraph of Herbarium and types, above, and Juel (1918). Térner, Samuel (1762-?), Swedish naturalist; studied at Uppsala (i.a. under Thunberg), assistant to Dryander in Bank’s library 1792-1797; plants from Finland and Sweden. Turner, Dawson (1775-1858), English botanist, antiquary and banker; some British algae. Main collections at K (in deposit at BM). Vahl, Martin (1749-1804), Danish botanist at Copenhagen; The Thunberg herbarium contains many plants collected by Vahl as well as several sets of plants collected by others supplied by Vahl. Vahl collections from the Mediterranean (1783-1785) are from e.g. Spain, Tunisia, Algeria and Italy. West Indian plants received through Vahl are mostly duplicates of collections by Julius von Rohr, q.v.; some of these plants may also stem from John Ryan (Trinidad), Hans West (St. Croix), or Martfelt (Guadeloupe). Viborg (Wiborg), Erik Nissen (1759-1822), Danish botanist and veterinarian; professor at Copenhagen University and id. Veterinary school; plants labelled “‘p. Wiborg” “‘e Coromandelia’’, and “‘ex India orientalis’ were probably collected by Rottler, q.v. Villars, Dominique (1745-1814), French physician and botanist in the Dauphine; plants from this region (‘‘e Delphinati’”’) and from the Pyrenees. Wahlberg, Pehr Fredrik (1800-1877), Swedish botanist, student of Thunberg; Dr. phil. 1824; Dr. med. 1827; professor of materia medica at the Karolinska Institutet, Stock- holm 1827-1865; some plants from ‘“‘Gothoburg”’. Wahlenberg, Georg (from 1804: Goran) (1780-1851), Swedish botanist; Dr. med. Uppsala 1806; professor of botany and medicine ib., succeeding Thunberg 1829; a consi- derable number of plants from his travels in Pomerania, Lapland and Northern Norway, Switzerland, the Carpathics and Varmland. Weigel, Christian Ehrenfried (after 1806 von Weigel) (1748-1831), German botanist; studied at Gottingen; Dr. med. ib. 1771; professor of botany and chemistry at Gre- ifswald 1775-1805; many plants from the Greifswald botanical garden (‘Hortus gryphicus’’). Westin, Lorentz (1787-1846), Swedish consul in Rio de Janeiro who employed G.W. Freyreiss (q.v.) in 1815-1818 to collect plants and animals for Swedish institutions; numerous plants from Rio de Janeiro and Minas Geraes sent by Westin but mostly collected by Freyreiss; some Rio de Janeiro plants actually collected by Westin. White, John (c. 1756-1832), British naval surgeon, chief surgeon New South Wales 1786, sent plants to J.E. Smith, some of which came to Thunberg “‘p. Smith”. The main set is in the Smith herbarium (LINN); the Lambert set is at G. Wickman [Vickman], Daniel (1741-1800), Swedish physician, student of Linnaeus; Dr. med. Uppsala 1780; government physician in Filipstad 1792-1800; plants collected in Varmland by “Vickman” in Thunberg herb. (see also KR p. 760). Wikstrém, Johan Emanuel (1789-1856), Swedish botanist; student of Thunberg (Dr. med. 1817), curator of the herbarium of the Riksmuseum, Stockholm from 1818; some plants from Sweden. Willdenow, Karl Ludwig (1765-1812), German botanist; Dr. med. Halle 1789; professor of botany and director of the botanical garden at Berlin; plants from Prussia (“‘e Borussia’) collected by him and other plants without further indication from his herbarium. Withering, William (1741-1799), British physician and botanist; M.D. Edinburgh 1766; practiced at Stafford and Birmingham; a small number of specimens from England. Wurmb, Frederik baron von (x-1781), Dutch colonial administrator; several specimens “Von Wurmb Nova Guinea”’. Zeyher, Johann Michael (1770-1843), German botanist; director of the garden of the erand-duke of Baden at Schwetzingen nr Mannheim (not to be confused with his nephew who collected, later, in South Africa); a considerable number of plants re- ceived from him, not necessarily collected by him (‘“‘per Zeyher’’) from S. France, E. Pyrenees, N. America and Sicily. XLuccagni, Attilio (1754-1807), Italian botanist; -director of the garden of the ‘‘Museo di fisica e storia naturale” in Firenze; Italian plants. — The original herbarium was at FI but was “‘eliminated”’ by Parlatore because of insect damage and absence of localities. 312 THUNBERG PLANTAE THUNBERGIANAE, [H.O. Juel], Ein Verzeichnis der von C.P. Thunberg in Siidafrika, Indien und Japan gesammelten und der in seinen Schriften beschriebenen oder erwahnten Pflanzen, sowie von den Exemplaren derselben, die im Herbarium Thunbergianum in Upsala aufbewahrt sind, Uppsala, Leipzig 1918, frontisp. portr. Thunberg, iii, 462 p., Arb. utg. Vilh. Ekmans Univ.-Fond. Uppsala 21 (biogr. introd., list of Th.’s publications, list of publications by others in which Th.’s plants are de- scribed and an annotated list of taxa (see TL-2/3430). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BroGRaPHy: AG 1: 196; Backer p. 584; Barnhart 3: 382 (b. 11 Nov 1743, d. 8 Aug 1828); BM 5: 2106, 8: 1306-1308; Bossert p. 400; Bret. p. 111; Clokie p. 254; CSP 5: 985-987; Dawson p. 820-821; Dryander see index 5: 457-458; DSB 13: 391- 392 (G. Eriksson); DU 304-305; Frank 3 (Anh.): 103; GR p. 483, pl. [39], cat. p. 72; Henrey 2: 177, 250, 251; Herder p. 481 [index]; Hortus 3: 1205; IF p. 734; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 344; Jackson p. 349, 381, 446; KR p. 705-716; Laségue p. 585 [index]; Lenley p. 470; LS 26768-26771; MW p. 496-497; NI 1959-1960, 3: 65; NW 9: 1125; Plesch p. 434-435; PR 73, 3802, 6673, 9257-9333, 9909, 9910, 10249-10250, ed. 1: 10231-10301, see index; Rehder 5: 848-849; RS p. 144; SBC p. 133; SK 1: 527-528, 606, 4: xciv, cxl, 5: cccxxvi-cccxxvii, 8: xcviii; SO see index; Sotheby 751, 752; TL-1/1299- 1309, and see index; TL-2/350, 2238, 2285, 2425, 3430, 3481, 5814, 6575, 8834, 11.002, 11.084, 11.950 and see indexes; Tucker 1: 689-692, 2: xxxvii, 3: 308; Urban-Berl. p. 403, 415; Zander ed. 10, p. 724, ed. 11, p. 826. BIOFILE: Aberstén, G., Goteborgs K. Vet.-Vitt.-Samh. Handl. ser. 4. 32(2): 28. 1928. Ahrling, E., Carl von Linné’s brefvexling 21, 22, 48, 49. 1885. Agardh, C.A., K. Vet.-Akad. Handl., Stockholm 1828: 242-267. 1829 (the “official” memorial publication printed by the Academy [O. Almborn]). Almborn, O., Bot. Not. 133: 454. 1980 (Thunb. and LD). Amoureux, Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 694-695. 1822 (2 letters Th. to Gouan). Anderson, M.P., J. New York Bot. Gard. 8: 99-110. 1907. Andersson, L.G., Fauna och Flora 14: 49-63, 97-107. 1919. Anon., Acta phytotax. geobot. 2: 296-307. 1933 (on herb.); Allg. Konst. Letterb. 1828(2): 161 (d.); Flora 6(1): 251-252. 1823 (Dr. med. h.c. Uppsala), 12(2): 735. 1829 (Thunberg succeeded by Wahlenberg); Mém. Soc. Sci. Lille 1: 196-219. 1831 (1832) (corr. Thunberg-Linnaeus); Nord. Familjebok 19: 254-255. 1933; The heritage from Newton and Linnaeus, Bidr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hist. 2, Stockholm 1963, p. 88 (portr.), 110. Bernardi, L., Musées de Genéve 198: 13. 1979 (epon.). Billberg, G.J., Aminnelse-Tal 6fver ... Herr Doktor Carl P. Thunberg. Stockholm 1832, ii, 48 p. (Billberg was an amateur botanist and a friend of T. On T.’s authority he was elected a member of the Academy but he was not well seen by other members. His memorial speech was not printed by the Academy; the “official” obituary was C.A. Agardh 1829 [O. Almborn]. Blunt, W., The compleat naturalist 30, 147, 150, 183, 190, IQI-192, 231, 241. 1971. Boerman, A.J., Carolus Linnaeus als middelaar tussen Nederland en Zweden 165-166. 1953- Bory de Saint-Vincent, J.B.G.M. de, et. al., Ann. gén. Sci. phys. 8(22): 5-6. 1821 (dedi- cation, with portr.). Boulger, G.S., in H. Trimen and J.D. Hooker, Handb. fl. Ceylon 5: 373. 1900 (Thunb. and Ceylon). Bowers, J.Z., Western medical pioneers in feudal Japan 72-90. 1970. Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 229.442, 255.12, 255.44, 255.59, 255.257. 1980. Brinck, P., S. Afr. animal life 1: 18-24. 1955. Britten, J., J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 43-45. 1920 (Thunberg, Dryander and BM). Bullock, A.A., Bibl. S. Afr. bot. 117-118. 1978. Candolle, Alph. de, Phytographie 454. 1880. Coats, A.M., The plant hunters, 64-66, 204-205, 247. 1969. Dawson, W.R., Smith papers, 91. 1934 (letters at LINN). Doidge, E.M., Bothalia 5: 18-20. 1950 (fungi and lichens). 323 THUNBERG Ducker, S.C., in History in the service of systematics 43. 1981 (algae from Thunberg’s herbarium to F.C. Mertens). Eriksson, G., Bot. hist. Sverige 362 [index, 13 entries]. 1969. Fagraeus, Th., in C.P. Thunberg, FI. jap. 1784, p. vi (first list of Thunberg’s publ.). Forbes, V.S., Pioneer travellers in South Africa 25-36. 1965 (analysis of routes). Fries, M., Lustgarden 59: 5-11. 1978 (tre Smalandska botanister). Fries, R.E., Short hist. bot. Sweden 33, pl. 1. 1950. Fries, Th.M., Bref Skrifv. Linné 1(2): 352-354, 359, 362. 1908, 1(5): 225, 313, 331. 1911, 1(6): 107-293. 1912. Gaudin, C., Le Japon du xviii® siécle vu par un botaniste suédois Chr.P. Thunberg. Paris 1966. Geary-Cooke, D. & F. Anderson, Veld & Flora 62(2): 8-10. 1976. Gertz, O., Kungl. Fysiogr. Sallsk. Lund 1772-1940. Hist. overs. 88, 350. 1940. Grut, M., S. Afr. For. J. 87: 28-29. 1973. Gunn, M. & L.E. Codd, Bot. explor. S. Afr. 60-61, 347-350. 1981. Hagen, H., Entom. Zeit. Stettin 18: 5-12, 200-204. 1857 (on Th.’s entom. theses). Hall, H.C., Epistolae ineditae Caroli Linnaei, Groningae 1830 (corr. Linn.-Thunb.). Hara, H. et al., Forskningsmaterial rorende (sic) C.P. Thunberg, Science Council Japan, Tokyo 1953, xiv, 165 p. (research material on Thunberg). Hedenius, in A. Hirsch, Biogr. Lex. hervorr. Arzte ed. 3. 5: 580-581. 1962. Hulth, J.M. & A.H. Uggla, Bref Skrifv. Linné 2(2): 297 [index]. 1943. Hutchinson, J., A botanist in South Africa 570-571, 613-619. 1946. Jackson, B.D., Proc. Linn. Soc. 134 (suppl.): 20. 1922 (Thunb. plants in LINN marked col bad) Jessen, K.F.W., Bot. Gegenw. Vorz. 300, 312, 358, 469. 1864. Juel, H.O., Plantae thunbergianae 1918 (see above, paragraph following Herbarium and Types). Karsten, M.C., J.S. Afr. Bot. 5: 1-27, 87-155. 1939, 12: 127-190. 1946, 12: 173-182. 1947 (annot. bibl. publ. S. Afr. flora); The Old Company’s Garden at the Cape 132-134, 136-138, 140-145, 181 [index]. 1951; Suid-Afr. biogr. woordenb. 1: 828-832. 1968. Kimura, Y., Jap. stud. hist. sci. 15: 1-13. 1976; Symb. bot. upsal. 22(4): 12-20. 1979 (Thunberg founder modern botany in Japan). Krausel, R., in I. Dorfler, Botaniker-Portrats 39. 1907 (portr.). Krook, H., Angir oss Linné [is Linné of any interest to us?] 54-71. 1971. Lefebvre, E. & J.G. de Bruyn, Martinus van Marum 6: 347-349. 1976 (exch. letters Th.- van M.). Leighton, C., Cape floral kingdom 17-21. 1960. Lewis, G.J., Ann. S. Afr. Mus. 1: 1-5. 1952 (rediscovery of Gladiolus flexuosus Thunb.). Lindman, S., Sv. man kvinn. 7: 533-534. 1954 (biogr., portr.). Lindroth, S., Kg. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Hist. 1738-1818. 408-412. 1967. Lindwall, J., Bot. Not. 1890: 110. (biogr., coll.). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 732. 1985. Lowegren, Y., Naturaliekabinett i Sverige 367, 406 [index]. 1952 (contains also details on several of the collectors represented in the Thunberg herbarium). Magdefrau, K., Gesch. Bot. 54, 55. 1973. Merrill, E.D., Chron. bot. 14(5/6): 208, 355. 1954 (Bot. Cook’s voy.). Nordenstam, B., in Bicentenary celebration of C.P. Thunberg’s visit to Japan, Tokyo 1977, p. 1-8; in G. Kunkel, ed., Taxon. aspects Afr. econ. bot. 1979, p. 13-15 (father of S. Afr. bot.). Norlindh, T., Mot fjarran land. Beroémda svenska upptackare 41-74. 1975. Palmblad, F.W., Biografisk Lexicon 17: 114-124 (biogr., brief bibl.). Papenfuss, G., Symb. bot. upsal. 4(3): 1-17. 1940 (S. Afr. algae). Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Hand.-Buch 2: 1103. 1863. Powrie, E., J.S. Afr. Bot. 35: 327-329. 1969 (types of Bruniaceae in Th.’s herb.). Rach, L., Linnaea 26: 767-792. 1885 (revision of Thunberg’s Ericaceae on the basis of Klotzsch’s treatment). Reichenbach, H.G., Flora 46: 459-463. 1863 (orchids herb. ‘Thunberg). Reynolds, G.W., The Aloes of South Africa 91. 1950 (Thunberg’s Aloes). Rix, M., The art of the botanist 104, 105, 108. 1981. Schmid, G., Chamisso als Naturforscher no. 86c, p. 173. 1942. 314 THUNBERG Schonland, S., Ark. Bot. 21a(16): 1-12. 1927 (revision of Rhus and Crassula in Th. herb.). Schroder, J.H., Nova Acta r. Soc. Sci. Upsal. 10: 409-422. 1832 (vita). Schultes, J.A., zn C.P. Thunberg, Fl. cap. xxvii. 1823 (bibl. up to 1821). Selander, S., Linnélarjungar i frammande lander 43-70. 1960. Smith, E., Life of Joseph Banks 65, 97. 1911. Stafleu, F.A., Taxon 12: 80-81. 1963 (publ. 1788-1792); Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 145, 152-155, 257. 1971; in Daniels & Stafleu, Taxon 25: 98. 1976 (portr., caption); Regn. veg. 71: 336. 1970 (Japanese Thunb. material at L through D. v. Royen); in C.L. L’Héritier, Sertum angl. facs. ed. 1963, p. lix, xlv, Ixxi, Ixxxix, 2, 32. Stearn, W.T., Lily Year Book, Roy. Hort. Soc. 11: 101-108. 1947 (Lilium japonicum as used by Th.). Steenis-Kruseman, M.J. van, in R.J. Forbes, ed., Martinus van Marum 3: 130, 168. 1971 (see also 6: 126, 347. 1976). Svedelius, N., Sv. Linn.-Sallsk. Arsskr. 27: 29-64. 1944 (bicentenary); Isis 35(2): 128- 134. 1944 (id.); i S. Lindroth, ed., Swedish men of science 151-159. 1952. Uggla, A.H., Natio smolandica 8: 44-56. 1945. Underwood, L.M., Bot. Gaz. 17: 155. 1890 (6 portraits of Thunb. in Wolff collection of engravings Syracuse (N.Y.) University). Veendorp, H. & L.G.M. Baas-Becking, Hortus acad. lugd.-bot. 1587-1937, p. 131, 138, 139, 153. 1938. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 336. 1935, 2: 222. 1936, 3: 193. 1937, 5: 440, 513. 1939: Wahlberg, P.F., Flora 12(2) Erganz. Bl. 88-104. 1829 (account of death and funeral). Wallstrom, T., Sv. upptackare 84, 108-111, 113-120, 127-139. 1983. White, A. & B.L. Sloane, The Stapelieae 206 [index]. 1933, ed. 2: 22 [index]. 1937. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 73-74. 1903, 3(3): 55-56, Ixvi, pl. 33. 1905 (on portr.). Wright, R., Gardener’s tribute 33, 114, 130. s.d. COMPOSITE WORKs: (1) See C.J. Hartman, Gen. gram. 1819, TL-2/2425. — Copies: B-S, G(2), LD, NY(2), USDA. (2) See below Krameria (1822), also by Hartman, but not treated by us in our second volume. (3) See E.G. Melén, Erythr. svec. 1826, TL-2/5814. — Copies: FI, G, LD, NY. HANDWRITING: Webbia 32(1): 37. 1977; Candollea 33: 435-436. 1978; Savage, S., Cat. Linn. Herb. fig. 20. 1945. COMMEMORATIVE MEDAL: R. Swed. Acad. Sci., 1832, by Mauritz Frumerie. (‘Suis late Regina triumphis’’). EPONYMY: Thunbergia Montin (1773, nom. rej.); Thunbergia Retzius (1780, nom. cons.); Thunbergianthus Engler (1897); Thunbergiella H. Wolff (1922). POSTAGE STAMPS: Sweden 1 kr. (1973) yv. 789. 14.338. Cycas Caffra, nova palmae species, descripta ... [Nova Acta r. Soc. Sci. Upsal. 1775]. Qu. Publ.: 1775, Nova Acta r. Soc. Sci. Upsal. 2: 283-288, pl. 5. - Mentioned by Linnaeus fil., Suppl. 443. 1781 as HulthiP rr" 78; 1415) 142. 1997: Hamy, E.T., Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris 1: 76-78. 1895 (on T.’s medical thesis). Harvey Gibson, R.J., Outlines hist. bot. 274 [index]. 1914. Henriques, J., Bol. Soc. Broter. 15: 108-174. 1898 (list of plants in Spain mentioned by T. in his mss. Topographia botanica). Hoppe, D.H., Bot. Taschenb. 1792: 181-200 (descr. system; biogr. notes). Hulth, J.M., Bref. Skrifv. Linné 2(1): 70, 72, 327. 1916 [et A.H. Uggla], 2(2): 49, 93, 126, 160. 1943. Jackson, B.D., J. Bot. 12: 136-137. 1874 (on Schola botanica). Jessen, K.F.W., Bot. Gegenw. Vorz. 491 [index]. 1864. Joly, P., Bull. Soc. mycol. France 100(3): 1-3. 1984 (mycol. ills.). Jovet, Rev. gén. Sci. pur. appl. 63: 101-104. 1956 (tricentenary). Jovet-Ast, S., Bull. Soc. mycol. France 100(3): clxii-ccvi. 1984 (mycology at Jardin du Roy). Lacroix, A., Figures de savants 4: 255. 1938. Laissus, Y., Congr. Soc. sav. France 83: 303-307. 1958 (review of G. Becker et al.). Laissus, J. et Y., GC.R. Congr. natl. Soc. sav. g0(3): 17-46. 1965 (on portrs.). Lapeyrouse, P., Hist. abr. pl. Pyren. xxii-xxiv. 1813. Lefébure, Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 639-648. 1822 (memorial lecture). Le Grand, A., Bull. Soc. bot. France 35: 133-137. 1888 (plea to reinstate T.’s generic names in formal botanical nomenclature). Leroy, J.F., Rev. Hist. Sci. 9(4): 350-354. 1956. Leroy, J.F. et al., Bot. frang. Amér. nord 356 [index]. 1957. Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 738. 1984. Lutjeharms, W.J., Gesch. Mykol. 262 [index]. 1936. Magdefrau, K., Gesch. Bot. 314 [index]. 1973. Magnin, A., Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 31: 30. 1906, 35: 19. 1910. Marquis, Dict. Sci. méd. 7: 352-357. 1825. Martins, C., Le Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier 31, 33, 39, 40, 43. 1854. Moreaux, R., Mém. Acad. Stanislas ser. 6. 40: 81-94. 1955-1957 (general account). Morton, A.G., Hist. bot. sci. 202, 228, 239, 257. 1981. Nelson, E.C., Newsletter Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 4: 6. 1979 (books from libr. Tournefort in Dublin). Nordenskidld, E., Hist. biol. xiii, 1949. Pée-Laby, Bull. Soc. Ramond 29: 95-113. 1891 (plant coll. Pyrenees). Prévost, A.M., C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 258(23) groupe 1i: 5697-5700. 1964 (semantics of “herbe” and “plante” with Tournefort). Poiret, J.L.M., Encycl. méth. 8: 759-760. 1808. Rix, M., The art of the botanist 221 [index]. 1981. Roberge, Mém. Soc. Linn. Calvados 1825: 318-343 (memorial address). asus) TOURNEFORT Sachs, J., Gesch. Bot. 612. 1875, Hist. bot. 584. 1892. Stafleu, F.A., Linnaeus and the Linnaeans 385 [index] 1971. Stafleu, F.A. et W.D. Margadant, in G.H.M. Lawrence, ed., Adanson 1: 390 [index]. 1963. Teton J.B., Mém. Acad. Sci. Paris 1709: 315-320. 1723 (project Reneaume with respect to T.’s manuscripts) (see Duprat 1957, p. 209). Tournefort, J.P. de, Relation d’un voyage du Levant, fait par ordre du Roi, contenant Phistoire ancienne & moderne de plusieurs isles de l’ Archipel, de Constantinople, des Cotes de la Mer Noire, de Arménie, de la Georgie, des frontiéres de Perse & de l’Asie mineure ... 2 vols. Qu. Paris 1717; id. Amsterdam 1718; 3 vols. Oct. Lyon 1717; Reise nach der Levante, Niirnberg 1776-1777, 2 vols. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 4: 129, 402, 403, 567. 1938, 5: 422. 1939, 7: 189, 224. 1943. Wagenitz, G., Willdenowia 3: 109-136. 1962 (plants from journey to the Orient in B-W, extant; reached B-W through herb. Gundelsheimer). Wijnands, D.O., The botany of the Commelins 213. 1983. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti berg. 3(2): 118. 1903, 3(3): 115, xxxvi, pl. 20. 1905. Woodward, B.B., Hist. coll. nat. hist. depts. Brit. Mus. 1: 51. 1904 (copies of mss. catal. pl. Spain-Port. at BM). MANUSCRIPTS: The original drawings by Claude Aubriet for the Elémens and the Jnstitut- tones, as well as proof sheets, are at the Muséum national @ histoire naturelle, Paris. Aubriet’s plates for the Corollarium are also at this institution; they were later published by Desfontaines in the Ann. Mus. nat. For a full discussion of Tournefort’s manuscripts see Duprat (1957). A copy of the “Catalogue des plantes ... d’Espagne et de Portugal” is at BM (Banksian mss. 82). MAIN GENERAL TREATMENT: G. Becker et al., ‘Tournefort, Paris 1957, 323 p. (most as- pects; no bibl.); for bibliography see e.g. Dryander. — Reproductions of title-pages: see Burdet et al. (1985). COMPOSITE works: (1) See P. Hermann, Schola botanica 1689, TL-2/2685. — The Schola botanica by Tournefort occupies p. 1-300; the Paradis: batavi prodromus by Hermann p. 301-389. The “‘Edente in lucem S.W.A.” may refer to William Sherard (see HU 382 and Jackson (1874)). Copies: BR, HU, NY, U. (2) For Tournefort’s Materia medica, London 1708 and the Traité de la matiére medicale, Paris 1717, see HU 419 and J.F. Bréchot & M. Guédés (1975). HANDWRITING: J.E. Dandy, The Sloane herbarium 1958, facsimile no. 72. Clokie p. 279. EPONYMY (genera): Pittonia P. Miller (1754); Pittoniotis Grisebach (1858); Tournefortia Linnaeus (1753); Tournefortiopsis Rusby (1907); (journal): Pittonia, a series of papers relating to botany and botanists, Berkeley, California. Vol. 1-5. 1887-1905. 14.780. Elémens de botanique, ou méthode pour connoitre les plantes ... a Paris (de Imprimerie royale) 1694, 3 vols. Oct. (Elém. bot.). 1: 1694, frontisp., p. [i-xx], [1]-562, [563-580, indexes], [581, err.; 582 privilege, 19 Jun 1694]. 2: 1694, p. [i-ii], pl. 1-235 (uncol. copp. Claude Aubriet). 3: 1694, p. [i-ii], pl. 236-451 (id.). Copies: G, HH-UB, HH, HU, USDA. — Counts as first edition of the Jnstetutiones; in French. Other edition: by N.M.T. Jolyclerc, 1797, 6 vols., see TL-2/3385. Copzes: B, B-G, BR, HH, HU, MICH, MO, NY, PH. Abrégé: 1749, p. [1]-319. Copy: B. — Abrégé des élémens de botanique, ou méthode pour connoitre les plantes. Par M. de Tournefort, ... a Avignon (Chez Dominique Seguin & Joseph Joly, ...) 1749. Duod. 14-781. Josephi Pitton Tournefort ... De optimo methodo instituenda in re herbaria, ad sapientem virum Gulielmum Sherardum generosum Anglum, Rei Herbariae peritis- ald TOURNON simum, Epistolo. In qua respondetur dissertationi D. Raii de variis plantarum methodis. [Paris 1697]. Oct. (Opt. meth. inst.). Publ.: 1697, p. [3]-27. Copy: B-S. — For Joannis Raii de variis plantarum methodis dis- sertatio brevis ... Londini ... 1696, see TL-2/8705, G. Keynes, John Ray 1951, p. 131-132. 14.782. Histoire des plantes qui naissent aux environs de Paris, avec leur usage dans la médecine ... a Paris (de Imprimerie royale) 1698. Duod. (Hist. pl.). Ed. [1]: 1698, p. [i-liv], [1]-543, [544-562]. Copzes: B, BR, G, H-UB, MO, NY, PH. Ed. 2: 1725, 2 vols. Copies: G, M, MO, NY, USDA. — ‘“‘Seconde édition. Revue & augmentée par M. Bernard de Jussieu ... Tome i [ii]. Paris (Chez Jean Musier). 1725. Duod. 1: [i-cxvi], [1]-407, [409-422]. 2: [i-iv], [1]-528, [1-18]. English transl.: 1732, 2 vols. ““Tournefort’s History of plants growing about Paris, with their uses in physick; ... translated into English, with many additions, and accomodated to the plants growing in Great-Britain by John Martyn, ... London (printed for C. Rivington, ...) 1732. Oct. (Hist. pl.). Copies: LC, NY. rz: [i*-xii*], [i]-lxvii, [xvii]. 2: i-iv, [1]-362, [1-70, indexes]. 14.783. Josephi Pitton Tournefort aquisextiensis [of Aix], ... Institutiones ret herbariae. Editio altera, gallica longe auctior ... Parisiis (e Typographia regia) 1700. Qu. 3 vol. (Inst. rei herb.). Editio altera: 1700, 3 vols. The altera refers to the Elém. bot. as the first edition. Copies: BR, G, H, PH, US, USDA; IDC 932. 1: p. [i-xx], [1]-697, [698, colo.]. 2: p. i-il, pl. 1-250 (uncol. copp. Claude Aubriet), p. [11i, colo.]. 3: p. ili, pl. 251-476 (id.). Corollarium: 1703, p. [i-vi], [1]-54, [55-59], pl. 477-489 (id.]. Copies: BR, HU, M, USDA; IDC 5439. — ‘‘Josephi Pitton Tournefort ... Corollarium institutionum rei herbariae in que plantae 1356. munificentid Ludovici Magni in Orientalibus regionibus obser- vatae recensentur, & ad genera sua revocantur.”’ [on p. 59:] Parisiis e Typographia regia ... m.d.ccill. Qu. Corollarium: 1704 included in J. Ray, Hist. pl. 3, 1704, see TL-2/8701. Editio tertia: 1719, 3 vols. Copies: B, G, H, M, PH, Stevenson, US; IDC 755. 1: p. [i*-vi¥], [i]-xxxii, [i-xvi], [1]-695, [1], Coroll.: [i-vin], [1]-58,[1]. 2: p. [i], pl. 1-250 (id.). 3: p. [i], pl. 251-489 (id., includes pl. Coroll.). Editio tertia, reprint: ca. 1750, for details see Guédés (1983); main difference in t.p.: vignet 86 mm wide rather than go mm; text reset; plates on post 1742 paper. Copies: B, BR, HU. — Pagination and plates as 1719 edition. English version: [1716-] 1719-1730, 133 and 134 pl. Copies: G, K, PH, USDA. — “The compleat herbal: or, the botanical institutions of M‘. Tournefort, chief botanist to the late French King. Carefully translated [probably by John Martyn] from the original Latin. With large additions from Ray, Gerarde, Parkinson, and others, the most celebrated moderns. To which are added, two alphabetical indexes; one, containing the names; the other, the physical vertues and uses of the several plants. Illustrated with about five hundred copper plates, containing above four thousand different figures, all curiously engraven. A work highly instructive, and of general use ... London ( (printed for R. Bomvicke, ...) 1719. Qu. [vol. 2: (printed for R. Walthoe, ..) 1730. — Collation given by Henrey 3: no. 1432, based on copy at K. — Copies vary. 1:1716-1719 (see Henrey), p. [i], 1-4, 3-6, 11, 3-625, [1], 733p/. (numbered: 1-7, [8], 9-14, 16- 22, 22-49, 50/51, 52, 53, 65-71, 71-80, 80-83, 84/85, 86-143). 2: 1728-1730 (id.), p.[11], 649 [i.e. 629], [ii], 734 pl. (nos. 144-277). Tournon, Dominique Jéréme (1758-post 1827), French physician and botanist; Dr. 415 TOURNON med. Toulouse 1788; director of the Jardin des plantes and professor of botany at the Medical School at Toulouse. (Tournon). HERBARIUM and tTyPpEs: Unknown. — Letters at UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2128; Plesch p. 438; PR 9430, ed. 1: 10389; Rehder 1: 407; Tucker 1: 695. BIOFILE: Anon. Bull. Soc. bot. France 22 (bibl.): 48. 1875; Cat. gén. livr. Bibl. natl. 192: 786-787. 1965; Flora 5(1), Beil. 1: 51. 1822 (mentions a “‘Discours prononcé a Pouverture d’un cours de botanique’’) Astre, G., Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 101: 186. 1966. F., Biogr. hommes vivants 5: 465. 1819. Gerber, C., Bull. Soc. bot. France 71: 768-780. (b. 1 Nov 1758 biogr.), 788-842. 1924, 73: 602-615. 1926. Laporte, J.L., Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 6(33): 23-24. 1833 (died in the course of the last two years). Stieber, M.L. et al., Huntia 4(1): 87. 1981 (Tournon mentioned in mss.). Trochain, J.L., Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Toulouse 102: 386, 393, 402. 1966. 14.784. Flore de Toulouse, ou description des plantes qui croissent aux environs de cette ville, avec indication de leur lieu natal, l’époque de leur floraison, des observations sur leurs propriétés en médecine, en economie rurale, et les tables de leurs noms frangais, latins et patois ... a Toulouse (Chez Bellegarrigue, ...) 1811. Oct. (Fl. Toulouse). Publ.: 1811, p. [i]-xiii, [xiv], [15; p. 15-24: Eloge de Tournefort par Fontenelle]-393, [1- 2, err.]. Copies: B, BR, G, HH, NY. Tourret, Eugéne Gilbert (1881-1914), French bryologist and teacher; studied at the teacher’s college of Moulins 1898-1901; teacher at Saint-Ennemond, Paray-le-Frésil and La Ferbé-Hauterive; died while on active service in 1914. (Tourr.). HERBARIUM and types: CLF; other material at B (mainly destr.). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 394; Urban-Berl. p. 315. BIOFILE: Anon., Rev. bryol. 48(3): 44. 1921 (publ.). Bois, D., Bull. Soc. bot. France 62: 2. 1915 (obit.). Brun, A., Gilbert Tourret (1881-1914). Un botaniste bourbonnais, Clermont 1932 (n.v., fide Bull. Soc. bot. France 80: 686. 1933). Lassimonne, Rev. sci. Bourbonnais 1923(3): 85-86 (biogr. sketch), 1928: 21. Loiseau, J.E., Monde des Plantes 1971 (369): 7 (herb. at CLF). Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 519. 1977. Toussaint, Anatole (1863-1943), French clergyman and botanist in Normandy; priest at Bois-Jér6me. (Toussaint). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P (10.000), PC (musci); some duplicates in DBN. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 394; BL 1: 161, 321, 2: 147, 186, 204, 724; BM 5: 2128; CSP 19: 176; Rehder 1: 535; Tucker 1: 695. BIOFILE: Anon., Bull. Acad. Géogr. Bot. 9: ii, 17. 1900, 11: 15. 1902, 13: 14. 1904; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 192: gt1. 1965. NOTE: Toussaint, clergyman, is often referred to simply as Abbé Toussaint; not to be confused with the Chanoine [Francois] Toussaint, 1882-1964, who published on e.g. the flora of Malmédy; see J. de Walque and R. Houart, Le Chanoine Toussaint, sa vie et son oeuvre, Malmédy 1964 (Folklore Stavelot-Malmédy-Saint Vith 28, 1964, 68 p.). 416 TOUTON EPONYMY: J oussaintia Boutique (1951) was named for L. Toussaint who was an attaché to the INEAC in Central Africa. 14.785, Notice sur quelques stations de plantes aux environs de Rouen vers la fin du xviii* siecle ... Rouen (Imprimerie Julien Lecerf) 1890. Oct. Publ.: 1890 (Bot. Centralbl. 22 Apr 1891); p. [i], [81]-93. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Amis Sci. nat.; Rouen 18g0(1): 81-93. 14.786. Plantes rares des Andelys (avec une carte) ... Rouen (Imprimerie Julien Lecerf) 1892. Oct. (Pl. rar. Andelys). Publ.: 1892 (date on t.p. preprint), p. [i, h.t.; iii, title], [65]-107, map. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Amis Sci. nat. Rouen ser. 3. 28: [65]-107, map. 1893. 14.787. Flore de Vernon et de La Roche-Guyon ... Rouen (Imprimerie Julien Lecerf) 1898. Oct. Co-author: Jean-Pierre Hoschedeé. Publ.: 1898 (p. 107: 24 Oct 1897), p. [i, ii], [103]-308. Copies: G, HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Amis Sci. nat. Rouen ser. 4. 33: [103]-308. 1898. — Blake (2: 147) mentions a later combination of this and the previous paper ib. 70-71: 207- 353. 1936 (n.v.) (with additions). Later edition: 1936, Flore de Vernon, ... avec additions, comprenant les plantes intéres- santes des environs de Louviers et de Pont-de-l’Arche, Bull. Soc. Amis Sci. nat. Rouen ser. 7-8, 70-71: 207-353. 1936. 14.788. Apercu sur les Muscinées de Vernon (Eure) et du Vexin ... Le Mans (Typographie Edmond Monnoyer ...) 1898. Co-author: Jean [-Pierre] Hoschede. Publ.: 1 Jun 1898 (in journal; copy G rd from author 4 Apr 1899; Bot. Centralbl. 31 Aug 1898), cover-t.p., p. 157-164. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Monde PI. 1898: 157-164. 14.789. Etude étymologique sur les flores normande et parisienne comprenant les noms scientifiques, francais et normands, des plantes indigénes et communément cultivées, ... Rouen (Imprimerie Lecerf fils) 1906. Oct. Publ.: 1906, p. [i-iii], [75]-333. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Amis Sci. nat. Rouen 1905(1): [75]-333- 1906. 14.790. Europe et Amérique (Nord-Est). Flores comparées comprenant tous les genres eu- ropéens et américains, les espéces communes aux deux contrées, naturalisées et cultivées ... Paris (Librairie scientifique A. Hermann et fils ...) 1912. Oct. Publ.: Jan-Feb 1912 (NY rd Mar 1912; ObZ for Jan-Feb 1912; Nat. Nov. Apr(2) 1912), p- [1]-650, [651, colo.]. Copies: B-S, BR, HH, MO, NY, PH. — Reprinted and to be cited fom Bull. Soc. Amis Sci. nat. Rouen 45: 109-441. 1910, 46: 93-414. I9II (1912). Touton, Karl (1858-1934), German (Rheinhessen) physician and botanist; Dr. med. Freiburg i.B. 1881; practicing dermatologist at Wiesbaden. (Touton). HERBARIUM and Types: Some material in B (extant), G, MAF. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BloGRAPHY: AG 12(2): 668, 12(3): 120; Barnhart 3: 394 (b. 12 Mai 1858); Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9338; BJI 2: 178; DTS 6(4): 73; Hegi 6(2): 1289; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 344. BIOFILE: Hirsch, A., ed., Biogr. Lex. hervorrag. Arzte ed. 3. 2: 1578-1579. 1962. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 476. 1936. 14-791. Ueber die Hieracia Oreadea und Cerinthoidea (sowie deren Zwischenarten mit anderen Rotten) im Engadin und iiber Hieracium Annae Touttoniae Zahn (nov. sp.) ... Wiesbaden (Gedruckt J.J. Reiffs Buchdruckerei) [1906]. Oct. 417 TOUTON Publ.: 1906, cover-t.p., p. [1]-12. Copies: G, M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Allg. bot. Z. 12(7-8): 112-114. Jul-Aug (9): 142-146. Sep, (10): 155-160. Oct 1906. 14.792. Ein Beitrag zur Oberstdorfer Hteracienflora ... S.-A. aus Mitteilungen der Bayer. Bot. Ges. in Munchen ... 1916. Publ.: 1 Jul 1916, cover-t.p., p. [1]-28. Copy: M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ber. bayer. bot. Ges. 3(15): 322-349. 1916. 14.793- Die rheinischen Hieracien. Vorstudien zur neuen Flora der Rheinlande ... Sonder- druck aus “‘Jahrbticher des Nassauischen Vereins fiir Naturkunde’”’. Jahrgange 73-76, 1920-1924. Oct. Cover-t.p.: 1924, issued with 2(2). 1(z): Jan-Jun 1921 (see Jahrb. 75: 19. 1923; copy B signed by author 18 Nov 1925), p. [41]-73. Copies: B, G, M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Naturk. 73: [41]-72. 1921. 1(2): Feb 1923 (see Jahrb. 75: 19. 1923), p. [1]-50. Copies: B, G, M. — Id. 74: [1]-50. 1923 (volume for 1921; t.p. volume 1922, actual publ. Feb 1923). 2(1): 1923 (t.p. vol. 75 journal; see note on p. [19] on competition with Zahn’s Euheracia in Pflanzenreich (4 Feb 1921-14 Feb 1922)), p. [19]-55. Copies: B, G, M. — Id. 75: [19]- 55: 1923. 2(2): 1924 (t.p. vol. 76 journal; journal issue rd US 24 Mar 1925), p. [1]-58. Copves: B, G, M. — Id. 76: [1]-58. 1924. Addenda 1: 1925, p- [35]-73- Copy: B. — Id. 77: [35]-73. 1925 (journal issue rd US 10 Mar 1926); “‘“Hieractum Pilosella L. und Auricula Lamk. et DC in den Rheinlanden.” Addenda 2: 1926, p. [101]-151. Copies: B, G. — Id. 78: [101]-151. 1926 (journal issue rd US 30 Apr 1927). — “Die rheinischen Hieracien” ... Zusatze und Berichtigungen. Further addenda: 1928, p. [107]-168. Copies: B, G. — Id. 80: [107]-168. 1928. “Weitere Zusatze zu “Rheinische Hieracien’’. Combination of reprints with new t.p.: 1924 (AbZ 25 Feb 1925). Copy: G. — “Die Rheinischen Hieracien ... (Sonderabdruck aus “‘Jahrbticher ... 73-76, 1920-1924’’). Tovey, James Richard (1873-1922), Australian botanist; assistant at the National Herbarium, South Yarra, Melbourne 1889-1922. (Tovey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MEL; further material at A, E. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 394; BL 1: 73, 75, 321; BM 5: 2129; Bossert p. 404; HR (b. 16 Apr 1873); TL-2/6350. BIOFILE: Anon., Hedwigia 66: (119). 1926 (d. 30 Dec 1922); Vict. Natural. 39: 115. (obit. not.), 127 (d.) 1923. Tovey, J.R., Vict. Natural. 24: 146-147. 1908 (remarks on MEL). 14.794. The weeds, poison-plants, and naturalized aliens of Victoria... Melbourne (by author- ity: J. Kemp.,....) 1909: Oct. Senior author: Alfred James Ewart (1872-1937), see TL-2/1: 807. Publ.: Oct-Nov 1909 (p. v: 15 Sep 1909; BR rd. 27 Dec 1909; Bot. Centralbl. 8 Feb 1910), p. [i]-vili, [1]-110, 33 pl. (col.). Copies: BR, HH, MICH, PH. Supplement: see P.F. Morris, Suppl. Weeds Victoria 1925, TL-2/6350. 14-795- Some notes on Coode Island and its flora ... Reprinted from the “Victorian Natura- liste ae) LOUIS Oct: Publ.: 6 Jul 1911 (date on cover-t.p.), cover-t.p., p. 57-61. Copies: G, US. 14-796. The Australian species of Carex in the National Herbarium of Victoria ... Reprinted from Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, ... 1921. Oct. Publ.: Oct 1921 (date on cover-t.p.), cover-t.p., p. [42]-48. Copies: B, US. 14.797. Notes from the National Herbarium of Victoria, including a description of a new 418 TOWNSEND species of Brachycome ... Reprinted from the “Victorian Naturalist”, ... 1922. Oct. Co-author: Patrick Francis Morris (1896-1974), see TL-2/3: 596. Publ.: 6 Apr 1922 (date on cover-t.p.), cover-t.p., pl. 4, p. 135-137. Copy: US. Townsend, Frederick (1822-1905), British landowner and county squire, M.A. Trinity Coll., Cambridge 1855; actively engaged in floristic botany associated with C.C. Babington and W.W. Newbould, resided in Wickham, Hampshire 1865-1874; from 1874 on the family residence, Honington Hall, Warwickshire. (Townsend). HERBARIUM and tyPEs: SLBI (5000); other material at C, CGE, K, NUW, OXF, WAR. — Letters at G, UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 82; Backer p. 590; Barnhart 3: 395; BB p. 302; BL 2: 232, 242, 724; BM 5: 2129; Bossert p. 404; Clokie p. 255; CSP 6: 17, 8: 1105, 11: 630-631, 12: 739, 19: 180; Desmond p. 615 (b. 5 Dec 1822, d. 16 Dec 1905); Herder p. 315; Jackson p. 253; Rehder 1: 403-534; Tucker 1: 695. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 240: 632. 1964; J. Bot. 44: 79. 1906 (d.); Who’s who London 1901-1905. Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 287.3. 1980. Britten, J., J. Bot. 44: 113-115. 1906 (obit., portr.). Burnat, E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: cxxxii. 1883 (plant collecting in S.E. France). Cavillier, F., Boissiera 5: 90. 1941. Davey, F.H., Fl. Cornwall li. 1909. Druce, G.C., Bot. Exch. Club Brit. Is., Rep. 1905: 148-149 (obit.). Jackson, B.D., Proc. Linn. Soc. 128: 43-49. 1906 (obit., list publ.). Kent, D.H., Brit. Herb. 82. 1957. Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 259. 1984. Lousley, J.E., Fl. Isles of Scilly 82. 1972. Praeger, F.L., Proc. R. Irish Acad. 7: cxlv. 1901. Riddelsdell, H.J., Fl. Gloucestershire cxxxiil. 1948. 14.798. On the Anthoxanthum Puelii Lec. et Lam.; with some remarks on other species of the genus ... Extracted from the Journal of Botany ... 1875. Oct. Publ.: Jan 1875, p. [i]-vi, pl. 157. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 4: 1-5, pl. 157. 1875. 14.799. On an Erythraea new to England, from the Isle of Wight and South Coast ... Extracted from the Linnean Society’s Journal — Botany ... [1881]. Publ.: 29 Apr 1881 (read 2 Dec 1880), p. [398]-405, pl. 15. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. Linn. Soc., London, Bot. 18: [398]-405, pl. 15. 1881. 14.800. Flora of Hampshire, including the Isles of Wight; or, a list of the flowering plants and ferns found in the county of Southampton, with localities of the less common species ... London (L. Reeve & Co., ...) 1883. Oct. (Fl. Hampshire). Ed. [1]: Jan 1883 (p. iv: Oct 1882; J. Bot. Mar 1883; Bot. Centralbl. 5-9 Mar 1883; Bot. Zeit. 30 Mar 1883; Nat. Nov. Feb(2) 1883), p. [i]-xxiv, [1]-524, pl. 1-2, map, err. slip. Copies: B-S, BR, G, HH. Preliminary publ.: 1879, Notes on the flora of Hampshire, 15 p. Ed. 2: Oct 1904 (p. vi: Jul 1904; BM rd Nov 1904; Bot. Centralbl. 28 Dec 1904; Nat. Nov. Nov(2) 1904), p. [i]-xxxviii, [xxxix-xl], [1]-657, [658, err.], [659, colo.], pl. 1-2, map. Copies: B-S, G, HH, MO, USDA. — “New edition, with numerous additions ...” London (Lovell Reeve and Co. ...) 1904. Oct. — Bot. Centralbl. 127: 62. 1914 and Nat. Nov. Jan(1) 1914 announce a further ‘“‘new edition’, ‘London 1913”, not seen by us. Supplement: 1929, see J.F. Rayner, Suppl. Fl. Hampshire, TL-2/8708. For further ad- ditions see BL 2: 242. Ref.: T.R.A.B., J. Bot. 21: 120-125. Apr 1883 (rev.). Britten, J., J. Bot. 43: 33-36. Jan 1905 (rev.). Ae) TOWNSEND 14.801. On Euphrasia officinalis L. [Reprinted from the “Journal of Botany” for June, 1884]. Oct. Publ.: Jun 1884, p. [1]-8. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 22: 161-168. 1884. 14.802. Notes on a new subspecies of Euphrasia officinalis L. ... Reprinted from the “Journal of Botany” for June 1890. Oct. Publ.: Jun 1890, p. [1]-4. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 218: 162-165. 1890. 14.803. Monograph of the British species of Euphrasia Prefaced by an epitome on Prof. Wettstein’s views on the development and distribution of the European species ... Reprinted from the “Journal of Botany’’ September-December, 1897. Oct. Publ.: Sep-Dec 1897 (in journal), p. [i], [1]-48. pl. 374-380 (uncol.). Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 35: 321-336. Sep, 395-406. Oct, 417-426, pl. 374-380. Nov, 465-477. Dec 1897. Townsend, John Kirk (1809-1851), American naturalist, especially interested in or- nithology; collected plants on a journey with Th. Nuttall west of the Mississippi river; travelled also in the Sandwich Islands and South America; in charge of the Ornitholog- ical Department of the Smithsonian Institution and a member of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences. (7.K. Townsend). HERBARIUM and Types: PH and US. — Manuscript material at PH. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 395; BM 5: 2129; DAB 18: 617-618; Ewan ed. 1: 8, 273, ed. 2: 222 (further refs.); Lenley p. 471; ME 3: 667; PH 539 [index]; Tucker 1: 695. BIOFILE: Alden and Ifft, Occ. Pap. Calif. Acad. Sci. 20: 40-42. 1943. Allibone, S.A., Crit. dict. Engl. lit. 3: 2441. 1878. Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 240: 650. 1964; Who was who Amer. 607. 1967. Beidleman, R.G., Audubon Mag. 59: 64-65, 83, 88. 1957 (T. on the Oregon trail). Brown, J.H., ed., Lambs biogr. dict. United States 7: 367. 1903. Elliott, C.A., Biogr. dict. Amer. Sci. 251-252. 1979. Ewan, J., zm Cent. Sci. San Francisco 61. 1955. Ewan, J. et al., Short hist. bot. U.S. 7. 1969. Goodman, G.J., Madrono 7: 115-118. 1943 (Parthenium alpinum). Graham, E.W., Ann. Carnegie Mus. 26: 11. 1937. Graustein, J.E., Thomas Nuttall 479 [index]. 1967 (discusses Narrative). Jepson, W.L., Madrono 2: 143-144. 1934 (overland journey). McKelvey, S.D., Bot. expl. Trans. Mississippi West 1290-1850. 1141 [index]. 1955. Merritt, J.I., The American West, Mag. West Hist. 14(2): 4-9. 1977 (on the 1834 jour- ney of T. and Nuttall). Pennell, F.W., Bartonia 18: 35-38. 1936. Reveal, J., in A. Cronquist et al., Intermountain flora 1: 43-44. 1972. Stone, W., Cassinia 7: 1-5. 1903 (biogr. sketch, portr.). EPONYMY: 7 ownsendia W.J. Hooker (1834) was named for David Townsend (1787-1858), American botanist. 14.804. Narrative of a journey accross the Rocky Mountains to the Columbia River, and a visit to the Sandwich Islands, Chili, &c. With a scientific appendix ... Philadelphia (Henri Perkins, ...), Boston (Perkins & Martin) 1839. Oct. (Narr. journ. Rocky Mts.). Publ.: 1839, p. [i]-viii, [9]-352. Copies: HH, PH, USDA. Facsimile ed.: 1905, in R.G., Thwaites, ed., Early Western Travels 1748-1846, vol. 21, 1905. Other edition: 1840, Sporting excursions in the Rocky Mountains ... London, 2 vols., (n.v.). See BM 5: 2129. 420 TRABUT Townson, William (1850-1926), British-born New Zealand pharmaceutical chemist and plant collector. (Townson). HERBARIUM and tTyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 395; BL 1: 85, 321; Desmond p. 615 (d. 11 Aug 1926). BIOFILE: Aston, B.C., Trans. Proc. New Zealand Inst. 58(1-2): 186-188. 1927 (obit., portr.). Cheeseman, T.F., Manual New Zealand Fl. xxx, xxxiv. 1906. NOTE: (1) Published On the vegetation of the Westport district, Trans. Proc. New Zealand Inst. 39: 380-433, pl. 14, 14a. Jun 1907. See BL 1: 85. (2) Robert Townson published Travels in Hungary with a short account of Vienna in the year 1793 ... London (printed for G.G. and J. Robinson, ...) 1797. Qu. (Trav. Hungary), which has a list of plants (some with descriptions) on p. 477-494. Also in French: Voyage en Hongrie, Paris, an vii, 3 vols. (repr. An xi, 1803). EPONYMyY: J ownsonia Cheeseman (1906). Trabut, Louis [Charles] (1853-1929), French botanist (Savoie-born, then part of Sardinia and Piedmont); studied medicine at the Faculté de Médecine, Algiers 1873; Dr. med. ib. 1878, Lic. Sci. nat. ib. 1879; practicing physician at Algiers 1879-1880; professor of natural history at the Ecole de Médecine et de Pharmacie, 1880-1923 and physician at the Mustapha hospital 1880-1905; collaborated with J.A. Battandier on the flora of Algeria 1876-1922; from 1892 also director of the Service botanique of Algeria working on applied botany. (Trab.). HERBARIUM and Types: AL. — Other material in B (mainly destr.), G, GOET, H, MPU, MO, P, PAD, PC. — Sayre (1977) notes that the originals of the bryophytes are no longer at AL; this herbarium informed us in 1964 that Trabut’s spermatophytes and bryophytes were still present.— Letters to F. Renauld and E. Malinvaud at P; other letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 513-514; Barnhart 3: 396 (b. 12 Jul 1853, d. 23 Apr 1929); BJI 2: 178; BL 1: 17, 18, 20, 321; BM 1: 110, 5: 2130, 8: 1321; Bossert p. 405; CSP 11: 631, 12: 739, 19: 181-182; GR p. 353; Hegi 5(1): 593; IH 1 (ed. 2): 14, (ed. 3): 15, (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 344; Kelly p. 228; Langman p. 743; LS 26962-26973a, 40000- 40009, suppl. 28011-28013; Morren ed. 10, p. 112; MW p. 500-501; NI 2: 183; Rehder 5: 885-886; SBC p. 133; Stevenson p. 1260; TL-1/47-50; TL-2/352-356, 3437, 11051, see J.A. Battandier; Tucker 1: 696, 780, 2: xxxviii, 3: 311; Urban-Berl. p. 404; Zander ed. 1059 D725.) 6G. Ul.1 pS 71056027- BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 1/2: 766. 1880 (app. prof. nat. hist. Algiers), 113: 304. 1910 (Légion d’honneur); Bull. Soc. bot. France 27 (bibl.): 46. 1880 (app. Algiers), 41 (bibl.): 528. 1894 (app. Officier de I’Instruction publique), 57: 160. 1910 (Ecole de Médecine becomes Faculté de Médecine; chair kept as professor); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 193: 99-104. 1966; Hedwigia 70: (74). 1930 (d.).; Index biogr. Acad. Sci., Paris 494-495. 1954.; J. Bot. 67: 184. 1929 (d.); Osterr. bot. Z. 79(1): 96. 1930. C.H.W., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1929: 208 (obit. not.). Cosson, E., Comp. fl. atl. 1: 95. 1881. Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras world no. 597. 1984. Gager, C.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 312. 1938 (dir. bot. gard. Algiers 1887- 1923). Hall, N., Bot. Eucalypts 128-129. 1978. Kearney, T.H., J. Heredity 13: 153-160. 1922 (biogr. sketch, second Frank Meyer Memorial medal). Maire, R., Rev. Bot. appl. Agric. trop. 9: 613-620. 1929 (obit.), 15: 53-56. 1935, Cavan- 421 TRABUT illesia 2: 187-189. 1930 (obit.); Progr. Connaiss. bot. Algérie 137-145, pl. 8. 172, 181, 189. 1931. Meauiaces E., Bull. Soc. bot. France, Table art. orig. 225-226. 1899. Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 519. 1977 (coll.). Schuster, R.M., Hep. Anthoc. N. Amer. 1: 109. 1966 (publ. on hepat.). Seurat, L.G., Bull. Soc. hist. nat. Afr. nord 26bis: 14. 1935. Trabut, L., Bull. Soc. bot. France 36: [56]-64. 1889 (travel report “De Dyidjelli aux Babors par les Beni Foughal’’). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 3: 52. 1937, 5: 555- 1939. Wagenitz, G., Index coll. princ. herb. Gott. 166. 1982. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 63. 1905. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Préface with J.A. Battandier, to A.C. Julien, Fl. Constantine 1894, TL-2/3437. (2) With J.A. Battandier, Fl. Alger 1884, TL-2/352. (3) Id., Atlas fl. Alger 1886-1929, TL-2/353. (4)Id., Fl. Algérie 1888-1897, TL-2/354. (5) Id., Pl. médic. 1889, TL-2/355. (6) Id., Fl. Algérie Tunisie 1904, TL-2/356. EPONYMY: Apiotrabutia Petrak (1929); Trabutia P.A. Saccardo et Roumeguére (1881); Trabutiella Theissen et H. Sydow (1914); Trabutiella F.L. Stevens (1920). 14.805. Contributions a la florule des environs d Alger ... supplement au catalogue de Munby (premiére série). Alger (Typographie Victor Aillaud et Compagnie) 1878. Oct. (Contr. fl. Alg.). Co-author: Jules Aimé Battandier (1848-1922). Publ.: 1878, p. [i, iii], [1]-35. Copies: G, HH. — Supplement to Giles Munby (1813-1876), Cat. pl. Algeria ed. 2. 1866, see TL-2/6543. 14.806. Additions a la flore d Algérie (Graminées), ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société botanique de France ... [1886]. Oct. Publ.: 1 Mar 1886 (read 11 Dec 1885; Bot. Zeit. 19 Mai 1886), p. [394]-398. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 32(7)(C.R.): [394]-398. 1886. Second series (Graminées, Cypéracées, Joncées): 1 Feb 1888 (read 8 Jul 1887; cover date journal issue 1 Feb 1888; Bull. Soc. géol. France rd. 16 Jan-1g Mar 1888), p. [391]- 396. Copies: B, MO. — Id. 34(7)(C.R.): [391]-396. 1888. 14.807. D’ Oran @ Mécheria. Notes botaniques & catalogue des plantes remarquables ... Alger (Adolphe Jourdan, ...) 1887. Oct. Publ.: Jul 1887 (BSbF séance 22 Jul 1887; Bot. Centralbl. 8-12 Aug 1887; Bot. Zeit. 30 Mar 1888; BSbF rev. after 15 Jul 1887; Nat. Nov. Jun(2) 1888), p. [1, ii], [1]-36. Copies: G, HH, MO, US. Ref.: Freyn, J.F., Bot. Centralbl. 34: 68-70. 1888 (rev.). Malinvaud, E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 34 (bibl.): 139. 1887 (rev.). 14.808. Les zones botaniques de I Algérie ... Association frangaise pour l’avancement des sciences ... Congrés d’Oran ... 1888. Oct. Publ.: Nov 1888 (BSbF séance 14 Déc 1888; Bot. Zeit. 25 Jan 1889; Bot. Centralbl. 4 Dec 1888; Nat. Nov. Jun(1) 1889), cover-t.p., p. [1]-10. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from [C.R.] Ass. frang. Avanc. Sci. 1888(2): 286-294. 1888. Ref.: Malinvaud, E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 35 (bibl.): 206-207. 1888. 14.809. Etude sur Halfa (Stipa terracissima) ... Alger (Adolphe Jourdan ...) 1889. Oct. (Etud. Halfa). Publ.: Jan-Mar 1889 (p. go: 14 Dec 1888; BSbF séance 12 Apr 1889; Bot. Zeit. 28 Jun 1889; Nat. Nov. Mai(1) 1889), p. [i]-vi, [vii], [1]-90, [91, cont.; 92 colo.], pl. 1-22 (uncol.). Copies: G, HH. Ref.: Mobius, M,. Bot. Centralbl. 43: 215-218. 1890 (rev.). 422 TRABUT 14.810. L’ Abies numidica, détermination de ses affinités avec les Abies méditerranéens ... Rev. gén. de Botanique i [1889]. Oct. Publ.: 15 Aug 1889 (in journal), p. [405]-414, pl. 17-78 (uncol.). Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. gén. Bot. 1: 405-414, pl. 17-18. 1889. Ref.: Malinvaud, E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 37 (bibl.): 200. 1890. 14.811. Notes agrostologiques ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société botanique de France ... 1889 [1890]. Oct. Publ.: 1 Feb 1890 (séance 8 Nov 1889; journal issue 1 Feb 1890; J. Bot. Mar 1890; Bull. Soc. géol. France rd. 3 Feb-28 Apr 1890; Bot. Zeit. 21 Mar 1890), p. [404]-412, pl. 1. Copies: B, G, US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 36(7)(CG.R.): 404-412, pl. 1. 1890. 14.812. Précis de botanique médicale ... Paris (G. Masson, ...) 1891. Oct. Ed. [1]: Sep 1891 (see BSbF 38 (bibl.): 144; ObZ for Sep 1891; Bot. Zeit. 27 Nov 1891; J. Bot. Morot 1 Dec 1891; Nat. Nov. Sep(2) 1891), p. [i-iv], [1]-699. Copies: BR, HH. Ed. 2: 1898 (Nat. Nov. Mai(2) 1898; Bot. Zeit. 16 Nov 1898), p. [i-iv], [1]-739, [749, colo.]. Copies: HH, USDA. ; Ref.: P.H., Bull. Soc. bot. France 38 (bibl.): 186-187. 18809. 14.813. Extraits un rapport sur quelques voyages botaniques en Algérie ... entrepris sous les auspices du ministre de l’instruction publique, pendant les années 1890-1891; ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société botanique de France ... 1891 ... 1892. Oct. Senior author: Jules Aimé Battandier (1848-1922). Publ.: 1 Sep 1891 and 1 Aug 1892 (in journal issues; cover dates mentioned by J. Bot.; Soc. géol. France and Bot. Zeit. refs. confirm this), p. [1]-38, pl. 1-3. Copies: B, HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 38(5)(C.R.): 295-324. 1 Sep 1891, 39(2)(C.R.): 70-77. 1 Aug 1892. 14.814. Indications que fournissent les plantes sauvages pour le choix des plantes a cultiver dans une région ... Alger (Imprimerie Pierre Fontana & C’*) 1892. Oct. Publ.: 1892 (BSbF rd. by 12 Feb 1892), p. [1]-8. Copy: G. 14.815. Le Savonnier (Sapindus utilis) ... Alger-Mustapha (Giralt, ...) 1895. Oct. (Savonnier). Orig. ed.: 1895 (p. 11: 20 Aug 1895), cover-t.p., p. [1]-11. Copy: M. — Bull. Service bot. Algér. 11. 1895. Reprint (2° tirage): 1898, cover-t.p., p. [1]-11. Copy: G. 14.816. L’ Algérie. Le sol et les habitants flore, faune, géologie, anthropologie ressources agricoles et économiques ... Paris (Librairie J.-B. Bailliére et Fils ...) 1898. Oct. (Algérie). Co-author: Jules-Aimé Battandier (1848-1922), TL-2/1: 141-143. Publ.: 1898 (p. vi: 15 Dec 1897), p. [i]-viii, [1]-360. Copies: B, HH, NY, US, USDA. 14.817. L’ Olivier ... Alger-Mustapha (Giralt, ...) 1900. Oct. Publ.: 1900 (p. 80: 8 Mai 1900), p. [1]-80. Copies: G, HH. — Issued as Bull. Serv. bot., Algérie 21. 1900. Other issue: 1900 (p. 80: 8 Mai 1900), p. [1]-80. Copy: HH. — “Algérie. L’ Olivier en Algérie ...” Alger Mustapha (id.) 1go0. Oct. 14.818. Plantes du Hoggar récoltées par M. Chudeau en 1905, ... [Bull. Soc. bot. France ... Extrait ... 1907]. Oct. Senior author: Jules-Aimé Battandier (1848-1922). Publ.: 1907, p. [xiii]-xxxiv, pl. &'-11. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 54: [xiii]-xxxiv, pl. 8-71. 1907. 14.819. Les Cuscutes du nord de (Afrique ... Bull. Soc. bot. France ... Extrait ... 1907]. Oct. 423 TRABUT Publ.: Jun 1907, p. [xxxiv]-xlii. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 53: [xxxiv]-xlii. 1907. 14.820. La Cuscute du Tréfle d Alexandrie Cuscuta aegyptiaca sp. nov.; ... [Bull. Soc. bot. France ... Extrait ... 1912]. Oct. Publ.: medio Nov 1912, p. [489]-491, pl. 12. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 59: [489]-491, pl. 12. 1912. 14.821. Le Kumquat ... Paris (Rédaction et administration [Bull. Sci. pharmacol.]), [1914]. Oct. Publ.: Mar 1914 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [1]-9. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Sci. pharmacol. 1914(3). 14.822. Le Sapin du Maroc (Abies maroccana Trab.) ... Alger (Imprimerie S. Crescenzo aos) rOoLoOe Oct: Publ.: 22 Oct 1916 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [131]-136, pl. 9. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Stat. Rech. for. Nord Afr. 1(4): [131]-136, pl. g. 1916. 14.823. Variations des Eucalyptus dans les cultures de quelques Eucalyptus hybrides ob- servés principalement en Algérie ... Alger (Imprimerie Algérienne ...) 1917. Oct. Publ.: 20 Sep 1917, cover-t.p., p. [140]-155, pl. 11-15bis. Copy: G. — Issued as Bull. Stat. Rech. for. Nord Afr. 1(5): [140]-155, pl. r1-15bts. 1917. 14.824. Etudes scientifiques Flore du Nord de l’Afrique. Répertoire des noms indigenes des plantes spontanées, cultivées et utilisées dans le Nord de [ Afrique ... Alger (Imprimeries “La Typo-Litho” et Jules Carbonel reunies ...) 1935. Oct. (Répert. noms indig. pl. N. Afr.). Publ.: 1935 , p- [1]-355, [356, colo.]. Copy: G. — 1830-1930” Collection du centenaire de PAlgérie”’. Trachsel, Kaspar [Caspar] (1788-1832), Swiss botanist and physician at Ruiggisberg (Riggisberg) nr Bern; Dr. med. Univ. Bern. (Trachsel). HERBARIUM and TYPES: Owned a herbarium of the Canton of Bern, location unknown. — Further material at BR, M, OXF. — Manuscript Populdre Flora der Schweiz in municipal library Bern. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 12(2): 729; Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9340; Clokie p. 256; DTS 1: 304-305; Hegi 6(2): 1293; LS 26974; TR 696. BIOFILE: Anon., Act. Soc. helv. Sci. nat 17: 78-80. 1832 (obit.). Attinger, V. et al., Dict. hist. biogr. Suisse 6: 650. 1932. Fischer, E., zm Bibl. natl. Suisse, 4(5) Flora helv. 1530-1900: 26, 68, 98, 99, 102. Igor. Fischer., Ed., Verh. Schweiz. Naturf. Ges. 1914(2): 11, 15, 26. Guthnik, H.J., Flora 15: 429-432 (obit., b. 3 Oct 1788, d. 29 Mar 1832), 669 (herb. of 8000 sp. bought by ‘“‘einem Studierenden der Medicin’’). Rytz, W., Mitt. naturf. Ges. Bern 5: 28-29. 1922. 14.825. Verzeichniss der von mir bis jetzt auf einem Theile der Stockhornkette, und ihrer Nach- barschaft gefundenen Pflanzen. Nebst einigen Bemerkungen tber dieselben [Annalen der allgemeinen schweizerischen Gesellschaft fiir die gesammten Naturwissenschaften ... Bern] 1824. Oct. Publ.: 1824, p. 72-107. Copy: HH. — Reprinted (tearsheets?) and to be cited from Ann. allg. schweiz. Ges. Naturw. 2: 72-107. 1824. Tracy, Clarissa, née Tucker (1818-1905), American botanist; married Horace Tracy 1844, widowed 1848; operated private schools at Honesdale 1851-1856 and Neenah, Wisc. 1856-1859; matron in charge of domestic operations and teacher at Ripon College, Wisc., retired 1893. (Cl. Tracy). 424 TRACY HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 396 (b. 12 Nov 1818); BL 1: 223, 321. BIOFILE: Anon., Who’s who Amer. 1-3. 1899-1905. Brown, Victoria, Uncommon lives of common women Madison, Wisc. 1975, p. 22-23 (n.v.). Elliot, C.A., Biogr. dict. Amer. Sci. 252. 1929. Merrell, A.C., Life and poems of Clarissa Tucker Tracy. 1908. Robinson, J., Bull. Essex Inst. 12: 93. 1880. 14.826. Catalogue of plants growing without cultivation in Ripon and the near vicinity. Compiled by Mrs. C.T. Tracy, instructor in botany, Ripon College, Ripon, Wis. [1889]. (Cat. pl. Ripon). Publ.: 1889 (p. [1]: Mar 1889), cover-t.p., p. [1]-26. Copy: NY. — Unannotated list of phanerogams. Tracy, Cyrus Mason (1824-1891), American botanist and civil engineer; some time professor of materia medica Massachusetts College of Pharmacy; writer on the flora of Essex Co., Mass., father of the composer Georg Lowell Tracy. (C.M. Tracy). HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 396 (b. 6 Mai 1824, d. 28 Sep 1891); BL 1: 188, 321; ME 3: 85, 86, 90, 92, 93, 481; Morren ed. 10, p. 123; Rehder 1: 314; Tucker 1: 696, 3: 311; Urban-Berl. p. 404. BIOFILE: Anon., Bull. Essex Inst. 24: 170. 1892; Natl. Cycl. Amer. biogr. 8: 446. 1898 (sub G.L. Tracy). 14.827. Studies of the Essex flora: a complete enumeration of all plants found growing naturally within the limits of Lynn, Mass., and the towns adjoining, arranged according to the natural system, with copious notes as to localities and habitats ... Lynn [Mas- sachusetts] (Stevenson & Nichols, printers, ...) 1858. Oct. (in fours). (Stud. Essex fl.). Ed. [1]: 1858 (p. 16: 1 Mai 1858), p. [1]-88. Copies: HH, LC, MO, PH. Ed. [2]: 1892 (p. 4: 19 Mar 1892), p. [1]-99, err. slip. Copzes: HH, NY. — Lynn, Mass. (The Nichols. Press. — Thos. P. Nichols.) 1892. Oct. (in fours). Tracy, Joseph Prince (1879-1953), American abstractor of land titles at Eureka, Calif., amateur botanist and plant collector; studied at the University of California, Eureka, A.B. ib. 1903; accountant and landsurveyor with the Belcher Abstract and Title Company 1904-1953. (7.P. Tracy). HERBARIUM and types: UC. — Other material at B (mainly destr.), DPH, DS, E, F, GH, HAB, M, MICH, MO, NY, PH, POM, UC, URM, US, VT. — Manuscripts, field notes at UC. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 396; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 344. BIOFILE: Bacigalupi, R., Madrofio 12: 191-192. 1954 (obit., b. 11 Jan 1879, d. 26 Nov 1953, portr.). Cantelow, E.D. & H.C., Leafl. W. Bot. 8: 100. 1957. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 4: 443. 1938. EPONYMY: Tracyina S.F. Blake (1937). Tracy, Samuel Mills (1847-1920), American botanist and agronomist; MS Mich. Agric. Coll. 1873; professor of botany, Missouri State Univ. 1877-1887; associated with USDA in various functions; director of the USDA Experimental Station, Starkville, Miss., 1887-1897; special agent 1897-1914; agronomist from 1914. (Tracy). 429) TRACY HERBARIUM and types: TAES (private herb.); important sets at F, MO (4393), MSC and NY. Further material at A, B (mainly destr.), BM (1513), BPI, CM, CU, CUP, E, F, GH, IA, LSU, MICH, MIN, MISSA, MO, NEB, NYS, PENN, PH, PUR, SMU, TEX, US, VT. — Exsiccatae: Plants of the Gulf States, collected and distributed by S.M. Tracy; irregular series; over gooo specimens distributed (see Stevenson 1971). — Library at TAES; field notes at US; letters to W.G. Farlow at FH; other letters at G, NY, PH, SIA. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 397 (b. 30 Apr 1847, d. 5 Sep 1920); BL 1: 184, 193, 321; BM 5: 2130; Bossert p. 405; CSP 19: 182; Ewan ed. 1: 200, 323-324, ed. 2: 223; Hawksworth p. 186; Hortus 3: 1205; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 344; Kelly p. 228; Langman p. 713; Lenley p. 413; LS 7976, 26975-26987, 40009; MW p. 501; NW p. 59; PH 565, 567, 937; Rehder 1: 319, 3: 551, 5: xviii; SIA see index; Stevenson p. 1260; TL- 2/6664; Tucker 1: 696; Urban-Berl. p. 404; Zander ed. 10, p. 725, ed. 11, p. 827. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men Sci. eds. 1-2, 1906-1910; Bot. Centralbl. 71: 384. 1897, 73: 80. 1898 (resigns directorship Starkville; to Biloxi); Bot. Monatschr. 15: 303. 1897 (to Biloxi, Miss.); Bot. Soc. Amer. Publ. 79: 93-94. 1921; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 193: 123-125. 1966; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966, 4: 372-373. 1969; J. Mycol. 9: 81. 1903 (portr.); Mycologia 13: 54. 1921 (d.); Natl. Cycl. Amer. biogr. 18: 45. 1922; Nat. Nov. 19: 443. 1897 (to Biloxi, Miss.); Nature 106: 287. 1920 (obit., not.); Science ser. 2. 52: 270. 1920 (obit. not.); Who’s who Amer. 12, 1914-1923; Who was who Amer. 1: 1250. 1978. Earle, F.S., Torreya 21: 64-65. 1921. Ewan, J., in R.W. Long & O. Lakela, Fl. trop. Florida 7-8. 1971. Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 740. 1984. Moldenke, H.N., J. New York Bot. Gard. 42: 38. 1941 (3000 specim. NY). Rogers, D.P., Brief hist. mycol. N. Amer. ed. 2. 20. 1981. Stevenson, J., Beih. Nova Hedwigia 36: 470-471. 1971 (exsicc.). COMPOSITE woRKs: (1) Co-author, G.C. Neally et al., Invest. grass. Texas 1888, TL- 2/6664. (2) With F.S. Earle, Fungi, in E.L. Greene, Pl. baker. 1: 15-37. 22 Feb 1901, 2: 1-30. 25 Mar 1go1 (TL-2/2142). EPoNyMY: Tracya H. Sydow et P. Sydow (1901); Tracyanthus J.K. Small (1903); Tracylla (P.A. Saccardo) F. Trassi (1904). Note: Tracyina S.F. Blake (1937) honors J.P. Tracy, a plant collector in California. 14.828. Flora of Missouri [Report Missouri State Horticultural Society 1885 ... Jefferson City 1886]. Oct. Publ.: 1885, p. [397]-500. Copy: MO. — Published as an appendix to Rep. Missouri State Hort. Soc. 1885: [397]-500. 1886. 14.829. Catalogue of the phanerogamous and vascular cryptogamous plants of Missourt ... Jefferson City (Tribune Printing Company, ...) 1886. Oct. (Cat. pl. Missourt). Publ.: 1886 (p. 4: 31 Dec 1885; TBC Aug 1886), p. [1]-106. Copies: HH, MO, PH, US, USDA. 14.830. Notes on western Uredineae ... Journal of Mycology ... 1888. Oct. Co-author: Beverley Thomas Galloway (1863-1938). Publ.: Jul 1888, p. [61]-71. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Mycol. 4(7): [61]-71. 1888. 14.831. Misissippi fungi ... Agricultural College, Miss., May, 1895. Co-author: Franklin Summer Earle (1856-1929), TL-2/1: 716. (1): Mai 1895, p. [79]-124. — Bull. Miss. Agr. Mech. Coll. Exp. Sta. 34: [79]-124. 1895. (2): Mai 1896, p. [135]-153. — Id. 38: [135]-153. 1896. Additional list of Mississippi fungi. Follow-up: with F.S. Earle, Bull. Torrey bot. Club 23: 205. 1896 (‘‘New species. ..””) and 26: 493-495. 1899 (‘‘New fungi ...’’), see also 28: 184-188. 1901 (‘‘some new fungi ...”). Copy: Stevenson. 426 TRADESCANT 14.832. A report upon the forage plants and forage resources of the Gulf States ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1898. Oct. Publ.: 1898 (p. 3: 15 Jul 1898), p. [1]-55. Copy: US. — Issued as Bull. 15. USDA Div. Agrost. 1898. 14.833. Bergen’s Elements of botany. Key and flora Southern United States edition ... Boston (Ginn & Company, ...) 1899. Oct. (Elem. bot. key fl.). Publ.: 1899 (p. 4: 15 Mar 1899), p. [i-ii], [1]-266. Copzes: LC, NY. Original publication in Joseph Young Bergen, Elements of botany, Boston and London (pub- lished by Ginn & Company) 1896, front., p. [i]-vii, [1]-275, appendix S.M. Tracy’s key: [1]-57. Copies: HH, US, USDA. 14.834. The insular flora of Mississippi and Lousiana ... Contributions from the Depart- ment of Botany, Columbia University. — No. 174. 1901. Oct. Senior author: Francis Ernest Lloyd (1868-1947). Publ.: 2 Mar r1gor (in journal), p. [i], [61]-101. Copy: US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Torrey bot. Club 28: 61-101. 1901. Tradescant, John (1608-1662), British naturalist, traveller, collector and gardener; in Virginia 1637 collecting material for his father’s museum at South Lambeth; from 1638 gardener to Queen Henrietta Maria; continued the management and further develop- ment of his father’s garden and museum. (Tvradescant Jr.). HERBARIUM and types: The collections of the Tradescants came into the hands of Ashmole in 1674 and went to Oxford University (Ashmolean Museum) (see MacGregor et al., 1983). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 405; Backer p. 591; Barnhart 3: 397; BB p. 303; BM 5: 2130, 8: 1321; Bossert p. 405; Dawson p. 616; DNB 19: 1072-1074; Dryander 3: 97; DSB 13: 451 (b. 4 Aug 1608, d. 22 Apr 1662) (J. Ewan); Frank 3 (Anh.): 105; Jackson p. 414; Laségue p. 10, 440, 504; ME 3: 332; PR 9434, ed.1 : 10397; Quenstedt Pp. 434; Rehder 1: 52; Tucker 3: 311. BIOFILE: Allan, M., The Tradescants 1964, 345 p., 27 pl. (main modern treatment); Plants that changed our gardens 15-43. 1974. Anon., Monthl. Not. R. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh Sep 1968: 6-7. Boulger, G.S., J. Bot. 56: 197-202. 1918 (Tradescant and Parkinson). Coats, A.M., Huntia 2: 214. 1965 (portr.); The plant hunters 38, 45-46, 267. 1969. Ducatel, A.C., Phil. Trans. [R. Soc., London] 63(2): 79-88. 1773. Gager, C.S., Rec. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. 3: 77-87..1914 (on Museum Tradescant). Gunther, R.W.T., J. Bot. 58: 248. 1920 (first Tradescant gard. cat. 1634); Early Brit. bot. 272-273. 1922; Early Sci. Oxford 3: 280-292, 391-441. 1925 (Ashmolean Mus.). Hadfield, M., Pioneers in gardening 21-25. 1957. Healey, B.J., The plant hunters 18-41. 1975 (on T. and the Turkey purple Primrose). Jarvis, P.J., J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 9(3): 223-250. 1979 (introd. trees cult. in Tradesc. South Lambeth garden 1629-1679). Leith-Ross, P., The John Tradescants, 1984, 320 p. MacGregor, A., ed., Tradescant’s rarities: Essays on the foundation of the Ashmolean Museum 1683, with a catalogue of the surviving early collections, Oxford 1983. Nicholson, J., Herbarist 48: 30-35. 1982; Amer. Horticulturist 62(2): 22-25. 1983. Tradescant, J., Museum tradescantianum: or, a collection of rarities. Preserved at South Lambeth near London, London 1656, 179 p.; facsimile ed. London (Grismond) 1925, Old Ashmolean reprints (reprint without p. 74-178, Cat. pl., which, however, is repro- duced by M. Allan, The Tradescants 276-312. 1964). Watson, W., Phil. Trans. R. Soc. London 46: 668-669. 1749 (account of remains of T.’s South Lambeth garden). Welch, M., The Tradescants and the foundation of the Ashmolean Museum, 1978, 14 p. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 98. 1903 (on portr.). NOTE: For John Tradescant senior (1570/75-1638), father of John T. (b. 1608) see Ewan, 427 TRADESCANT DSB, Desmond p. 616, and M. Allan, The Tradescants 1964. Many of the references under Tradescant junior actually deal to some extent with both father and son. Tradesc- ant Sr. was the first western European botanist to visit Russia, see G.S. Boulger, J. Bot. 33: 33-38. 1895 and J. Hamel, Tradescant der Altere 1618 in Rusland, St. Petersburg/Leipzig 1847. EPONYMY: Tradescantella J.K. Small (1903); Tradescantia Linnaeus (1753). Trafvenfelt, Eric Carl (1774-1835), Swedish physician and botanist; Dr. med. Uppsala 1797; ultimately “medicinalrad”’ at Stockholm, from 1801 with the title profes- sor. (Trafv.). HERBARIUM and types: Had a natural history cabinet. See Lowegren (1952) (mentions no plants). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 397; BM 5: 2130; Hortus 3: 1205; KR p. 723 (b. 8 Nov 1774, d. 17 Jan 1835); PR 9266, ed. 1: 10239, 10398; Rehder 1: 78. BIOFILE: Hedenius, in Hirsch, Aug., ed., Biogr. Lex. hervorrag. Arzte ed. 3. 5: 621-622. 1962. Lowegren, I., Naturalieckabinett Sverige 368. 1952. Tigerstedt, R., Nordisk Familjebok 19: 536. 1933. Torngren, P.H., Sv. man kvinn. 8: 29. 1955 (biogr., portr.). COMPOSITE WoRKS: Defended the Thunberg dissertation Genera nova plantarum 7, 1792, see under Thunberg. 14.835. Anmdrkningar om natural-historiens lérande vid rikets lagre laroverk i anledning af Kongl. Uppfostrings-Kommitténs underdaniga forslag till forbattrad skol-ordning ... Stockholm (Johan Pehr Lindh) 1818. Oct. Publ.: Dec 1818 (p. [53: 5 Dec 1818), p. [i-u], [1]-52, [53]. Copy: Goteborg Univ. Library. Trail (sometime Traill), James William Helenus (1851-1919), British botanist; MA Aberdeen 1870, MB 1876, MD 1879; assistant at the medical faculty, Univ. Aberdeen 1870-1873; on a South American exploring expedition 1873-1875; professor of botany, Univ. Aberdeen 1877-1919; director of the Cruickshank Botanic Garden 1898-1919; co- founder of the Aberdeen Working Men’s Natural History Society 1886. (Tvaz/). HERBARIUM and types: ABD; other material at BH (photo’s of palm types), BM (palms Amaz., Brit. pl.), E, GH, GL, K (British and Amaz. coll.), NMW, NY. — Letters to W.G. Farlow at FH. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BB p. 303-304; BL 2: 724 [index]; BM 5: 2131; Bossert p. 405; CSP 8: 1106, 11: 631, 12: 739, 19: 182-183; Desmond p. 616-617 (b. 4 Mar 1851, d. 18 Sep 1919); Hawksworth p. 186; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 344; Kelly p. 228; Kleppa p. 81, 111; LS 25850, 26989-27018, 40010-40012; Morren ed. 10, p. 78; Rehder 5: 856; Stevenson p. 1260; TL-2/6783, 13.087. BIOFILE: Anon., Allg. bot. Z. 4: 152. 1898 (founding bot. gard.); Amer. J. Sci. 198: 478. 1919 (d.); Bot. Centralbl. 75: 256. 1898, 76: 352. 1898 (founding Cruikshank Bot. Gard., director); Bull. Soc. bot. France 24 (bibl.): 46. 1877 (app. Aberdeen); Flora 60: 320. 1877 (app. Aberdeen); Gard. Chron. 1919(2): 172 (obit.), 1923(2): 360 (memorial tablet); J. Bot. 57: 296. 1g19 (d.); Nature 48: 10. 1893; Nat. Nov. 22: 152. 1920 (d.); Osterr. bot. Z. 27: 285. 1877 (app. Aberdeen); Peterhead Trans. Buchan Field Club 9: 284-292. 1909 (n.v.); Science ser. 2. 50: 410. 1919; Who’s who, London 1897-1919; Who was who 1916-1928: 1050. 1929. Babington, C.C., Mem. Journ. Bot. corr. 434, 435. 1897 (letters). Bower, F.O., Nature 104: 76-77. 1919 (obit.). Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 4.26, 4.27, 269.359. 1980. 428 TRAIL Druce, G.C., Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isl., Rep. 1919: 626-628. Jackson, B.D., Proc. Linn. Soc. 132: 49-51. 1920 (obit.). Kent, D.H., Brit. herb. 82. 1957 (herb. ABD). Plarr, V.G., Men and women of the time ed. 14. 843. 1895. Prain, D., J. Bot. 57: 318-321. 1919 (obit.); Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1919: 378-388 (obit., bibl.), 1920: 32-33 (add. bibl.); Proc. R. Soc. London B-g1: vii-xi. 1920 (obit.). Prance, G., Acta amaz. 1(1): 61. 1971 (coll. Amaz. K). Ramsbottom, J., Trans. Brit. mycol. Soc. 1920: 297-298 (obit.). Ritchie, J., Scott. Naturalist 1920: 1-5 (obit., portr.). Skene, M., New Phytologist 19(1, 2): 46-48. 1920 (obit.). Urban, I., Fl. bras. 1(1): 121-123. 1906 (curr. vit., detailed itinerary). Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 98, pl. 35. 1903, 3(3): 83. 1905 (portr.). COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Editor, Scottzsh Naturalist 7-10, 1883-1890. (2) Editor (for botany), Annals of Scottish natural history 1892-1911. (3) Editor, F.B.W. White, The flora of Perthshire 1898, see under F.B.W. White; Trail produced an introduction, a life of the author, a list of his publications and an appendix. (4) Contributed Fung: to G. Nicholson, Jil. dict. gard. 1884-1887, see TL-2/6783. (5) With John Stevenson (1836-1903), Mycologia scotica, supplement, Scottish Naturalist 8: 71, 127-130, 186-192. 1855, 8: 235-237, 264-267, 327-331. 1886. MEMORIAL VOLUME: James William Helenus Trail: a memorial volume. Aberdeen (printed ... Aberdeen University Press) 1924, xi, 331 p., 3 p/., map (rev. Anon., J. Bot. 62: 150-151. 1924), biographical sketch by K.E. Trail (p. 1-32), bibl. p. 33-51, list obituary notices p. 51-52, list mss. ABD p. 52-53. 14.836. Descriptions of new species and varieties of palms collected in the Valley of the Amazon in North Brazil, in 1874 ... [Extracted from the Journal of Botany ... 1876]. Oct. Publ.: Nov 1876-Mar 1877 (in journal), p. [i]-xlu, p/. 183. Copy: HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 14: 323-333. Nov, 353-359, pl. 183. Dec 1876, 15: 1-10. Jan, 40- 49. Feb, 75-84. Mar 1877. 14.837. Report for 1886 on the fungi of the East of Scotland ... Perth (S. Cowan & Co., ...) [1887]. Oct. Publ.: Jan 1887 (date on cover journal issue), cover-t.p., p. [1]-4. Copies: FH, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Scott. Natural. 9: 39-42. 1887. Report for 1885 Jan 1886 in Scott. Natural. 8: 224-231. 14.838. On the influence of cryptogams on mankind. Revision of the Scotch Perenosporeae. New Scotch microfungi ... Perth (S. Cowan and Co., ...) 1887. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1887 (journal issue for Apr 1887; Bot. Zeit. 25 Nov 1887), p. [1]-24. Copres: FH, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Scott. Natural. 9: 66-77 (mankind), 77-86 (Perenosp.), 86-91 (microfungi). 1887. 14.839. Revision of Scotch Sphaeropsideae and Melanconieae ... Perth (S. Cowan & Co., ...) 1887-1888. Oct. Publ.: Jul 1887-Apr 1888 (in journal; reprint Apr 1888), cover-t.p., p. [1]-53. Copies: FH, G, H, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Scott. Natural. 9: 110-128. Jul, 184-190. Aug-Dec 1887, 219-236. Jan-Mar, 262-272. Apr 1888. 14.840. Report for 1887 on the fungi of the East of Scotland ... Reprinted from the Scottish Naturalist. [1887]. Oct. Publ.: Oct 1887 (date on cover journal issue), p. [1]-8. Copies: FH, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Scott. Natural. 9: 167-174. 1887. Report for 1888: Oct 1888 (date on cover journal issue) p. [1]-3. Copy: NY. — Id. 9: 355- 357. 1888. 14.841. Revision of the Scotch Perisporiaceae ... [Glasgow] 1889. Oct. 429) TRAIL Publ.: Jul 1889, cover-t.p., p. [1]-13, [14]. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow ser. 2. 3: 9-21. 1889. 14.842. Transactions of the Cryptogamic Society of Scotland. Revision of the Uredineae and of the Ustilagineae of Scotland ... Perth (Cowan & Co., ...) 1891 [1890]. Oct. Publ.: Jul, Oct 1890 (in journal; reprint t.p. Jan 1891), p. [i], [1]-48. Copies: FH, H. — Reprinted and to be cited from Scott. Natural. 10: 302-327. Jul, 367-373. Oct 1890. 14.843. Revision of the Scotch Perisporiaceae ... [Glasgow 1893]. Oct. Publ.: 1890 (date of journal 3(1)), p. [1]-13, [14, index]. Copies: FH, H. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. Trans. Glasgow Nat. Hist. Soc. ser. 3. 1: 9-21. 1890. Traill, Catherine Parr (née Strickland) (1802-1899), British naturalist and writer; married Thomas Traill 1832; emigrated to Canada 1832; resident in Lakefield, Ashburnham and Rice Lake, Ontario. (C. Traill). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Destroyed by fire-(Desmond); some material at CAN and QK. — A volume ‘‘Grasses from Stony Lake’? at DAO (see Dore 1966). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 397; BB p. 304; BM 5: 2131; Desmond p. 617 (b. 9 Jan 1802, d. 29 Aug 1899); GF p. 78; Jackson p. 366; NI 1980-1981; Plesch p. 439; Rehder 5: 856; Sotheby 764, 765; Tucker 1: 696. BIOFILE: Allibone, S.A., Crit. dict. Engl. lit. 2 (suppl.): 1445. 1878 (also 3: 2444). Anon., Appleton’s Cycl. Amer. biogr. 6: 153. 1889; Bot. Centralbl. 80: 288. 1899 (d.); Bot. Not. 1900: 47 (d.); Brit. Mus gen. cat. print. books 231: 568-569. 1964; Encyclo- pedia canadiana 10: 119-120. 1962 (1972); Hedwigia 38: (297). 1899 (d.); J. Bot. 37: 448. 1899 (obit. not.); Rare and unusual canadiana. First supplement to the Lande Bibliography. Montreal 636 (nos. 2221, 2222). 1971. Boase, F., Modern Engl. biogr. 6: 702. 1965. Collard, E., Country Life 147 (3803): 182-183. 1970 (career, portr.). Crowder, A.A., Canad. Field Natural. 88: 47-55. 1974 (coll. QK). Dore, W.G., Ontario Natural. 1966 (Jun): 17-21 (herb.: Grasses from Stony Lake). Eaton, S., Lady of the backwoods: a biography of C.P. Traill, Toronto 1969, xii, 175 p. Fitzgibbon, M.A., in C.P. Traill, Pearls and pebbles iii-xxxvi. 1894 (biogr. sketch, portr., handwr.). Freeman, R.A., Brit. nat. hist. books 343. 1980 (the anonymous Sketches from nature, 1830 is by C.P. Strickland (later Traill) not by her sister Agnes Strickland). Morgan, H.J., Canad. men women time 1017-1018. 1898. Morris, A.Y., Gentle Pioneers 97-115. 1968. Needler, G.H., Canad. Field. natural. 60(5): 97-101. 1946. Thomas, C., in M.Q, Innis, The clear spirit, Toronto 1966, p. 42-73. Wallace, W.S., Dict. Canad. Biogr. 401. 1926, Macmillan Dict. Canad. Biogr. 838. 1978. 14.844. Canadian wild flowers. Painted and lithographed by Agnes Fitzgibbon, with botanical descriptions by C.P. Traill ... Montreal (printed and published by John Lovell) 1868. Fol. (Canad. wild fi.). Publ.: 1868 (p. 8: Dec 1868), p. [3]-86, ro pl. (col. liths.). Copy: USDA. — 500 copies printed. — See Sotheby 764 for a copy dated 1869. Our information is incomplete; there are obviously various issues; see Rare and unusual Canadiana 1971, which lists a fourth edition of 1895. 14.845. Studies of plant life in Canada; or gleanings from forest, lake and plain ... Ottawa (A.S. Woodburn, ...) 1885. Oct. (Stud. pl. life Canada). Publ.: 1885, (J. Bot. Feb 1886), portr., p. [i*-iii*], [i]-iii, err. slip, [1]-ix, [1]-288, pl. 1-9 (col. liths. by Mrs Chamberlin). Copy: HH. Traill, George William (1836-1897), British botanist (phycologist) and mineralogist; clerk in the Standard Life Assurance Co., Edinburgh. (Trail). £30 TRANA HERBARIUM and TyPEs: E (400); other material in KIEL. See also Kent & Allen (1984). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 397; BB p. 304; BM 5: 2131; CSP 11: 631, 19: 183-184; Desmond p. 617 (b. 26 Oct 1836, d. 7 Apr 1897); De Toni 1: cxxili-cxxiv; Jackson p. 246. BIOFILE: Anon., Ann. Scott. nat. Hist. 7: 7-8. 1898 (obit.). Batters, E.A.C., J. Bot. 35: 440. 1897 (obit. not.). Bridson, G.D.R. et al., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 255.40. 1980. Freeman, R.B., Brit. nat. hist. books 343-344. 1980. Hedge, I.C. & J.M. Lamond, Index coll. Edinb. herb. 137. 1970 (herb.). Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 260. 1984. Matthews, J.R., Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 39(4): 396-398. 1963 (on a set of specimens of algae studied by Traill, collected in N. America; some specimens collected by S. Collins). Newton, L., Brit. phycol. Bull. 2(5): 386-387. 1964 (on herb. at E) (see also Koster, J. Th., Taxon 18: 558. 1969). Sayre, G., Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 405. 1975. EPONYMY: Trazlia [sic] Sutherland (1915); Trailia [sic] H. Sydow (1922); Trailliella E.A.L. Batters (1896). Note: Trailia Lindley ex Endlicher (1841) honors James Traill (f2. 1820-1853), gardener. Trazlliaedoxa W.W. Smith et Forrest (1917) honors the daughter of G.W. Traill and wife of G. Forrest. 14.846. The algae of the Firth of Forth ... Edinburgh (printed by M’Farlane & Erskine) 1880. Oct. Publ.: 1880 (read 17 Dec 1879), p. [1]-20. Copies: NY, PH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh 5: 171-189. 1880. 14.847. A monograph of the algae of the Firth of Forth, illustrated with herbarium specimens of some of the rarer species, ... Edinburgh (printed for the author by the Edinburgh Co- operative Printing Company, ...) 1885. Oct. (Monogr. alg. Firth of Forth). Publ.: Jan 1885 (p. [3]: Jan 1885; J. Bot. Feb 1885; Bot. Zeit. 27 Mar 1885; Nat. Nov. Feb(2) 1885), p. [1]-16, 8 specimens on 4 sheets. Copy: FH. Preliminary publ.: The Algae of the Firth of Forth, Proc. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh 5: 171-189. 1880, 6: 96-96. 1881, 7: 188-190, 306. 1883. — Also issued as a reprint, 20 p. Edinburgh 1880 (Bot. Centralbl. 20-21 Mai 1880; J. Bot. Apr 1880). Ref.: Flahault, Ch., Bull. Soc. bot. France 32 (bibl.): 23. 1885. E.M.H., J. Bot. 23: 61-62. Feb 1885. 14.848. The marine algae of Joppa illustrated with herbarium specimens ... Edinburgh (printed by Neill and Company) 1886. Oct. Publ.: 1886 (read 8 Apr 1886; journal issue Bot. Zeit. 20 Mai 1887; KNAW Mai-Jun 1887), p. [1]-10, 5 pl. of mounted specimens. Copy: FH. — Text reprinted from Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 16(3): 395-402. 1886. 14.849. The marine algae of the Orkney Islands ... Edinburgh (printed by Neill and Company) 1890. Oct. (in fours). Publ.: 1890 (date on reprint; read 12 Jun 1890; Bot. Zeit. 24 Apr 1891), p. [1]-43. Copies: FH, NY, US. — Reprinted (preprinted?) and to be cited from Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 18: 302-342. 1891. Supplementary notes: Trans. bot. Soc. Edinburgh 19: 544-546. Nov 1893 (reprinted, p. [1]- 3. Copy: LD), 20(2): 341-345. Nov 1895. Trana, Erik Andreas (1847-1933), Swedish botanist, egyptologist and judge; Dr. phil. Uppsala 1872; Exam. jur. ib. 1876; with the Uppsala Court of Appeal 1876; from 1877- 1917 in Goteborg in various judiciary functions. (77rana). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: GB. 431 TRANA BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 397; BM 5: 2132; Jackson p. 92; KR p. 723 (b. 22 Apr 1847). BIOFILE: Sprinchorn, E., Nordisk familjebok 19: 542. 1933. Svedelius, N., Sv. bot. Tidskr. 34: 231. 1940. Swensson, S., Sv. man kvinn. 8: 20. 1955 (biogr., portr.). Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 74. 1903, 3(3): 57. 1905 (on portr.). 14.850. Historisk framstdllning af dsigterna om den typiska pollenutvecklingen. Akademisk afhandling som med vidtberomda Filosofiska Fakultetens i Upsala samtycke for filosof- iska gradens erhallande till offentlig granskning framstalles af Er. Andr. Trana, ... 4 Botaniska larosalen Onsdagen den 22 Maj 1872 p.v.t.e.m. Stockholm (tryckt hos J. & A. Riis ...) 1872. Oct. (Hist. framst. pollenutveckl.). Publ.: 1-22 Mai 1872, p. [i], [1]-36. Copzes: B, Peterson. Transeau, Edgar Nelson (1875-1960), American botanist (phycologist); B.A. Franklin and Marshall College, Lancaster, Pa. 1897; Dr. phil. Univ. Michigan 1904; professor of biology, Alma College 1904-1906; with Carnegie Inst. Exp. Sta. Cold Spring Harbor, Long Island 1906-1907; professor of botany East Illinois Teachers Coll., Charleston, Ill. 1907-1915; professor of plant physiology and ecology Ohio State Univ., Columbus, Ohio 1915-1946; professor emeritus ib. 1946. (Transeau). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: OS (incl. types algae), ALMA. — Letters to W.G. Farlow at FH; other letters at SIA. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 397; BJI 2: 179; Bossert p. 405; IH 1: (ed. 7): 344, 2: (files); LS suppl. 28015; MW p. 501, suppl. 396; SIA : HI 107; Tucker 3: 311. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men Sci. ds. 1-9, 1906-1955; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966, 4: 374. 1969; Who’s who Amer. 13-27, 1924-1953; Who was who Amer. 5: 730. 1969- 1973- Davidson, R.H., Ohio J. Sci. 60: 253. 1960 (obit. not., b. 21 Oct 1875, d. 25 Jan 1960). Ewan, J. et al., Short hist. bot. U.S. 78, 125, 127, 128. 1969. Gager, G.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 392. 1938 (dir. Bot. Gard. Ohio State from 1930). Koster, J.Th., Taxon 18: 558. 1969 (alg. types OS). McQuate, A.G., Ohio J. Sci. 60: 253. 1960 (b. 21 Oct 1875, d. 25 Jan 1960). Melsheimer-Miller, E., Ohio State Univ. Bull. 37(5): 360, 362. 1932 (Ohio publ.). Prescott, G.W., Bibl. Desmid. Univ. 508. 1984. Sears, P.B., Bull. Ecol. Soc. Amer. 41: 62-64. 1960. Stuckey, R.L., Ohio Biol. Surv., Biol. Notes 15: 4-23. 1981; mss. for Biogr. dict. N. Amer. Environm. (TL-2/files). Taft, C.E., Ohio J. Sci. 73: 103-110. 1973 (phycology Ohio State Univ., list of theses, bibl.). Thomas, E.S., Ohio biol. Surv., Biol. notes 15: 1. 1981. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 350. 1936, 3: 314. 1937, 6: 263. 1941. NOTE: Outside our period e.g.: The os 5 lor je) =) S ‘anil gall anil anil antlanttanilanllaallenil onion! part URBAN subject Orchidaceae-Ekman Celastraceae-Ekman Aquifoliaceae-Ekman Sapindaceae-Ekman Myrtaceae-Ekman Melastomaceae-Ekman Acanthaceae-Ekman Rubiaceae-Ekman Buxaceae-Ekman Olacaceae-Ekman Rutaceae-Ekman Euphorbiaceae-Ekman Rhamnaceae-Ekman Tiliaceae-Ekman Sterculiaceae-Ekman Oleaceae-Ekman Gentianaceae-Ekman Apocynaceae-Ekman Convolvulaceae-Ekman Labiatae-Ekman Solanaceae-Ekman Bignoniaceae-Ekman Gesneriaceae-Ekman Pteridophyta doming. Plantae cubenses novae- Ekman Guttiferae-Ekman Thymelaeaceae-Ekman Theophrastaceae-Ekman Myrsinaceae-Ekman Sapotaceae-Ekman Asclepiadaceae-Ekman Convolvulaceae-Ekman Campanulaceae-Ekman Leguminosae-Ekman Myrtaceae-Ekman Rubiaceae-Ekman Acanthaceae Vol. part pagination date 59-68 I Jan 1923 68-69 I Jan 1923 69-75 1 Jan 1923 75-76 1 Jan 1923 76-111 I Jan 1923 II1I-127 1 Jan 1923 127-135 I Jan 1923 135-171 1 Jan 1923 171-176 I Jan 1923 9 2 177 15 Mar 1924 177-181 15 Mar 1924 181-217 15Mar1924 218-230 15 Mar 1924 230-233 15 Mar 1924 233-235 15 Mar 1924 236-237 15 Mar 1924 237 15 Mar 1924 237-243 15 Mar 1924 243-248 15 Mar 1924 248-250 15 Mar 1924 250-253 15 Mar 1924 253-268 15 Mar 1924 268-272 15 Mar 1924 9 3 273-397 1 Jan 1925 398-404 1 Jan 1925 404-406 1 Jan 1925 406-408 1 Jan 1925 408-410 1 Jan 1925 410-413 1 Jan 1925 413-419 1 Jan 1925 419-423 1 Jan 1925 423-428 1 Jan 1925 428-432 1 Jan 1925 9 4 433-458 15 Mar 1928 458-514 15 Mar 1928 514-543 15 Mar 1928 544-568 15 Mar 1928 subject author(s) Lindau, G. Acanthaceae- Ekman Urban, I. Apocynaceae- Ekman Urban, I. Aquifoliaceae- Ekman Loesener, Th. Araliaceae Urban, I. Arthrostylidium Pilger,R. Arthrostylidium Pilger,R. Asclepiadaceae Schlechter,R. Asclepiadaceae- Ekman Urban,I. Begonia Schulz,O.E. Beuria Schulz,O.E. indices pagination date 170-250 20 Oct 1900 127-135 1 Jan 1923 237-243 15 Mar 1924 69-75 1 Jan 1923 196-208 10 Apr 1899 336 20 Oct 1900 337-343 1 Oct Igor 236-290 10 Apr 1899 419-423 1 Jan 1925 1-29 15 Dec rg11 45-71 15 Dec 1911 615 URBAN subject Bignoniaceae- Ekman Burmanniaceae Buxaceae-Ekman Campanulaceae- Ekman Celastraceae Celastraceae- Ekman Characeae Citharexylum Compositae Compositae Convolvulaceae- Ekman Convolvulaceae- Ekman Cruciferae Cruciferae Cyperaceae Cyperaceae Cyperaceae- Mantissa Eriocaulaceae Erythroxylaceae Euphorbiaceae- Ekman Ficus Gentianaceae- Ekman Gesneriaceae- Ekman Gesneriacearum Guttiferae-Ekman Hepaticaenovae Hepaticaenovae Juncaceae Juniperus Labiatae-Ekman Lauraceae Leguminosaenovae Leguminosae- Ekman Melastomataceae- Ekman Muscinovi Myrsinaceae Myrsinaceae- Ekman Myrtaceae-Ekman Myrtaceae-Ekman Olacaceae-Ekman Olacaceae Oleaceae-Ekman Orchidaceae Orchidaceae Orchidaceae- Ekman 616 author(s) Urban, I. rban,I. rban,I. U U Urban,I. Urban, I. Urban, I. Groves, H. & J. Schulz, O.E. Urban, I. Schulz, O.E. Urban, I. Urban, I. Schulz, O.E. Urban, I. Clarke, C.B. Clarke, C.B. Urban, I. Ruhland, G. Schulz, O.E. Urban, I. Warburg, O. Urban, I. Urban, I. Urban, I. Urban, I. Stephani, F. Stephani, F. Buchenau, F. Pilger, R. Urban, I. Mez, C. Urban, I. Urban, I. Urban, I. Brotherus, V.F. Mez, C. Urban, Urban, Urban, Urban, Urban, Urban, I. Cogniaux, A. Cogniaux, A. = = = = = Schlechter, R. vol. Ow wo (Se) OO r}=36r: 2: 1827, p. [i-vin], [ix-xvi], [1]-423. Vahl, Martin [II] (1869-1946), Danish geographer and botanist; cand. theol. 1895; cand. mag. 1900; teacher at Copenhagen gymnasium 1900-1921; professor of geography at the University of Copenhagen 1921-1939; visited Madeira 1901-1902 and 1921-1922. (M. Vahl I1). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: C. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 419 (b. 15 Mar 1869); Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9504; BJI 2: 183; BL 1: go, 322, 2:544, 726; BM 5: 2187; Kleppa p. 68, 238; Tucker 3: 320. BIOFILE: Anon., Krak*® Blaa Bog 1911-1938; 1969: 144. Christensen, C., Danske bot. Litt. 1880-1911, p. 231-232. 1913, 1912-1939, p. 105-106. 1940. Fox Maule, A., Bot. Tidsskr. 69: 190. 1974. Hansen, A., Dansk bot. Ark. 21(1): 71. 1963 (d. 11 Jul 1946); Bocagiana 51: 12. 1980 (Madeira). Nielsen, N., in Festskr. Kg@benh. Univ. 145-151. 1946 (d. 11 Jul 1946). COMPOSITE woRKs: With E. Warming, q.v., Oecology of plants, Oxford 1909, x1, 422 p. 15-734. Madeira’s vegetation geografisk monografi ... K@benhavn og Kristiania (Gyldendalske Boghandel ...) 1904. Oct. (Madeira veg.). Publ.: Feb-Mai 1904 (p. [ii]: 15 Jan 1904; ObZ for Dec-1904-Jan 1905; Bot. Centralbl. 14 Jun 1904; Nat. Nov. Jun(2) 1904), p. [i-vii], [1]-172, [174], map, err. slip. Copies: B, USDA. — Autoreferat, Bot. Centralbl. 96: 77-78. 25 Jul 1904. 631 M. VAHL II German transl.: Uber die Vegetation Madeiras, Bot. Jahrb. 36: 253-349. 1905. 15-735- Livsformerne i nogle Svenske moser ... Ko@benhavn (Bianco Luno’s Bogtrykkeri) 1913. Qu. Publ.: 1913, cover-t.p., p. [1]-8. Copy: NY. — Mindeskrift for Japetus Steenstrup, no. xiii. 1913. Vail, Anna Murray (1863-1955), American botanist; received private instruction in Europe, student under N.L. Britton, librarian New York Botanical Garden 1900-1907; living in Paris 1951. (Vail). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: NY. — Further material in PH. — Manuscripts, field notes and letters received at NY. Other letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 419 (b. 7 Jan 1863); BL 1: 219, 322; BM 5: 2187; CSP 19: 275; GR p. 251; Hortus 3: 1206; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 344; Langman p- 754; Lenley p. 418-421; PH 567; Rehder 5: 872; TL-2/781, 5163, 5164, see J.K. Small; Tucker 1: 713, 2: xxxvili, 3: 320. BIOFILE: Anon., Brittonia 37(1): 105. 1985; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 409-410. 1969; Amer. men sci. ed. 1: 328. 1906, ed. 2: 481. 1910, ed. 3: 700. 1921, ed. 4: 1006. 1927, edi 52 1140, 1933: Britton, N.L., J. New York Bot. Gard. 9: 177. 1908 (herb. received with the foundation of NYBG), 10: 36. 1goo (id.). Rickett, H.W., Index Bull. Torrey bot. Club 101. 1955. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 3: 21. 1937. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) An enumeration of the plants collected by ... T. Morong in Paraguay, 1888-1890. By T. Morong and N.L. Britton, with the assistance of Miss A.M. Vail, in Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 7: 1893, see TL-2/6340. (2) With D.T. MacDougal et al., Mutants hybrids Oenoth. 1905, see TL-2/5163. (3) With D.T. MacDougal and G.H. Shull, Mutations variations Oenoth. 1907, see TL- 2/5164. (4) With J.K. Small (senior author), Report of the botanical exploration of southwestern Virginia during the season of 1892, Mem. Torrey bot. Club 4: 93-201, pl. 75-82. 18 Nov 1893-17 Apr 1894. (5) Doltcholus and Pitcheria, in J.K. Small, Fl. s.e. U.S. 1903. (6) With P.A. Rydberg, Mai 1853, p. 147-172, pl. 803-812 (out 20 Mai 1853). > Jan 1853, p. 173-196, pl. 813-821 (out 25 Jun 1853). : Aug 1853, p. 197-222, pl. 822-830 (out 15 Aug 1853). : Sep 1853, p. 223-244, pl. 831-839 (out 10 Sep 1853). : Oct 1853, p. 245-268, pl. 840-848 (out 5 Oct 1853). : Nov 1853, p. 269-308, pl. 849-856 (out 10 Dec 1853). issued 15 Jan 1884, p. 1-24, pl. 857-865. sSaVW oar nwns m © NN me I (12 if 9(1): 672 ~ ~ ~ LS) ~ ae VAN HOUTTE ): 1854, p. 25-48, pl. 866-874 (out 2 Feb 1854). (3): 1854, p. 49-72, pl. 875-883. ): issued 10 Mai 1854, p. 73-96, pl. 884-893. ): 1854, p. 97-120, pl. 894-g02 (out 17 Jun 1854). (6): 1854, p. 121-144, pl. 903-912. (7): 1854, p. 145-168, pl. 913-922 (out 26 Aug 1854). (8): issued 5 Aug 1854, p. 169-172, pl. 923-932. (g): issued 12 Sep 1854, p. 193-216, pl. 933-941. (ro): issued 5 Oct 1854, p. 217-240,pl. 942-950. (12): issued 20 Nov 1854, p. 265-307, pl. 960-968. ): 1855, p. 1-24, pl. 969-9776 (out 1 Feb 1855). : 1855, p. 25-48, pl. 978-986 (out 15 Feb 1855). . 49-72, pl. 987-995 (out 15 Mai 1855). : 1855, p- 73-96, pl. 996-1004 (out 7 Jun 1855). : 1855, p. 97-120, pl. 1004-1213b (out 5 Jul 1855). . 121-144, pl. 1014-1022 (16 Aug 1855). . 145-..., pl. 1023-1031 (11 Oct 1855). . ...-180, pl. 1032-10g0 (8 Nov 1855). : 1855, p. 181-200, pl. rog1-1049 (22 Nov 1855). ): 1855, p. 201-216, pl. 1050-1058. 11): 1855, p. 217-232, pl. 1059-1067. : 1856, p. 233-272, pl. 1068-1076 (8 Jan 1856). : Jan 1856, p. 1-20, pl. 1077-1085 (out 13 Mar 1856) (Ser. 2., vol. 1). : Feb 1856, p. 21-40, pl. 1086-1094 (out 27 Mar 1856). : Mar 1856, p. 41-60, pl. 1095-1103 (out 10 Apr 1856). : Apr 1856, p. 61-76, pl. rro4-1712 (out 24 Apr 1856). : Mai 1856, p. 77-96, pl. 1113-1121 (out 24 Jul 1850). 6): Jun 1856, p. 97-116, pl. 1121-1129, issued 1 Sep 1856. ): Jul 1856, p. 117-132, pl. 1130-1137, issued 20 Sep 1856. ): Aug 1856, p. 133-148, pl. 1138-1145, issued 15 Oct 1856. SLSYSSSSeS [ee) (ec) (oc) ou Oo ol CL eu g he} ne} iza}lao} mo) LON ONN N OOS ODO om eet to ro) QLO ): Sep 1856, p. 149-168, pl. 1746-1155, issued 20 Nov 1856. 10): Oct 1856, p. 169-184, pl. 1156-1163, issued 30 Nov 1856. 11): Nov 1856, p. 185-200, pl. 1164-1172, issued 15 Dec 1856. ): Feb 1856, p. 21-40, pl. 1086-1094 (out 27 Mar 1856). ): Mar 1856, p. 41-60, pl. 1095-1103 (out 10 Apr 1856). ): Apr 1856, p. 61-76, pl. 1104-1112 (out 24 Apr 1856). ): Mai 1856, p. 77-96, pl. 1173-1121 (out 24 Jul 1850). 6): Jun 1856, p. 97-116, pl. 1127-1129, issued 1 Sep 1856. 7): Jul 1856, p. 117-132, pl. 1130-1137, issued 20 Sep 1856. 8): Aug 1856, p. 133-148, pl. 1138-1145, issued 15 Oct 1856. ): Sep 1856, p. 149-168, pl. 1146-1155, issued 20 Nov 1856. 10): Oct 1856, p. 169-184, pl. 1156-1163, issued 30 Nov 1856. 11): Nov 1856, p. 185-200, pl. 1164-1172, issued 15 Dec 1856. ): Dec 1856, p. 201-216, pl. 1173-1182, issued 31 Dec 1856. : Jan 1857, p. 1-20, pl. 1183-1191, issued Mai 1857(ser. 2., vol. 2). : Feb 1857, p. 21-36, pl. 1192-1200, issued Mai 1857. : Mar 1857, p. 37-56, pl. 1201-1209, issued 15 Jun 1857. : Apr 1857, p. 57-72, pl. 1210-1218, Issued 15 Nov 1857. : Mai 1857, p. 73-92, pl. 1219-1227, issued 25 Nov 1857. 6): Jun 1857, p. 93-108, pl. 1228-1236, issued 10 Dec 1857. ): Jul 1857, p. 109-124, pl. 1237-1245, issued 23 Nov 1858. 8): Aug 1857, p. 125-140, pl. 1246-1254, issued 23 Nov 1858. ): Sep 1857, p. 141-156, pl. 1295-1263, issued 11 Dec 1858. 10): Oct 1857, p. 157-172, pl. 1264-1272, issued 10 Jun 1858. 11): Nov 1857, p. 173-188, pl. 1273-1281, issued 1 Feb 1859. (12): Dec 1857, p. 189-204, pl. 1282-1289, issued 8 Feb 1859. Volume reprinted 1865. ~ i) QO S=—r “Sr re" oN A Cre ee or Ke) 673 VAN HOUTTE ): Feb 1858, p. 17-32, pl. 1299-1307, issued 8 Apr 1859. (3): Mar 1858, p. 33-48, pl. 1308-1316, issued 15 Apr 1859. (4): Apr 1858, p. 49-64, pl. 1317-1325, issued 15 Feb 1860. ): Mai 1858, p. 65-80, pl. 1326-1334, issued 25 Apr 1860. 6): Jun 1858, p. 81-96, pl. 1335-1342, issued 1 Mai 1860. 7): Jul 1858, p. 97-112, pl. 1343-1352, issued 15 Jun 1860. 8): Aug 1858, p. 113-128, pl. 1353-1359, issued 23 Jul 1860. g): Sep 1858, p. 129-144, pl. 1360-1367, issued 1 Jan 1861. 10): Oct 1858, p. 145-160, pl. 1368-1376, issued 10 Jan 1861. 1): Nov 1858, p. 161-176, pl. 1377-1385, issued 20 Jan 1861. 12): Dec 1858, p. 177-192, pl. 1386-1394, issued 25 Jan 1861. ): Jan 1859, p. 1-24, pl. 1395-1403, issued 1 Feb 1861. ~ ): Feb 1859, p. 25-48, pl. 1404-1412, issued 20 Feb 1861. (3): Mar 1859, p. 49-72, pl. 1413-1420, issued 5 Apr 1861. ): Apr 1859, p. 73-96, pl. 1421-1429, issued 30 Apr 1861. ): Mai 1859, p. 97-120, pl. 1430-1438, issued 31 Mai 1861 (post marked 6 Jun). 6): Jun 1859, , p. 121-144, pl. 1439-1447, issued 15 Jun 1861 (id. 16 Jun). 7): Jul 1859, p. 145-168, pl. 1448-1455, issued 15 Jul 1861. ): Aug 1859, p. 169-192, pl. 1456-1464, issued 25 Jul 1861. ): Sep 1859, p. 193-216, pl. 1465-1475, issued 20 Aug 1861 (id. 25 Aug 1861). 0): Oct 1859, p. 217-240, pl. 1476-1482, issued 10 Oct 1861. 11): Nov 1859, p. 241-264, pl. 1483-1491, issued 31 Oct 1861. ): Dec 1859, p. 265-288, pl. 1492-1500, issued 25 Nov 1861 (id. 30 Nov 1861). issued 10 Feb 1862, p. 1-24, pl. 1501-1509 (ser. 2, vol. 5). : issued 28 Feb 18562, p. 25-40, pl. 1510-1518. : issued 25 Aug 1862, p. 41-56, pl. 1519-1527. : issued 25 Mar 1863, p. 57-72, pl. 1528-1536. : issued 30 Jun 1863, p. 73-88, pl. 1537-1545. (6): issued 10 Feb 1864, p. 89-104, pl. 1546-1553. (7): issued 15 Jul 1864, p. 105-120, pl. 1554-1562. (8): issued 25 Nov 1864, p. 121-136, pl. 1563-1571. (9) (10 Ne) Lt ie ae Ss ees SISO ~~S—i Sr Sr : issued 20 Dec 1864, p. 137-152, pl. 1572-1580. ): issued 10 Jan 1865, p. 153-168, pl. 1581-1589. (11): issued 20 Mai 1865, p. 169-184, pl. 1590-1598. (12): issued 25 Jul 1865 (incl. 1845-1864), p. 185-228, pl. 1599-1607. 16()r): issued 15 Nov 1865, p. 1-16, pl. 1608-1617 (ser. 2., vol. 6). (2): issued 20 Nov 1865, p. 17-32, pl. 1618-1626. (3): issued 25 Nov 1865, p. 33-48, pl. 1627-1634. ): issued 5 Dec 1865, p. 49-64, pl. 1635-1643. ie 6): issued 15 Feb 1866, p. 65-96, pl. 1644-1660. 8): issued 10 Mar 1867, p. 97-128, pl. 1661-1676. 10): issues 20 Apr 1867, p. eee pl. 1677-1694. D7; 2): issued Feb 1868, p. 1-32, pl. 1713- 1730 (s er. 2, vol. 7). (3-5): issued Jul 1868, p. 33-80, pl. 1731-1758. (6-8): issued 10 Dec 1858, p. 81-120, pl. 1759-1784. (9, 10): issued Jan 1869, p. 121-152, pl. 1785-1801. (11, 12): issued 15 Feb 1869, p. 153-184, pl. 1802-1819. (1-3): issued 15 Aug 1869, p. 1-40, pl. 1820-1845 (ser. 2, vol. 8). (4-6): issued 15 Jan 1870, p. 41-80, pl. 1846-1872. (7-9): issued 10 Mar 1870, p. 81- 128, pl. 1873-1gG00. (10-12): issued 15 Apr 1870, p. 129-168, pl. rg0r-1926. 19(1-: Ze issued 15 Jul 1872, p. 1-40, pl. 1927-1955 (ser. 2, vol. 9). (4-6): issued 31 Mar 1873, p. 41-88, pl. 1956-1982. (7-9): issued 15 Feb 1874, p. 89-136, pl. 1983-2011. (10- 12): issued 1 Mar 1874, p. 137-188, pl. 2012-2038. Parts 7-12 were distributed together on 1 Mar 1874. 20(1-3): issued 1 Aug 1874, p. 1-36, pl. 2039-2065. (4-6): issued 15 Aug 1874, p. 37-68, pl. 2066-2092. 674 VAN SCHAACK (7-9): issued 20 Sep 1874, p. 69-108, pl. 2093-2119. (ro-12): issued 20 Oct 1874, p. 109-156, pl. 2120-2145. 21(1-3): issued 30 Apr 1875, p. 1-44, pl. 2146-2170. (4-6): issued 20 Aug 1875, p. 45-80, pl. 2171-2199. (7-9): issued 1 Oct 1875, p. 81-128, pl. 2200-2228. (ro-12): issued 10 Jan 1876, p. 129-176, pl. 2229-2263. 22(1-3): issued 30 Apr 1877. (4-6): issued 30 Oct 1877. (7-9): issued 31 Mai 1878. (10-12): issued 31 Mar 1879. 23(1-3): issued 31 Mar 1880, p. 1-40, pl. 2370-2386. (4-6): 1881?, p. 41-148, pl. 2387-2422. (7-9): issued Mar 1882, p. 149-240, pl. 2423-2453 (p. 152 has a date 1 Nov 1881). (10-12): issued Jun 1883, p. 241-360, pl. 2454-2481. Note: Volume 1 was published in three languages. Title for vols. 11-14: Flore des serres et des jardins de ( Europe, journal général d’horticulture; from vol. 15: Flore ... Europe, Annales générales de horticulture. 15.922. Hortus Vanhoutteanus ou description de plantes nouvelles, rares ou peu connues, introduites dans les jardins de Louis Van Houtte, .... catalogue descriptif et prix- courant des nouveautés et des multiplications disponibles dans cet établissement. Bul- letin périodique: fesant [sic] suite a la Flore des serres et des jardins de Europe. ‘Tome premier a Gand [Gent] (chez Louis Vanhoutte, ...) 1845-1846. Oct. (Hort. Vanhoutt.). [7]: 1845, p. [1]-20, 2 pl. [2]: 1846, p. [21]-50. Copies: BR, BR-Bibl. roy. Vaniot, Eugéne (x-1913), French clergyman (S.J.) and botanist in Le Mans. (Vaniot). HERBARIUM and Types: In private hands (see Kent & Allen 1984). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Backer p. 656; Barnhart 3: 424; Hortus 3: 1206; MW p. 511-512 (bibl.); Zander ed. 10, p. 727, ed. 11, p. 828. BIOFILE: Cordier, H., Bibl. sinica 5: 3399 (bibl.). Dorfler, I., Botaniker-Adressbuch ed. 3. 134. 1909. Fournier, E., Voy. déc. mission. natural. frang. 2: 105, 108. 1932. Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 263. 1984 (herb. private). EPONYMY: Vaniotia Léveillé (1903). Van Schaack, George Booth (1903-1983), American botanist and botanical librarian; Dr. math. Harvard 1935; instructor mathematics, Harvard 1929-1935; with Equitable Life Assurance Soc. 1935-1936; instructor mathematics Rochester 1936-1938, Michigan State College 1938-1940; assistant prof. ib. 1940-1943; became interested in botany (grasses) when U.S. Navy lieutenant in the Aleutian Islands during World War II; teacher in mathematics in St. Louis 1946-1960; from 1954 on the library committee of the Missouri Botanical Garden, from 1958-1968 librarian in charge ib.; librarian Morton Arboretum, Lisle, Illinois 1968; in retirement at the University of Oregon, ultimately in Florida. (Van Schaack). HERBARIUM and types: US; duplicates E, GH, ILL, K, LE, MO, WIS. Correspondence at Hunt Institute, Pittsburgh. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Bossert p. 414; IH 1 (ed. 5): 161, (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345; Roon p. 117; SIA 227, 7231 (HI 107). \ BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men Sci. eds. 6-10, 1938-1955; Bull. Hunt Inst. Bot. Docum. 4(2): 3. 1982 (archives at HU); Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 71(6): 10. 1983. 675 VAN SCHAACK Kisendrath, E., ‘The many sides of George van Schaack, [unidentified] p. 8-13 (on his work at MO). Vareschi, Volkmar (1906-x), Austrian botanist; Dr. phil. Innsbruck 1931; assistant at the Geobot. Forschungsinst. Rubel, Zurich 1931-1935; in 1936 with the Arbeitsgemeins- chaft fiir Raumforschung, Munchen; assistant 1937, lecturer for botany 1939 at the University of Miinchen; with the Sven Hedin Institut 1940-1941; with a Seed Station at Radstadt, Salzburg 1945-1946; lecturer Innsbruck 1947-1949; emigrated to Venezuela 1950; with the Universidad Central de Caracas from 1951, professor 1953; nationalized Venezuelan citizen 1956; explored the Venezuelan Amazonas 1958-1973. (Varesch). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: VEN; other material at DPU, H, MO; lichens at M. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9515; BJI 2: 183; GR p. 442-443 (b. 25 Mai 1906), pl. [23]; IF suppl. 4: 347; IH 1 (ed. 1): 23, (ed. 2): 38, (ed. 3): 44, (ed. 4): 47, (ed. 5): 42, (ed. 6): 54; Roon p. 117. BIOFILE: Anon., Index amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 418. 1969 Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras world no. 616. 1984. Hertel, H., Mitt. Bot. Mtinchen 16: 446. 1980 (lich. M). Holman, J.H. & C. Jermy, Int. direct. pteridol. no. 351. 1973. Huber, O. & J.J. Wurdack, Smiths. Contrib. Bot. 56: 69. 1984 (itin., coll.). Steyermark, J.A. & O. Huber, Flora del Avila 17, 932, 933. 1978. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 264, 368. 1935, 2: 278. 1936, 3: 139, 243, 357- 1937, 4: 180. 1938, 6: 309. 1941. 15-923. Der Berg bliiht. Erleben und Deutung alpiner Pflanzen in Wort und Bild ... Munchen (Verlag F. Bruckmann) [1978]. Oct. (Berg bliht). Photographs: Ernst Krause. Publ.: 1938 (p. viii: Summer 1937), p. [i-vili], [1]-152. Copy: B-S. — A third edition, identical, was published in Miinchen, 1944. Copy: B. English: Mountains in flower, London (L. Drummond) 1939, 1947, New York (The Macmillan Company) 1948, p. [i-vii], 1-159, 72 photos in text. Vasey, George (1822-1893), English-born American botanist, especially agrostologist; came with his parents to the United States 1823; Dr. med. Pittsfield, Mass. 1847; pract- icing physician in northern Illinois 1848-1868; with J.W. Powell on exploring expedit- ions to Colorado 1868 and 1869; in charge of the Museum of the State Normal Univers- ity of Illinois, Bloomington 1869-1872; from 1872-1893 botanist at the United States Department of Agriculture and curator of the United States National Herbarium. (Vasey). HERBARIUM and types: US; other material in BRU, CINC, CLM, DPU, DS, E, F, FH, ILL, ILLS, K, KNOX, KU, MASS, MSC, NA, NMC, NY, NYS, PENN, PH, POM, WELC, WECO, WS. — Field notes: US. — Letters: G, GH, US. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Backer p. 610; Barnhart 3: 427 (b. 23 Feb 1822, d. 4 Mar 1893); BJI 1: 60; BL 1: 136, 152, 322; BM 5: 2193; CSP 8: 1144, 12: 751, 19: 300- 301; DAB 19: 229-230 (W.R. Maxon); Desmond p. 627; Ewan ed. 1: 326-327, 357, ed. 2: 227; Herder p. 27, 278; Hortus 3: 1206; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345, 2: 649, 706; Jackson p. 360; Langman p. 771-772; Lenley p. 422, 471; LS 27645, 40216; ME 1: 236- 237, 3: 670; Morren ed. 10, p. 116; NI 2040-2041; NW p. 60; PH 132, 164, 906; Rehder 5: 875; TL-2/6664; Tucker 1: 715, 2: xxxix, 3: 321. BIOFILE: Allibone, S.A., Crit. dict. Engl. lit. 2: 1464-1465. 1891, 3: 2510. 1880. Allison, E.M., Univ. Colorado Stud. 6: 76. 1909. Anon., Amer. J. Pharm. 65: 207. 1893 (obit. not.); Bot. Not. 1894: 47 (d.); Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 246: 675-676. 1964; Bull. Torrey bot. Club 19: 382. 1892 (com- piles a syst. alph. index of new sp. N. Amer. Phans. Pter.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl., Auteurs 203: 562-566. 1968; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 419-420. 1969; 676 VASEY J. Bot. 31: 128. 1893 (d.); Meehan’s Mon. 3: 79. 1893 (obit. not.); Nature 47: 495. 1893.; Nat. Nov. 15: 159. 1893; Osterr. bot. Z. 43: 192. 1893 (d.); Science 21: 145. 1893 (obit. not.); Who was who Amer. 1607-1896: 621-622. 1967. Barnhart J.H., in H.A. Kelly & W.L. Burrage, Amer. med. biogr. 1177-1178. 1920. Canby, Wm. M. & J.N. Rose, Bot. Gaz. 18: 170-183. 1893 (biogr. sketch, bibl.). Coville, F.V., Bull. Torrey bot. Club 20: 218-220. 1893 (obit.). Elliott, C.A., Biogr. dict. Amer. Sci. 260. 1979. Frear, W., Agricultural Science 7: 249-252. 1893 (obit., portr.). Fuller, G.D., Trans. Ill. Acad. Sci. 43: 38-39. 1955. Humphrey, H.B., Makers Amer. bot. 255-257. 1961. Jones, M.E., Contr. W. Bot. 18: 140. 1935. Kibbe, A.L., A field with plant lovers and collectors 207-208. 1953. Knobloch, I.W., Pl. coll. N. Mexico 70. 1979; Phytologia Mem. 6: gg. 1983 (coll. Mexico). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 356. 1985. McVaugh, R., Field & Laboratory 14: 70-88. 1946 (on G.C. Nealley, based on 275 letters N. to Vasey); Edward Palmer 429 [index]. 1956. Meadows, E.L., Trans. Ill. State Acad. 50: 66-67. 1957. Mohlenbrock, R.H., Ann. Miss. bot. Gard. 69: 392. 1982. Rickett, H.W., Index Bull. Torrey bot. Club 101-102. 1955. Robinson, B.L., Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci. 28: 401-403. 1893 (obit.). Rodgers, A.D., Amer. bot. 1873-1892, p. 339 [index]. 1944; Bernard Edward Fernow 622 [index]. 1951. Sayre, G., Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 408. 1975 (coll. crypt.). Schofield, E.K., Brittonia 30: 404. 1978 (Vasey’s Colorado Exp. 1868 plants at NY). Sutton, G.B., Charles Sprague Sargent 105, 144, 145. 1970. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 37. 1935. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Editor, The American Entomologist and Botanist 2, 1870. (2) Contributed to J.T. Rothrock, Cat. Pl. 1874, TL-2/9657 and Rep. U.S. Geogr. surv. Wheeler 1879, TL-2/9658. (3) Co-author, G.C. Neal, Invest. Grass. Texas 1887, TL-2/6664. (4) Collaborator, H.N. Patterson, Numb. checkl. N. Amer. pl. 1892, TL-2/7507. EPONYMyY: Vaseya Thurber (1863); Vaseyanthus Cogniaux (1891); Vaseyochloa Hitchcock (1933). 15.924. Flora columbiana, or catalogue of plants growing without cultivation, collected by members of the Potomac-side Naturalist’s Club in the District of Columbia and ms immediate viciniy. Washington (The Columbia press) 1876. (FJ. columb.). Authors: George EEN Chickering, E. Foreman, Wm. H. Seaman, L.F. Ward. Publ.: 1876 (p. [3]: 1 Jun 1876), p. [1]-27. Copies: HH, NY, USDA. 15.925. A catalogue of the forest trees of the United States which usually attain a height of sixteen feet or more, with notes and brief descriptions of the more important species, illustrating the collection of forest-tree sections on exhibition by the Department of Agriculture at the Centennial exhibition, Philadelphia ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1876. Oct. (Cat. for. trees U.S.). Publ.: 1876 (Bull. Torrey bot. Club Nov 1876), p. [1]-38. Copies: BR, FH, HH, MO, NY, US. 15.926. The grasses of the United States: being a synopsis of the tribes and genera, with descriptions of the genera, and a list of the species ... Washington (Government Print- ing Office) 1883. Oct. (Grass. U.S.). Publ.: 30 Aug 1883 (date so indicated on USDA copy; Bot. Centralbl. 15-19 Oct 1883; TBC Dec 1883; Bull. Soc. bot. France Sep-Oct 1883; Nat. Nov. Nov(1) 1883), p. [1]- 47. Copies: HH, NY, PH, US, USDA. — Dept. Agric. special. Rep. 63. Ref.: Hackel, E., Bot. Centralbl. 17: 216. Feb 1884 (rev.). 15.927. The agricultural grasses of the United States, by George Vasey, ... also the chemical 677 VASEY composition of American grasses, by Clifford Richardson, ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1884. Oct. (Agric. grass. U.S.). Co-author: Clifford Richardson 1856-1932. Publ.: Sep 1884 (p. 3: 1 Jul 1884; NY copy rd. Oct 1884; TBC Nov-Dec 1884; Bot. Zeit. 26 Dec 1884; Nat. Nov. Nov(2) 1884), p. [1]-144, pl. 1-120 (uncol. liths., Marx). — Copies: BR, HH, MICH, NY, US. New edition: 1889 (Bot. Gaz. Feb 1890; TBC 5 Feb 1890), p. [1]-148, pl. 1-114 (id.). Copies: BR, FH, HH, US, USDA. — The agricultural grasses and forage plants of the United States; and such foreign kinds as have been introduced ... a new and revised, and enlarged edition, ...” Ref.: Hackel, E., Bot. Centralbl. 21: 333-335. 1885. 15.928. A descriptive catalogue of the grasses of the United States, including especially the grass collections at the New Orleans exposition made by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, and the state exhibits of grasses, with notes on such species as are more or less employed in agriculture, or deserving of trial for cultivation ... Washington (Gibson Bros., .. .) 1885. Oct. (Descr. cat. grass. U.S.). Publ.: 1885 (p. [3]: Mar 1885; Bot. Gaz. Jun 1885), p. [1]-110. Copies: FH, HH, MICH, NY, PH, US, USDA. 15.929. Report of an investigation of the grasses of the arid districts of Kansas, Nebraska, and Colorado ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1886. Oct. (Rep. grass. Kans. Nebraska, Colo.). Publ.: 1886 (TBC Dec 1886), p. [1]-18, [19], pl. 7-73. Copy: BR. — Dept. Agric. bot. Div. Bull. 1, 1886. Ref.: Hackel, E., Bot. Centralbl. 29: 12-13. 3-7 Jan 1887 (rev.). 15.930. Grasses of the South. A report on certain grasses and forage plants for cultivation in the South and Southwest ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1887. Oct. (Grass. South). Publ.: Jun 1887 (p. 3: 15 Mai 1887; Bot. Gaz. Aug 1887; J. Bot. Aug 1887; Nat. Nov. Jul(2) 1887), p. [1]-63, pl. 7-76 (uncol. liths. Marx). Copies: B, BR, G, HH, M, US. — Dept. Agric. bot. Div. Bull. 3. 1887. Ref.: Hackel, E., Bot. Centralbl. 33: 11. 2-6 Jan 1888 (rev.). 15.931. Desiderata of the herbarium for North America, North of Mexico. Ranunculaceae to Rosaceae, inclusive ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1887. Oct. (Deszd. herb.). Publ.: Aug-Dec 1887 (p. 3: 1 Aug 1887), p. [1]-15. Copzes: HH, US. — Dept. Agr. bot. Div. Bull. 4. 15.932. Report of an investigation of the grasses of the arid district, of Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, and Utah, in 1887. Washington (Government Printing Office) 1888. Oct. (Rep. grass. Texas). Publ.: 1888 (p. 3: 20 Jan 1888), p. [1]-61, pl. 1-30 (uncol. liths. Marx). Copzes: B, FH, HH, M, NY. — Dept. Agr. Bot. Div. Bull. 6. 15.933- 1. List of plants collected by Dr Edward Palmer in 1888 in Southern California ... IT. List of plants collected by Dr Edward Palmer in 1889 at 1. Lagoon head ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1890. Oct. Co-author: Joseph Nelson Rose (1862-1928), TL-2/4: 884-887. Collector: Edward Palmer (1831-1911), TL-2/4: 28-29. Publ.: 13 Jun 1890, p. [i]-vii, [1]-28. Copies: BR, HH, US. — Issued and to be cited as Contr. U.S. Natl. herb. 1(1). 1890. Continuation: 1 Nov 1890, p. [i]-iii, 63-90, v-vi, List of plants ... Palmer in 1890 in Lower California and Western Mexico, at 1. La Paz ..., id. 1(3) 1890. Copy: MO. 15.934- Grasses of the Southwest. Plates and descriptions of the grasses of the desert region of Western Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, and Southern California ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1890-1891, 2 parts. Oct. (Grass. Southw.). 678 VATKE 1: 13 Oct 1890, p. [i]-vi, [1-2, err., possibly issued Dec 1891), p. [1]-9. pl. 1-50 (uncol. liths.) with text. 2: Dec 1891, p. [1]-7, [9], pl. 1-50 (id.). Copies: B, BR, G, HH, M, MICH, MO, PH, U, US. — General t.p. (extra): Illustrations of North American Grasses vol. 1 ... 1891 [sic]. — Issued as U.S.D.A. Div. Bot. Bull. re. 15.935- Grasses of the Pacific Slope, including Alaska and the adjacent islands. Plates and descriptions of the grasses of California, Oregon, Washington, and the North-Western Coast, including Alaska ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1892-1893, 2 parts. (Grass. Pac. Slope). 1: 20 Oct 1892, p. [1]-7, [9], pl. 1-50 (uncol. liths.) with text. 2: 1 Jun 1893, p. [1]-7, [9], pl. 57-100 (id.). Preface material: 1 Jun 1893, p. [i]-vii. — Extra t.p.: Illustrations of North American Grasses vol. 2. Copies: B, BR, G, HH, MICH, MO, U, US. — Issued as U.S.D.A. Div. Bot. Bull. 13. 15.936. Monograph of the grasses of the United States and British America ... Washington (Government Printing Office) 1892. Oct. (Monogr. grass. U.S.). Publ.: 25 Feb 1892, p. [i]-v, 1-89, vii-xiv. Copies: B, BR, G, MO, NY, US. Vatke, [George Carl] Wilhelm (1849-1889), German (Berlin) botanist; studied at the University of Berlin as student of A. Braun; assistant at the Berlin Botanical Garden 1876-1879; from 1879 privately active, exclusively with botany, visiting various Euro- pean herbaria, assembling a considerable herbarium and library; mostly working at Berlin. (Vatke). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: JE; other material at GOET, K (ex herb.), W. — Letters to E. v. Halacsy and K. Keck at UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(2): 454; Barnhart 3: 427 (b. 12 Aug 1849, d. 6 Apr 1889); Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9519; BJI 1: 60; BM 5: 2196; Bossert p. 415; CSP 8: 1144, 11: 682, 12: 751, 19: 303; DTS 1: 314, 6(4): 64; Herder p. 482 [index]; Hortus 3: 1206; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345; Morren ed. 11, p. 7; MW p. 512; Rehder 5: 875; RS p. 146; Zander ed. 10, p. 727, ed. 11, p. 829; Zep-Tim. p. 111. BIOFILE: Anon., Nat. Nov. 11: 133. 1889 (d.). Ascherson, P.F.A., in Nachtrag zu L. Schneider’s Flora von Magdeburg 1894, p. 72. Hoffmann, O., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 7: (21)-(24). 1889 (obit.). Lack, H.W. & C.-O. von Sydow, Willdenowia 14: 443. 1984. Magnus, P.W., Ann. Bot. 3: 493-494. 1890 (bibl.). Volkens, G.L.A., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 51: (85). 1910. COMPOSITE works: Author of part 6 of the series Reliquiae rutenbergianae, Feb 1885, see TL-2/4: 1008, Abh. naturw. Ver. Bremen 9(2): 115-138. HANDWRITING: in G. Wagenitz, Index coll. princ. Herb. Gott. 212. 1982. EPONYMY: Vatkea O. Hoffmann (1880). 15.937- Labiatae abyssinicae collectionis nuperrime schimperianae enumeratae, [Linnaea 37(3), 1872]. Oct. Publ.: Jul 1872 (in journal), p. [1]-20. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Linnaea 37(3): 313-332. 1872. Continuation: in Linnaea 39: 475-518. Oct 1875, 40: 183-192. Apr, 193-224. Mai 1876. — The instalments published in volume 40 were reprinted Mai 1876 with Vatke’s “Labiatas a cl. Dr. W. Peters ...’’, see below. 15.938. Appendix ad indicem seminum Horti botanici berolinensis anni 1875 continens Adnotationes criticas ad nonnullas plantarum species, quae in horto berolinensi coluntur aut 679 VATKE olim colebantur ... [Berlin (Typis C. Feisteri (L. Mewesii)) 1876]. Qu. (Adnot. crit. pl. sp.). ne 1875: Jan-Mar 1876, p. [1-2]. Copy: U. — Published with Index sem. hort. bot. berol. 1875 (1876). Anni 1876: Apr 1877 (p. [4]: 31 Mar 1877), p. [1]-3, [4]. Copy: U. — Id. 1876 (1877). - The note on p. 4, dated 31 Mar 1877, is a death notice of Alexander Braun who had died two days earlier. 15.939- Labiatas a cl. Dr. W. Peters in itinere mosambicensi collectas in opere klotzschiano omissas enumerat ... [Linnaea 40, 1876]. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1876 (in journal), p. 177-182. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Linnaea 40: 177- 182. Apr 1876, together with Labiatae abyssinicae [part 3] on p. 183-224. Apr-Mai 1876. 15-940. Plantas in itinere africano ab F.M. Hildebrandt collectas determinare pergit ... (Separatabdruck aus ““Linnaea”’ xli. Bd. 2. Heft [1881]. Oct. [7]: Jan 1881, cover-t.p., p. [83]-100. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Linnaea 43(2): 83-100. 1878. — The reprint has in addition on p. 100-112, Vatke, Leguminosae hildebrandtianae [1]. [2]: Feb 1882, Linnaea 43(5-6): 305-334, part [2] of Leguminosae hildebrandtianae on p. 33573490: [3]: Mai 1882, cover-t.p., p. 507-521. Copy: G. — Id. 43(7): 507-541. 1882. Preceded by a series of papers with the same title in Osterr. bot. Z. 25: 9-11, 166-169, 230- 232, 323-330. 1875, 26: 145-147. 1876, 27: 194-198. 1877, 28: 198-202, 213-216, 261- 264. 1878, 29: 218-224. Jul, 250-251. Aug 1879 [reprinted 1879, p. [1]-8, copy: M], 30: 77-82. Mar [repr. p. [1]-8], 273-280. Sep 1880 [repr. p. 1-6. Copy: M]. Vatova, Aristocle (1897-x), Italian botanist; Dr. phil. Torino 1924, later at the Institute for marine biology at Rovigno d’Istria. (Vatova). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. — Issued a set of Algae adriaticae exsiccatae, fasc. 1, nos. 1-25, 1932. — Collected in Erythrea, Ethiopia and Somalia in 1937-1938. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Hirsch p. 308. COMPOSITE woRKs: With V. Schiffner, Le algue della Laguna, sezione 1, in La Laguna di Venezia, Monografia 3 (part 5, tome g, fasc. 1): 83-250, 35 pl., 10 maps. 1938. EPONYMY: Vatovaea Chiovenda (1951). 15.941. Compendto della flora e fauna del Mare adriatico presso Rovigno con la distribuzione geografica delle specie bentoniche ... Venezia (premiate officine grafiche C. Ferrari) 1928. Oct. (Comp. fl. fauna Adriat.). Publ.: Dec 1930 (p. 2; t-p. 1928; Nat. Nov. Mai 1932), p. [i-ii], [1]-614, pl. 7-68, maps. Copy: B. - Mem. 143, R. Ist. Biol. marina Adriat., Rovigno. Vaucher, Jean Pierre Etienne (1763-1841), Swiss clergyman and botanist; Dr. theol. 1787, ordained 1787; in charge of a private school until 1828; pastor of St. Gervais at Genéve 1795-1821; honorary professor of botany Genéve 1802; professor of ecclesiastical history at the Theological Faculty 1808-1841. (Vauch.). HERBARIUM and tyPEs: G. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Ainsworth p. 117; Barnhart 3: 427 (b. 27 Apr 1763, d. 5 Jan 1841); CSP 6: 113; De Toni 1: cxxvii, 2: cxviii; DSB 13: 595-596 (D.M. Simpkins); Frank 3 (Anh.): 108; Herder p. 170, 225, 268, 316; Jackson p. 139, 150, 155, 226; Laségue p. 545; Moebius p. 457 [index]; MW p. 512; NI 2042-2044; Plesch p. 447; PR 1502, 9704-9710, ed. 1: 10680-10686; Sotheby 787; TL-1/1353. 680 VAUCHER BIOFILE: Anon., Mém. Soc. Phys.-Hist. nat. Genéve 10(1): xxiv-xxvi. 1843; Verh. schweiz. naturf. Ges. 26: 308-316. 1841 (obit.). Boubier, A., Bull. Inst. Genéve 37: 76-81. 1907. Briquet, J., Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 467-471. 1940 (biogr., bibl.). Candolle, Alph., de, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 10: 161-168, 241-248. 1842 (obit.). Candolle, A.P. de, Mém. Soc. Phys. Genéve 5: 46-47. 1830 (bibl.); Mém. Souvenirs 27, TI7-119, 294, 392, 406, 447, 485, 488. 1862. Gautier, Notices membr. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 20-22. 1843. Gertz, O., K. Fysiogr. Sallsk. Lund 1772-1840. 235. 1940. Jessen, K.F.W., Bot. Gegenw. Vorz. 374, 421, 423, 434, 458. 1884. Louis, A., Biol. Jaarb. Dodonaea 30: 492-526. 1962 (general discussion of his algological work). Magdefrau, K., Gesch. Bot. 169, 171, 281. 1973. Montet, A. de, Dict. biogr. Genevois 2: 595-596. 1878. Sachs, J., Gesch. Bot. 222, 223, 401, 473, 589. 1875; Hist. botanique 155, 384, 453, 561. 1892. Vaucher, J.P.E., Souvenir d’un pasteur genevois, ou recueil de sermons ... Genéve 1842. Vaucher fils, ed., Souvenirs d’un pasteur genevois, précédés d’une notice sur la vie ... Geneve 1842. Weibel, R., Musées de Genéve 58: 11. 1965 (portr. of bust). EPONYMY: Vaucheria A.P. de Candolle (1801); Vaucheriella Gaillon (1833). 15.942. Mémoire sur les graines des conferves, ... [Journal de Physique ... 1801]. Qu. Publ.: 1801 (dated Floréal an g: 21 Apr-20 Mai 1801), p. [1]-16, pl. 3 (Sellier, uncol. copp.). Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. de Phys. 52: 344-358. 1801. — Extract Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris 2: 185-187. 1801. 15.943. Histoire des conferves Ceau douce, contenant leurs différens modes de reproduction, et la description de leurs principales espéces, suivie de l’histoire des Trémelles et des Ulves d’eau douce ... A Genéve (chez J.J. Paschoud, ...) an xi-1803. Qu. (Hist. conferv. eau douce). Publ.: Mar 1803 (JT 21 Mar 1803; Alg. Konst.-Letterb. 15 Jul 1803), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-xv, [1]-285, [286-287, err.], pl. 1-17 (uncol. copp.). Copies: B, BR, FH, G, HH, M, MICH, NY, PH, US; IDC 6413. 15.944- Monographie des préles ... Genéve (chez J.J. Paschoud, ...) Paris (méme maison dé commerce ~..) 1822. Qu. Publ.: 1822, p. [iJ-iv, [1]-63, [64], [1-2, notes], pl. 1-2, 2a, 3-13. Copies: G, HH, MO, NY(2). — Reprinted and to be cited from Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. nat. Genéve 1(2): 329-392. 1821 [1822]. The reprint contains some corrections. — The notes on p. [1-2] are present in one of the NY copies and in the copy at HH; they may have been added later. Polish transl.: 1826, p. [iJ-viii, [1]-61, [62, cont.], pl. 1-2, 2a, 3-13. Copy: NY. Follow-up: Mémoire sur la fructification des préles, Mém. Mus. Hist. nat. Paris 10: 429-434, pl. 27. Mar-Apr 1824 (‘1823’). 15.945- Monographie des Orobanches, ... ee (chez les héritiers de J.J. Paschoud, .. .) Paris (méme maison de commerce, ...) 1827. Qu. (Monogr. Orobanch.). Publie 18275 palin, 1 |; bh ii, [1]-72, pl. 1-76 (col. or uncol.). Copies: B, BR, HH, MICH, MO, NY, PH, USD Preliminary publi: Nee sur la germination des Orobanches, Mém. Mus. Hist. nat. 10: 261- 273. 29 Feb 1824 (BF). Ref.: Schlechtendal, D.F.L. von, Linnaea 3 (2, Litt.): 56-58. Apr 1828 (rev.). 15.946. Histoire physiologique des plantes de Europe ou exposition des phénoménes qu’elles présentent dans les divers [sic] périodes de leur développement ... Tome premier ... Genéve (J. Barbezat et Compie ...) 1830. Oct. +. (Hist. physiol. pl. Europe). Ed. [1]: 1830 (after 25 Apr), p. [i-vi], [1]-503. n.v. (vol. 1 only). Copy: L (n.v.). 681 VAUCHER Completed edition: 1-6 Jan 1841 (1: [iii], 16 Oct 1840; Flora 14 Feb 1841; 4 vols. sent to PAW 3 Apr 1841; Briquet (1940): copies distr. by Vaucher 1-6 Jan 1841). Copies: B-S, BR, NY, U. — 4 vols. Paris (librairie de Marc Aurel fréres, ...) 1841. Oct. 1: 1841, p. [i*-11*], [i]-xxxi, [1]-583. 2: 1841, p. [i-m], [1]-743. 3: 1841, p. [i-ii], [1]-786. 4. 1841, p. [i-i], [1]-637. Vaupel, Friedrich Karl Johann (1876-1927), German (Prussian/Rhenisch Palat- inate) botanist; followed a military career 1893-1895, pensioned off because of invalidity 1895; studied medicine and natural sciences in Berlin, Heidelberg and Miinchen; in Mexico and the West Indies 1899-1910; Dr. phil. Miinchen 1903 as student of K. v. Goebel; travelled in India, Australia and the Samoa Islands 1903-1907; assistant at the Botanical Museum Berlin-Dahlem 1908, curator ib. 1921, professor’s title 1926; on active service as training officer 1914-1918; specialist on Cactaceae. (Vaup.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: B (partly extant, incl. ferns and alcohol material, see Leuenber- ger 1979); other material in DPU, K, M, MO, P, US, W. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 428 (b. 23 Mai 1876, d. 4 Mai 1927); Biol.- Dokum. 18: 9521; BJI 2: 182; Hortus 3: 1206; Langman p. 772-773; SK 1: 538; TL- 2/1711, 11.386, 11.388, see R.L.A.M. Guerke, K. Schumann; Tucker 1: 716, 3: 322; Urban-Berl. 406; Zander ed. 10, p. 727, ed. 11, p. 830; Zep-Tim p. 112. BIOFILE: Anon., Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 81: 442. 1927 (d.); Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 421-422. 1969; Notizbl. Berlin-Dahlem 6: 321. 1915 (active service, lieutenant), 7: 334. 1917 (Eisernes Kreuz II. Kl., “fiir Kriegshilfe’), 10: 122-123. 1927 (obit.); Osterr. bot. Z. 76(2): 168. 1927 (d.). Fiedler, M., Kakteen und andere Sukkulenten 23(12): 319-325. 1972. Knobloch, I.W., Phytologia Mem. 6: 99. 1983 (coll. Mexico). Konig, G., Z. Sukkulentenk. 1927(3): 42-44 (obit., portr.). Leuenberger, B.E., Willdenowia 8: 625-635. 1978 (85 types of Cactaceae extant at B in alcohol coll., incl. Vaupel types); see also Cact. Suc. mex. 23: 88-92. 1978. Ulbrich, E., Verh. bot. Ver. Brandenburg 70(1): 31-35. 1928 (obit., bibl.). Urban, I., Symb. ant. 5: 15. 1904 (Vaupel, Mexicanische und West-indische Kakteen, in Monatschr. Kakteenk. 12: 10-45, 50-62, 75-78, 90-96. 1902). Vaupel, F., Bot. Jahrb. 44 (Beibl. 102): 47-58, pl. 1-3. 9 Aug 1910, repr. in Ber. Zusam- menk. Frei. Ver. Pflanzengeogr. Syst. Bot. 1910: 47-58, pl. 1-3. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Founder and editor, Zettschrift fiir Sukkulentenkunde, Berlin, vols. 1- 3, 1923-1928. (2) With K. Schumann and R.A.L.M. Guerke, Bliihende Kakteen, see under K. Schum- ann (contribution 1900-1921). 3) Cactaceae in EP, Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2: 21: 594-561. Dec 1925. 4) Cactaceae in EP Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 1. Nachtr. 4: 1914. 5) Entries on Cactaceae, in Graebner & Lange, Ill. Gartenbaulexikon ed. 4. vol. 1. 1925. 6) With M. Gurke, Borraginaceae, in J. Mildbread, ed., Wiss. Ergebn. deut. Zentr.-Afr. Exp. 1907-1908, 2: 279-281. IQI1. 7) Borraginaceae, in R. Pilger, Plantae Uleanae novae vel minus cognitae, Notizbl. Berlin- Dahlem 6(56): 181-187. 15 Mai, 1914. 8) Editor, Monatschrift fiir Kakteenkunde 21-30. 1911-1920. EPONYMY: Vaupelia A. Brand (1914, nom. cons.). 15.947. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss einiger Bryophyten. Inauguraldissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwiirde der Hohen philosophischen Fakultat der Kgl. Bayer. Ludwig- Maximilians-Universitat zu Munchen vorgelegt ... Mtinchen (Druck von Val. Hofling, ...) 1903. Oct. (Beztr. Kenntn. Bryoph.). Publ.: 1903 (before 22 Jul 1903, as preprint; Nat. Nov. Dec(1) 1904), p. [1]-29, [1, vita]. VAUPELL Copy: B. — Preprinted from Flora 92(3): 346-370. 22 Jul 1903. — Summary in Hedwigia 42: (326)-(327). 28 Dec 1903. Ref.: Solms, H., Bot. Zeit. 62: 8-9. 1 Jan 1904 (rev.). 15.948. Iridaceae africanae novae ... [Sonderabdruck aus Engler’s Botanischen Jahrbii- chern -:- 1912]. Oct: Publ.: 27 Aug 1912, cover, p. [533]-549. Copy: M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Jahrb. 48(3-4): [513]-549. 1912. 15-949. Cactaceae andinae ... [Beiblatt Bot. Jahrb. 1913]. Oct. Publ.: 19 Aug 1913, p. [12]-31. Copy: US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Jahrb. 50 (Beibl. 111): 12-31. 1913. 15.950. Verzeichnis der seit dem Jahre 1903 neu beschriebenen und unbenannten Gattun- gen und Arten aus der Familie der Cactaceae soweit sie noch nicht in dem ersten Nachtrag zu K. Schumann’s ‘‘Gesammtbeschreibung der Kakteen” enthalten sind ... Neudamm (Verlag von J. Neumann) 1913. Oct. (Verz. Gatt. Art. Cactac.). Publ.: Sep 1913 (p. 5: 15 Aug 1913; ObZ for Oct-Dec 1913; Nat. Nov. Nov(2) 1913), p. [1]-40. Copies: B, HH. — First part previously published in Monatschr. Kakteenk. 23: 11-14. Jan 1913, 23-27. Feb 1913, 37-41. Mar 1913. 15-951. Die Kakteen Monographie der Cactaceae ... [Berlin] (Selbstverlag des Verfas- sers) 1925-1926, 2 parts. Oct. t. (Aakteen). Lieferung 1: 15 Mar 1925, cover-t.p., p. [1]-48. Lieferung 2: 1 Mar 1926, cover-t.p., p. 49-96. Copies: B, HH, MICH, PH, USDA. - A set of proofs of Lieferung 3 (never published), p. 1-37, printed on recto only is at B. — Publication interrupted because of Vaupel’s sudden death (accident); 20 Lieferungen had been foreseen. Vaupell, Christian Theodor (1821-1862), Danish botanist and high school teacher; Cand. theol. 1847; Dr. phil. Copenhagen 1859; lecturer (“‘privatdocent’’) at Copenha- gen University 1860-1862. (Vaupell). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: C. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 428 (b. 14 Oct 1821, d. 15 Sep 1862); BM 5: 2196; Bossert p. 415; Christiansen p. 321 [index]; CSP 6: 114; De Toni 1: cxxvii; Herder p. 124; Jackson p. 63, 88; Langman p. 773; LS 41811; PR 9711-9714; Rehder 5: 876; Saccardo 1: 169; Tucker 1: 716, 721. BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Zeit. 21: 120. 1863 (sale of library and herbarium collections); Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 246: 877-878. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl., Auteurs 204: 186. 1969. Christensen, C., Dansk. bot. Litt. 1880-1911, p. 7. 1913; Dansk Bot. hist. 1: 472-492, 883 [index]. 1926, 2: 288-292. 1926 (main biogr., bibl., portr.); Dansk biogr. Leks. 25: 161-165. 1943 (biogr.). Fischer-Benzon, R. von, in P. Prahl, Fl. Schlesw. Holst. 2: 58-59. 1889. Stafleu, F.A., Regnum vegetabile 71: 332. 1970 (on introd. beech in Denmark). Syrach-Larson, C., Nat. Verd. 1923: 164-176. Warming, E., Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 185-188. 1881 (bibl.). Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 105. 1903. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Flora danica, text and supervision of drawing for plate 2700, in fasc. 45, 1861. (2) Co-editor, Tidsskrift for populaere fremstillinger af Naturvidenskaben, 1855. HANDWRITING: Christensen, C., Dansk Bot. Hist. 1: 479. 1926. EPONYMY: Vaupellia Grisebach (1862, nom. rej.) was probably named for Vaupell. 683 VAUPELL 15.942. De nordsjellandske Skovmoser. En botanisk-mikroskopisk Underségelse af de Plantedele, som danne Torven, og af de Levninger af Fortidens Skove, der ere bevarede i nogle nordsjellandske Skovmoser ... Kjobenhavn (Hos Universitetsboghandler C.A. Reitzel, ...) 1851. Qu. (Nordsjell. Skovmos.). Publ.: 1851, p. [i]-iv, [v-vii], [1]-56, [57, cont.], [58, expl. pl.], p/. 7-2 (uncol. liths.). Copies: FH, NY. Ref.: K.M., Bot. Zeit. 10: 76-77. 16 Jan 1852 (rev.). 15.953- Untersuchungen tiber das peripherische Wachsthum der Gefassbundel der dicotyledonen Rhizome ... Leipzig (in der J.C. Hinrichs’schen Buchhandlung) 1855. Oct. (Unters. peripher. Wachsth.). Publ.: 1855, p- [i-ii], [1]-44, pl. 1-2 (uncol. liths. auct.). Copies: B-S, G, M, NY, U. Danish original: Om Karbundternes perpheriske Vext i de Planters Mellemstokke, Vid. Medd. Kjg@benhavn 1854: 49-94. pl. 1-2. Ref.: Firnrohr, A.E., Flora 38: 605-606. 14 Oct 1855 (rev.). 15.954. Bogens Invandring i de danske Skove ... Kjobenhavn (forlagt af C.A. Reitzels bo og arvinger ...) 1857. Oct. (Bogens Invandr.). Publ.: 1857, p. [i]-vi, [1]-63. Copies, C, HH. French transl.: 1858, p. [1]-32. Copy: HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 4. 7(2): 55-86. 1858. — Notes by D.F.L. von Schlechtendal in Bot. Zeit. 16: 137-141. 1858, commentary Vaupell in Flora 42: 465-478. 1859. — De ’invasion du hétre dans les foréts du Danemark. 15.955- Jagttagelser over befrugtningen en art af slegten Oedogonium ... udgiven for den philo- sophiske Doctorgrad ... Kjg@benhavn (hos C.A. Reitzel ...) 1859. Oct. Publ.: 1859 (thesis accepted 20 Jun 1859), p. [1]-38, [1, theses], 7 pl. (uncol. lith. C. Thornam). Copies: B-S, FH, NY, Peterson. French: Sur la réproduction et la fécondation @une espéce du genre Oedogonium, Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 4. 11: 192-204, pl. 4-5. 15.956. Bidrag til Oedogoniernes Morphologie, ... Kj¢benhavn (Bianco Lunos Bogtrykkeri ..) 1862. Oct. Publ.: 1862, cover-t.p., p. [1]-14, 1 pl. (uncol.). Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Overs. K. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1861 (Jun): 213-224. 1862. Vauquelin, Louis Nicolas (1763-1829), French chemist and pharmacist; studied at Rouen and Paris; pharmacist at a hospital in Melun 1793; inspector of mines and assistant professor of chemistry at the Ecole polytechnique, Paris 1794; later professor of chemistry at the Collége de France and at the Muséum d’Histoire naturelle and from 1811 at the Faculté des Sciences. (Vauquelin). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 428 (b. 16 Mai 1763, d. 14 Nov 1829); BM 5: 2196; Bossert p. 415; Dryander 3: 426, 434, 496, 511; Herder p. 394, 413; LS 27651; PR 9715, ed. 1: 7746, 10687; Rehder 5: 876; Tucker 1: 716. BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl., Auteurs 204: 200-207. 1969; Grand Larousse encycl. 10: 702. 1964; Index biogr. Acad. Sci. 510. 1954. Bridson, G.D.R., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 296.3. 1980. Candolle, A.P. de, Mém. souv. 41, 42. 1862. Daintith, J. et al., Biogr. encycl. Scientists 2: 807-808. 1981. F.R., zn Biogr. hommes vivants 5: 495-496. 18109. Hoefer, ed., Nouv. biogr. gén. 55: 1033-1036. 1866. Lacroix, A., Fig. Savants 3: 115, 121, 4: 150. 1938. Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 2: 1182-1189. 1863 (extensive bibl.). Spangenberg, K., zx Handw.-Buch Naturw. 10: 181. 1915, ed. 2. 10: 154. 1935. T. d. B., zn Michaud, Biogr. Univ. 43: 37-40. 1854ff. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 116. 1905. 684 VAVILOV EPONYMY: Vauquelinia Correa ex Humboldt et Bonpland (1807). 15-957- Expériences sur les séves des végétaux; ... a Paris (Chez Quillau, ...). An VII* de la République Frangaise [Sep 1798-Aug 1799] . Oct. (Expér. séves vég.). Publ.: Sep 1798-Aug 1799, p. [1]-32. Copies: G, NY. Vautier, Simone (1908-1971), Swiss botanist; assistant in a private laboratory for med- ical analyses 1930-1940; studied botany at Genéve 1940-1943 with Chodat, Hochreut- iner and Becherer; scientist at the Conservatoire botanique 1943-1970; Dr. sci. nat. Genéve 1949. (Vautier). HERBARIUM and TypEs: G (Acquired 1971). — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Bossert p. 415; IH 1 (ed. 1): 36, (ed. 2): 54, (ed. 3): 65, (ed. 4): 70, (ed. 5): 68. BIOFILE: Anon., Tribune de Genéve 15 Apr 1971. Bernardi, L., Musées de Genéve 116: 15-18. 1971 (obit.). Miége, J., Gandollea 26(1): 7-12. 1971 (obit., bibl., portr.). Weibel, R., Saussurea 2: 3-4. 1971 (obit., portr.). 15.958. La vascularisation florale chez les Polygonacées. Thése présentée a la Faculté des Sciences de |’Université de Genéve pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles ... Thése no. 1142. Genéve (Imprimerie du Journal de Genéve) 1949. Oct. (Vasculars. fl. Polygon.). Publ.: Oct 1949 (p. ii: 9 Jul 1949), p. [i-i1], [219]-343. Copies: BR, G, NY. — Preprinted from Candollea 12: [219]-343. 1949. Vavilov, Nikolay Ivanovich (1887-1943), Russian botanist, agronomist, geneticist and phytogeographer; studied at the Moscow Agricultural Institute 1906-1911, reserach assistant ib. 1911-1912; with the Bureau of Applied Botany and the Bureau of Myco- logy, St. Petersburg 1912-1913; studied at the University of Cambridge and the John Innes Institution 1913-1914; teacher at Moscow University 1914-1916; explored Iran and Pamir 1916-1917; professor of genetics at the Voronezh Agricultural Institute and id. of agronomy at Saratov University 1917-1920; head of the department of applied botany Petrograd 1920-1924; in charge of the All Union Institute of applied botany (later id. of plant breeding, VIR) 1924, set up the All Union Lenin Academy of Agricul- tural Sciences, 1929-1935; travelled widely 1929-1940, collecting economic plants. (Vavilov). HERBARIUM and Types: WIR. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 428 (b. 26 Nov 1887, d. 2 Aug 1942); BFM 2983; Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9521; BM 8: 1359; Bossert p. 416; DSB 15: 505-513 (extensive list sec. lit.; bibl., b. 25 Nov 1887, d. 26 Jan 1943); IH 1 (ed. 1): 71, (ed. 2): 89, (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345; Langman p. 773; Lenley p. 422; LS suppl. 28553-28556; MW p. 512- 513, suppl. 383-384; TL-2/see M. Lagasca, E.N. Sinskaya; Zander ed. 10, p. 727, ed. 11, p. 830. BIOFILE: Anon., Great Soviet Encyclopaedia ed. 3. 4: 540-541. 1974 (d. 26 Jan 1943); J. Heredity 37: 15. 1946 (question of V.’s death), 47(1): portr. facing p. 47. 1956 (“scientific resuscitation’’). Bachteev, F.Ch. (Bakhteyev, F.Kh.), Der Ziichter 128(4): 161-166. 1958 (biogr. sketch, d. 2 Aug 1942); Quart. Rev. Biol. 35(2): 115-119. 1960 (id. 1, Bot. Zhurn. 53(4): 544- 545. 1968, Theoret. Appl. Genet., Berlin 38: 79-84. 1968; Int. Org. Plant Biosyst., Newsletter 3: 1-4. 1970 (Vavilov and biosystematics); Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Biol. 1: 119-131. 1980. Berdyshev, G.D. et al., Tsitol. Genet. 12(2): 174-179. 1978. Cohen, B.M., J. Heredity 66: 315-316. 1975. Daintith, J. et al., Biogr. encycl. scientists 808. 1981. 685 VAVILOV Darlington, C.D., Nineteenth Century 142: 158-162. 1947. (The retreat from science in Soviet Russia; Vavilov-Lysenko controversy). Dobzhansky, Th., J. Heredity 38(8): 226-232. 1947 (martyr of genetics). Fedorov, A.A. et al., Nicolay Ivanovich Vavilov, Moscow 1967 (biogr., compl. bibl.); Mat. biobibl. Uéen. SSSR, Biol. Genet. no. 1, 131 p., biography). Gaissinovitch, A.F., Folia mendeliana 3: 55-58. 1968. Gates, R.R., Science and Culture 12(3): 423-427. 1947 (Vavilov and the Soviets). Gould, S.J., Nat. Hist. go: 14. 1881 (most chilling statement). Govorukhina, V.A., Izv. Akad. Nauk Turkm. SSR, Biol. Nauk 6: 3-8. 1977. Harland, S.C., Obit. not. R. Soc., London 1954: 259-264. Harland, S.C. & C.D. Darlington, Nature 156: 621-622. 1945. Joravsky, D., Slavic Rev. 24: 381-394. 1965 (the Vavilov brothers). Kupzow, A,J., Econ. Bot. 29(4): 372-379. 1975 (Vavilov’s Law of homologous series). Lavrenko, E.M., Bot. Zhurn. 53(4): 427-429. 1968. Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 758. 1985. Leppik, E.E., Econ. Bot. 23(2): 128-132. 1969 (biogr. sketch). Malato-Beliz, Lagascalia 6(2): 209-214. 1976 (on M. Lagasca y Segura and V.). Mangelsdorf, P.C., Genetics 38(1): 1-4. 1953. Orel, V., Genetika, Moskva 5(3): 178-180. 1969. Samorodov, V.N. & V.N. Pomogailo, Ukr. Bot. Zhurn. 35(3): 327. 1978. Starr Chester, K., transl. Selected writings of N.I. Vavilov, Chron. bot. 13: i-xvili, 1- 364. 1951. Vavilov, Y.N., Ryadom s N.I. Vavilovym, Moscow 1963. Vavilov, N.I., Izbrannye Proivedenia, 2 vols., Leningrad 1967 (selected works). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 446 [index]. 1935, 2: 477 [index]. 1936, 3: 429 [index]. 1937, 4: 596 [index]. 1938, 5: 555 [index]. 1939, 6: 475 [index]. 1941, 7: 459 [index]. 1923; in Starr Chester, K., ed., and transl. of N.I. Vavilov, Origin, variation, immun- ity and breeding of cultivated plants, Chron. bot. 13: v. 1951 (portr., with biogr. caption). Werner, V., Scientist versus society 136-150. 1975. Whitaker, T.W., Econ. Bot. 23(2): 132. 1969. Williams, T.I., Biogr. dict. scientists 528-529. 1969. Zhukovsky, P.M., Bot. Zhurn. 43: 905-511. 1958. COMPOSITE works: With E.V. Wulff editor of Ayltyrnaia flora SSR, 1935-1958, 20 vols. SELECTED WRITINGs: The origin, variation, immunity and breeding of cultivated plants, translated from the Russian by K. Starr Chester, Chronica botanica 13, 1951, 364 p. — Also Izbrannye trudy, 5 vols., Moscow-Leningrad, 1959-1965; Izbrannye sochinenia: genetika 1 selektsia, Moscow 1966, and Izbrannye proizvedenia, ed. F.K. Bakhteev, 2 vols. Leningrad 1967 (with biogr. and complete bibliography). EPONYMY: Vavilova Fedorov (1939). POSTAGE STAMPS: Soviet Union 4 k. (1977), yv- 4364. 15.959. Beitrdge zur Frage iiber die verschiedene Widerstandsfahigkeit der Getreide gegen para- sitische Pilze ... Moskva 1913. Oct. Publ.: 1913 (p. 108: Apr 1913), p. [1]-108, [109-110], pl. 1-3. Copy: FH. — Arb. Versuch- sstat. Pflanzenziicht. Mosk. landw. Inst. 1. Folge. English abstract: Jun 1914, cover-t.p., p. [49]-65, Immunity to fungous diseases as a physiolog- ical test in genetics and systematics, exemplified in cereals, J. Genetics 4(1): [49]-65. 1914. 15.960. The law of homologous series in variation ... Cambridge (at the University Press) 1922. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1922, cover-t.p., p. [i], [47]-89, pl. 9-10. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Genetics 12(1): 47-89. pl. 9-10. 1922. 686 VEESENMEYER 15.961. A contribution to the classification of soft wheats Triticum vulgare Vill [sic] Petrograd 1923. Oct. Publ.: 1923, cover-t.p., p. [149]-257, pl. 1-4. Copy: B-S. — Reprinted and to be cited from Trud. prikl. Bot. Selekc. (Bull. appl. Bot. Select.) 13(1): 149-257. 1923. 15.962. A contribution to the phylogenesis of wheat and the inter-species hybridisation in wheats ... Leningrad 1925. (Contr. phylog. wheats). Co-author: O. Jakushhina. Publ.: 1925, p. [1]-159. Copy: NY. — Issued as Trudy prikl. Bot. Selekc. (Bull. appl. Bot. Select.) 15, 1925. 15.963. Studies on the origin of cultivated plants ... Leningrad 1926. Oct. (Stud. orig. cult. pl.). Publ.: 1926, p. [i-u], [1]-248, 5 maps. Copy: NY. — Issued as Trudy prikl. Bot. Selekc. (Bull. appl. Bot. Select.) 16, 1926. 15-964. Agricultural Afghanistan ... (composed on the basis of data and materials of the Expedition of the Institute of applied Botany to Afghanistan) ... Leningrad 1929. Oct. (Agr. Afghanist.). Co-author: D.D. Bukinich. Publ.: 1929 (BR rd. 9 Apr 1929), p. [i-ii], [1]-610, [i]-xxxu, maps, pl. Copy: BR. 15.965. The role of Central Asia in the origin of cultivated plants ... Leningrad 1931. Publ.: 1931, cover-t.p., p. [3]-44. Copies: NY, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Trudy prikl. Bot. Genet. Selekc. (Bull. appl. Bot. Genet. Pl. Breed.) 26(3). 1931. Vayredra y Vila, Estanislao (1848-1901), Spanish (Catalonian) botanist and pharmacist at Olot, Gerona, Barcelona and Sagaro. (Vayr.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BC (15.000). — Rosa in BR. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 797; Barnhart 3: 428 (b. 11 Nov 1848, d. 20 Sep 1901); BL 2: 495, 501, 727; BM 5: 2197; Colmeiro 1: cciv; CSP 11: 682, 19: 307; Hortus 3: 1206; Morren ed. 10, p. 52; Rehder 5: 876; Tucker 1: 716. BIOFILE: Anon., Encicl. univ. ilustr. europ.-amer. 67: 360. 1929 (bibl., portr., biogr. sketch). 15.966. Plantas notables por su utilidad 6 rareza que crecen espontaneamente en Cat- alufia, 6 sea apuntes para la flora Catalana, ... Madrid (Imprenta de Fortanet ...) 1879. Oct. (Pl. notabl.). Publ.: 1879 (Nat. Nov. Jan(2) 1881; Bot. Zeit. 25 Mar 1881), p. [i], [1]-195, pl. 1-5 (uncol.). Copy: G. — Preprinted and reprinted from Anal. Soc. Hist. nat. Madrid 8: 345-462. 1879, 9: 53-130. 1880, see also g (Actas): 72-73. 1880. 15.967. Nuevos apuntes para la flora Catalana, ... [Madrid 1882]. Oct. Publ.: 1882 (read 2 Nov 1881), p. [1]-111, pl. 2-4 (uncol. F. Kraus). Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Anal. Hist. nat. Madrid 11: 41-151, pl. 2-4. 1882. 15.968. Catdlech de la flora de la vall de Nuria ... Barcelona (Imprempta dels successors de Ramirez y C.* ...) 1882. Oct. (in fours). (Cat. fl. Vall de Nuria). Publ.: 1882 p. [i]-xu, [1]-95. Copy: HH. — See also BL 2: 501. Veesenmeyer, Karl Gustav (1814-1901), German physician, traveller and botanist; studied theology at Tubingen 1833-1834, 1836-1837; vicar on the Schwabische Alp 1838; studied medicine at Heidelberg 1840-1842; Dr. med. ib. 1842; private physician to Sir Mervin Stuart in Ireland 1842-1844; id. with the Chowanski family from 1845 in Germany and Russia; state medical examination Kasan 1847; with Claus on an expedit- ion around the Caspian Sea 1852; professor of medicine in Ulm 1853-1885, from 1866 also municipal librarian. (Veesenm.). 687 VEESENMEYER HERBARIUM and types: LE (Caspian plants); duplicates at B (mainly destr.), K. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: BM 5: 2198; Herder p. 202; Lipschitz 2: 75; LS 27654; PR 9718; Rehder 1: 361; TL-2/5909; TR 1530; Tucker 1: 716; Urban-Berl. p. 406. BIOFILE: Anon., Bonplandia 1: 209, 211, 215, 243. 1853. Bettelheim, A., ed., Biogr. Jahrb. deut. Nekrol. 6: 110*. 1904 (for 1901; d. 22 Oct 1gor). Lipschitz, S.J., Fl. URSS font. no. 263. 1975. Metzger, E., Jahresber. Wiirtt. Ver. Handelsgeogr. 7-8: 166-167. 1890 (biogr. sketch, b. 4 Oct 1814). 15.969. Ueber die Vegetationsverhdltnisse an der mittlern Wolga. Mit einem Verzeichniss der in den Gouvernements Ssimbirsk und Ssamara in den Jahren 1847-1851 gesammelten phanerogamen Pflanzen ... St. Petersburg (Buchdruckerei der Akademie ...) 1854. Oct. Publ.: Sep-Dec 1854 (see TL-2/5909), p. [i-iv], [41]-116, [1167]-116", [1, err.]. Copies: B- S, M. — Reprinted and to be cited from C.A. Meyer, ed., Beitr. Pfl.-K. Russ. Reiches g: [42]-116". 1854. Ref.: Schlechtendal, D.F.L. von, Bot. Zeit. 13: 513-517. 20 Jul 1855 (rev.). Veitch, Harry James (1840-1924), British horticulturist; second son of James Veitch (1815-1869), from 1858 with the Chelsea nurseries of James Veitch, main promoter of the Chelsea flower shows; leading spirit and most enterprising member of the Veitch family in the firm “James Veitch & Sons”; knighted 1912. (H.7. Vertch). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K (general herb. rd. 1884); other material in BM, E. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: gog; Barnhart 3: 429 (b. 29 Jun 1840, d. 6 Jul 1924); BB p. 310; BM 5: 2199; Bossert p. 416; CSP 19: 310; Desmond p. 628 (further sec. refs.); DNB 1922-1930: 368-369 (868-869) (A.W. Hill); Hortus 3: 1196, 1206; Morren ed. 10, p. 73; MW p. 513; Rehder 5: 876; SK 1: 538; TL-2/11.979, see T. Lobb; Tucker I: 716, 2: xxxix; Zander ed. 10, p. 672, ed. 11, p. 766. BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isl. Rep. 7(3): 545-546. 1925; Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 247: 154-155. 1964 (James Veitch and son); Hedwigia 65: (195). 1925 (d.); Gard Chron. 1899(1): 40 (portr.), 1910(1): 72-73 (port.), 1912(1): 365-366, 1914(2): 19-20, 1921(2): 192, 1925(1): 67, 1964(2): 139-140; Nature 114: 95-96. 1924; The Times 7 Jul 1924 (“‘A great pioneer gardener”; see also J. Bot. 62: 253. 1924); Who’s who 1914-1924; Who was who 1916-1928: 1070. Bunyard, E.A., Proc. Linn. Soc. 136: 83-84. 1929. Curtis, C.H., J.R. Hort. Soc. 73: 242-247, 284-290. 1948. Fletcher, H.R., Story R. Hort. Soc. 560 [index]. 1969. Fuller, K.A.P. & J.M. Langdon, Int. dendrol. Soc. Yearb. 1972: 63-69. 1973 (““The house of Veitch’’, excellent concise account, genealogy, list of collectors). Hadfield, M., Brit. gardeners 294, 296. 1980. Hoehne, C., Jard. bot. Sao Paulo 237-238. 1941. McKelvey, S.D., Bot. Expl. Trans. Miss. West. 1092-1094. 1955 (Veitch and sons). Moore, S., Country Life 169: 1532-1533. 1981 (popular). Nelmes & Cuthbertson, Curtis’s Bot. mag. Dedic. 1827-1927, p. 330-332. 1932 (portr.). Reinikka, M.A., Hist. Orchid 246-249. 1972. Rolfe, A., ed., Orchid Rev. 20(229): 41-43. 1912. Schneider, G., Bull. Soc. Hort. frang. Londres 20(19): 5-6. 1909 (biogr. sketch, portr.). Sutton, $.B., Charles Sprague Sargent 382 [index]. 1970. Veitch, J.H., Hortus veitchii, London 1906 (many details, port. on p. 27). W.D., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1914: 88 (present. Conifer cones). EPONYMY: Vettchia Lindley (1861, nom. rej.); Veitchia H. Wendland (1868, nom. cons.) commemorate James Veitch (1815-1869). THE HOUSE OF VEITCH: John Veitch (1752-1839) was the original founder of the Veitch 688 H. J. VEITCH firm: he started a nursery at Budlake which was in existence in 1800. John and his son James (1792-1863) purchased land at Mount Radford in Exeter and thus founded the Exeter nursery of which James took charge in 1837. James was joined in the firm by his son James junior (1815-1869) and James Veitch & Son became a widely known es- tablishment. A nursery in Chelsea was purchased in 1853; James Sr. remained in Exeter and James Jr. took charge of the Chelsea (London) nursery. The two nurseries became different firms in 1863 on the death of James Sr. The Exeter firm came in the hands of Robert Toswill Veitch (1823-1885), younger brother of James Jr.; the latter took charge of the Chelsea firm with the assistance of his three sons and traded as James Veitch & Sons. John Gould Veitch (1839-1870), well-known for his collecting in the Far East, and Harry James Veitch (1840-1906) were admitted to partnership in 1865; the third son, Arthur Veitch (1844-1880) was, apparently, less active in the firm. Harry James and John Gould took charge of the firm on their father’s death in 1869; John Gould died 1870 and Harry James V. continued alone. His two nephews James Herbert Veitch and John Gould Veitch II (sons of John Gould I) were taken in the business. The firm closed down (as a family enterprise) with the retirement of H.J. Veitch in 1914. Harry James Veitch can be regarded as the leading spirit from 1865 onwards and we therefore treat books issued by “‘James Veitch and Sons” under his name. For a concise and infor- mative history see K.A.P. Fuller and J.M. Langdon (1973); see also James H. Veitch, Hortus Veitch (1906), treated below. 15.970. A manual of the Coniferae, containing a general review of the order; a synopsis of the hardy kinds cultivated in Great Britain; their place and use in horticulture, etc., etc. ... Chelsea, S.W. [London] (James Veitch & Sons, ...) 1881. Oct. (Man. Conif.). Publ.: Sep-Oct 1881 (J. Bot. Oct 1881; Bot. Zeit. 31 Mar 1882; Nat. Nov. Feb(1) 1882), p. [i-ii], frontisp., [iti-iv], [1]-350, z9 pl. (uncol. liths.). Copies: B, G, HH, MO, NY, U, US, USDA. New edition: 1900 (Bot. Zeit. 1 Feb 1901; Nat. Nov. Feb(1) 1901), p. [i-iv], [1]-562, [1, err.], [ills. in text]. Copies: BR, G, HH, MICH, MO, NY, US, USDA. — “A new and greatly enlarged edition by Adolphus H. [Henry] Kent [1828-1913, private secretary to H.J. Veitch; probably also mainly responsible for the text of ed. 1] ...” Italian transl.: 1882, p. [1]-351, 18 pl. Copy: HH. — Manuale det conifer. comprendente una rivista generale della famiglia; una sinossi delle specie rustiche coltivate nella Gran Bretagna i loro posto ed uso nell’ orticultura, ecc., ecc. ... Traduzione dall’ inglese per Giovanni Sada. Milano (della Ditta Giuseppe Sada, ...) 1882. Oct. Ref.: Rendle, A.B., J. Bot. 39: 40-42. Jan 1901 (rev. ed. 2). 15-971. A manual of orchidaceous plants cultivated under glass in Great Britain ... Chelsea, S.W. [London] (James Veitch & Sons, ...) 1887-1894, 10 parts. Oct. (Man. orchid. pl.). Author of text: Adolphus Henry Kent [1828-1913], see A.B. Rendle, J. Bot. 39: 40. 1901. 1 (Odontoglossum): Apr 1887 (Bot. Zeit. 25 Nov 1887; rev. J. Bot. Dec 1887; Nat. Nov. Mai(1, 2) 1887), cover-t.p., p. [1]-80, 7 p/., 2 maps. 2 (Cattleya and Laelia, Laeliopsis, Febramicra, Schomburgkia and Sophronitis): Nov 1887 (rev. J. Bot. Jan 1888; Nat. Nov. Dec(1) 1887), cover-t.p., p. [1]-108, 18 pl. 3 (Dendrobium, Bulbophyllum and Cirrhopetalum): Mai 1888 (rev. J. Bot. Jul 1888; Nat. Nov. Jun 1888), cover-t.p., p. [1]-104, 6 pl. 4 (Cypripedium): Jan 1889 (rev. J. Bot. Feb 1889), cover-t.p., p. [1]-108, 17 pl. 5 (Masdevallia. Pleurothallis, Cryptophoranthus, Restrepia, Arpophyllum and Platy- clinis): Sep 1889 (rev. J. Bot. Jan 1890; Nat. Nov. Oct(2) 1889), cover-t.p., p. [1]-82, 6 pl. 6 (Coelogyne, Epidendrum, Spathoglottis, Phaius, Thunia, Chysis, Pleione, Calanthe, Diac- rium, Nanodes, etc., etc.): Jun 1890 (rev. J. Bot. Nov 1891, with part 7; Nat. Nov. Jul(2) 1890), cover-t.p., p. [1]-134, zo pl. 7 (Phalaenopsis, Aérides, Vanda, Angraecum, Arachnanthe, Renanthera, Rhynchostylis, Saccolabium, Stauropsis, etc.): Mai 1891 (rev. J. Bot. Nov 1891; Nat. Nov. Jun(2) 1891), cover-t.p. p. [1]-142, 20 fl. 8 (Oncidium and Miltonia, Ada, Brassia, Gomeza, Ionopsis, Ornithocephalus: Apr 1892 (Nat. Nov. Mai(1, 2) 1892), cover-t.p., p. [1]-137, @ pl. 9 (Cymbidium, Zygopetalum, Lycaste, Acineta ... Trichopilia, etc., etc.): Mar 1893 (J. Bot. Mai 1893; Nat. Nov. Apr(2) 1893), cover-t.p., p. [1]-194, 6 pl. 689 H. J. VEITCH 10 (General review of the Orchidaceae): Apr 1894 (J. Bot. Jun 1894; review of entire work J. Bot. Feb 1895; Nat. Nov. Mai(1) 1894), cover-t.p., p. [i]-vii, [g]-160, i-1i1, i-xi, 4 pl. Parts 10, 5, 3, 6 and 2 are often bound as vol. 1, Epidendreae, 1887-1894; parts 9, 1, 8, 7, 4 form vol. 2, Vandeae-Cypripedieae, 1887-1894, both sets provided with a title-page. Copies: B, BR, G, HH, MO, NY, PH. — The numbers of plates per fascicle vary in the copies seen by us; the numbers listed above are those of the NY copy. Facsimile ed.. Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.) 1963, ISBN g0-6123-180-9. — Reprinted 1981. French transl. of the treatments of Cypridium and Dendrobium appeared in Orchidophile 1891- 1893, see MW p. 513. Veitch, James Herbert (1868-1907), British horticulturist and collector; son of John Gould Veitch (1839-1870), worked in the Chelsea nursery of the Veitch family from 1885; travelled around the world 1891-1893; managing director of James Veitch & Sons Ltd. 1898; sent E.H. Wilson to Tibet and China for plant collecting. (J.H. Vertch). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: K; further material in BM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 429 (d. 13 Nov 1907); BB p. 310; BM 5: 2199; Bossert p. 416; Bret. p. 767; Desmond p. 628-629 (b. 1 Mai 1868); DNB suppl. IQOI-19I1: 555 (G.S. Boulger); MW p. 513; Plesch p. 448; Rehder 5: 877; SK 1: 538- 539, cix; Sotheby 788; TL-2/11.977; Tucker 1: 716-717; Zander ed. 11, p. 830. BIOFILE: Anon., Gard. Chron. 1907(2): 360, 160(20): 12-13. 1966; Nature 77: 86-87. 1907. Coats, A.M., Quest for plants 229-230. 1967. Fuller, K.A.P. & J.M. Langdon, Int. dendrol. Soc. Yearb. 1972: 63-69. 1973. Jackson, B.D., Proc. Linn. Soc. London 120: 65-66. 1908. Veitch, J.H., Hortus Veitchii 27, 89-91. 1906. Wilson, E.H., Plant hunting 2: 252. 1927. 15.972. A traveller's notes or notes of a tour through India, Malaysia, Japan, Corea, the Australian Colonies and New Zealand during the years 1891-1893, ... Chelsea (James Veitch & Sons ...) 1896. Qu. (Travel. not.). Publ.: 1896, p. [i-ii], map, [iii-iv], [1]-219, [220, colo.], pl. 19. Copy: NY. — Previously published (p.p.) Gard. Chron. ser. 3. 13: 228-230, 260-262, 387, 568-570, 14: 40-42, 178-180, 298, 299, 395, 427-428, 461-462, 556-557, 715-716. 1893. 15-973- Some lesser-known Japan trees and shrubs and some recently introduced trees and shrubs from Central China ... Reprinted from the Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society ... [London] 1903. Oct. Publ.: 1903, cover-t.p., p. [1]-50. Copy: HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from J.R. Hort. Soc., London 27: 857-875. — Republished in part in Garden 64: 167-168, 183-184, 201-202, 220. 1930. 15-974. Hortus Veitchii a history of the rise and progress of the nurseries of Messrs James Veitch and sons, together with an account of the botanical collectors and hybridists employed by them and a list of the most remarkable of their introductions .. . illustrated with fifty photogravure plates. London (James Veitch & Sons Limited, Chelsea) 1906. Oct. (Hort. Veitch.). Issue [1]: 1906 (TBC 13 Jun 1906; NY rd. Jun 1906), p. [ii], [1], frontisp., [3]-542, [543 colo.], 50 pl. Copies: FAS, G. — Special edition, not commercially available. Issue [2]: 1906 (Nat. Nov. Apr(1) 1907), p. [1-2], front., [3]-542, [543, colo.], 50 pl. Copies: BR, HH, NY. — ‘‘With fifty illustrations” [sic: only difference on t.p.]. — Regular issue. Velazquez, Gregorio Tiongson (1901-x), Philippine botanist (algologist); M.Sc. Univ. Philippines 1931; Dr. phil. Univ. Michigan 1939; with the University of the Philippines in various ranks 1923-1941; assistant professor of botany ib. 1945, associate prof. 1951, full professor 1958-1967. (Velazquez). 690 VELENOVSKY HERBARIUM and types: F; dupl. FH, NY, US. — FH has a set of 75 nos. labelled “Herbarium of cryptogamic botany, University of the Philippines’. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 429 (b. 2 Sep 1901). BIOFILE: Anon., Philipp. Agriculturist 57(7-8): 269-289. 1974 (curr. vitae and bibl.). Asis, C.V., Nat. appl. Sci. Bull. 28(2): 142-150. 1976 (portr., biogr. sketch, bibl.). Cattell, J., ed., Amer. men Sci. ed. 8. 2574. 1949, ed. g. 2: 1167. 1955, ed. 11. 5572. 1967. Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 758. 1984. Steenis, C.G.G.J. van, Fl. males. Bull. 22: 1529. 1968 (retirem.). Velazquez, G.T., Personal communication to senior author 1957 (details on collections and types). Velenovsky, Josef (1858-1949), Bohemian botanist (taxonomist, morphologist, palaeobotanist, bryologist and mycologist); extraordinary prof. of phytopathology at the Charles University, Praha 1892; ordinary prof. of phytopathology and plant systematics ib. 1898-1927; director of the botanical garden of Charles University 1900-1927. (Velen.). HERBARIUM and TypEs: PRM (fungi PRC (main herb., bryo.); further material at B (mainly destr.), E, MANCH, PR, W. Exsiccatae offered for sale: Stribrny, Plantae bulgaricae exsiccatae (Bot. Jahrb. 17 (Beibl. 40): 33. 1893, sets e.g. at E, W. — Letters to E. Halacsy and K. Keck at UPS-UB, other letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BroGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 885, 12(3): 78; Andrews p. 342-343; Backer p. 663; Barnhart 3: 429 (b. 22 Apr 1858); BFM 2389; Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9527; BL 1: 60, 2: 184; BM 5: 2200-2201; Bossert p. 47; CSP 11: 684-685, 12: 752, 19: 313; Futak-Domin p. 96, 632-634 (bibl.); Hawksworth p. 186; Herder p. 353; Hirsch p. 309; Hortus 3: 1206; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345; Klastersky p. 193 (further sec. refs.; b. 22 Apr 1858, d. 7 Mai 1949); LS 27655, suppl. 28565-28648 (bibl.); Maiwald p. 234, 284 [index]; Quenstedt p. 441; Rehder 5: 877; SBC p. 134; Stevenson p. 1261; TL-2/see K. Karina, A. Pilat; Tucker 1: 717, 2: xxxix, 3: 322; Urban-Berl. p. 406; Zander ed. 10, p. 727, ed. Ii Pp: 630: BIOFILE: Adamovic, L., Veg.-Verh. Balkanland. 1, 7-8, 22-23. 1909 (Veg. Erde 11). Andrews, H.N., Fossil hunters 307. 1980. Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 50: 400. 1892 (e.0. prof. phytopath.); Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 247: 208-209. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl., Auteurs 204: 1080-1083. 1969; Nat. Nov. 20: 440. 1898 (ord. prof. Praha); Osterr. bot. Z. 42: 223. 1892 (e.0. prof. phytopath.); Otttiv Slovnik nauény 26: 507-508. 1907; Preslia 9: 97. 1930. Beran, J., Prameny k déjinam pfirodn. techn. Prazsk. Arch. 149. 1976. Bergdolt, E., Karl von Goebel ed. 2. 130, 166, 216, 221. 1941. Cejp, K., Mykologia, Praha 5 (4-5): 41-46. 1928 (portr., bibl.; also publ. separately; 6oth anniv.), 192: 41-46; Preslia 30: 276. 1958 (introd. to journal issue on Velenovsky; portr.). Domin, K., Véda pfir. 19: 95-96. 1932. Dostal, J., Preslia 30: 296-302. 1958 (on V. as a morphologist). Gager, G.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 189. 1938. J.S.F.D., Nature 163: 902. 1949 (obit.). Kavina, K., Vést. 6s. Akad. zeméd. 4: 449-457. 1928. Klika, J., Priroda 31: 109-110. 1938. Kotlaba, F. & V. Skalicky, Preslia 30: 327-336. 1958 (main bibl.). Kunc, J., Kdy zemieli 307. 1962. Lack, H.W. & C.-O. von Sydow, Willdenowia 14: 443. 1984. Lloyd, C.G., Mycol. Not. 75: 1349. 1925 (biogr. not.). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 758-759. 1984. Maas Geesteranus, R.A., Proc. Kon. Ned. Akad. Wet. C 87(3): 305-317. 1984 (Mpycena in Ceské houby). Némejc, F., Preslia 30: 277-280. 1958 (on V. as palaeobotanist). 691 VELENOVSKY Novak, F.A., Preslia 30: 281-284. 1958 (on V.’s work on the Bulgarian flora; special bibl. of writings on this subject). Pilat, A., Ceska Mykol. 2: 2-5. 1948, see also 3: 65-67. 1949, 12: 129-131. 1958; Preslia 30: 285-289. 1958 (on V. as a mycologist). Pilous, Z., Preslia 30: 290-295. 1958 (on V. as a bryologist). Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 519. 1977 (bryol. herb. 10.000 at PRC). Schmid, G., Goethe u.d. Naturw. nos. 1950, 1951, 2013, 3537. 1940. Skalicky, V., Preslia 30: 303-306. 1958 (on V. and the Czech flora). Skalicky, V. & J. Toman, Preslia 30: 307-326. 1958 (on V. and C. Bohemian floristics). Stefanoff, B., Mitt. naturw. Inst. Sofia 3: 76-83. Svretek, M., Sborn. narodn. Muz. Praze 32-B (2-4): 115. 1976 (taxonomic revision of V.’s types of operculate Discomyc. in PRM). Taylor, S., Who’s who Central Europe 1033. 1935. Vana, J., Taxon 29: 674. 1980 (bryol. herb. PRC). Verdoorn, F., ed., Man. bryol. 3, 18, 19, 33. 1932; Chron. bot. 1: 31. 1935, 2: 239. 1936, 3: QI. 1937, 4: 446. 1938; Man. pteridol. 639 [index]. 1938. Viniklai, L., Véstn. statn. geol. Ustav. Cesk. Rep. 4: 79-84. 1928 (geol. work). Zittel, K.A. von, Gesch. Geol. Palaont. 789. 1899. 15-975. Die Flora aus den ausgebrannten tertidren Letten von Vr&’ovic bei Laun ... Prag (Verlag der kénigl. bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften ...) 1881. Qu. (Fl. tert. Letten). Publ.: Oct-Dec 1881 (p. 3: Oct 1881; t.p. 1881; Bot. Zeit. 30 Jun 1882), p. [1]-54, [55- 56], 10 pl. Copy: HH. — Issued as Abh. k. bohm. Ges. Wiss. ser. 6. 11(1): 1881. Ref.: Geyler, Bot. Zeit. 40: 727-729. 1882 (rev.). 15976. Die Flora der bohmischen Kreideformation ... [4 parts, in Beitr. Paldont. Osterr.- Ungarns 2-5, 1882-1885]. Qu. (Fl. bohm. Kreideform.). 1: 1 Jan 1882 (Bot. Zeit. 23 Feb 1883; Bot. Jahrb. 9 Jun 1882; Bot. Zeit. 12 Jan 1883; Bot. Centralbl. 20-24 Feb 1882 [sic]), p. [1]-25, pl. 3-8 with text, im Beitr. Palaont. Osterr.-Ungarns 2(1-2): [8]-32, pl. 3-8. 1882. 2: 1 Jan 1883 (Bot. Zeit. 29 Jun 1883; Bot. Centralbl. 7-11 Mai 1883), p. [1]-27, pl. 1-7 (9-15), in Beitr. 3(1): [26]-47, pl. 1-7. 1883. 3: 20 Jul 1884 (Bot. Zeit. 28 Nov 1884; Bot. Centralbl. 8-12 Dec 1884), p. [1]-14, pl. 1-8 (16-23), in Beitr. 4(1): [48]-61, pl. 1-8. 1884. 4: 10 Feb 1885, cover-t.p., p. [1]-14, pl. 1-8 (24-31), in Beitr. 5(1): [62]-75, pl. 1-8. 1885. Copies: HH, NY, PH. Preliminary notice: S.B. k. bohm. Ges. Wiss. 1881: 212-219. Ref.: Geyler, (Frankfurt), Bot. Centralbl. 28: 44-45. 11-15 Oct 1886 (rev. 3, 4). Heer, O., Bot. Centralbl. 14: 175-177. 7-11 Mai 1883 (rev. 2). Steinmann (Strassburg), Bot. Centralbl. 9: 273-274. 20-24 Feb 1882 (rev. 1). 15.977- O medovych Zldzkdch rostlin kfizatych a jich upo trebeni v systematice radu tohoto ... V Praze [Praha] (Nakladem kral. ¢eske spolecnosti nauk ...) 1883. Qu. Publ.: 1883 (Bot. Zeit. 28 Mar 1884; Flora rd. 1 Apr 1884; Nat. Nov. Jul(1) 1884), p. [1]-58, pl. 1-5 (uncol. auth.). Copy: HH. — Issued as Pojedn. kral. ¢esk. Spole¢c. nauk ser. 6. 12 (no. 7). Nectar glands Cruciferae. Preliminary publ.: Vesmir 11: 80-81, 116-117. 1882. 15-978. Die Gymnospermen der bihmischen Kreideformation ... Prag [Praha] (Druck von Dr. Ed. Grégr. ...) 1885. Qu. (Gymnosp. bohm. Kreideform.). Publ.: Sep-Oct 1885 (preface 1 Jul 1885; Bot. Zeit. 27 Nov 1885; ib. adv. 20 Nov 1885 “‘soeben”’; Bot. Centralbl. 26-30 Oct 1885), p. [i-v], [1]-34, [35-60, expl. pl.], pl. 7-73 (uncol.). Copies: HH, PH. Ref.: Engler, A., Bot. Jahrb. 7 (Lit.): 97-98. 28 Mai 1886 (rev.). Staub, M., Bot. Centralbl. 25: 304-308. 1-5 Mar 1886 (rev.). 15-979. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der bulgarischen Flora ... Prag [Praha] (Verlag der konigl. bohm. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften ...) 1886. Qu. (Beztr. bulg. Fl.). Publ.: Apr-Mai 1886 (p. [4]: 31 Jan 1886; Bot. Centralbl. 24 Mai-4 Jun 1886; Flora 11 692 VELENOVSKY Sep 1886; Nat. Nov. Aug(1) 1886), p. [1]-47. Copzes: B, G, HH, NY. — Issued as Abh. k. bohm. Ges. Wiss. ser. 7. 1, math.-nat. Cl. no. 8. Preliminary publ.: Dec 1884, Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der bulgarischen Flora, Osterr. bot. Z. 34(12): 423-425. 1884. Additional publications: see A. Novak (1958), p. 284. Ref.: Uechtritz, R. v., Bot. Jahrb. 8 (Lit.): 45-52. 1886 (rev.). Wettstein, R. v., Osterr. bot. Z. 36: 353-354. 1 Oct 1886 (rev.). 15.980. Die Farne der bohmischen Kreideformation ... Prag (Verlag der Konigl. bohm. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften ...) 1888. Qu. (Farn. bihm. Kreideform.). Publ.: Apr-Jun 1888 (p. [3]: 19 Mar 1888; Bot. Centralbl. 9-13 Jul 1888), p. [1]-32, pl. 1-6 (uncol. liths. auth.). Copies: HH, US. — Issued as Abh. k. bohm. Ges. Wiss. ser. 7. 2 (mat.-nat. Cl. 8). 15.981. Kuétena ceského Cenomanu ... v Praze (Praha) (Nakladem kralovske ¢esk. Spoleén. Nauk ...) 1889. Qu. (Avét. cesk. Cenoman.). Publ.: 1889 (pref.: 1 Jan 1889), p. [1]-75, 6 pl. Copies: HH, NY. — Issued as Abh. k. bohm. Ges. Wiss. ser. 7. 3 (math.-nat. Cl. 3) 1889. — Ferns of the Bohemian Cenomanian. Preliminary publ.: 1887, S.B. k. bohm. Ges. Wiss. 1886: 633-645, 1 pl. 1887. Ref.: Prochazka, J., Verh. k.k. Geol. Reichsanst. 1890(13): 253-255. 31 Oct 18g0 (rev.). 15-982. Flora bulgarica. Descriptio et enumeratio systematica plantarum vascularium in principatu Bulgariae sponte nascentium... Pragae [Praha] (prostat apud Fr. Rivnaé, ..) 1891. Oct. (Fl. bulg.). Publ.: Jun 1891 (p. viii*: 22 Apr 1891; Obz for Jun 1891; Bot. Centralbl. 12 Aug 1891; J. Bot. Oct 1891; Nat. Nov. Sep(1) 1891), p. [i*-x*], [i]-1x, [1]-676. Copzes: B, BR, G, HH, M, MO, NY, U, US, USDA. Supplementum I: Mar-Apr 1808 (p. xix: 31 Oct 1897; Bot. Centralbl. 4 Mai 1898; Bot. Zeit. 16 Jun 1898; Hedwigia 25 Oct 1898; Nat. Nov. Apr(2) 1898), p. [i]-xix, [xx], [1]-404. Copies: B, HH, M, MO, NY, U, US, USDA. Note: see Formanek (1898) for a very critical review of the first supplement. V. is said to have worked only with the material collected by himself and some friends and to have greatly ignored publications by other authors. Ref.: Formanek, E., Bot. Monatschr. 16: 171-172. 1898. Freyn, J.F., Bot. Centralbl. 48: 144-148. 1891 (rev.). Pax, F., Bot. Jahrb. 14 (Lit.): 76-77. 1892 (rev.). Taubert, P.H.W., Bot. Zeit. 50: 467-468. 1892 (rev.). 15.983. Nachtrége zur “Flora bulgarica’”’ ... Separat-Abdruck aus der “‘Oesterr. botan. Zeitschrift” 1891-1892. Oct. [7]: Dec 1891, Jan 1892 (in journal), p. [1]-6. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 41: 397-400. Dec 1891, 42: 14-17. Jan 1892. [2] (Neue nes zur Flora von Bulgarien): Dec 1892-Jan 1893 (read 4 Nov 1892; Nat. Nov. Jan(1) 1893), p. [1]-22. Copies: B, G, HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from S.B. k. bohm. Ges. Wiss. (math.-nat. Cl.) 1892(26): 369-390. 1893. — Below cited as S.B. [3] (Dritter Nachtrag zur Flora von Bulgarien): 1893, Prag (Verlag der konigl. bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften), cover-t.p., p. [1]-72. Copies: B, G, HH. — Id. S.B. 1893 (37). [4] (Vierter Nachtrag ...): 1894, Prag (id.), cover-t.p., p. [1]-29. Copies: B, G, HH. — Id. S.B. 1894 (29). [5] (Finfter Nachtrag ...): 1895, Prag (id.), cover-t.p., p. [1]-12. Copies: B, G, HH. — Id. S.B. 1895 (37). [6] (Sechster Nachtrag ...): 1898, Prag (id.), cover-t.p., p. [1]-8. Copies: B, G, HH. — Id. S.B. 1898 (29). [7] (Stebenter Nachtrag ...): 1899, Prag (id.), cover-t.p., p. [1]-8. Copies: B, G, HH. — Id. S.B. 1899 (40), reprint dated 1899. [8] (Achter Nachtrag ...): Jan 1901, p. [1]-4. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 51: 29-32. 1901. [9] (Neunter Nachtrag ...): Feb, Mar, Apr 1902, p. [1]-13. Copzes: B, G. — Reprinted and 693 VELENOVSKY to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 52(2): 49-55. Feb, (3): 115-121. Mar, (4): 154-156. Apr 1902. 15.984. Mechy ceské ... v Praze [Praha] (Nakladem Ceské Akademie ... Védy, ...) [1897]. Oct. (Mechy cesk.). Publ.: 1897 (p. [ii]: 4 Jan 1897; Nat. Nov. Jun(2) 1897), p. [i-vi], [1]-348, [349-352]. Copies: B, FH. — Issued as Rozpr. cesk. Akad. Védy, Praha. Cl. 2, 6(6). 1897. — Bohemian mosses; Die Moose der Tschechei. Additamenta issued as Bryologické prispévky z Cech za Rok [1897-1898]-[ 1901-1902], 1898- 1903. Copy: H. 1897-1898: 1898 (read 29 Apr 1898), cover-t.p., p. [1]-19. — Issued as Rozpr. Cesk. Akad. védy, Praha Cl. 2, 7(16). 1898-1899: 1899 (read 28 Apr 1899), cover-t.p., p. [1]-16. — Id. 8(27). 1899-1900: 1900 (read 15 Jun 1900), cover-t.p., p. [1]-14. — Id. 9(28). 1900-1901: 1901 (read 7 Jun 1901), cover-t.p., p. [1]-12. — Id. 10(24). 1901-1902: 1903 (read 30 Jan 1903), cover-t.p., p. [1]-20. — Id. 12(11 15.985. Ein Beitrag zur Moosflora von Montenegro ... Separatabdruck aus der ‘‘Oesterreich- ischen botanischen Zeitschrift” ... 1go1. Oct. . Publ.: Jul 1901, p. [1]-4. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 51: 254-256. 1901. 15.986. Neue Nachtrdge zur Flora von Bulgarien ... Prag [Praha] (Verlag der konigl. boh- mischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften ...) 1902. Oct. (Neu. Nachtr. Fl. Bulg.). Publ.: 29 Mai 1902 (date on cover-t.p.), cover-t.p., p. [1]-20. Copies: B, G, NY. — Issued as S.B. k. bohm. Ges. Wiss. Cl. 2, 1902 (29). Nachtrége zur Flora von Bulgarien: 10 Jul 1903 (id.), cover-t.p., p. [1]-28, 7 pl. Copies: B, G, NY. — Id. 1903 (28). Letzte Nachtrége: 1910 (publ. Dec 1g10-Jun 1911), 13 p. — Id. 1910 (8). 15.987. Jatrovky ceské ... v Praze [Praha] (Nakladem Cceské Akademie ... Védy ...) 1901-1903. 3 parts. Oct. (Jatrovk. Cesk.). Publ.: 1901-1903, three parts (on Bohemian Hepatics) published as issues of Rozpr. Akad. véd., Praha. Copies: B, FH. 1: 1901 (read 3 Mar 1go1; Nat. Nov. Nov(1) 1gor), cover-t.p., p. [1]-49, pl. 1-4 (uncol. liths.) with text. Rozpr. Cl. 2. 1o(12). 1go1. 2: 1902 (read 17 Jan 1902), cover-t.p., p. [1]-24, pl. 5-8. Rozpr. Cl. 2. 11(3). 1902. 3: 1903 (read 16 Jan 1903), cover-t.p., p. [1]-38, pl. 9-12. Rozpr. Cl. 2. 12(4). 1903. 15.988. Die Verzweigungsart der Gattung Dracaena Vand. ... Prag [Praha] (Verlag der konigl. boéhmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften) 1903. Oct. (Verzwergungsart Dracaena). Publ.: 30 Apr 1903, cover-t.p., p. [1]-7. pl. 1. Copies: HH, NY. — Preprinted from S.B. kon. bohm. Ges. Wiss. Prag 1903 (20): 1-7, 7 pl. 1904. 15.989. VSeobecna botanika. Srovndvact Morfologie ... v. Praze [Praha] (Nakladem Ceské Akademie ... védy, ...) 1905-1910, 3 vols. Oct. (Sroun. morf.). 1: 1905, p. [i-vui], [1]-233, [1], pl. 1-2 (uncol.). 2: 1907, p. [i-ili], [235]-612, [1-2], pl. 3-5 (id.). 3: 1910, p. [i-ii], [613]-1012, pl. 6-70 (id.). Copies: HH, PH, US. — ‘‘General Botany. Comparative morphology”. For German ver- sion see below. Ref.: Némec (Prag), Bot. Centralbl. 99: 417-421. 1905. 15.990. Vergleichende Morphologie der Pflanzen ... Prag [Praha] (Verlagsbuchhandlung von Fr. Rivnac) 1905-1913. 4 vols. Oct. (Vergl. Morph. Pfi.). 1: Jul-Aug 1905 (p. vi: 31 Dec 1904; ObZ for Aug 1905; Nat. Nov. Oct(1, 2) 1905), p. [i-vi], [1 ]-277, [1], 2 pl. 2: Jun-Jul 1907 (ObZ for Jul 1907; prospectus vol. 2 dated Jul 1907; AbZ 15 Sep 1907; Nat. Nov. Jul(2) 1907), p. [i-iii], [279]-731, [1-2], 3 pl. 694 VELENOVSKY 3: Oct-Nov 1909 (t-p.: 1910; ObZ for Oct-Nov 1909, sic; AbZ 15 Dec 1909), p. [i-iv], [733]-1211, [1-4], 4 pl. y 4 (Supplement): 1913 (p. 4: 31 Dec 1912; ObZ for Sep 1913; AbZ 31 Oct 1913), p. [1]- 224, 2 pl. Copies: B, BR, FH, HH, NY, PH, U. — German version of Sroun. morf., see above (vols. 1- 3)- Ref.: Diels, L., Bot. Jahrb. 40 (Lit.): 100-103. 3 Mar 1908 (rev. vol. 2). Engler, A., Bot. Jahrb. 38 (Lit.): 35-36. 21 Dec 1906 (crit. rev.). 15.991. Vorstudien zu einer Monographie der Gattung Thymus L. ... [Abdruck aus: Beihefte zum Botanischen Centralblatt ... 1906]. Oct. Publ.: Jan 1906 (AbZ 15 Feb 1906; USDA rd. 19 Feb 1906), cover-t.p., p. [271]-287. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 19(2), Heft 2: 271- 287. 1906. 15.992. Plantae arabicae musilianae ... Prag [Praha] (Verlag der konigl. Bohm. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften ...) 1911. Oct. (Pl. arab. musil.). Collectors: Alois Musil (1868-1944) explorer of Arabia. Publ.: 15 Apr 1g11 (in separate journal issue, so dated; reported by Nat. Nov. Mar(2) IQII, sic), cover-t.p., p. [1]-17. Copies: B, HH, M, NY. — Issued as S.B. k. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. 2. Cl. 1911 (11). 15.993. Ceské houby ... v Praze [Praha] (nakladem “Ceské botanické spoletnosti’’ .. .) 1920-1922, 5 parts. Oct. (Ceské houby). 1: 1920 (p. 6: 1 Jan 1920), p. [1]-200. 2: 1920 (ObZ for Jan-Feb 1921), cover-t.p., p. 201-424. 3: 1921, cover-t.p., p. 425-632. 4-5: 1922, cover-t.p., p. 633-950. Copies: B-S, FH, G, HH, NY, Stevenson, USDA. — Czech fungi, Die Pilze Bohmens. — Additions published in Mykologia, Praha 1-8, 1924-1931, listed by Kotlaba & Skal- icky (1958). Latin transl.: 1948, Velenovskyi species novae Basidiomycetum quas in opere “Ceské houby” (Fungi Bohemiae), annis 1920-1922 in lingua bohemica edito, descripsit in linguam latinam traduxit A. Pilat ... Pragae (Societas botanica Cechoslovaca) 1948, p. [1-2], portr. Velenovsky, [3]-301, [303-317], Opera botanica éechica vol. 6. Copies: B, FH. (Sp. nov. Basidiomyc.). 15.994. Reliquiae mrkvickanae ... Pragae (in commissione bibliopolae Fr. Rivnaé, ...) 1922. Oct. (Relig. mrkvic.). Collector: Jan Mrkvicka (collected in Bulgaria and neighbouring regions). Publ.: 1922, cover-t.p., p. [1]-32. Copy: B. 15.995. Flora cretacea Bohemiae nové dodatky k Ceské kiidové kvétené ... v Praze (Nakladem statniho geologického Ustavu Ceskoslovenské Republiky ...) 1926-1931, 4 parts. (FU. cret. bohem.). Co-author: Ladislav Viniklai. 1: 1926 (submitted 22 Nov 1926), p. [1]-57, pl. 1-7 (uncol. liths. auth.). — Issued as Rozpr. stat. geol. Ustava és Rep. Praha 1. 2: 1927 (submitted 23 Oct 1926), p. [1]-54, pl. 8-17. — Id. 2. 3: 1929 (submitted 16 Jan 1929), p. [1]-32, [33]. — Id. 3. 4: 1931 (submitted 29 Dec 1930), p. [1]-111, [112]. — Id. 5. Copies: B, HH, NY; IDC 5352 (vols. 1-2). 15.996. Monographia Discomycetum Bohemiae ... Pragae [Praha] (sumptibus propriis) 1934, 2 parts. Oct. (Monogr. Discomyc. Bohem.). 1: 1934, p. [1]-436. 2: 1934, p. [i], pl. 1-37 with text. Copies: B, FH, G, MICH, NY, Stevenson, USDA. Note(1): From introduction: “Ich lasse mir von keinem botanischen Kongresse etliche Gesetze tiber die Prioritat und die Publicationsweise diktieren. Die wissenschaftliche 695 VELENOVSKY Arbeit muss in jeder Beziehung frei sein. Die botanischen Kongresse sind schon tber- lebt und werden selten von ernsten, alteren Botanikern besucht. Dieselben dienen vielmehr zur persOnlichen Bekanntmachung, aber niemals zur Losung der wissen- schaftlichen Fragen’. Note(2): For a taxonomic revision of V.’s types of operculate Discomycetes see Svréek (1976). 15.997- Novitates mycologicae .. Pragae [Praha] (sumptibus propriis ...) 1939. Oct. (Novi. mycol.). Publ.: 1939 (p. 4: 1 Mai 1939), p. [1]-208, [209-211]. Copies: B, G, NY. Novitates mycologicae novissimae: 1947 (NY rd. 10 Oct 1947), frontisp. portr., p. [1]-158, index [1-9], [10, colo.], pl. 1-2. Copies: BR, NY. — 400 copies printed. — Opera botanica ¢echica vol. 4. Velley, Thomas (1749-1806), British soldier and botanist; D.C.L. Oxford Univ. 1787; lieutenant-colonel in the Oxford militia; long-time resident of Bath, botanising in as- sociation with J.E. Smith, D. Turner, J. Stackhouse, W. Watson and R. Relhan. (Velley). HERBARIUM and types: LIV. — Further algae at BM (ex K). — Letters at BM, LINN. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 429 (d. 8 Jun 1806); BB p. 310; BM 5: 2201; CSP 6: 131; Dawson p. 844; Desmond p. 629; De Toni 1: cxxvii; DNB 20: 202 (G.S. Boulger); Dryander 3: 222; Frank 3 (Anh.): 108; Henrey 2: 158, 159, 632, 3: 130-131; Herder p. 255; Jackson p. 242; PR 9723, ed. 1: 10.693. BIOFILE: Blackler, H., North Western Naturalist 13: 72-78, pl. 5. 1938 (detailed account of herb. at LIV; bibl., further refs.). Dallman, A.A. & M.H. Wood, Trans. Liverpool Bot. Soc. 1: 94. 1909. Dawson, W.R., Smith papers 93. 1934. Dickinson, C.I., Phycol. Bull. 1: 14. 1952 (algae in herb. Hooker, Goodenough [now BM]. Greenwood, E.F., Proc. Bot. Soc. Brit. Isl. 7(2): 171. 1968 (herb. LIV). Kent, D.H., Brit. herb. 83. 1957. Kent, D.H. & D.E. Allen, Brit. Irish herb. 263. 1984. Smith, P., Mem. corr. J.E. Smith 2: 343-344. 1832. Stansfield, H., Handb. guide herb. coll. Liverpool 54, pl. 17. 1935. EPONYMY: Velleia J.E. Smith (1798). 15.998. Coloured figures of marine plants, found on the southern coast of England; illustrated with descriptions and observations: accompanied with a figure of the Arabis stricta from St. Vincent’s Rock. To which is prefixed an inquiry into the mode of propagation peculiar to sea plants ... Plantarum maritimarum in oris Angliae australibus sponte crescentium, icones pictae; descriptionibus et observationibus illustratae. Necnon Arabis stricta, de rupe S. Vincentii, ad virum colorata. Quibus praefigitur disquisitio de plantarum maritimarum propagatione ... Bathoniae ... [Bath] (ex typogaphia S. Hazard) 1795. Fol. (Col. fig. mar. pl.). Publ.: 1795, p- [i], [1]-9, [1]-8, [1-18 expl. pl.], pl. 1-5 (col. copp.). Copies: G, LIV, MO, PH. Text, extract: in J.J. Roemer, Arch. bot. 1(3): 108-118. Jul-Dec 1798. Further contributions on marine plants: Trans. Linn. Soc. 5: 145-159, 274. 22 Feb 1800 (Remarks on nature and propagation of marine plants), 5: 169-170. 22 Feb 1800 (Description of Conferva umbilicata). Vellozo [Velloso, Veloso], José Mariano da Conceigao (1742-1811), Brazilian clergyman and botanist; entered Franciscan order 1761; ord. 1762; instructor in geome- try Sao Paulo 1771; charged to study the flora of Rio de Janeiro 1782; from 1790 in Lisboa, in charge of the Tipografia Caliografica e Tipoplastica de Arco do Cego. (Vell.). 696 VELLOZO HERBARIUM and types: The material on which the Flora fluminensis was based was de- posited in the “‘Natural History Cabinet of Rio de Janeiro’, precursor of R.; practically no Vellozo material has been traced so far in R; other material was sent to Lisboa, later transported by French (Napoleonic) troops to Paris. So far no Vellozo material has been traced either in Lisboa or Paris [inf.: J.P.P. Carauta, in lit.]. — A manuscript copy of the text of Flora fluminensis (in four different handwritings) is at the Biblioteca nacional, Rio de Janeiro; this is not necessarily the original manuscript (J.H. Kirkbride in litt.). The Biblioteca nacional also holds original drawings. For further documents see Borgmeier (1961). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Backer p. 611 (erron.); BM 5: 2201; Colmeiro 1: cciv; CSP 11: 685; DSB 13: 601-602 (T.F. Glick); GF p. 79 (W.T. Stearn); Herder p. 309; Hortus 3: 1206; IF p. 735-736; Jackson p. 127, 377; Laségue p. 474, 503; NI 2046; PR 9724-9727, ed. 1: 10694-10696 [sic]; Rehder 5: 877; RS p. 146; Sotheby 789; TL-1/1354; TL-2/1442, 2886, see H.W. Schott; Tucker 1: 717; Zander ed. 10, p. 727, ed. 11, p. 830. BIOFILE: Atala, F., Vellozia 1(1): 36-44, 68-69. 1961 (a historia da Flora fluminensis .. .; further sec. refs.). Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 247: 252-253. 1964. Borgmeier, T., Rodriguesia ser. 3. 9: 77-96. 1937 (on Fl. flum.), Arq. nac. Publ. 38: 3-21. 1961; zn F.V. de Moraes et al., Flora fluminensis, ... documentos 1961, p. 3-23. Bridson, G.D.R., Nat. hist. mss. res. brit. Isl. 229.461. 1980. Brito, A., Historia botanica em Portugal 44-49. 1888. Carato, J.F., Ingreja, iluminismo e escolas mineiras coloniais. Sao Paulo 1908 (on V. and the Brazilian enlightenment; n.v.). Carauta, J.P.P., Vellozia 7: 26-33. 1969 (on date of publ. Fl. flumin.); Taxon 22: 281- 284. 1973 (id.); An. Soc. brot. Brasil 1972: 141-147. Damasceno, D., Anais Bibl. nacl., Rio de Janeiro 96: 125-133, [1-63 facsimil.]. 1977 (a set of facsimiles of original drawings by Vellozo and sample pages from the mss. FI. flum. text at the Bibl. nacl. Rio de Janeiro). Frodin, D.G., Guide Standard floras world no. 365. 1984. Gentry, A.H., Taxon 24: 337-344. 1975 (identif. Vell. Bignon). Heringer, E.P., Arq. Serv. florest. 6: 197-200. 1952 (rehabil. esp. Vellozo). Junk, W., Rara 2: 168-169. 1926-1936. Kuntze, O., Rev. gen. pl. 1: cxlv. 1892 (on Fl. flum.). Kunze, G., Flora 1837: 321-335 (on crypt. in vol. 11, Fl. flum. icon.). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 759. 1985. Martius, C.F.P. von, Flora 20(2), Beibl.(1-4): 9-13. 1837. Moraes, E.V. de et al., Flora fluminensis de Frei José Mariano da Conceigao Vellozo, Documentos. Rio de Janeiro 1961, vii, 399 p., 30 pl. Porto-Seguro, Vicomte de, Gazeta medica da Bahia ser. 2. 5(2): 72-78. 1880 (os dois Vellosos), fide Bull. Soc. bot. France 28 (bibl.): 135-137. 1881. Sacramento Blake, A.V.A., Dicc. bibl. brazil. 5: 64-70. 1819 (bibl.). Saldanha da Gama, J. de, Rev. Inst. hist. geogr. brasil. 37: 137-305. 1868 (biogr.). Sampaio, A.J. de & Peckolt, Th., Arq. Mus. nac. Rio de Janeiro 37: 331-394. 1943 (modern nomenclature Fl. flum.). Stellfeld, C., Frei Vellozo, Doutor Vellozo, Antonio Luis Patricio da Silva Mansa. Novas contribuicées bio-bibliograficas. Curitiba, 1948, 42 p.; Os dois Vellozo, Rio de Janeiroe 1952; Tribuna farmac. 21(8): 119-125. 1953, 34(3-4): 87-94. 1966, 35(3-4): 41-52. 1967 (Os novos generos e as novas especies de ... Vellozo ...; N.B. this deals with the botanical publications of Joaquin Vellozo de Miranda). Urban, I., Fl. bras. 1(1): 128-130. 1906. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) James Dickson, Fasc. pl. crypt. brit., Lisboa edition, “*... curante Fr. Josepho Mariano Veloso [sic], Ulysipone”’ [Lisboa] (T'ypographia Domus chalcog- raphicae, ...) 1800, see TL-2/1442. (2) G.F. Hoffmann, Descr. pl. cl. crypt. 1789-1801, “... curante Fr. Josepho Mariano Veloso [sic], Ulysipone”’ [Lisboa] (id.) 1800, see TL-2/2886. 697 VELLOZO HANDWRITING: Moraes, E.V. de, ed., Flora fluminensis ... documentos, Rio de Janeiro 1961, pl. 6, 71. note: Not to be confused with the Portuguese plant collector in Brazil, correspondent of Vandelli, Joaquim Velloso de Miranda (1733-1815), after whom Vellozia Vandelli (1788) was named. EPONYMY (genera): Mycovellosiella E. Rangel (1917); Vellosiella Baillon (1887); Velloszella E. Rangel (1915); (journals): Vedlosia. Gontribuigdes di Museo botanico do Amazonas. Rio de Janeiro. Vol. 1, 1885-1888; Vellozia; publicacao do centro de pesquisas florestais e conservacao do natureza. Rio de Janeiro. Vol. 1-x, 1961-x. 15-999. Quinografia portugueza o u collecgao de varias memorias sobre vinte e duas especies de Quinas, tendentes ao seu descobrimento nos vastos dominios do Brasil, copiado de varios authores modernos, enriquecida com cinco estampas de Quinas verdadeiras, quarto de falsas, e cinco de Balsameiras. E colligida de opdem de sua alteza real o principe do Brasil nosso senhor por Fr. José Mariano Velloso [sic] ... Lisboa (Na Offic. de Joa6 Procopio Correa da Silva ...) 1799. Oct. (Quinogr. port.). Publ.: 1799, p. [i-xv], 1-191, [193-197, index], [199, err.], pl. 1-3, 3[ bis], 4-10, 10A, 1-4. Copies: B-S, G, L. 16.000. Florae fluminensis, seu descriptionum plantarum praefectura fluminensi sponte nascentium liber primus ad systema sexuale concinnatus augustissimae dominae nostrae per manus ill.™ ac ex.™ Aloysii de Vasconcellos & Souza Brasiliae pro-regis quarti &c. &c. &c. sistit Fr. Josephus Marianus a Conceptione Vellozo Praesb. Ord. S. Franc. Reform. Prov. Flumin. 1790. Flumine Januario [Rio de Janeiro] (ex Typographia nat- ionali) 1825 [i.e. 1829]. Fol. (Fl. flumin.). Publ.: 7 Sep-28 Nov 1829 (printed 1825, but remained undistributed until 1829, fide Carauta (1973) and associated sources), p. [i-xi], [1]-352. Copies: BR, G, HH, MO, NY. — The text of this original edition remained incomplete; it deals with taxa ill- ustrated in vols. 1-8 of the Jcones. — The attribution of these names to “‘Arrab.” in Steudel, Nomenclator, refers to Freire Antonio d’Arrabida, director of the Rio de Janeiro public library who was held responsible by Steudel for the posthumous publi- cation of Vellozo’s text and plates. Publication of complete text: Jul 1881, in Arch. Mus. nac. Rio de Janeiro 5, 1881, p. [i*- xui*], [1]-461. Copies: BR, G, HH, LC, MO; IDC 5788. — Text published by Ladislau Netto, who added an introduction on p. 1x-xii preceding the actual text of the Flora (pagination Arq. vol. 5: [i]-xu, [i*-xii*], [1]-461). — Pages 1-329 (Sabbata romana) reproduce the 1825 [1829] text; 329 (Sabbata polyphylla)-461 contain new text. The names of new taxa, however, date from the publication in the Jcones 8-11. 1831. Icones: 1640 plates in 11 volumes, dated 1827, but distributed for the first time only on 29 October 1831 (see Carauta 1973 and associated sources). The taxa not described in the 1825 [1829] text, (but appearing in the 1881 text, p. 329-462) are here in general validly published by means of an illustration with analysis. — The plates were manu- factured in Paris and shipped to Rio de Janeiro. In the absence of proof of earlier distribution in Paris (first mention Bibl. Fr. 16 Jan 1836), the date of distribution in Rio de Janeiro should be accepted. Tztle-page: Petro Nomine ac Imperio primo brasi- liensis imperii perpetuo defensore imo fundatore scientiarum artium litterarumque patrono et cultore jubente Florae fluminensis icones nunc primo eduntur. Vol. i [-xi]. Edidit Domnus [sic] Frater Antonius da Arrabida, ... Publicaeque Bibliothecae in Urbe Fluminensi praefectus. Parisiis ex off. lithogr. Senefelder 1827. Fol. max. Copies: G, HH, USDA; IDC 5174. r: [i-], pl. 1-153 (uncol. lith.); [title pages also lithogr.]. 2: [il-pl. 1-156. 3: [a], pl. 1-168. 4: [i], pl. 1-189. 5: [i], pl. 1-135. 6: [i], pl. 1-173. 7: [i], pl. 1-164. &: [i], pl. 1-164. VENETZ 9: [i], pl. 1-128. ro: [i], pl. 1-743. Tice apie ln i27,. Index methodus iconum: [1]-21 [has nomenclatural corrections]. Table alphabétique: [1]-14. Note: Martius (1837): “Eine mostrodses Beispiel einer tiberberatenen und zu gross begonnenen literarischen Unternehmung”’. Facsimile ed. of indexes: 1929, Berlin (W. Junk), cover, p. [i-iii], [1]-14, pl. 64. — ‘“J.M. da C. Velloso Florae fluminesis icones index methodicus et alphabeticus, Facsimile-Edition”’ ed. W. Junk no. 26. Copies: B, MICH, USDA. Index 1946: Mario Cruz, Indice da Flora fluminensis, Rio de Janeiro (Imprensa nacional) 1946, p. [1]-17, [18, colo.]. With an introduction by A.J. de Sampaio. Copy: HH. — For modern nomenclature see also Sampaio & Peckolt (1943). Venanzi, Giuseppe (1851-?), Italian botanist at Bergamo. (Venanz7). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 430; BFM 1107; BL 2: 369, 727; Bossert p. 417; DTS 1: 314; Saccardo 1: 169, 2: 112; Tucker 1: 717. COMPOSITE works: With Emilio Rodegher, Prosp. fl. Bergamo 1894 (1895), TL-2/9336. Vendrely, [Francois] Xavier (1837-1908), French botanist and pharmacist; studied at the Ecole de Pharmacie, Strasbourg 1856-1857; military service 1858-1859; continued his pharmaceutical studies in Besancon 1860-1861; state exam. pharm. ib. 1861; practic- ing pharmacist in Champagney 1861-1901. (Vendrely). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P (rd. 1975; inf. G. Aymonin); further material (fungi) at W. — Issued (with others) several sets of Flora cryptogama sequaniae exsiccata (see under Justin Paillot, TL-2/4: 8) and IH 2: 636). See Aymonin (1976) for details of Vendrely’s collect- ions (now at P). — Letters to F.F.G. Renauld at P; other letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 430; BL 2: 149, 156, 727; BM 5: 2202; GR p. 355; LS 27658; Morren ed. 10, p. 61; TL-2/7197; Tucker 1: 717. BIOFILE: Aymonin, G. & M. Keraudren-Aymonin, Congr. natl. Soc. sav. Besangon 99 (1974), Sci. 5: 185-194. 1976. 5 Magnin, A., Mém. Soc. Emul. Doubs ser. 8. 7: [reprint 8 p.]. 1912 (biogr., bibl.). COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) With J. Paillot, Flora Sequaniae exsiccata, text 1872-1906, see TL- 2/7191. (2) With F. Renauld, C. Flagey and J. Paillot, Supplément, Cat. rais. pl. Haute-Sadne 1882, see TL-2/8984. HANDWRITING: See A. Magnin (1912), p. 12. 16.001. Tableaux synoptiques GS analytiques des embranchements, classes, ordres, familles et genres de la flore de France pour servir d’introduction a une flore de Franche-Comté ... [Vesoul 1896]. Duod. (Tabl. syn. fl. France). 1: 1896 (Nat. Nov. Oct(1) 1896; Bot. Centralbl. 9 Sep 1896), p. [1]-141, [142], err. sheet. Copy: B. — Reprinted from Bull. Soc. Etud. Sci. nat. Haute-Saédne 1, 1892 (journal n.v.). 2 (Analyse des genres): 1898, p. 145-208. — Reprinted id. 2(2): 89-152. 1898. Venetz, Ignaz (1788-1859), Swiss (Valais) botanist and geologist; military engineer with the French corps impérial des Ponts-et-Chaussées, and the Austrian forces after the Napoleonic occupation; civil engineer with the canton de Valais 1836-1858. (Venetz). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. 699 VENETZ BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2202; PR 9728, ed. 1: 10697. BIOFILE: Anon., Bull. Murith. 37: 131-136. 1912 (biogr.). Jaccard, H., Cat. fl. Valais x. 1895. Schwarzbach, M., Auf den Spuren unserer Naturforscher 230. 1981. Zittel, K.A. von, Gesch. Geol. Paladont. 331, 332, 344, 718. 1899; Hist. geol. palaeont. 557 [index]. 1go1. 16.002. Catalogus plantarum in Valesia sponte nascentium, quarum collectio curata ab Ignatio Venetz. Seduni [Sion, Valais] 1817. Duod. (Cat. pl. Valesza). Publ.: 1817, p. [1]-17. Copies: G(2). Ventenat, Etienne Pierre (1757-1808), French clergyman (canonicus of St. Géneviéve), librarian and botanist; librarian of his congregation and also lecturing on botany; remained in charge of this library after its nationalization during the French revolution, becoming the library of the Panthéon. (Venten.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: G (bought by B. Delessert 1809); other material in B (extant, B- Willd.), C, G-DC, P, PC, WU. — Letters to J.E. Smith at LINN; to Banks at BM; other letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 275; Backer p. 611; Barnhart 3: 430 (b. 1 Mar 1757, d. 13 Aug 1808); Blunt p. 177; BM 5: 2203; Bret. p. 248; CSP 6: 134; Dawson p. 844; Dryander 3: 387, 442, 651; Frank 3 (Anh.): 108; GF p. 79; GR p. 299, cat. p. 73; Hegi 1: 251; Herder p. 143, 153, 154; Hortus 3: 1206; Jackson p. 113, 421; Langman p. 777; Laségue p. 70, 75, 191, 295, 527; LS 27659-27660; Moebius p. 45; MW p. 514; NI 2047-2051; Plesch p. 448-449; PR 4782, 9729-9735, ed. 1: 2105, 5321, 10698-10705; Rehder 5: 877; RS p. 146-147; SK 4: xcvii, ccxvi; SO 2635; Sotheby 790-794; TL-1/179, 1355-1358, see D. Villars; TL-2/g909; see J.P.P. Delessert, H.A. Schrader; Tucker 1: 717; Urban-Berl. p. 406, 415; Zander ed. 10, p. 728, ed. 11, p. 830. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 247: 482. 1964; Catalogue des livres de la bibliothéque de feu M.E.P. Ventenat, Paris 1808, xii, 83 p.; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl., Auteurs 205: 395-398. 1969; Grand Larousse encycl. 10: 736. 1964; Index biogr. Acad. Sci. 511. 1954. Baer, W. & H.W. Lack, Pflanzen auf Porzellan, no. 59. 1979. Candolle, Alph. de, Phytographie 456. 1880 (herb.). Candolle, A.P. de, Mém. souvenirs 62, 95, 96, 184, 197, 548. 1862. Cuvier, G., Eloge historique de M. Ventenat, Paris 1809, 12 p. Dawson, W.R., Smith letters 93. 1934. Glotin, R., Jard. France 1971(6): 12. Hoefer, ed., Nouv. biogr. gén. 45: 1082-1083. 1866. Jovet, P., Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. ser. 2. 23: 416-434. 1951 (on original material in Musée de la Malmaison). Lacroix, A., Fig. savants 4: 63. 1938. Legée, G., C.R. Congr. natl. Soc. sav. 102 (Limoges) (3): 33-46. 1977 (biographical study, sources, bibl., list of archival material). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 759-760. 1984. MacPhail, I. et al., Cat. Redout. 18, 29, 20-22, 43, 47, 49, 65. 1963. Maiden, J.H., J.R. Soc. N.S.W. 44: 131. 1910. Rix, M., The art of the botanist 162, 163, 166. 1981. Rompel, J., Osterr. bot. Z. 57: 152-156. 1907 (on V. and the use of the word ‘“‘Phanérogames’’). Saccardo, P.A., Bull. Soc. bot. ital. 1906: 25-27 (‘‘Phanerogamae”’ not coined by Ven- tenat but by Saint-Amans (q.v.) in 1791. Stafleu, F.A., in C.L. L’Héritier, Sert. angl., facs. ed. Ixi. 1963. T.d.B., in Michaud, Biogr. univ. 43: 115-116. 1854ff. Wright, R., Gardeners tribute 152, 157, 165, 171, 172, 175. s.d. HANDWRITING: Candollea 34: 179-180. 1979. 700 VENTENAT EPONYMY: Ventenata G.L. Koeler (1802, nom. cons.); Ventenatia Cavanilles (1798, nom. re).); Ventenatia ‘Trattinick (1802); Ventenatia Palisot de Beauvois (1805); Ventenatia J.E. Smith (1806). COMPOSITE woRKS: J.B.E. Bulliard, Hist. champ. France II, deuxiéme partie, Jul 1812, edited and published by Ventenat from the Bulliard manuscripts, see TL-2/g09. NOTE: Louis Ventenat (1765-1794), brother of E.P. Ventenat; also canonicus of St. Genevieve, took part in the expedition of La Billardiére in search of La Pérouse 1791- 1793 (see e.g. P. Fournier, Voy. déc. Sci. mission. natural. frang. 90-91. 1932). 16.003. Principes de botanique expliqués au Lycée républicain, ... A Paris (Chez Sallior, ...) An 3™° de la République frangaise [22 Sep 1794-22 Sep 1795]. Oct. (Princ. bot.). Publ.: 22 Sep 1794-22 Sep 1795 (an III), p. [1]-223, pl. 1-223, [some copies have an errata sheet added], pl. 1-14 (col. copp. Sophie Dupuis). Copies: B, BR, G, NY, U, USDA. German translation 1802, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-378 [379-382, err.]. pl. 1-14 (id.). Copies: B-S, G. — Anfangsgriinde der Botamk ... Frey tbersetzt. Durchaus mit Anmerkungen und Zusat- zen [by Albrecht von Haller, filius, 1758-1823]. Ziirich (bey Orell, Fiissli und Compagnie) 1802. Oct. 16.004. Tableau du régne végétal, selon la méthode de Jussieu; ... a Paris (de |’ Imprimerie de J. Drisonnier) an VII [1799]. Oct., 4 vols. (Tabl. régn. vég.). Publ.: 5 Mai 1799 (Acad.; JGLF Jun 1799; JT 27 Aug 1799). Copies: B, BR, G, HH, MICH, MO, NY, U; IDC 5790. r: [i*-11*], [i]-Ixxii, [1]-627, [628, err.]. 2: [i-i], [1]-607, [608, err.]. 3: [i-im], [1]-587, [588, err.]. 4: [i-ii], [1]-265, pl. 1-24 (uncol. copp. P.J. & H.J. Redouté). Note: follows closely A.L. Jussieu, Gen. pl. 1789; can be regarded as an annotated French language revision of Jussieu’s work, with the addition of extensive glossaries, more detailed synonymy and literature references. 16.005. Description des plantes nouvelles et peu connues cultivés dans le jardin de J.M. Cels ... a Paris (de ’imprimerie de Crapelet) an VIII [1800-1803]. Qu. (Descr. pl. nouv.). Horticulturist: Jacques [Philippe] Martin Cels 1740-1806 (b. 16 Jun 1740 fide Barnhart). Publ.: Sep 1800-21 Feb 1803, in 10 parts, p. [i-xii], pl. 7-700 with [108 unsigned leaves] text (uncol. copp.; 81 by P.J. Redouté, 8 by H.J. Redouté, 6 by Maréchal, 2 by Sauvage, 2 by Cloquet, 1 by Laneau [MacPhail]). Copies: BR, E, G, MO (orig. covers), NY, PH, U, USDA; IDC 706. / Fasc. plates dates fasc. plates dates I I-10 Sep 1800 6 51-60 30 Dec 1801 2 11-20 1800 sero 7 61-70 22 Mar 1802 v. 1801 prim. 8 71-80 Jul-Aug 1802 3 21-30 1 Mar 1801 9 81-go Sep-Oct 1802 4 31-40 Jun-Jul 1801 10 gi-100 ~—- 21 :- Feb 1803 5 41-50 28 Sep 1801 Ref.: Jovet, P., Bull. Mus. Hist. nat. ser. 2. 23: 416-425, 426-435. 1951 (orig. drawings). MacPhail, I., Cat. Redout. 43. 1963. Stearn, W.T., J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 199-200. 1939. Viviani, Annali di Botanica, Genova,!I: 192-202, 231-235. 1802-1803, 2: 6-15. 1804. 16.006. Monographie du genre Tilleul, ... Paris (Baudoin, imprimeur de I’Institut national) an X [1802]. Qu. Publ.: 1802, p. [1]-21, pl. 1-5 (uncol. copp.). Copies: G, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mém. Inst. natl., Paris Cl. 1. 4: 1-20, pl. 1-5 (id.) 1820. Preliminary pudbl.: Bull. Soc. philom. 1800(2): 83-84 (Extrait dune monographie du genre Tilleul). Anal. Ci. nat., Madrid 2: 57-71. 1800 (Monografia del género Tilo). 701 VENTENAT English transl.: in Koenig [Konig], Ann. Bot. 1: 207-219. 1 Sep-6 Nov 1804 (A monograph of the genus Tilia). 16.007. Jardin de la Malmaison ... a Paris (de ’imprimerie de Crapelet, et se trouve chez auteur, a la bibliothéque nationale du Panthéon). An XI= 1803 - An XII=1804 [- 1805]. 2 vols. Fol. (Jard. Malmaison). Publ.: in 20 parts Apr 1803-Nov 1805. Copies: G, PH, Teyler; IDC 489. — Antiquariaat Junk, Catalogue 225, Apr 1982, offered a copy at Hfl. 80.000. 1: Apr 1803-Jul 1804, p. [i-vi], pl. 1-60 (col. copp. P.J. Redouté) each plate with 1 leaf 2 p.) text. OF ae 1804-Nov 1805, p. [i-iii], pl. 61-120 (id.), with text, [1-2, table], [3, errata]. vol. part plates dates vol. part plates dates I I 1-6 Apr 1803 2 II 61-66 Aug 1804 2 7-12 Jun 1803 12 67-72 Sep 1804 3 13-18 Jul 1803 13 73-78 Oct 1804 4 19-24 Sep 1803 14 79-84 Dec 1804 v. Jan 1805 5 25-30 Dec 1803 15 85-90 Feb 1805 6 31-36 Jan 1804 16 = g1-96 Mar 1805 7 37-42 Apr 1804 17. g7-102—s Jun 1805 8 43-48 Apr 1804 18 103-108 Jul 1805 9 49-54 Jun 1804 19 1og-114 Aug 1805 10 45-60 Jul 1804 20 115-120 Nov 1805 The dates given here are those given by Stearn as “‘approximate’’. Several of them are confirmed by the records of receipt by the Paris Academy. Ventenat sent his first fascicle to Banks on 20 Apr 1803. The JGLF dates are on the whole somewhat later than the dates given by Stearn and so are the dates of receipt by the ““Académie’’. The plates are coloured stipple engravings of plants by P.J. Redouté. The book was produced under the auspices of the Empress Joséphine. The description of the genus Josephinia Ventenat, Jard. Malmaison 67. Sep 1804, is reproduced in Magas. encycl. 1805(4): 147. Ref.: MacPhail, I., Gat. Redout. 47. 1963. Stearn, W.T., J. Soc. Bibl. nat. Hist. 1: 200-201. 1939. Steenis-Kruseman, M.J. van, Fl. males. Bull. 19: 1149. 1964. Stafleu, F.A., Cat. Redout. 19-21. 1963, Redouté and his circle, in Buckman, T., ed., Bibl. nat. Hist. 1966. 16.008. Choix de plantes, dont la plupart sont cultivées dans le jardin de Cels, ... a Paris (de Pimprimerie de Crapelet ...) an xi-1803 [-1808]. Fol. (Choix pl.). Publ.: 22 Aug 1803-1808, in 10 parts, p. [i-viii], pl. 7-60 (uncol. copp., P.J. Redouté 12, P. Bessa, A. Poiteau, H.J. Redouté, P.J.F. Turpin) with text, [1, index]. Copies: G, MO, PH, U; IDC 754. part plates dates part plates dates I 1-6 22 Aug 1803 6 31-36 Nov 1807 2 7-12 1803 7 37-42 Nov 1807 13-18 Dec 1803 or early Jan 1804 8 43-48 1808 4 19-24 Dec 1803 or early Jan 1804 9 49-54 1808 5 25-30 Apr 1804 10 55-60 1808 The dates are taken from Exell and Stearn with the addition of some details from the dates of receipt by the Paris Academy and from JGLF. Livr. 3 and 4 for instance were received by the Academy on 2 Jan 1804; livr. 5 is announced in JGLF Apr 1804. Livr. 6 and 7 were received on 16 Nov 1807. The new genera and species of ¢. 37-42 (fasc. 6, 7) 702 VENTURI were published earlier in the Mém. Math. Phys. Inst. nat. Fr. 1: 1-20. 1807, and those of t. 43-47, in the same journal 2: 142-155. 1808. Ref.: Exell, A.W., J. Bot. 76: 181-183. 1938. Stearn, W.T., J. Soc. Bibl. nat. hist. 1: 201. 1939. Steenis-Kruseman, M.J. van, Fl. males. Bull. 19: 1149. 1964. 16.009. Decas generum novorum, aut parum cognitorum, ... Parisiis (Typis E. Dufart) 1808. (Dec. gen. nov.). Publ.: 1808, p. [3]-10. Copies: K; IDC 5261. — Reproduced in facsimile by Stearn (1970). Ref.: Stearn, W.T., zn [Smit and ter Laage, Essays in Biohistory] Regn. veg. 71: 342-352. 31 Dec 1970 (facs. repr., commentary). Venturi, Antonio (1805-1864), Italian landed gentleman, mycologist and musicologist at Brescia. (A. Venturi). HERBARIUM and typEs: PAD; further material in MW. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Ainsworth p. 226, 316, 348; Barnhart 3: 430 (b. 5 Dec 1805, d. 5[?] Feb 1864); Bossert p. 417; CSP 6: 134; Frank 3 (Anh.): 338; Jackson p. 162, 316, 432; LS 27661-27666; NI 2052-2053; PR 9736-9738, 10647, ed. 1: 10706- ‘ 10708; Rehder 1: 63; Saccardo 1: 231-232 (by Gio. Mutinelli), 169-170 (d. 9 Feb 1864), 2: 112; Stevenson p. 1261. BIOFILE: Senoner, A., Gartenflora 10: 33-35. 1861 (review of his publ.). EPONYMY: WVeoventuria H. Sydow et P. Sydow (1919); Venturia De Notaris (1844, nom. re7.); Venturia P.A. Saccardo (1882, nom. cons.); Venturiella C. Mueller Hal. (1875); Venturiella Spegazzini (1909). 16.010. Plantae in horto Antoni Venturi prope Brixiam collectae cum aliis permutandae [Brixiae [Brescia] (ex Officina Bettoniana) 1835]. Oct. (Pl. hort. Venturi). Publ.: 1835 (date on p. iv of cover), p. [1, is p. 1 of cover but also of text], [3]-16, [iv, cover]. Copy: G. 16.011. Studi micologici ... Brescia (Tip. del Pio Istituto in S. Barnaba) 1842. Qu. (Stud. micol.). Publ.: 1842 (Flora rd. 13-20 Feb 1843), p. [i*], [1]-x, [1]-56, pl. 7-73 (partly col. liths. P. Bertotti). Copies: B-S, BR, FH, G, NY, USDA; IDC 6333. 16.012. Nozioni organografiche e fisiologiche sopra gli imenomiceti di montagne con note e tavole ... Brescia (dalla Tip. del pio Istituto) 1844. Oct. (Noz. organogr. imenomic.). Publ.: 1844, p. [1]-30, [31-32], pl. 1-2 (uncol. copp.). Copy: B-S. 16.013. I miceti dell’ agro bresciano descritti ed illustrati con figure tratte dal vero ... Brescia (dalla Tipografia Gilberti) 1860. Fol. (Mucet. agro bresc.). Publ.: 1860, p. [1]-48, pl. 1-64 (col. liths.). Copies: B-S, FH, G, Stevenson, USDA; IDC 896. — The USDA copy is in original covers: fasc. 1: [5-12], pl. 1-12, 2: 13-24, pl. 13-25, 3: 25-32, pl. 26-36, [4, number written by hand]: 33-48, pl. 37-64. The covers carry the title as above but are undated and have no imprint. Note: Giacomini, (1949) refers to an earlier edition of this work, Brescia (Tip. Pio Istituto in S. Barnaba) 1845, p. [1]-48, pl. 7-64, not seen by us. Ref.: Fries, E., Bot. Zeit. 23: 318-319. 1865 (crit. comm.), see also Hoffmann, Bot. Zeit. 23: 325. 1865. Giacomini, V., Atti Ist. bot. Univ. Lab. critt. Pavia ser. 5. 6: 77-88. 1949 (revision of species; 1845 edition). Senoner, A., Osterr. bot. Z. 11: 29-30. 1 Jan 1861 (reviews Lief. 1-5 [sic], pl. 1-22; this is at variance with the composition of the USDA copy). Venturi, Gustavo (1830-1898), Italian lawyer and bryologist at Trento [Trient]. (Venturz). 723 VENTURI HERBARIUM and Types: TR. — Further material at B (mainly destr.), E, H, PC, QK. — Library also at TR. — Letters to F. Renauld at P, other letters at G, UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 430 (b. 4 Feb 1830, d. 7 Jun 1898); BM 5;: 210, 2203; Bosssert p. 417; CSP 6: 135, 8: 1146 (err. sub Giambatt. de Venturi), 11: 687 (id.), 12: 753 (id.), 19: 319; DTS 1: 314-316, 5: lini; Herder p. 267; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345; Lenley p. 420; Morren ed. 10, p. 38; Saccardo 1: 170, 2: 212; SBC p. 134; Urban-Berl. p. 316, 406. BIOFILE: Anon., Allg. bot. Z. 5: 52. 1899 (d. 5 Jun 1898); Bot. Gaz. 26: 455. 1898 (herb. of 4000 moss species and library to TR); Hedwigia 37: (203). 1898 (d. 5 Jun 1898; herb. libr. to TR); Nat. Nov. 21: 150. 1899 (d. 5 Jun 1898); Rev. bryol. 25: 71-72. 1898 (obit. not.). Lamy, G., Occas. Pap. Farlow Herb. 16: 126. 1981 (14 letters to F. Renauld at P). Saccardo, P.A., Stor. Lett. Fl. venet. 155, 165. 1869. Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 519. 1977 (coll.). COMPOSITE WoRKs: Orthotrichum, in P.T. Husnot, Muscol. gall. 1, 1887. 16.014. Enumerazione critica dei muschi italiani ... Varese (Tipografia Ferri di Maj e Malnati ...) 1884. Oct. Co-author: Antonio Bottini (1850-1931). Publ.: 1884 (p. 2: Jan 1884; Nat. Nov. Sep(1) 1884), cover-t.p., p. [1]-79. Copies: BR, MO, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Atti Soc. Critt. ital. ser. 2. 3: 153-257. 1882. Ref.: Geheeb, A., Flora 67: 611-612. 1 Nov 1884 (rev.). 16.015. Le Muscinee del Trentino a cura del Municipio di Trento ... Trento (Stab. Lit. Tip. Giovanni Zippel ed.) 1899. Oct. (Musc. Trentino). Publ.: Jul 1899 (p. iv: Jun 1899; Hedwigia 10 Aug 1899; ObZ for Jul 1899; Nat. Nov. Oct(1) 1899), portr., p. [i]-vii, [1]-107. Copies: B, FH, G(2), NY(g). Venturi, Santiago (fl. 1910), Argentine naturalist at Mocovi. (S. Venturz). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: US (9510); further material at A, AMES, B (mainly destr.), BA, BAF, BM, C, CAS, DPU, E, F, GH, K, MO, NY, SI, SP, U, UC, W, WU, Z. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 430;TL-2/4531. BIOFILE: Dorfler, I., Bot.-Adressb. ed. 3. 389. 1909. COMPOSITE WORKS: Collaborator and collector, M. Lillo, Contr. arb. Argent. 1910, see TL- 2/4531. Verdoorn, Frans (1906-1984), Dutch botanist, biohistorian and botanical editor; studied at the University of Utrecht 1927-1933; Dr. phil. ib. 1934 (student of A.A. Pulle); established the Chronica botanica Company at Oegstgeest nr Leiden 1934; botanical secretary Int. Union biol. Sci. 1935-1953; transferred the Chronica botanica Company to Waltham, Mass. 1940 (maintained until 1957); technical advisor, Board of the Netherlands East Indies, Surinam and Curagao, New York 1942-1949; organizing director, Los Angeles State and County Arboretum, Arcadia 1948-1949; professor in the history of biology, Univ. Utrecht 1957-1964, director Biohistorical Institute, Utrecht 1958-1976, regular professor of biohistory 1965-1976. (Verd.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: FH (12.000 Hepat.), BM (musci), GH (pterid.); further material (including exsiccatae) in BM, BO, BR, C, CM, E, FH, G, GB, GOET, L, LD, M, MANCH, NY, S, U, W (lich. Java), WELC. — Archives and letters: see note below. Exsiccatae: (1) Bryophyta Arduennae exsiccatae, dec. 1-5, nos. 1-50, Utrecht 1927-1929, sets at BM, FH, G, K, U, W (Sayre 1971, p. 267). 194 VERDOORN (2) Hepaticae selecti et critici, ser. i-xi, nos. 1-550, Utrecht 1930-1938, sets at BM, CAS, FH, G, GB, H, K, LD, NY, S, U (Sayre 1971, p. 260). — Schedae in Ann. bryol. 4-10, 1931-1937, (see also below). (3) Musci selecti et critici, series i-vii, nos. 1-350. Utrecht 1934-1940, sets at BM, FH, CM, GB, K, LD, MANCH, NY (Sayre 1971, p. 268-269). Schedae series in Ann. bryol. 1931-1940. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 431 (b. 24 Jul 1906); BFM 23072; BL 2: 439, 727; Bossert p. 417; IH (ed. 1): 46, (ed. 2): 63, (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345, 2: (files); JW 2: 202; Langman p. 777-778; Lenley p. 423; Moebius p. 123; MW p. 514, suppl. 384; NW p. 60; PH 209, 565; Plesch p. 449; SBC p. 134; SIA see index; SK 1: 540, 5: cccxxviii, 8: c; Sotheby 794; TL-2/1221, 2025, 2364, 5929, see indexes; Tucker 3: 322. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men Sci. eds. 7-10. 1944-1961; Arcadia [California] Tribune 23 Jan 1949 (brief biogr. sketch; appointment Los Angeles State County Arboretum); Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 247: 626. 1964; Bryologist 84(4): 593. 1981 (note 75th birthday); Gard. J. 7: 210. 1957; J. Forestry 45(2): 126. 1947 (Mary Soper Pope Medal); 2 p. News Release, Frans Verdoorn’s 75th birthday, dated Jul 1981, Utrecht [biogr. not.]; Plant Sci. Bull. 7(4): 4. 1961; Taxon 7: 60. 1958 (transfer of Verdoorn and his library to Utrecht); Who’s who in Amer. 24-31. 1946-1961. Behnke, J.A., Bioscience 22: 177. 1972. Ewan, J. et al., Short hist. bot. U.S. 21, 93. 1969. Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras world D3, S21-23, S24-29, Sgt-93. 1984. Jansen, P. & W.H. Wachter, Ned. kruidk. Arch. 50: 377-379. 1940 (early bryol. work, bibl.). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 760. 1985. Merrill, E.D., Contr. U.S. natl. Herb. 30(1): 305-306. 1947. Richards, P.W., Bryol. Times 30: 7-8. 1985 (obit., portr.). Sanders, A.P.M. & H. de Vries, Regn. Veg. 71: xv-xxil. 1970 (chronology in Festschrift). Sayre, G., Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(2): 267-269. 1971 (exsicc.); Bryologist 80: 529. 1977 (bryol. coll.). Schuster, R.M., Hep. Anthoc. N. Amer. 1: 111. 1966 (list hepaticol publ.). Stafleu, F.A., Taxon 33: 802. 1984 (obit. not., d. 18 Mai 1984). Steenis, C.G.G.J. van, Fl. males. Bull. 1: 30. 1947 (Mary Soper Pope medal), 2: 43. 1945 (hon. memb. Buitenzorg bot. gard.), 22: 1529. 1968, 30: 2741, 2750. 1977 (retirem.; brief biogr. sketch by M. Jacobs), 38: 131-132. 1985 (obit.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 446. 1915, 2: 477. 1936, 3: 429. 1937, 4: 596. 1938, 5: 555- 1939, 6: 141, 230. 1941, 7: 459. 1943. Man. bryol. 485 [index]. 1932. Wagenitz, G., Index coll. princ. herb. Gott. 170. 1982. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Editor, Annales bryologici vols. 1-12, 1928-1939, suppl. vols. 1-4, 1930-1938. [Dates of receipt of volumes at BM (fide A.J. Harington): 1 (24 Apr 1928), 2 (14 Mai 1929), 3 (5 Apr 1930), 4 (17 Jun 1931; publ. Apr 1931, fide Rev. bryol. ser. 2. 4(1): 55. 1931), 5 (8 Jun 1932), 6 (2 Aug 1933), 7 (24 Sep 1934), 8 (24 Feb 1936; but H received 7 Feb 1936), 9 (30 Jul 1937), 10 (12 Mar 1938; issued Feb 1938), 11 (13 Oct 1938), 12 (13 Dec 1939), suppl. 1 (5 Apr 1930), 2 (27 Feb 1932 “‘fin 1931” Rev. bryol.), 3 (H: 16 Mai 1934, BM: 25 Mai 1934), 4 (H 17 Dec 1934, BM 19 Mar 1938). (2) With W.E. Nicolson and Th. Herzog, Hepaticae, in H. von Handel-Mazzetti, Symb. sin. 5, Jan-Aug 1930, see TL-2/2364. (3) Frullanaceae, in Nova Guinea 14(4): 540-[548], pl. 92-93. Feb 1930 (date printing). (4) Lejeuneaceae holostipae, in Nova Guinea 18 (Bot.)(1): [1]-8, [9], pl. 7-2. Apr 1934 (month of printing). (5) Introduction to facsimile ed. E.H.F. Meyer, Gesch. Bot. 1965; in vol. 1, p. [(1)]-(63), see TL-2/5929. (6) Editor, Chronica botanica vols. 1-20, 1935-1959. — Friedrich Fedde, in a letter to Verdoorn of 21 Aug 1934 on his plans to publish Chron. bot.: “Zu Ihrem Beginnen winsche ich Ihnen zunachst viel Gliick und hoffe, dass Ihnen die Enttauschungen erspart bleiben die ich in so reichem Masse bei der Herausgabe und dem Selbstverlage meines Repertoriums erleben musste ...” (files FAS). — Specimen treatment: “Introduc- 795 VERDOORN ing Chronica botanica. A new experiment recording the growth and the infinite scope of the science of plants. Volume 1. Leiden Apr 1935, p. [1]-8. Copy: FAS. (7) Editor, Annales cryptogamici et phytopathologici, 11 vols. 1944-1954. (8) Editor, Lotsya, a biological miscellany, 1948-1953. (9) Editor, Merrilleana, a selection from the general writings of Elmer Drew Merrill, ... Chron. bot. 10: 131-393. 1946. (10) Editor and author of foreword, Plant genera, Chron. bot. 14: 93-101. 1953. (11) Editor, A new series of plant science books 1942-1962. (12) Editor, Biologia, Official Bulletin of the principal international biological societies, commissions and congresses, 1 vol. (nos. 1-6), Waltham, Mass., U.S.A. 1947 (continued as a section of chronica botanica). ARCHIVES and LIBRARY: Biohistorical Institute, Utrecht, Netherlands (library based on former Chronica botanica holdings; moved to Utrecht 1958). — The Icones jubularum, tracings of 503 drawings of hepatics (copies of drawings by Gottsche, Schiffner et al.) are at FH. — Verdoorn’s private archives and correspondence of the period before 1958 were left by Verdoorn to FAS for suitable dispositon at a later date. They consist of Verdoorn’s bryological correspondence up to 1939 and his correspondence on Chronica botanica until 1957. The bryological library of Verdoorn is at U; the bryological archi- val material (incl. many icones, Stephani, Schiffmer et al.) is with F.R. Gradstein, Utrecht. — Verdoorn kept up a profuse correspondence with botanists and botanical institutions all over the world. His letters are in many libraries and archives (e.g. G, HH, IAPT, NY). FESTSCHRIFT: Essays in biohistory and other contributions presented by friends and col- leagues to Frans Verdoorn on the occasion of his 6oth birthday. Edited by P. Smit and R.J.Ch.V. ter Laage, Dec 1970, Utrecht, Regnum vegetabile 71, xxii, 426 p. (frontisp. portr., chronology 1906-1966). NOTE: An exhaustive bibliography of the numerous writings of Frans Verdoorn was in preparation at the Biohistorical Institute, Utrecht in 1985. The main publications are briefly noted in Sanders and de Vries (1970); a fairly complete list of Verdoorn’s editorial activities 1927-1956 (provided by Verdoorn himself) is given in Horsfall, Prin- ciples of fungicidal action, New Series of Plant Science Books vol. 30, after p. 280. EPONYMY: Verdoornia Schuster (1963, also honors I.C. Verdoorn (q.v.); Verdoornianthus Gradstein (1978). 16.016. Bijdrage tot de Nederlandsche levermosflora ... Amsterdam (Drukkerij en Uitgeverij J.H. de Bussy) 1927. Oct. Publ.: 30 Jun 1927 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [243]-284. Copies: H, NY, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ned. kruidk. Arch. 36: [243]-284. 1927. 16.017. Historisch overzicht der Zeeuwsche floristiek, ... Middelburg (N.V. Kon. Boekdruk- kerij en Binderij J.C. & W. Altoffer ...) 1927. Oct. Publ.: Jun 1927 (cover-t.p. so dated), cover-t.p., p. [i], [1]-16. Copies: B, FAS, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Arch. Zeeuwsch Genootsch. Wet. 1927: [69]-84. 16.018. De Frullaniaceis I. Kritische studie der inlandsche Frullaniasoorten ... Amster- dam (Drukkerij en Uitgeverij J.H. de Bussy) 1928. Oct. Publ.: 30 Jun 1928 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [160]-170. Copies: FAS, FH, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ned. kruidk. Arch. 37(2): [160]-170. 1927. Note: The series De Frullaniaceis consists of 18 numbers of which most nos. have the indication “De Frullanaceis’’ as subtitles; they are listed below under the main titles: 1928-1937. 16.019. Ueber einige amerikanische Frullaniaceae De Frullaniaceis II ... [Extrait des Annales de Cryptogamie exotique, année 1928, t. 1, fasc. IT). [1928]. Publ.: Jul 1928, p. [213]-220. Copies: FAS, H. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. crypt. exot. 1(2): [213]-220. 1928. 706 VERDOORN 16.020. Kritische Bemerkungen iiber ostasiatische und ozeamsche Frullania-Arten aus dem sub- genus Homotropantha (De Frullaniaceis III). [Extrait de la Revue bryologique (Année 19285. 1, fase, 2-3))|, Oct. Publ.: shortly after 15 Oct 1928 (date of printing), p. [108], 109-122, [verso of p. 122: colophon]. Copies: FAS, H, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. bryol. 1(2-3): [108]-122. 1928. 16.021. V. Schiffner. — Expositio plantarum in itinere suo indico annis 1893/94 suscepto collec- tarum speciminibusque exsiccatis distributarum, adjectis descriptionibus novarum series tertia (no. 1473-2460). [Frullaniaceas continens]. — (De Frullaniaceis IV). — The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff) 1929. Oct. Publ.: 1929 (journal rd at BM 14 Mai 1929), cover-t.p., p. [117]-154. Copy: FAS. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. bryol. 2: [117]-154. 1929. 16.022. Revision der von Java und Sumatra angefiihrten Frullaniaceae ... [De Frullaniaceis V] ... The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff) 1929. Oct. Publ.: 1929 (journal rd BM 14 Mai 1929), cover-t.p., p. [155]-164. Copies: FAS, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. bryol. 2: [155]-164. 1929. 16.023. Einige morphologische Notizen iiber Frullana (De Frullaniaceis VI) ... Extrait des Annales du Jardin botanique de Buitenzorg vol. xl. [1929]. Publ.: Apr-Mai 1929 (p. 145: 1 Mar 1929; USDA copy rd go Jul 1929), cover-t.p., p. [139]-145. Copies: H, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Jard. bot. Buitenzorg 40: [139]-145. 1929. 16.024. Bryologische aanteekeningen iv. Determinatietabel der Nederl. Levermossen ... overgedrukt uit “De Levende Natuur” ... 1930. Publ.: Feb 1930, cover-t.p., p. [1]-8. Copies: FAS, NY. — Originally published in Levend. Nat. 34. 1930. 16.025. Die Frullaniaceae der Indomalesischen Inseln (De Frullaniaceis VII) ... Haag (Mar- tinus Nijhoff) 1930. Oct. (Frullaniac. Indomales. Ins.). Publ.: Mar 1930 (p. [iv]: 1 Mar 1930; BM rd 5 Apr 1930), p. [i-vii], [1]-187. Copzes: B, BR, FH, H, M, MO, PH. — Issued as Ann. bryol., Suppl. vol. 1. 1930. Ref.: Lanfear, L.H., Bryologist 34: 26-28. 15 Jan 1931 (rev.). 16.026. Symbolae sinicae Botanische Ergebnisse der Expedition der Akademie der Wissens- chaften in Wien nach Siidwest-China 1914/1918 ... herausgegeben von Heinrich Handel-Mazzetti ... Sonderabdruck aus v. Teil Hepaticae. Wien (Verlag von Julius Springer) 1930. Oct. Editor: Heinrich, Freiherr von Handel-mazzetti (1882-1940), see TL-2/2: 43-44, Symb. sin. TL-2/2364. Publ.: Jan-Aug 1930, p. [1]-10. Copy: FAS. — Reprinted and to be cited from Handel- Mazzetti, Symb. sin. 5: 26-45. 1930. 16.027. Revision der von Ozeanien angefihrten Frullaniaceae (De Frullaniaceis VIII) ... Amsterdam (N.V. Drukkerij en Uitgeverij J.H. de Bussy) 1930. Oct. Publ.: 1 Oct 1930 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [155]-175. Copies: FAS, H, NY, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ned. kruidk. Arch. 40(2): [155]-175. 1930. — Motto:‘‘Es ist schier unglaublich, was fiir eine Menge handgreiflicher Standortsmodi- fikationen noch immer als “‘Arten” grassieren’’. Leop. Loeske, Ann. bryol. 1: 129. 16.028. Hepaticae selectae et criticae series I (1930) ... The Hague [’s Gravenhage] (Mar- tinus Niyhoff) 1931. Oct. Publ.: 1931-1937, schedae accompanying the series of exsiccatae Hepaticae selectae et criticae (see above under Herbarium and Types), published in Ann. bryol. 4-10, 1931-1937. Set of reprints series 1-8, copy: FAS. Ser. 1: 1931, cover-t.p., p. [1]-17. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. bryol. 4: 123- 139. 1931. — Exsiccatae rd. by BM 23 Dec 1930. — Texts schedae for the greater part by Ch. Douin or Th. Herzog. 797 VERDOORN Ser. 2: 1931, cover-t.p., p. [140]-150. — Id. 4: 140-150. 1931. — Exsiccatae rd. by BM 27 Mar 1931. — Texts schedae in part by G. Chalaud, W.E. Nicholson, or V. Schiffner. Ser. 3-4: 1932, cover-t.p., p. [125]-144. — Id. 5: [125]-144. 1932. — Exsiccatae rd. by BM 7 Mar 1932, by FH 15 Mar 1932. — Texts mostly by H. Buch, Th. Herzog, W.E. Nicholson, or V. Schiffner. Ser. 5-6: 1933, cover-t.p., p. [95]-104. — Id. 6: [95]-104. — Exsiccatae rd. by BM 1 Jan 1933, by FH 23 Jan 1933. — Texts all by F. Verdoorn. Ser. 7-8: 1935, p- [i, recto of 150], [150]-158. — Id. 8: [150]-158. 1935. — Exsiccatae rd. by FH 2 Jan 1934. Ser. 9-10: 1937, Ann. bryol. 10: 124-130. 1937. — Exsiccatae set 9 rd. by BM 8 Jan 1936, by FH 22 Jan 1936, set 9 by BM a1 Jul 1936, by FH 31 Jul 1936. Ser. 11 of exsiccatae (no schedae in Ann. bryol.) 1938, rd. by BM 2 Dec 1938, by FH 19 Dec 1938. 16.029. Neue Beitrége zur Kenntnis indomalesischer Frullaniaceae (De Frullaniaceis IX) ... Buitenzorg (Archipel Drukkerij) 1932. Oct. Publ.: Jan 1932, cover-t.p., p. [53]-64. Copzes: FAS, H, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Jard. bot. Buitenzorg ser. 3. 12(1): [53]-64. 1932. 16.030. De Levermosgeslachten van Java en Sumatra ... Amsterdam (N.V. Drukkerij en Uitgeverij J.H. de Bussy) 1932. Oct. Publ.: 4 Apr 1932 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [461]-509. Copies: FAS, G, H, NY, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ned. kruidk. Arch. 41(3): [461]-509. 1932. 16.031. Manual of bryology edited by Fr. Verdoorn in collaboration with Dr. H. Buch, Dr. G. Chalaud, H.N. Dixon, H.H. du Buy, M.A. Donk, Dr. H. Gams, Dr. A,J.M. Garjeanne, Prof. Dr. Th. Herzog, Dr. K. Hoefer, Dr. J. Motte, Prof. dr. L.M.J.G. Nicolas, P.W. Richards, Prof. Dr. F. von Wettstein, Dr. R. van der Wijk and Prof. Dr. W. Zimmermann ... The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff) 1932. Oct. (Man. bryol.). Publ.: Sep 1932 (p. [ix]: 1 Jul 1932; copy U signed by author 26 Oct 1932; Bryologist 15 Sep 1932; personal comm. F. Verdoorn: “‘Sep”’), p. [i]-viil, [1x], [1]-486. Copies: B, BR, FH, G, H, NY, PH, U(2), USDA. Facsimile reprint: 1967, Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.), ISBN go-6123-092-6. Copy: FAS, MO. 16.032. Ueber einige neue Frullania-Sammlungen ... [De Frullaniaceis X] ... Amsterdam (Druk de Bussy) 1932. Oct. Publ.: 15 Nov 1932 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [484]-500. Copies: FAS, H, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ned. kruidk. Arch. 42(2): [484]-500. 1932. 16.033. Die von V. Schiffner (1893-1894) und von Fr. Verdoorn (1930) auf den Indomalesischen Inseln gesammelten Lejeuneaceae holostipae. De Frullaniaceis XI ... Extrait du Recueil des Travaux botaniques néerlandais, vol. xxx, 1933. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1933 (in journal), p. [212]-233. Copies: FAS, G, H, NY, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rec. Trav. bot. néerl. 30: [212]-233. 1933. — Also issued as Meded. Bot. Mus. Herb. Rijksuniv. Utrecht no. 8. — N.B. Some copies (not all, sic) of the Mededelingen issue have double pagination: [50]-71 and [212]-233. 16.034. (De Frullaniaceis xii) Revision der von Java und Sumatra angefiihrten Lejeuneaceae holostipae ... The Hague (Martinus Nijhoff) 1933. Oct. Publ.: 1933 (journal issue rd BM 2 Aug 1933), cover-t.p., p. [74]-87. Copies: FAS, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. bryol. 6: [74]-87. 1933. 16.035. (De Frullaniaceis xiii) Uber zwei neue Gattungen der Lebermoose. [Ann. bryol. 1933]. Oct. Publ.: 1933 (journal issue rd BM 2 Aug 1933), Ann. bryol. 6: [88]-91. 1933. 16.036. Bryologie und Hepaticologie inre Methodik und Zukunft with a summary in English ... The Hague [’s Gravenhage] (Martinus Nijhoff) 1934. Oct. 708 I. VERDOORN Publ.: 1934, cover-t.p., p. [1]-39. Copies: FAS, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. bryol., suppl. vol. 4. 16.037. Revision der von Ozeanien, Australien und Neuseeland angefiihrten Lejeuneaceae holostipae (de Frullaniaceis XIV) ... Leiden (N.V. Boek- en Steendrukkerij Eduard IJdo) 1934. Oct. Publ.: 25 Aug 1934, cover-t.p., p. [i, recto of 216], [216]-240. Copies: FAS, H, NY, U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Blumea 1: [216]-240. 1934. 16.038. Studien iiber asiatische Jubuleae (De Frullaniaceis xv-xvii) mit einer Einleitung Bryologie und Hepaticologie ihre Methode und Zukunft. Proefschrift ter verkrijging van den graad van doctor in de Wis- en Natuurkunde aan de Rijks-Universiteit te Utrecht, . te verdedigen op Maandag 12 November 1934, des namiddags te vier uur ... ’s Gravenhage (Martinus Nijhoff) 1934. Oct. (Stud. asiat. Jubuleae). Thesis issue: 12 Nov 1934, p. [i]-xii, [1]-231, [1-3, theses]. Copies: B, FAS, H, MO, U. Commercial issue: 12 Nov-10 Dec 1934 (BR rd 12 Dec 1934, H rd 17 Dec 1934), p. [1]-viil, [1]-231. Copy: BR. — Issued as Ann. bryol., Suppl. vol. 4, 1934. Reprint of introduction: 1934, portr., p. [1]-39. Copy: FH. — Bryologie und Hepaticologie ihre Methodik und Zukunft with a summary in English. 16.039. On some new collections of Asiatic and Oceanic Fubuleae (De Frullaniaceis XVIII) [1937]. Oct. Publ.: 29 Jun 1937, p. [210]-213. Copies: FAS, H. — Reprinted from Blumea suppl. 1 (J.J. Smith Jubilee vol.) 1937. 16.040. A preliminary check list of the Hepaticae of Europe and America (North of Mexico) ... Leiden (published by the Chronica botanica Company) 1938. Oct. Co-authors: Hans Robert Victor Buch (1883-1964), Alexander William Evans (1868- 1959). Publ.: Feb 1938, cover-t.p., p. [1]-8. Copy: U. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. bryol. 10: 3-8. Feb 1938. 16.041. Manual of pteridology edited by Fr. Verdoorn in collaboration with A.H.G. Alston, I. Andersson-Kott6, L.R. Atkinson, H. Burgeff, H.G. du Buy, C. Christensen, W. Dopp, W.M. Doctors van Leeuwen, H. Gams, M.J.F. Gregor, M. Hirmer, R.E. Holttum, R. Krausel, E.L. Nuernbergk, J.C. Schoute, J. Walton, K. Wetzel, S. Will- iams, H. Winkler and W. Zimmermann. Foreword by F.O. Bower ... The Hague (Mar- tinus Nijhoff) 1938. Oct. (Man. pteridol.). Publ.: 3 Apr 1938 (inf. by publishers; Kew rd vol. 16 Jun 1938; BR copy forwarded from The Hague 7 Mai 1938; J. Bot. Aug 1938), p. [iii]-xx, [1]-640. Copzes: B, G, HH, K, MO, NY, PH, U, US, USDA. Facsimile reprint: 1967, Amsterdam (A. Asher & Co.), ISBN g0-6123-093-4. Copy: FAS. 16.042. Science and scientists in the Netherlands Indies ... New York City (Board for the Netherlands Indies, Surinam and Curacao) 1945. (Sc. Neth. Indies). Co-editor: Pieter Honig. Publ.: 1945, p. [i]-xxiv, 1-491, [492]. Copies: FAS, PH. — Issued as special supplement to Natuurw. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indié, vol. 102. 16.043. Plants and plant science in Latin America ... Waltham, Mass., U.S.A. (published by the Chronica botanica Company) 1945. (Pl. sct. Latin Amer.). Editor: F. Verdoorn; Authorship: Verdoorn and 84 co-authors. Publ.: 1945, p. [i]-[xl], [1]-381, [3982-384]. Copies: FAS, FH, PH, U. Verdoorn, Inez Clare (1896-x), South African botanist; herbarium assistant Division of Botany and Plant Pathology 1917; liaison officer for the National Herbarium at Kew 1925-1927; in charge of the National Herbarium from 1927-1951, from 1944-1951 as senior professional officer; in semi-retirement 1951-1968, from 1968 still actively en- gaged in systematic botany at Pretoria; Dr. phil. h.c. Univ. Natal 1967. (/. Verd.). 799 I. VERDOORN HERBARIUM and Types: PRE. — Further material at A, BM, K, NH, SAM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 431 (b. 15 Jun 1896); BJI 2: 184; BL 1: 59, 60, 322; Bossert p. 417; Hortus 3: 1206; IH 1 (ed. 1): 79, (ed. 2): 100, (ed. 3): 127, (ed. 4): 140, (ed. 5): 148; Roon p. 118; Zander ed. 10, p. 728, ed. 11, p. 830. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 247: 626. 1964; J.S. Afr. Bot. 40(1): [i]. 1974 (portr., volume dedicated to I. Verdoorn); S. Afr. Forum bot. 4(12): 1. 1966 (Dr. phil. h.c. Univ. Natal). Bullock, A.A., Bibl. S. Afr. Bot. 122-123. 1978 (bibl.). G.G., Forum bot., 14(7): 45. 1976. Gunn, M. & C.E. Codd, Bot. Expl. S. Afr. 219, 361. 1981 (biogr. sketch, coll., portr.). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 760. 1985. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 3: 232. 1937, 4: 283. 1938, 6: 309. 1941. Verdoorn, I.C., Aloe 19: 49-50, 71-74, 107-109. 1982, 20: 28-29. 1982 (Diary of an Expedition 1937; notes on trip with R.A. Dyer & G.W. Reynolds to S.W. Africa and Namaqualand). White, A. & B.L. Sloane, The Stapelieae ed. 1: 36, 103, 147. 1933, ed. 2: 22 [index]. 1937- EPONYMY: Jnezia E.P. Phillips (1932); Verdoornia Schuster (1963, also honors F. Verdoorn (q.v.)). 16.044. Edible wild fruits of the Transvaal ... Pretoria (Printed in the Union of South Africa by the Government Printer) 1938. Oct. (Edible fruits Transv.). Publ.: 1938, p. [1]-55, pl. 1-7. Copies: HH, M, MO, U, US. — Bull. Dept. Agr. For., S. Afr. no. 185, Plant Industry ser. no. 29. Dutch version: 1939, p. [1]-55, pl. 1-7. Copy: M. — Dept. Landb. Bosb. Pamflet no. 185. Vergara y Perez de Aranda, Mariano (1833-?), Spanish rhodologist. (Vergara). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 431 (b. 30 Jul 1833); BM 5: 2205; Rehder 5: 878; Tucker 1: 718. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 247: 686. 1964; Encicl. Univ. illustr. 67: 1501. Dorfler, I., Botaniker-Adressbuch ed. 1. 150. 1896. Junk, W., Rara 1: 18. 1900-1913. 16.045. Bibliografia de la Rosa por D. Mariano Vergara. Madrid (Imprenta y Fundicion [sic] de Manuel Tello, ...) 1892. Oct. (Bzbl. Rosa). Publ.: 1892 (BSbF 9 Dec 1892; Nat. Nov. Dec(2) 1892), p. [1]-318, [1, cont.]. Copres: BR, L. — Alternate pages blank. Verhoeff, Carl [Karl] Wilhelm (1867-1944), German entomologist; studied insect- plant relationships; died of wounds received in an air raid on Miinchen, December 1944. (Verhoef). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 431 (b. 25 Nov 1867); Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9533-9545; BM 5: 2205; CSP 19: 322-324; Rehder 1: 239, 2: 662. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 247: 747-748. 1964. Mauermayer, G., Karl Wilhelm Verhoeff 1867-1945, Leipzig 1962, 50 p., 1 pl. (portr.) (p. 18-50 bibl. 670 nos.). M.B., Entom. Rec. J. Variation 58(12): 157. 1946 (obit. not.). 710 VERLOT 16.046. Blumen und Insekten der Insel Norderney und ihre Wechselbeziehungen, ein Beitrag zur Insekten-Blumenlehre und zur Erkenntniss biologischer und geographischer Erscheinungen auf den deutschen Nordseeinseln ... Halle (Druck von E. Blochmann & Sohn in Dresden ...) 1893. Qu. (Bl. Insekt. Norderney). Publ.: 1893 (Bot. Zeit. 1 Mar 1894), p. [1]-172, pl. 1-6. Copy: BR. — Preprinted or reprinted from Nova Acta Leop. 61(2): [45]-216, pl. 1-6. 1893. Verlot, [Pierre] Bernard [Lazare] (1836-1897), French horticulturist, gardener at the Jardin botanique d’Orléans 1853; at the Ecole de botanique du Muséum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris 1855; later in charge of the horticultural establishment of Vilmorin- Andrieux at Verriéres-de-Buisson with H. de Vilmorin; sometime lecturer in floriculture at the Ecole nationale d’Horticulture, Versailles. (B. Verl.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P; further material at BP. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 795; Barnhart 3: 431 (b. 20 Mai 1836, d. 24 Jan 1897); BL 2: 108, 161, 727; BM 5: 2206; CSP 6: 141; DTS 6(4): 203; GR p. 355; Hortus 3: 1206; Jackson p. 229, 273; Morren ed. 2, p. 20, ed. 10, p. 54; MW p. 514; NI 2054; PR 9742; Rehder 1: 413, 5: 878-879; Tucker 1: 718, 3: 322; Zander ed. 10, p. 728, ed. 11, p. 830. BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 73: 160. 1898 (d.); Bot. Jahrb. 25 (Beibl. 60): 54. 1898 (d.); Bot. Monatschr. 15: 212. 1897 (d.); Bull. Soc. bot. France 44: 80. 1897 (d.); Bull. Soc. Hist. nat. Autun 11(2): 6-7. 1898 (obit. not.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl., Auteurs 206: 356-357. 1969; Nat. Nov. 19: 310. 1897; Osterr. bot. Z. 47: 231. 1897; Rev. hortic. 69: 53. 1897 (obit. not.); Science ser. 2. 7: 313. 1898 (d.). Burdet, H.M., Candollea 34: 183-184. 1979 (coll. P.). Bureau, E., J. Soc. natl. Hort. France ser. 3. 19: 271. 1897. Guillaumin, A., Les fleurs des jardins xxxiv. 1929. Henry, L., J. Soc. natl. Hort. France ser. 3. 19: 272-275. 1897. Jamin, F., J. Soc. natl. Hort. France ser. 3. 19: 36-38. 1897. Malinvaud, L.J.E., ed., Table art. orig. Bull. Soc. bot. France 234. 1899. Nanot, J., J. Soc. natl. Hort. France ser. 3. 19: 269-270. 1897. P., Ed., Rev. Hort. belg. étrang. 23: 56. 1897 (obit. not.). Poisson, J., J. Soc. natl. Hort. France ser. 3. 19: 276-283. 1897. Vilmorin, H. de, J. Soc. natl. Hort. France ser. 3. 19: 275-276. 1897. COMPOSITE WoRKs: La flore au point de vue horticole en France, in J. Rothschild, Fl. pittor. France 1885. TL-2/9663. EPoNYMyY: Verlotia Fabre (1879); Verlotta Fournier (1885). HANDWRITING: Candollea 34: 183-184. 1979. 16.047. Le guide du botaniste herborisant conseils sur la récolte des plantes, la préparation des herbiers, l’exploration des stations de plantes phanérogames et cryptogames et les herborisations aux environs de Paris, dans les Ardennes, la Bourgogne, le Languedoc, les Pyrénées, les Alpes, l’ Auvergne, les Vosges, au bord de la Manche, de l’Océan et de la mer Méditerranée ... Paris (J.B. Bailliére et fils ...) 1865. 18-mo. (Guide bot. herbor.). Introduction: Charles Victor Naudin (1815-1899). Ed. [1]: 1 Oct 1865 (p. viii: 20 Mai 1865; BSbF séance 10 Nov 1865; letter 1 Oct 1865 author to Soc. bot. Fr. presenting book, BSbF 12: 332; Flora 29 Nov 1865), p. [1]-xv, [1]-595, [596]. Copies: BR, G, HH, NY, USDA. Ed. 2: Jan 1879 (p. viii: 29 Aug 1878; J. Bot. 1879), p. [i]-xiv, [xv], [1]-734. Copies: G(2), HH, NY. — The second copy at G has 740 p. (see ed. 3). Ed. 3: Mar 1886 (p. viii: 30 Jan 1886; BSbF séance 12 Mar 1886; Bot. Zeit. 24 Sep 1886; Bot. Centralbl. 6-10 Sep 1886; Nat. Nov. Aug(3) 1886), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-764. Copzes: BR, G(2), MO, NY. — The second copy at G has 776 p. Ref.: Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 12 (Bibl.): 155-157. 1865 (post 15 Sep) (rev. ed. 1), 25 (Bibl.): 132-133, post 17 Nov 1878 (rev. ed. 2). 711 VERLOT 16.048. Les plantes alpines choix des plus belles espéces description station excursions culture emploi ... ouvrage publié sous la direction de J. Rothschild ... Paris (J. Rothschild, éditeur ...) 1873. Oct. (Pl. alp.). Ed. [1]: 1873 (BSbF post 19 Apr 1873), p. [i-viii], [1]-320, pl. 1-50 (col. liths.). Copy: G. Ed. 2: 1873 (J. Bot. Jun 1873), p. [i-viii], [1]-320, pl. 1-50 (id.). Copies: B-G, BR, HH. 16.049. Liste des plantes du Chili rares ou non encore entroduites qu’il serait utile au point de vue industriel, économique ou ornemental, de cultiver dans le midi de la France (région de l’Orange) dressée par M. Verlot ... (d’aprés la Flora chilena de Claude Gay) ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société d’Acclimatation (N° d’octobre 1875). Oct. Publ.: Oct 1875, p. [1]-31. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Acclim. ser. 3. 2: 596-626. 1875. Verlot, Jean Baptiste (1815-1891), French botanist and gardener; gardener at Dijon 1833, assistant gardener at Paris 1835, assistant director of the Dijon botanical garden 1837; head gardener of the town of Grenoble and director of its botanical garden 1845- 1886; lectured on horticulture at the professional and teacher’s colleges of Grenoble. (Verl.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: GRM; further material at BR, CN, GOET, MPU, MW, P. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 795, 12(2): 302; Barnhart 3: 431 (d. 28 Jun 1891); BL 2: 144, 169, 727; BM 5: 2206; DTS 1: 316, 6(4): 203; Hegi 6(2): 631; Herder p. 283, 367; Hortus 3: 1206; Jackson p. 283, 419, 497; Morren ed. 2, p. 19, ed. 10, p. 63; Plesch p. 450; PR 9740-9741; Rehder 5: 879; Tucker 1: 718. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 247: 805. 1964; Bull. Soc. bot. France 38 (bibl.): 47. 1891 (d.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl., Auteurs 206: 358-359. 1969. Burdet, H.M., Candollea 34: 181-182. 1979 (curr. vit., coll., handwriting; b. 5 Oct 1815). Carlet, G., J.-B. Verlot, Grenoble 1891, 8 p. (published by the Journal Le Dauphiné; obit., b. 1816). Carriére, E.A. & E. André, Rev. hort. 63: 76, 221. 1891. Fournier, E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 20 (bibl.): 248. 1874 (founds Société dauphinoise pour l’échange des plantes 1873; 266 species already distr.). Galbert, Cte de, Jean Baptiste Verlot, sa vie et ses travaux, Supplément au Bulletin de la Société horticole Dauphinoise de février 1891, 8 p. Magnin, A., Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 32: 41-42, 131. 1907, 35: 44. IQI0. Malinvaud, L.J.F., Tabl. art. orig. Bull. Soc. bot. France 234. 1899. HANDWRITING: Candollea 34: 181-182. 1979. 16.050. Jardin botanique de la ville de Grenoble. Catalogue des graines récoltées en 1850 offertes en échange ... Paris (Librairie scientifique de F. Savy ... [sticker over original Grenoble imprint]) 1850. (Cat. graines 1850). Author of text new taxa on p. [15]: Alexis Jordan (1814-1897), ““Adnotationes ab Alexis Jordan digestae’’. Publ.: Dec 1850 (p. 15), p. [1]-15. Copies: G, HH. 1853: 1853, p. [1]-12, Adnotationes by A. Jordan on p. 11-12. Copies: G, HH. — Grenoble (Maisonville, imp. de la Mairie). 16.051. Catalogue des plantes cultivées au Jardin botanique de la ville de Grenoble, en 1856, avec Vindication de la patrie et de la durée des espéces; destiné aux échanges; suivi de Vindication des localités ou croissent, dans larrondissement de Grenoble, quelques espéces a ajouter a la flore de cette contrée; ... Grenoble (Maisonville, ...) 1857. Qu. (Cat. pl. cult. Grenoble). Publ.: 16 Jan 1857 (t.p.), p. [i-iv], [1]-100. Copies: G, HH, USDA. Ref.: Schlechtendal, D.F.L. von, Bot. Zeit. 15: 352-353. 22 Mai 1857. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 4: 725-727. 1857 (rev.). 712 VERMOESEN 16.052. Les herborisations des environs de Grenoble ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société botanique de France ... [1862]. Oct. Publ.: Mar 1862, p. [1]-43. Copies: BR, G(2), HH, M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 7: 634-673. 1862. — Follow-up: see BL 1: 169. 16.053. Catalogue raisonné des plantes vasculaires du Dauphiné ... Grenoble (Imprimerie de Prudhomme, ...) 1872. Oct. (Cat. pl. vasc. Dauphiné). Publ.: Mar 1872 (p. vill: 30 Jan 1872; printer’s mark Mar 1872; copy presented to Soc. bot. France 22 Mar 1872; reviewed BSbF 1g (bibl.): 37. Nov 1872), p. [i]-viti, [1]- 408. Copies: B-S, BR, G, HH, M, MO, NY; IDC 7327. — 300 copies printed. — Issued as Bull. Soc. Statistique Dépt. Isére ser. 3. vol. 3. Appendice: 1882, p. [1]-48. Copy: BR. Appendice au catalogue ... Dauphiné, originally pub- lished Bull. Soc. Statistique Dept. Isére ser. 3. 11: 17-66. 1882. — Remained un- finished. For follow-up publications see BL 2: 144. 16.054. Société Dauphinoise. Liste systématique des plantes publiées pendant les quatres premiéres années 1874, 1875, 1876 & 1877. Grenoble (Imprimerie et Lithographie Veuve Rigaudin) 1877. Oct. (Liste syst. pl.). Co-authors (see p. 30): Jean Maurice Casimir Arvet-Touvet (1841-1913), Joseph Pam- phile Faure (1835-1896). Publ.: 1877 (p. 30: 20 Apr 1877), p. [1]-30. Copy: HH. — Originally published in Bull. Soc. Dauphinoise 1877: 127-154. Vermeulen, Pieter (1899-1981), Dutch orchidologist and school teacher; studied bio- logy at the University of Amsterdam concurrent with his teaching 1930-1935; high school teacher at Doetinchem and Amsterdam; Dr. phil. Univ. Amsterdam 1947; from 1947 curator of the herbarium at the Hugo de Vries Laboratory, Amsterdam; lecturer (privaat docent) for didactics and methodology Univ. Amsterdam 1953, in Indonesia 1956; after his retirement in 1969 continuing his work on orchids. (Vermeulen). HERBARIUM and types: WAG (orchids); other material L. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Backer p. 663; BL 2: 425, 727; Bossert p. 418; IH 1 (ed. 1): 3, (ed. 2): 16, (ed. 3): 17, (ed. 4): 17, (ed. 5): 5; Roon p. 118; SK 1: cccxxvili-cccxxix, 5c, Zander ed. (10, p: 728, ed. 11,)p. 930. BIOFILE: Anon., Orchideeén 41: 166-167. 1979 (decoration); Taxon 31(3): 607. 1982 (Orch. herb. WAG; other mat. L), 615. 1982 (d.); Fl. males. Bull. 35: 3715. 1982 (d.). Idema Greidanus, M., Die Orchidee 33: 55. 1982 (obit., portr.). Kronenberg, H.G., Orchideeén 1982: 3-4 (obit., portr.). Paul, L., Orchideeén 36: 132-133. 1974. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 219. 1935, 2: 394. 1936, 4: 107. 1938, 5: 117, 391. 1939, 6: 309. 1941. Vermeulen, P., Vakbl. Biol. 38: 133-144. 1958 (“een botanische reis naar het Verre Oosten’’). COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Orchidaceae, in Flora neerlandica 1(5), Amsterdam 1958, 127 p. (2) Editor, Orchideeén 1949-1977. EPONYMY: Vermeulenia A. & D. Love (1972). NOTE: Outside our period: Studies on Dactylorchids. Academisch Proefschrift ... Utrecht (Drukkerij Fa. Schotanus & Jens) 1947, p. [i]-xii, [1]-180, 1 col. pl. pl. 1-8 [1-2, theses]. Copy: U. Vermoesen, [Francois Marie] Camille (1882-1922), Belgian botanist; Dr. Sci. bot. Louvain 1909; mycologist with the Service agricole of the Ministry of the Colonies 1911, visiting tropical gardens and experiment stations 1911-1912; to Boma, Belgian Congo for phytopathological work 1913; director of the botanical garden at Eala, Belgian Congo 1913; assistant director of the Congo experiment stations 1914; returned to France (with 713 VERMOESEN the Belgian government in exile) 1915; travelled to Mayombe 1918; curator at the Jardin botanique de l’Etat, Bruxelles 1919; lecturer University of Louvain 1921. ( Vermoesen). HERBARIUM and Types: BR. — Further material at BM, K, MO, NY. — See also SK 1: 541, 5: CCCXXVII. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BL 1: 26, 322; SK 1: 541, 5: CCCxxviil. BIOFILE: Anon., in C. Vermoesen, Manuel essences forestiéres Congo Belge vii. 1923; Natuurwet. Tijdschr., Antwerpen 4: 248. 1922 (obit.). De Wildeman, E., Bull. Jard. bot. Etat 8(1): i-viii, [ix]. 1923 (obit., bibl.). Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras world no. 560. 1984. Robyns, W., Biogr. colon. belg. 2: 952-954. 1951. 16.055. Contribution a [étude de lovule, du sac embryonnaire et de la fécondation dans les angiospermes (Neottia ovata, Orchis latifolia, O. maculata, Epipactis palustris, E. lat- ifolia) ... (Extrait de la Revue “La Cellule ...” 1911). Qu. Publ.: 1911 (mss. submitted 24 Mar 1g11t), p. [1]-50, pl. 1-2 (uncol.). Copies: B, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from La Cellule 27(1): [115]-162. pl. 1-2. 16.056. Manuel des essences forestiéres du Congo belge (région équatoriale et Mayombe) ... Bruxelles (Imprimerie industrielle et financiére ...) 1923. (Man. ess. forest. Congo). Publ.: 1923, p. [i]-xii, v-xii, [1]-282, [1-7, index], 63 pl. (mostly col. by E. Lance). Copies: BR, USDA. Reissue: 1931, p. [i]-xii, [1]-282, [1-7, index], 63 pl. (id.). Copies: NSW, USDA. Verschaffelt, Ambroise Colette Alexandre (1825-1886), Belgian horticulturist at Gent [Gand]; from 1850 in charge of the horticultural firm founded by his grandfather Pierre Antoine and his father Alexandre Jacques Verschaffelt; sold his firm to Jean Linden 1869, remaining active as private and consulting horticulturist. (Verschaff.). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: AG 4: 12-13; Backer p. 613; Barnhart 3: 432 (b. 11 Dec 1825, d. 16 Mai 1886); BM 5: 2208; GR p. 85; Hortus 3: 1196, 1206; Jackson p. 126; MW p. 514; NI 2056; PR 9743; Rehder 5: 879; TL-2/4620a, 4626, see A.C. Lemaire, J.J. Linden; Tucker 1: 718, 719; Zander ed. 10, p. 672, 728, ed. 11, p. 766, 830. BIOFILE: Anon., Bibl. natl., Dict. écriv. belg. 4: 258. 1gro. De Bauw, R., Une famille d’horticulteurs gantois au XIXe siécle: les Verschaffelt. Kraainem 1967, privately publ., 22 p. mimeogr. (full genealogical information and details on horticultural activities of the family). Fletcher, H.R., Story Roy. Hort. Soc. 182-183. 1969. Graves, G., Amer. Camellia Yearb. 1978: 167-177. 1978 (orig. publ. in Nat. Hort. Mag. 25(2), 1946) (account of the Iconogr. Camellias). O.K., Rev. hort. belge étrang. 12: 143-144. 1886 (obit.). Pynaert, Ch., Biogr. natl. Belgique 26: 686-687. 1936-1938. COMPOSITE WORKS: Founder and publisher of L’Jllustration horticole, vols. 1-16, 1854- 1868/69 (editor C.A. Lemaire). EPONYMY: Verschaffeltia H. Wendland (1865). 16.057. Nouvelle iconographie des Camellias contenant les figures et la description des plus rares, des plus nouvelles et des plus belles variétés de ce genre ... Gand [Gent] (chez Péditeur Alexandre Verschaffelt [from 1850-1852 ... Ambroise Verschaffelt; ... 1853- 1860 Ambroise Verschaffelt fils, ...]) 1848-1860 (Nouv. iconogr. Camellias). Authorship: Alexandre Verschaffelt was editor only of the first volume (combining 1848- 1849 and of the first three parts of 1850); Ambroise Verschaffelt (who signed himself 714 VESQUE Ambroise Verschaffelt fils on the t.p.’s of the later volumes) was editor of the volumes 1850-1860. The actual question of the authorship is difficult to solve. It is quite well possible that parts of the texts were written by C.A. Lemaire who was an employee of the Verschaffelt firm, but so far there is no indication as to what extent. See e.g. Graves (1978) and E. Morren & A. De Vos, Index bibl. Hort. belg., who list Lemaire as actual author of most of the descriptions. 1848: p. [i]-vi, 12 livraisons, each with pl. 1-4 accompanied by text (plate 4 of livr. 10 was never issued), in all 47 plates followed by an index [1 p.]. 1849: bound with 1848 volume, no Bee 12 livr. as above, in all 48 pl., [1 p. index]. 1850: [1, t.p. and iii, index], 48 pl. (id.). 1851: p. [i-ii], 48 ih id.). 1852: p. [i-ii], 48 pl. (id.). 1853: p. [i-iti], 48 pl. (id.). 1854: p. [i-iti], 48 pl. (id.). 1855: p. [i-iti], 48 pl. (id.). 1856: p. [i-iii], 48 pl. (id.). 1857: p. [i-iti], 48 pl. (id.). 1858: p. [i-iti], 48 pl. (id.). 1859: p. [i-iii], 48 pl. (id.). 1860: p. [i-iii], 48 pl. (id.). Copies: BR, HH, MO, NY. — In all 623 colored plates with letter press: title-page “Tome I. = 1848- 1849” was issued for the combined volumes for 1848-1849. English text: 1945, Avery Island, Louisiana (E.A. Mc IIhenny), p. [i*-11*], 1-1x, 1-318. Copy: HH. — New Iconography of the Camellias. Containing the figures and the descript- ions of the rarest, the newest and the most beautiful varieties of this species 1848-1860 by Alexandre Verschaffelt [sic] translated from the French by E.A. Mc Ihenny. Precursor: Laurent Berlése, Iconographie du genre Camellia; ... peints d’aprés nature ... par J.J. Jung, 3 vols., 300 pl., Paris 1841-1843. Vesque, Julien [Joseph] (1848-1895), Luxemburg botanist; studied at Berlin Univers- ity with A. Braun and L. Kny; continued his studies from 1871 in Paris with Brongniart and Duchartre, Lic. Sci. 1872, Dr. phil. Paris 1876; technician at the Laboratoire de culture, Museum Histoire naturelle 1874; chef des travaux physiol. vég., Institut agro- nomique 1876; Aide-Naturaliste at the Museum 1880; Maitre de conférences de Botanique, Univ. Paris 1884-1895. (Vesque). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRraPHy: Backer p. 614; Barnhart 3: 433 (b. 8 Apr 1848, d. 25 Jul 1895); BJI 1: 60; BM 5: 2209; Bossert p. 418; CSP 11: 691, 12: 754,:19: 334; Hirsch p. 307, 326, 331, 435; Jackson p. 88, 93; Langman p. 778; Moebius p. 263; Morren ed. 2, p. 21, ed. 10, p. 55; MW p. 515; Plesch p. 450; Rehder 5: 881; TL-2/978; ‘Tucker 1: 719. BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 1-2: 736. 1880 (aide-naturaliste P), 18: 63. 1884 (maitre de conf., Sorbonne), 63: 255. 1895 (d.); Bot. Jahrb. 21 (Beibl. 53): 59 (d.); Bot. Not. 1896: 44; Bull. Soc. bot. France 26 (bibl.): 237. 1880 (aide-naturaliste P), 42: 384. 1895 (d.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl., Auteurs 207: 461-463. 1970; Great Soviet Encycl. ed. 3. 4: 627. 1974; J. Bot. 33: 288. 1895 (d.); Nat. Nov. 17: 334. 1895; Osterr. bot. Z. 45: 368. 1895 (d.). Bertrand, C.E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 42: 472-478. 1895 (obit.). Dehérain, P.P. et al., Ann. agron. 21: 391-393, 401-420, 473-489. 1895 (incl. a major assessment by E.C. Bertrand of V.’s published work and a bibliography). Gilg, E., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 13: (59)-(66). 1895 (obit., bibl.). Vesque, J., Notice sur les travaux scientifiques de M. Julien Vesque candidat a la chaire de culture du Muséum, Paris 1883, 16 p. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 116. 1905. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Guttiferae, in A. de Candolle, Monogr. phan. 8: 1-669. Dec 1893. (2) Catalogue de la bibliothéque de feu M.7. Decaisne ... classé par M.J. Vesque ... avec une notice biographique par M. le Dr. Ed. Bornet, Paris 1883, 1, xxi, 485 p. 79 VESQUE EPonyMy: Vesquia Bertrand (1883). Note: Vesquella Heim (1892) may also honor Vesque but no etymology was given. 16.058. Série A. N° 19 N° d’ordre 370. Théses présentées a la Faculté des sciences de Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles par Julien Vesque ... 1° these. — Mémoire sur Panatomie comparée de Tl écorce. 2° Thése. — Propositions données par la Faculté. Soutenues le [mss: 5 Mai] 1876 ... Paris (G. Masson, ...) 1876. Oct. (Mém. anat. écorce). Publ.: 5 Mai 1876, p. [i-iii], [1]-117, [119], pl. g-17 (uncol. liths. auth.). Copzes: B, BR, HH, M. - Preprinted or reprinted from Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 6. 2: 82-198. Jan-Apr 1876. 16.059. Les maladies des plantes cultivées des arbres fruitiers et forestiers produits par le sol — l’atmosphére — les parasites-végétaux, etc. d’aprés les travaux de Tulasne, de Bary, Berkeley, Hartig, Sorauer, etc. ... Paris (J. Rothschild, éditeur ...) 1878. Oct. (Malad. pl. cult.). Senior author: A. d’Arbois de Jubainville. Publ.: 1878, p. [i]-viii, [1]-328, pl. 1-7 (col. liths.). Copy: HH. 16.060. Contributions a l’histologie systématique de la feuille des Caryophyllinées, précédées de remarques complémentaires sur l’importance des caractéres anatomiques en botanique descriptive ... [Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. 1883]. Oct. Publ.: Mar 1883 (KNAW), p. [105]-148, pl. 7-8. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. Ser. 6. 15(2, 3): [105]-148, pl. 7-6. 1883. 16.061. Traité de botanique agricole et industrielle ... Paris (Librairie J.-B. Bailliére et Fils ..) 1885. Oct. (Trait. bot.). Publ.: 1 Mar-15 Apr 1885 (p. viii: Mar 1885; copy at M inscribed by author 23 Mai 1885; J. Bot. Apr 1885; Bot. Zeit. 29 Mai 1885; BSbF rd 24 Apr 1885; Nat. Nov. Apr(1) 1885), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-976. Copies: BR, G, HH, MO, USDA. Ref.: Mangin, L., Bull. Soc. bot. France 32 (bibl.): 132-133. 1885. 16.062. Caractéres des principales familles gamopétales tirés de 'anatomie de la feuille ... [Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. 1885]. Oct. Publ.: Jun-Jul 188 (Nat. Nov. Aug(2) 1885; Bot. Zeit. 24 Jul 1885; KNAW rd Jul-Aug 1885), p. [183]-360, pl. 9-75 (uncol. liths.). Copies: B, M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 7. 1: [183]-360, pl. 9-15. 1885. 16.063. Epharmosis sive materiae ad instruendam anatomiam systematis naturalis ... Vincennes (Delapierre, ...) [1887]-1892, 3 parts. t. Oct. (Epharmosis). 1 (Folia Capparearum): 1887 (Bot. Zeit. 30 Mar 1888; Nat. Nov. Jul(2) 1887), p. [1]-10, pl. 1-77 (uncol.). 2 (Genitalia foliaque Garciniearum et Calophyllearum): 1889 (Nat. Nov. Feb(2) 1890), p. [1]- 29, [30, err.], pl. 1-762 (id.). 3 (Genitalia foliaque Clusiearum et Moronobearum): 1892 (Nat. Nov. Jan(2) 1893), p. [1]-24, pl. 1-113 (some col.). Copies. G, HH, M, NY. — HH has six unpublished plates, probably meant for the continuation. Ref.: Engler, A., Bot. Jahrb. g (Lit.): 14-15. 1887, 18 (Lit.): 43. 1894. Pax, F., Bot. Jahrb. 12 (Lit.): 13. 1890. 16.064. Revision du genre Eurya Thunb., ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société botanique de France ... 1895. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1895 (séance 22 Feb 1895; April issue of journal, fide J. Bot. Jul 1895), p. [151]-161. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 42: [151]- 161. 1895. Vest, Lorenz Chrysanth von (1776-1840), Austrian physician, chemist and botanist; studied medicine in Vienna and Freiburg i.B.; Dr. med. Freiburg 1798; army physician 1799-1800; practicing physician at Klagenfurt 1800; professor of theoretical and pract- 716 VESTAL ical medicine at the Klagenfurt Lyceum 1804-1812; professor of botany and chemistry at the Johanneum, Graz 1812; first state physician in Steyermark 1829. (Vest). HERBARIUM and types: GJO; other material in BR, OXF, REG. — Letters at UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 39: 651-653; AG 6(1): 458; Backer p. 663; Barnhart 3: 433 (b. 18 Nov 1776, d. 15 Dec 1840); Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9555; BM 5: 2209; Clokie p. 259; CSP 6: 146-147, 8: 1151; DTS 1: 316; Frank 3 (Anh.): 108; Herder p. 96, 143, 189; Hortus 3: 1206; Jackson p. 292; LS 27684; PR 7522, 9750-9752, ed. 1: 8466, 10720- 10722; Rehder 5: 881; Saccardo 2: 112; WU 50: 212-222; Zander ed. 10, p. 728, ed. 11, p. 830. BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Not. 1841: 240 (d.); Flora 8(2): 573-574. 1874 (made trips with Sternberg), 24(1): 95-96. 1841 (obit. not.). Burdet, H.M., Candollea 34: 185-186. 1979. Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 2: 1200. 1863. COMPOSITE works: Editor, J. Reiner, Bot. Reis. 1812, see TL-2/8920. HANDWRITING: Candollea 34: 185-186. 1979. EPONYMY: Vestia Willdenow (1809). 16.065. Manuale botanicum inserviens excursionibus botanicis, sistens stirpes totius Germaniae phaenogamas quarum genere triplici sytsemate [sic], corollino, carpico et sexuali coordinata, specierumque characteres observationibus illustrati sunt. In usum tyronum ... Klagenfurt (typis Johannis Juliani Leon) 1805. Oct. (Man. bot.). Publ.: 1805 (preface: spring 1805), p. [i-xxvi], [1]-848. Copies: B, G. 16.066. Anleitung zum griindlichen Studium der Botanik. Mit einer Ubersicht tiber den Bau naturhistorischer Klassificationssysteme, einer Kritik des Jussieu’schen und den Grundziigen eines neuen natiirlichen Systems ... Wien (Gedruckt und im Verlage bey Carl Gerold) 1818. Oct. (Anlezt. Stud. Bot.). Publ.: 1818, p. [i]-xix, [1]-362, [363-364, err.]. Copies: B-S, G. Vestal, Arthur Gibson (1888-1964), American botanist; A.B. Univ. Illinois 1911; instructor in biology Univ. Colorado 1g11-1914; at the University of Chicago 1914- 1915; Dr. phil. ib. 1915; professor of botany at Eastern Illinois Univ. 1915-1920; assist- ant botanist Stanford University 1920-1929; associate professor of botany Univ. Illinois 1929-1939, regular professor ib. 1939-1957; emeritus professor from 1957. (Vestal). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Some material at DS. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 433 (b. 10 Sep 1888); Bossert p. 418; Ewan ed. 1: 328, ed. 2: 228; GR p. 251; Hirsch p. 310; IH 1 (ed. 3): 158, (ed. 4): 176, (ed. 5): QI. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men Sci. eds. 3-10. 1921-1961; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966. 4: 425-426. 1969; Who’s who Amer. 22-29. 1942-1957. Evers, R.A., Trans. Ill. State Acad. Sci. 58: 77-81. 1965 (obit., bibl., portr., d. 5 Jun 1964). 16.067. Foothills vegetation in the Colorado front range ... Reprinted for private circulation from the Botanical Gazette ... 1917. Oct. Publ.: 16 Nov 1917, cover-t.p., p. 353-385. Copies: NY, US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Gaz. 64(5): 353-385. 1917. 16.068. Phytogeography of the eastern mountain-front in Colorado. I. Physical geography and distribution of vegetation ... Reprinted for private circulation from The Botanical Gazette... 1919. Oct: ANT VESTAL Publ.: 16 Sep 1919, p. [i], 153-193. Copies: G, HH, NY. — Reprinted from Bot. Gaz. 68(3): 153-193. 1919. Vestergren, [Jacob] Tycho [Conrad] (1875-1930), Swedish high school teacher and botanist; fil. lic. Stockholm 1909; amanuensis at the Stockholm University Botanical Institute 1901-1908; editor of “Svensk botanisk Tidskrift” 1908-1917; teacher for bio- logy and chemistry at Jakobs (from 1926 Vasa) middle school in Stockholm 1911; Regnellian amanuensis at the Riksmuseum, Stockholm 1926-1927. (Vestergr.). HERBARIUM and types: GB, LD, S, UPS. — Other material at A. Exsiccatae: Micromycetes rariores selecti fasc. 1-72, nos. 1-1800, Jan 1899-Mai 1914. For full details see J. Stevenson (1971) and KR no. 34 (25 sets distributed), B (mainly destr.), BM(K), BPI, Cc, CINN, DAOM, F, FH, GB, H, HBG, K, M, MANCH, NEB, NHES, OC, PC, PH, PUR, RSA, S, UPS, W, WIS. — Published lists, diagnoses and critical notes listed by Stevenson (1971), p. 490-493 and below Verzeichnis (1899). — Letters to W.G. Farlow at FH. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 433 (b. 11 Dec 1875, d. 20 Apr 1930); BL 2: 523, 727; BM 5: 2209; Bossert p. 418; Collander p. 564; DTS 3: lit; Kelly p. 232; Kleppa p. 12, 177; KR p. 733-734 (bibl.); LS 27686-27694, 33439, 40231-40235, 41813; Stevenson p. 1261; TL-2/12.054, see J.I. Lindroth, K. Starback; Urban-Berl. p. 283. BIOFILE: A., K., in Nordisk familjebok 20: 333. 1934. Anon., Bot. Not. 1930: 319; Hedwigia 41: (99). 1902 (amanuensis S.), 71: (108). 1931 (d.); Mitt. phytopath. Versuchsstat. Univ. Tartu 7: 16. 1931 (obit. not., portr.). Fries, R.E., Short hist. bot. Sweden 63-64. 1950. Lindman, S., im Sv. man och kvinnor 8: 292. 1955. Schmid, B. & C. Thesing, Biol.-Kalend. 1: 330-331. 1914. Skottsberg, C., Sv. bot. Tidskr. 37: 313-323. 1943 (biogr., bibl., portr.). Stevenson, J., Beih. Nova Hedw. 36: 481-493. 1971 (exsicc.). Sylvén, N., Bot. Not. 1930: 319-321 (obit., portr.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 44, 378. 1935, 2: 329. 1936, 3: 293-362. 1937, 6: 263, 41g. 1941. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(3): 58-59. 1905. COMPOSITE WoRKS: With C. Skottsberg, Zur Kenntniss der Vegetation der Insel Oesel 1 (haud cont.), Stockholm rgo1, see TL-/12.054. EPONYMY: Vestergrenia Rehm (1901); Vestergrenopsis (sic) V. Kofarago-Gyelnik (1940). 16.069. Bidrag till kinnedomen om Gotlands svampflora ... Stockholm (Kungl. Boktryckeriet. P.A. Norstedt & Séner) 1896. Oct. (Bidr. Gotl. svampfl.). Publ.: 1896 (submitted 10 Jun 1896; Nat. Nov. Oct(2) 1897), p. [1]-29, 7 pl. Copies: B, FH, G, Stevenson, U; IDC 7670 (398). — Issued as Bih. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 22 (Afd. 3) no. 6). 16.070. Anteckningar till Sveriges ascomycet-flora ... Aftryck ur ‘‘Botaniska Notiser” 1897. H. 6. Oct. Publ.: 15 Dec 1897, cover-t.p., p. 255-272. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Not. 1897: 255-272. 16.071. Bidrag till en monografi dfver Sveriges Sphaeropsideer 1. Sphaeropsideae et Melanconieae novae in Suecia collectae ... Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar ... 1897. Oct. Publ.: 1897, p. [35]-46. Copies: B, G(2), NY, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ofv. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1897(1): [35]-46. 16.072. Verzeichnis nebst Diagnosen und kritischen Bemerkungen zu meinem Exsiccat- enwerke ‘“‘Micromycetes rariores selecti”. Fasc. i-iii ... Bot. Not. 1899. Oct. 718 VESTERLUND 1-6: 15 Sep 1899, p. 153-173. Copies: NY, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bot. Not. 1899: 153-165 (fasc. 1-3), 166-173 (fasc. 4-6). 7-10: 15 Feb 1900, p. 27-44. Copies: NY, Stevenson. — Id. 1g00: 27-44. 11-17: 15 Mai, 15 Sep 1902, p. 113-128, 161-179. Copy: Stevenson. — Id. 1902: 113-128, 161-179. 18-46: 28 Jun 1909, p. 37-58. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Sv. bot. Tidskr. 3: (37)-(58). 1909. 67-68: 15 Apr 1914, Sv. bot. Tidskr. 8: 89-92. 1914. 16.073. Ueber Hymenella Arundinis Fr., eine Tuberculariee mit endogener Conidienbil- dung nebst Verzeichnis der bisher bekannten Falle endogener Conidienentwicklung bei den Nebenfruchtformen der Ascomyceten ... Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps- Akademiens Forhandlingar ... 1899. Oct. Publ.: 1899 (read 11 Oct 1899), p. [837]-845. Copies: B, BR, G, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ofvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Férh. 1899(8): [837]-845. 16.074. Eine arktisch-alpine Rhabdospora ... Stockholm (Kungl. Boktryckeriet. P.A. Nor- stedt & Soner) 1g00. Oct. (Arkt.-alp. Rhabdospora). Publ.: 1900 (read 11 Apr 1900), p. [1]-23, p/. 1-2 (uncol. liths. auth.). Copies: B, BR, FH, G, Stevenson, U; IDC 7670(467). — Issued as Bih. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26(3) no. 12. — Medd. Stockh. Hogskola 208. 16.075. 1905, p. [1]-476, pl. 1-100 (id.). : 1909 (p. 8: 13 Apr 1909), p. [1]-408. — Contains Dictionnaire ampélographique and a bibliography by P. Teste and Ch. Tallavignes. — The dictionnaire has 24.000 names for 5200 cultivars and species. Copies: B, BR, HH, MO. NAG A & Viallanes, [Jacques Joseph] Alfred (1828-1899), French botanist; state exam. pharm. 1854; pharmacist at Dijon 1854-1862; teacher for pharmacy and toxicology at the Dijon medical and pharmaceutical school 1862-1864, for natural history 1866-1879; professor of pharmacy and materia medica ib. 1879-1898. (Viallanes). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 434 (b. 16 Dec 1828, d. 5 Oct 1899); BL 2: 142, 727; BM 5: 2210; CSP 12: 755, 19: 337; Morren ed. 10, p. 62; Rehder 1: 417; Tucker 1: 719. BIOFILE: Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 47: 7. 1900 (d. 5 Oct 1899); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 207: 946. 1970. Arbaumont, J. d’, Bull. Soc. bot. France 46: 383-387. 1900 (obit., b. 16 Dec 1828). Malinvaud, L.J.F., Tabl. art. orig. Bull. Soc. bot. France 235. 1899. 16.086. Flore de la Céte-d Or contenant la description des plantes vasculaires spontanées ou cultivées en grand dans le département. Un apergu de leurs propriétés medicales et 721 VIALLANES de leurs usages des tableaux analytiques pour la détermination des familles, des genres, et des espéces et un vocabulaire des mots techniques ... Dijon (Imprimerie Darantiére...) 1889. 18-mo. (Fl. Céte d Or). Co-author: Jean Jules Maulbon d’Arbaumont (x-1916). Ed. 1: Mar-Apr 1889 (J. de Bot., Morot 1 Jun 1889; Bot. Zeit. 28 Jun, 28 Aug 1889; Oster. bot. Zeit. 1 Jun 1889; BSbF séance 10 Mai 1889; J. Bot. 1 Jun 1889; Nat. Nov. Apr (2) 1889), p. [iJ-Ixx, [1]-523, [524, err.; 525 cont.]. Copies: G, HH, NY. Ed. [2]: 1910 (p. [iti]: 30 Jan 1910), p. [i*], [i]-Ixx, [1]-526, [527, cont.]. Copy: HH. — ‘“‘Nouvelle édition’’. Reissue ed. [2]: 1926, p. [11]: 30 Jan 1910), p. [i*], [i]-lxx, [1]-526, [527, cont.]. Copies: B, USDA. Ref.: Malinvaud, L.J.E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 36 (bibl.): 85-86. 1889 (rev.). Viaud-Grand-Marais, Ambroise (1833-1913), French naturalist; teacher at the school for medicine and pharmacy at Nantes. (Viaud). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: NMT; further material in H-NYL (lich.), M (lich.), PC, TUR-V (lich.), WRSL (lich.). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 434; BL 2: 182, 210, 727; BM 5: 2211, 8: 1365; GR p. 299-300, cat. p. 73; Jackson p. 292; LS 27815, 40247; Rehder 5: 882; Tucker3: 323: BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 208: 124-130. 1970 (bibl.); Hedwigia 54: (60). 1913. Chauveaud, G., Bull. Soc. bot. France 60: 32. 1913 (d.). Laundon, J.R., Lichenologist 11: 18. 1979 (herb. NTM). Malinvaud, L.J.E., Tabl. art. orig. Bull. Soc. bot. France 235-236. 1899. 16.087. Excursions botaniques a Ile d Yeu en aout 1876 et mai 1877 ... Nantes (M™* V° Mellinet, ...) 1878. Oct. (Exc. bot. Ile d Yeu). Publ.: 1878, p. [i], [1]-92. Copy: H. 16.088. Catalogue des plantes vasculaires de Noirmoutier ... Nantes (Secrétariat [Soc. Sci. nat. Ouest] au Muséum d’Histoire naturelle) 1892. Oct. Publ.: 1892 (p. 64: 17 Jul 1892), p. [1]-64. Copies: G, HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. sci. nat. Ouest 2(3-4): 161-218. 1892. 16.089. Catalogue des plantes vasculaires de ' Ile d Yeu ... Nantes (Secrétariat [Soc. Sci. nat. Ouest] au Muséum d’histoire naturelle) 1894. Oct. Co-author: Charles Ménier (x-1913). Publ.: 1894, p. [1]-39. Copies: BR, G, H, HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Sci. nat. Ouest 4(3): 117-151. 1894. Additions: Bull. Soc. bot France 58 (sess. extraord.): cxxxv-cxli. 1913. Preliminary publ.: Ann. Soc. acad. Nantes ser. 5. 7: [107]-196. 1877 (Excursions botaniques a l’He d’Yeu en Aout 1876 et Mai 1877; rd. by Bull. Soc. bot. France séance 12 Apr 1878. Vibert, J.P. (fl. 1824), French rhodologist at Cheneviéres-sur-Marne, later at Saint- Denis (Seine) and Longjumeau (Seine-et-Oise). (Vibert). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Herder p. 342, 367; PR ed. 1: 10729-10731; Rehder 5: 882; Tucker 1: 719-720. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 248: 313. 1964. Wright, R., Gardener’s tribute 181, 182, 183, 189. s.d. VIBORG 16.090. Essai sur les Roses; ... a Paris (chez Madame Huzard ...) 1824. Oct. (Essai Fis ovis Joy |ftes|, [pile |i aot 2: 1826, p. [1]-80. Livr. 3: 1826[?], p. 81-155. Lior. 4: 1826[?], p. 157-226. Copy: BR. 16.091. Catalogue des roses cultivées par J.-P. Vibert. Juin 1822 [A Paris (chez Madame Huzard, ...) 1822. Oct. (Cat. roses cult.). Publ.: Jun 1822 (date on cover), cover-t.p., with above title, p. [1]-64. Copy: BR. — p. [1] is regular t.p. which has “Observations sur la nomenclature et le classement des Roses...” and therefore constitutes the first issue of that title (see below). 16.092. Observations sur la nomenclature et le classement des Roses suivies du catalogue de celles cultivées ... a Paris (Chez Madame Huzard, ..) 1824. Oct. (Observ. nomenel. class. Roses). 1824: p. [1]-75. 1826: p. [1]-54. 1827: p. [1]-54. 1829: p. [1]-56. 1830: p. [1]-56. 1831: p. [1]-55. 1832: p. [1]-55.- Copies: BR (all), NY (1826, 1827, 1830). 16.093. Catalogue de Roses par J.-P. Vibert, ... Paris (chez Mme Huzard (née Vallat La Chapelle), ...) 1835. Oct. (Cat. Roses). Publ.: 1835, p. [1]-28. Copy: BR. 1836 edition: p. [1]-33. Copy: BR. : Viborg, Erik (1759-1822), Danish botanist; student of M. Vahl; lecturer at the Botan- ical Garden of Copenhagen 1783-1801, lecturer at the Veterinary School 1783, from 1790 professor ib.; travelled in Western Europe 1787-1790; Dr. med. Univ. Kiel 1797; professor of botany at the University of Copenhagen 1797-1801; director of the botanical garden 1798-1801; director and professor at the Veterinary School from 1801. (Viborg). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: C. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: ADB 39: 667-668; AG 6(2): 313-314; Barnhart 3: 434; BM 5: 2211, 8: 1365; Bossert p. 418; Christiansen p. 321 [index]; Dawson p. 845; Dryander 3: 563, 643; Herder p. 382, 394; IH 2: (files); LS 41814; PR 4186, 9754-9758, ed. 1: 4628, 10732-10736; Rehder 5: 882; TL-2/434, 2955; Tucker 1: 720. BIOFILE: Anon, Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 208: 185-187. 1970. Bang, B. (Hj. Friis), ix Dansk biogr. leks. 25: 493-499. 1943 (further biogr. details and refs.; b. 5 Apr 1759, d. 25 Sep 1822). Christensen, C., Dansk. Bot. Hist. 1: 85-89, 883. 1924 (biogr., portr.), 2: 105-109 (curr. vit., bibl.). Dahlgren, R., Opera bot. 38. 1975 (frontisp., portr. Viborg, with treatment of Wiborgia Thunb.). Erichsen, B. & A. Krarup, Dansk personalhistorisk bibliografi 757. 1917 (further biogr. reis:): Fischer-Benzon, R. von, in P. Prahl, Avit. Fl. Schlesw. Holst. 2: 59. 1889. Fox Maule, A., K@benhavns universitet 1479-1979, 13 (Bot.): 187. 1979. Gertz, O., K. Fysiogr. Sallsk. Lund 1772-1940. Hist. 6verblick 223, 379, 408. 1940 (further biogr. refs.). Hornemann, J., Nat. Tidsskr. 1: 577. 1837. Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 2: 1201. 1863. Warming, E., Bot. Tidsskr. 12: 77-79. 1880. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 105. 1903. 123 VIBORG COMPOSITE WoRKs: Editor, Theodor Holmskjold, Beata ruris, vol. 2. 1799. EPONYMY: Viborgia Moench (1794, nom. rej.); Viborgia K.P.J. Sprengel (1801); Viborquia C.G. Ortega (1798); Wiborgia Thunberg (1800, nom. cons.); Wiborgia A.W. Roth (1800); Wiborgia O. Kuntze (1891). 16.094. Forsdg til systematiske danske Navne af indenlandske Planter forfattet til Brug for Lerlingerne ved den Kongelige Veterinerskole ... Kigbenhavn (‘Trykt hos Hofbogtry- kkerne R. Mdller og Sdn) 1793. Oct. (Fors. danske Navne Pl.). Publ.: 1793, p. [1]-344. Copies: GC, MO, NY. 16.095. Botanisk-oekonomisk Beskrivelse over de i Landhuusholdningen vigtigste Aspe- og Pilearter, ... Kigbenhavn (Trykt paa Gyldendals Forlag ...) 1800. Oct. (Bot.-oek. Beskr. Aspe- Pilearter). Publ.: 1800, p. [1]-116. Copies: C, HH, NY, USDA. — Also published in Landh. Selsk. Skr. 6: 1-190. 1800 (‘‘Priisskrivt”’ 1794). 16.096. Om Pilevaands Afbarkning og Plantning, tilligemed en fortegnelse over de hertil fortrinligste Pilearter ... Kj@benhavn (Trykt paa forfatterens forlag hos B. Schlesinger) 1821. Qu. (Pilev. Afbarkn. Planin.). Publ.: 1821 (p. [5]: 22 Mar 1821), p. [1]-29, [31], pl. 7-6 (uncol. copp.). Copy: HH. Vicat, Philippe Rodolphe (1720-1783), Swiss physician and botanist at Lausanne. (Vicat). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2211; Dryander 3: 543; Plesch p. 450; PR 9759- 9760, ed. 1: 4083-4084; Rehder 3: 89; Sotheby 795; TL-2/2316; Tucker 1: 720. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 248: 337. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 208: 239. 1970. COMPOSITE WoRKS: Translated A. von Haller, Hist. pl. suisses 1791, 2 vols., see TL-2/2316. Copies: B, G, MO. — Pritzel (under no. 9759) cites also a German translation (by Samuel Hahnemann). Leipzig 1806. Oct., iv, 425 p., not seen by us. EPONYMY: Vicatia A.P. de Candolle (1830). 16.097. Histoire des plantes vénéneuses de la Suisse, contenant leur description, leurs mauvais effets sur les hommes et sur les animaux, avec leurs antidotes; rédigée d’aprés ce qu’on a de mieux sur cette matiére, & sur-tout d’aprés |’Histoire des plantes Helvétiques de M. le Baron de Haller; mise a la portée de tout le monde, avec le lieu natal de chaque plante pour la France, les figures nécessaires, & plusieurs observations nouvelles .... Yverdon (chez la Société litteraire & Typographique) 1776. Oct. (Hist. pl. vénén. Suisse). Publ.: 1776 (p. iv: 6 Apr 1776), p. [i*], [i]-xxix, [1]-392, pl. 1-3, chart, [1]-112, [1-10]. Copies: G, HH, MO, NY. Vickers, Amma (1852-1906), French-born British algologist. (Vickers). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BM; further material at B (mainly destr.), FH, K, L, LD, NY, PC, UPS, W. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BloGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 434; BB p. 311; BM 5: 2211; CSP 19: 340; Dawson p. 630 (b. 28 Jun 1852, d. 1 Aug 1906); NI 2060; Plesch p. 450-451; Urban- Berl. p. 269. BIOFILE: Sayre, G., Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(1): 104. 1969 (coll.). Vickers, A., Voyage en Australie et en Nouvelle-Zélande, Paris 1883, 459 p.; Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 9. 1: 45-66. 1905 (List algae Barbados). 7124 vICcQ EPoNYMY: Vickersia Karsakoff (1896). 16.098. Contribution a la flore algologique des Canaries ... [Extrait, Annales des Sciences naturelles ... Paris, Masson & Cie., ...], [1896]. Oct. Publ.: Nov 1897 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [293]-306. Copies: B, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 8. 4: [293]-306. Nov 1897 [wrongly dated on t.p. and wrapper 1896; cover 4 (1 a 6): “‘ce cahier a été publié en novembre 1897”’]. 16.099. Phycologia barbadensis iconographie des algues marines récoltées a Ile Barbade (Antilles) (Chlorophycées et Phéophycées) ... Paris (Librairie des Sciences naturelles Paul Klincksieck ...) 1908. Qu. (Phycol. barb.). Authorship: “‘avec texte explicatif par Mary Helen Shaw’’, with plates drawn by the “Mes Mottet’’ after the analyses of the author (i.e. Vickers) H.H. Shaw also provides a biogr. account of A. Vickers. Publ.: 1908 (p. 9: 2 Apr 1908; Nat. Nov. Nov(2) 1908; NY rd Sep 1908; Hedwigia 28 Nov 1908; Bot. Centralbl. 25 Aug 1908), p. [1]-30, pl. 1-14, 14b, 15-43, 43, 44, 44), 44¢, 45-53, P- [31]-44, pl. 1-6, 6b, 7-24, 24b, 25-34 (col. or p.p. col. liths.). Copies: B, B-S, BR, H, G, MO, NY, PH, USDA. — 300 copies printed. Preliminary publ.: 1905, Liste des algues marines de la Barbade, Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 11, 1: 45-66. Apr 1905, 65-66. Mai 1905. Ref.: Hariot, P., Bull. Soc. bot. France 55: 675-676. 25 Jan 1909. Vicq, [Léon-Bonaventure] Eloy de (1810-1886), French botanist and musician of private means at Abbeville. (Vicq). HERBARIUM and types: PC. — Letters at G. NAME: Eloy de Vicq signed himself Eloy de Vicq or E. de Vicq on his publications; he is often listed as Eloy de Vicq, Léon. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 506 (b. 24 Oct 1810, d. 16 Apr 1886); BL 2: 204, 650; BM 5: 2211; CSP 6: 152, 7: 609, 12: 218, 13: 826; Jackson p. 279, 291; PR 9761; Rehder 1: 413, 415. BIOFILE: Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 33: 46. 1886 (d.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 208: 312-313. 1970. Gonse, E., Bull. Soc. Linn. Nord France 8(167): 85-89. 1886 (obit.). Lefebvre de Villers, Ch., Mém. Soc. Emul. Abbeville 16: 591-599. 1887 (obit.). 16.100. Catalogue raisonné des plantes vasculaires du département de la Somme ... Abbeville (Imprimerie P. Briez) 1865. Oct. (Cat. rais. pl. Somme). Co-author: Henri Léopold Blondin de Brutelette (1806-1878). Publ.: Jun 1865 (p. vi: 1 Jun 1864; Soc. bot. France rd. Jun 1865), p. [i*-ii*], [iJ-vin, [1]-318, [1, err.]. Copies: B, BR, G, HH. — Also published in Mém. Soc. imp. Emul. Abbeville 1865: 295-620. Supplément: Apr-Mai 1870 (p. vi: 1 Mar 1870; Soc. bot. Fr. rd. Apr-Mai 1870), p. [i-vi], [1]-25. Copies: BR, G. Supplément (ed. 2): 1873 (p. vii: 5 Feb 1873; BSbF Aug 1873), p. [i-viii], [1]-34. Copies: B, BR, G, HH. — Also published as Mem. Soc. Emul. Abbeville ser. 3. 1: 565-602. 1873. — The original 1870 supplement was also intended for publication in these Mém. but was apparently only preprinted, see note 5 Feb 1872 on p. vii. The year 1870 was that of the beginning of the Franco-Prussian war (see also Bull. Soc. bot. France 20 (bibl.): 46. Aug 1873). Ref.: Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 12 (bibl.): 107. 1865; C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris 80: 1486- 1487. 1875 (prix de La Fons Mélicocq). 16.101. Etude sur les Cuscutes observées dans les environs d’Abbeville ... Abbeville (Imprimerie Briez,...) 1873. Oct. (Etud. Cuscut.). Publ.: 1873 (p. 18: 10 Jan 1873; BSbF Dec 1873), p. [1]-18. Copies: G, U. 725 VICQ 16.102. De la végétation sur le littoral du Département de la Somme. Guide pour les herborisat- ions ... Paris (Librairie F. Savy ...) 1876. Duod. (Vég. litt. Somme). Publ.: 1876 (Soc. bot. France rd. 12 Mai 1876), p. [1]-124. Copies: B, G, HH, NY. 16.103. Les plantes intéressantes de la vallée de la Bresle et de ses deux versants ... Paris (Librairie F. Savy, ...) 1877. Oct. Publ.: 1877 (Soc. bot. France rd. 8 Mar 1878), p. [i-ii], [1]-16. Copzes: HH, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mém. Soc. Linn. Nord France 4: 77-92. 1877. 16.104. Catalogue raisonné des mousses de arrondissement d@ Abbeville ... Paris (Librairie F. Savy ...) 1877. Oct. (in 4-s). (Cat. mousses Abbeville). Co-author: Charles Wignier. Publ.: Dec 1877 (p. 7: Mar 1877; Soc. bot. France rd. 11 Jan 1878; Bot. Zeit. 14 Jun 1878; Rev. bryol. Mai 1878), p. [1]-44. Copzes: B, G. — Preprinted from Mém. Soc. Emul. Abbeville 2: 333-372. 1878. 16.105. Catalogue raisonné des hépatiques de V arrondissement d@ Abbeville ... Paris (F. Savy ...) 1882. Oct. (Cat. hépat. Abbeville). Publ.: 1882 (Bull. Soc. bot. France rev. Jul-Aug 1882, rd. 10 Nov 1882; Bot. Centralbl. 30 Apr-4 Mai 1883 (as of 1883, sic); Bot. Zeit. 27 Jul 1883 (id.); Nat. Nov. Mai(1) 1883), p. [1]-13. Copy: BR. — Preprinted from Mém. Soc. Emul. Abbeville 3: [120]- 128, [129]. 1884. 16.106. Flore du département de la Somme ... Abbeville (P. Prévost, ...) 1883. Duod. (Fl. dépt. Somme). Publ.: Jun-Jul 1883 (p. x: 14 Mai 1883; Soc. bot. France rd. 27 Jul 1883; Bot. Zeit. 31 Aug 1883), p. [i]-xxxvi, [1]-562, [563, err., 564, cont.]. Copies: B, G, HH, NY, USDA. Ref.: Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 30 (bibl.): 52-53. 1883 (rev. bibl. for Mar-Mai ’83). Vidal, Antonio José Rodrigo (1808-1879), Portuguese botanist; took an active part in the Portuguese liberty campaign 1828; Dr. phil. Coimbra 1837; from 1838 with the botany department and botanical garden of the University of Coimbra, from 1855 as professor of botany and director. (A. Vidal). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Some material at P. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Jackson p. 447. BIOFILE: Anon., Encycl. Dicc. Internac., Rio de Janeiro, New York 20. 11970. 1933[?]; Grande encicl. port. bras. 35: 150. 1945 (b. 5 Sep 1808, d. 18 Nov 1879). Gager, C.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 319. 1938 (dir. Bot. Gard. Goimbra 1840- 1854, 1858-1872). 16.107. Index plantarum in horto botanico academico conimbricensi cultarum anno 1850. Studio A.J.R. Vidal, ... Gonimbricae [Coimbra] (Typis Academicis) 1850. Oct. (Index hort. bot. conimbr.). Ed. 1850: 1850 (p. 64: Jul 1850), p. [1]-64. Copy: HH. Ed. 1852: 1852, p. [1]-151, [152, err.]. Copy: B. — “... anno mdccclii. Nominibus a botanicis sanctis, additis lusitanis, studio ...’’. Vidal, Louis (fl. 1900), French botanist at the University of Grenoble. (L. Vidal). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BL 2: 169, 728; CSP 19: 341-342; MW p. 515; Rehder 1: 524, 23-32: Tucker 1: 720; BIOFILE: Anon., Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1968. 4: 428. 1969. 16.108. Série A, N° 360. N° d’ordre 1025. Théses présentées a la Faculté des Sciences de 726 VIDAL Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles ... 1°° these. — Recherches sur le sommet de l’axe dans la fleur des Gamopétales. 2™° thése. — Propositions données par la Faculté. Soutenues le [21] juin 1900 devant la commission d’examen ... Grenoble (Imprimerie Allier fréres ...) 1900. Oct. (Rech. axe fl. Gamopét.). Publ.: 21 Jun 1900 (p. 117: 30 Jan 1900; defended 21 Jun 1900), p. [i-i1], [1]-115, [117], pl. 1-4 (uncol. liths. auct.). Copies: B, G, HH, NY (copy has date filled in by hand). Ref.: Guerin, P., Bull. Soc. bot. France 47 (bibl.): 470-471. 1900. 16.109. Les colonies de plantes méridionales des environs de Grenoble ... Grenoble (Typographie et lithographie Allier fréres ...) 1905. Oct. (Colon. pl. mérid. Grenoble). Co-author: Jules Offmer. Publ.: 1905 (Nat. Nov. Jan(1) 1906), p. [1]-61, map. Copies: G, HH. Vidal y Soler, Domingo (x-1878), Spanish forester and botanist; chief of the forestry bureau and director of the Botanical Garden, Manila, Philippines 1873-1878. (D. Vidal). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 435; Rehder 4: 100; Tucker 1: 720. BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 208: 611. 1970. Merrill, E.D., Botanical work in the Philippines 17-18. 1903 (Bull. Philip. Bureau Agric. 4) (was involved in publishing ed. 3 of Blanco, Fl. Filip.); in C.S. Gager, Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27: 316. 1938. COMPOSITE woRKs: Botdnica » productos forestales, in Exposicion de Filipinas, Colleccion de articulos publicados en el Globo, Madrid 1887, p. [41]-47. 16.110. La flora filipina augustiniana estudio botanico dedicado al R.P. Fr. Andrés Naves, director cientifico de la nueva Flora, ... Manila (Imprenta de “El Oriente” ...) 1877. Oct. (Fl. filip.). Publ.: 1877 (p. [3]: 1 Mar 1877), p. [1]-51. Copy: B-S. — Reprinted from the Manila periodicals La Oceania espatola and El Oriente. For the third edition (the ‘““Augustinian edition”) of F.M. Blanco’s Fl. Filip. see TL-2/553. Vidal y Soler, Sebastian (1842-1889), Spanish (Catalonian) botanist; brother of Domingo Vidal; came to the Philippines 1871 as inspector-general of the forestry de- partment; back in Spain for health reasons 1873-1875; representative of the Spanish government at the Philadelphia International Exposition 1876; chief of the “Comision de la flore forestal de Filipinas” 1876; studying the tobacco industry in Cuba 1877-1878; in Paris at the Exposition of 1878; in the Philippines 1878-1882, studying in European herbaria 1882-1883, again in the Philippines 1883-1889 as inspector-general of the fores- try commission; director of the Manila Botanical Garden 1878-1889. (Vidal). HERBARIUM and types: MA; duplicates in FI, G, GE (destr.), K, L, P, PNH. — Original set of material in Manila destroyed by fire in 1897. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIoGRAPHY: Backer p. 615; Barnhart 3: 435 (b. 1 Apr 1842, d. 28 Jul 1889); BM 5: 2216; Hortus 3: 1206; Morren ed. 10, p. 150; NI 2061; Rehder 5: 883; RS p. 147; SK 1: 544-545 (coll.), 4: cxxxi, 8: ci; Tucker 1: 720; Zander ed. 10, p. 728, ed. 11 )p11G30: BIOFILE: Anon., Ann. Bot. 3: 488-489. 1890; Bot. Centralbl. 40: 271. 1889 (d.); Bot. Zeit. 48: 32. 1890 (d.); Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 248: 540-541. 1964; Nat. Nov. 11: 320. 1889 (d.). Merrill, E.D., Botanical work in the Philippines 18-21. 1903 (Bull. Philip. Bureau agric. 4); Enum. Philip. fl. pl. 4: 235. 1926 (bibl.); zn C.S. Gager, Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 316. 1938 (dir. bot. gard. Manila 1878-1889). Morot, L., J. de Bot. 3: 392. 1889 (d.). Quisumbing, E., Philip. geogr. J. 8: 28. 1964 (coll.). 727 VIDAL Rodriguez, L., Unitas, Manila 35: 258-277. 1962 (bot. gard. Manila and Vidal). EPONYMY: Vidalia Villar (1880). The derivation of Vidalia Lamouroux ex J. Agardh (1863, nom. cons.) was not given. 16.111. Breve descripcion de algunas de las maderas mas importantes y mejor conocidas de las Islas Filipinas ... Madrid (Establecimientos tipograficos de M. Minuesa, ...) 1874. Oct. (Breve descr. mader. Filip.). Publ.: 1874 (p. [3]: 2 Apr 1874), p. [1]-35. Copy: B-S. 16.112. Memoria sobre el ramo de montes en las Islas Filipinas, ... Madrid (Imprenta, es- tereotipia y galvanoplastia de Aribau y C.* ...) 1874. Oct. (Mem. Montes Filip.). Publ.: 1874 (p. i: 30 Jun 1874), p. [i*-11*], front., [111*], [i]-1, [5]-456. Copzes: HH, M, MO, NY, PH. 16.113. Catalogo metédico de las plantas lefosas silvestres y cultivadas observadas en la pro- vincia de Manila ... Madrid (Imprenta de Moreno y Rojas) 1880. Oct. (Cat. met. pl. lefios.). Publ.: 1880 (p. 13: 26 Aug 1879), p. [1]-48. Copy: HH. 16.144. Sinopsis de familias y generos de plantas letiosas de Filipinas, introduccion 4 la flora forestal del Archipielago Filipino, ... Manila (Establecimiento tipo-litografico de Chofré y C.*) 1883. Oct. (text) and atlas. (Sin. gen. pl. lefios. Filip.). Text: 1883 (Bot. Centralbl. 10-14 Mar 1884; Bot. Zeit. 30 Mai 1884; Nat. Nov. Mar(2) 1884), p. [i]-xvii, [1]-411, [413, err.; 414, ind.]. Atlas: 1883 (id.), p. [i]-xliii, [xliv], p/. 1-100 (uncol. liths. R. Garcia). Copies: B, G, HH, M, NSW, NY, PH; IDC 682. Ref.: Willkomm, M., Bot. Centralbl. 18: 173-175. 5-9 Mai 1884 (rev.). 16.115. Inspeccion general de Montes. Comision de la flora forestal. Resefa de la flora del Archipielago filipino ... Manila (Establecimiento tipografico de Bota y C.* ...) 1883. Qu. (Resena fl. Arch. filip.). Publ.: 1883 (p. 61: 20 Jan 1883), p. [1]-61. Copies: HH, NY, USDA. 16.116. Cuerpo de ingenieros de montes. Comision de la flora forestal de Filipinas, Phanerogamae Cumingianae philippinarum o indice numérico y catalogo sistematico de las plantas fanerogamas coleccionadas en Filipinas por Hugh Cuming con caracteristicas de algunas especies no descritas y del género Cumingia (Malvaceas) ... Manila (Estable- cimiento tipo-litografico de M. Pérez hijo ...) 1885. Qu. (Phan. Cuming. philipp.). Collector: Hugh Cuming (1791-1865), see IH 2: 146. Publ.: Nov 1885 (p. 217: publ. Nov 1885; Bot. Centralbl. 22-26 Feb 1886; Nat. Nov. Feb(2) 1886), p. [i]-xv, [1]-217, [219, cont.], 7 pl. Copies: G, HH, M, MICH, NY, PH, USDA; IDC 5789. Ref.: Pax, F.A., Bot. Jahrb. 8 (Lit.): 72-73. 1886 (rev). Rolfe, R.A., J. Bot. 24: 57-60. 1886 (rev.). Willkomm, M., Bot. Centralbl. 27: 147-156. 1886 (rev.). 16.117. Cuerpo de ingenieros de montes. Comision de la flora forestal de Filipinas. Revision de plantas vasculares filipinas, memoria elevada al excmo. Sr. Ministro de Ultramar ... Manila (Establecimiento tipo-litografico de M. Perez, hijo ...) 1886. Oct. (in 4-s). (Revis. pl. vase. filip.). Pub.: 1886 (p. vi: 2 Apr 1886; J. Bot. Nov. 1886; Nat. Nov. Jan(1) 1887), p. [i*-v*], [i]- vi, [1]-454, pl. 1-2 (uncol.). Copies: B, B-S, G, HH, M, MICH, NY, PH, USDA. Ref.: Franchet, A., Bull. Soc. bot. France 33 (bibl.): 170-172. 1886 (rev.). Rolfe, R.A., J. Bot. 24: 347-349. 1886 (rev.). Willkomm, M., Bot. Centralbl. 30: 130-138. 2-6 Mai 1887 (rev.). Vieillard, Eugéne [Deplanche Emile] (1819-1896), French naval surgeon and botanist; collected in New Caledonia (1857-1859, ca. 1861-1869) and Tahiti (1855- 1857); director of the Jardin botanique de la ville de Caen 1871-1895. (Vieill.). 728 VIEILLARD HERBARIUM and TyPEs: CN (algae), P and PC; further material in AA, AWH, B (mainly destr.), BM, BR, C, E, F, FI, G, GH, H, K, L, LA, LD, LE, LG (bryo.), M, MEL, MO, NSW, NY, PH, TCD, TUR-V, W, WU. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Backer p. 615, 663; Barnhart 3: 435 (b 9 Apr 1819, d. 7 Nov 1896); BL 1: 129, 322; BM 5: 2216; CSP 6: 153, 8: 1153, 11: 694; Frank 3 (Anh.): 109; Herder p. 230, 305, 386; Hortus 3: 1206; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 34, 2: 642; Jackson p. 402; Morren ed. 2, p. 18, ed. 10, p. 61; PR 9762-9763; Rehder 5: 883; TL- 2/5883, see Pancher; Tucker 1: 720, 3: 323; Urban-Berl. p. 269, 323, 407; Zander ed. 10, Pum 20,8ed. TI. psG3 te BIOFILE: Anon., Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie ser. 5. 8: 130. 1905; Flora 55: 63. 1872 (curator CN). Bonaparte, Notes ptéridologiques 7: 405-406. 14 Oct 1918 (Tahiti ferns coll. by V.). Dorfler, I., Botaniker-Adressbuch 70. 1896. Gager, C.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 197. 1938. Gunn, M. & L.E. Codd, Bot. explor. S. Africa 362. 1981. Lawalrée, A., Bull. Jard. bot. natl. Belg. 49: 65-76. 1978 (Vieillard material in BR through J.E. Bommer). McKee, M.E. & H.S., Histoire et Nature 17-18: 49-68. 1981 (on E. Vieillard and E. Deplanche, Collectors in N. Caledonia). Merrill, E.D., B.P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 144: 186. 1937; Contr. Natl. Herb. U.S. 30(1): 306. 1947. Sayre, G., Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 19(3): 408. 1975 (coll.). Smith, A.C., Fl. vit. nov. 1: 43. 1979 (coll. a few Fijian specimens). EPONYMY: Viedllardia Montrouzier (1860); Vieillardia A.T. Brongniart et A. Gris (1861); Viellardorchis Kranzlin (1928). 16.118. Etudes sur les genres Oxera et Deplanchea ... Caen (chez A. Hardel, ...) 1862. Oct. Publ.: 1862 (Soc. bot. France 25 Apr 1862), p. [1]-11. Copies: G, HH. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie 7: 88-98. 1862. Ref.: Fournier, E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 9: 133. Mai 1862 (rev.). 16.119. Plantes utiles de la Nouvelle-Calédonie ... Extrait des Annales des Sciences naturelles eT Go2| Oct: Publ.: 1862, p. [1]-49. Copy: HH. — Reprinted and to be cited form Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 4. 16(1): [28]-64, 16(2): 65-76. 1862. 16.120. Essais sur la Nouvelle-Calédonie ... Paris (Librairie Challamel ainé ...) 1863. Oct. (Essais Nouv. Caléd.). Co-author: Emile Deplanche (1824-1875), collector in New Caledonia 1858-1867. Publ.: Sep 1862-Jan 1863 (in journal), p. [1]-150, [151-152]. Copies: G, HH, NY. — Reprinted or partly preprinted from Rev. marit. Colon. 6: 52-85. Sep 1862, 203-235. Oct 1862, 475-498. Nov 1862, 615-656. Dec 1862, 7: 81-100. Jan 1863. 16.121. Plantes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie recueillies par M. Eugéne Vieillard ... Caen (chez F. le Blanc-Hardel, ...) 1865. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1865 (Bull. Soc. bot. France rd. 7 Apr 1865, rev. Mai 1865; KNAW rd. Apr 1865; BSbF rd. before 1 Mai 1865), p. [1]-21. Copies: G(2), HH, M, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie 9: 332-348, 392-394. 1865. — Part 2 as Notes sur quelques plantes de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. 16.122. Notes sur quelques plantes intéressantes de la Nouvelle-Calédome ... Caen (Typ. F. le Blanc-Hardel, ...) 1866. Oct. Publ.: Jan-Apr 1866 (BSbF rev. Mai 1866; Flora 30 Jan 1867), p. [1]-23. Copies: G(2), HH, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie ro: 92-112. 1866. 729 VIENNOT-BOURGIN Viennot-Bourgin, Georges (1906-x), French mycologist at the Ecole national d’ Agriculture de Grignon. (Vien.-Bourg.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Some material at BP, IACM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BFM 3097, 3158; BL 1: 157, 322; Stevenson p. 1261; TL-2/3321. BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 208: 890-892. 1970. ; Gager, C.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 200. 1938 (in charge of Jard. bot. Ecole natl. Agric., Grignon from 1926). COMPOSITE works: (1) Editor of H.E. Jeanpert, Vadem. bot. ed. 2, 1953, TL-2/3321. (2) Editor and collaborator, A. Maublanc, Les champignons de France, ed. 5, Paris 1959, 2 vols. NOTE: Outside our period: Les champignons parasites des plantes cultivées, Paris (Masson & CY, ...) 2 vols. 1949 [Jan-Mar]. FESTSCHRIFT: Travaux dédiés a Georges Viennot-Bourgin. Paris, Société Frangaise de Phy- topathologie 1977, 416 p. (portr.). EPONYMY: Viennotidia Negru et Verona (1966); Viennotiella Negru (1964). 16.123. Notes sur quelques Urédinales et Ustilaginales observées en 1931-1932 dans le dé- partement de Seine-et-Oise (région Sud) ... Gap (Imprimerie Louis Jean) 1933. Publ.: Feb 1933, cover-t.p., p. [85]-114. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. Path. vég. Entom. agric. 20(2): 85-114. 1933. Idem 1933-1934: 1935, p- [i], [1]-17. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. Sci. Seine-et-Oise ser. 3. 3(1-3): 1-17. 1935. 16.124. Contribution a [étude de la flore cryptogamique du Valais (Suisse) ... Extrait de la Revue de Pathologie végétale ... de France ... 1936. Oct. Publ.: 11 Apr 1936 (date on p. [78]), cover-t.p., p. [33]-77, [78, colo.]. Copy: Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. path. vég. Entom. agr. France 23(1): 33-77. 1936. 16.125. Les déformations parasitaires provoquées par les Ustilaginées ... Paris (Librairie E. Le Francois ...) 1937. Oct. (Déform. parasit. Ustilag.). Publ.: 1937, p. [i-v], [1]-189, [191, colo.] Copy: B. 16.126. Contribution a la connaissance de la mycoflore de Archipel de Madeére ... Extrait des Annales de l’Ecole nationale d’Agriculture de Grignon [1939]. Oct. Publ.: 27 Jul 1939 (date of printing), cover-t.p., p. [69]-169, [171-172]. Copies: BR, Stevenson. — Reprinted and to be cited from Ann. Ecole natl. Agric. Grignon ser. 3. 1: [69]-169. 1939. Vierhapper, Friedrich (1844-1903), Austrian botanist; studied at Salzburg Univer- sity; with the Vienna Polytechnic 1861, and with the University ib. 1873; teacher’s examination 1874, high school teacher in Weidenau (Silesia) 1875-1881; at the State Gymnasium Ried 1881-1895; at highschool no. 4 in Vienna. (Vierh. sen.). HERBARIUM and Types: WU; other material in PH, W. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 69; Barnhart 3: 435 (b. 24 Mai 1844, d. 27 Jan 1903); BEM 910; BM 8: 1369; CSP 19: 344; Jackson p. 504. BIOFILE: Anon., Allg. bot. Z. 1: 184. 1895 (app. Vienna); Bot. Centralbl. 63: 255. 28 Aug 1895 (app. Vienna); Bot. Jahrb. 32 (Beibl. 72): 4. 1903 (d. 27 Jan 1903 in Vienna); Hedwigia 42: (161). 1903 (d.); Nat. Nov. 25: 197. 1903 (d.); Osterr. bot. Z. 31: 375. 132. VIERHAPPER 1881 (from Weidenau to Ried), 38: 399. 1888 (Referent Fl. Deutschl. for Upper Austria), 45: 328. 1895 (app. Vienna), 53: 87. 1903 (d.). Schiedermayer, C.B., Nachtr. syst. Aufz. Oesterr. Krypt. 8-9. 1894. 16.127. Vierzehnter Jahresbericht des k.k. Staatsgymnasiums in Ried am Schlusse des Schuljahres 1884/85. I. Prodromus einer Flora des Innkreises in Oberosterreich ... II. Schul- nachrichten vom director ... Ried (Verlag des k.k. Gymnasiums) [1885]. Oct. (Prodr. Fl. Innkr.). 1: Jul-Aug 1885 (Bot. Zeit. 25 Dec 1885; end of school year mid-July; ObZ Dec 1885 (rev.); Nat. Nov. Oct(1) 1885), p. [1]-37, Schulnachrichten: p. [1]-22. Copies: HH, MO. 2: Summer 1886 (p. 21, Schulnachrichten 15 Jul 1886), p. [1]-37, Schulnachrichten: p. [1]-24. Copies: HH, MO. — “xv. Jahresbericht ...” 3: 1887 (Nat. Nov. Apr 1888), p. [1]-37. Copy: HH, in Jahresber. Staats-Gymnasium Ried, Schulnachrichten 16: [1]-37. 4: 1888, p. [1]-30, n.v., zn Programm Ried 1888. 5: 1889 (Nat. Nov. Oct(1) 1890 as of “1890’’), p. [1]-31, n.v., im Programm Ried 1889. Vierhapper, Friedrich [Karl Max], junior (1876-1932), Austrian botanist; son of Friedrich Vierhapper senior; studied at Vienna University 1894-1899; Dr. phil. ib. 1899; teacher’s examination 1905; assistant at the botanical department of the Hochschule fir Bodenkultur, Vienna 1888-1g00; in the Austrian army 1900-1901; high school teacher Vienna 1902-1904; partly concurrently assistant with R. v. Wettstein 1902-1911 at the Botanical Institute; lecturer for botany at the Veterinary College, Vienna 1911-1932, from 1912 also in charge of botanical courses at the University of Vienna, from 1915 with the title of professor, from 1919 as regular extra-ordinary professor of systematic botany. (Vierh.). HERBARIUM and Types: WU. — Further material in C, E, GB. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(2): 69, 12(3): 655; Backer p. 663; Barnhart 3: 435 (b. 7 Mar 1876, d. 11 Jul 1932); BFM 857, 1157, 2019; Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9560; BJI 2: 184; BL 1: 101, 322; Bossert p. 419; DTS 1: 316, 6(4): 203-204; Futak-Domin p. 635- 636; Hegi 6(2): 1349; Hirsch p. 310; Hortus 3: 1206; IH 1 (ed. 2): 178, (ed. 3): 164, (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345; Klastersky p.211; Kleppa p. 235, 244; KR p. 735; LS 41815; MW p- 515; TL-2/1711, 3951; Tucker 1: 720, 3: 323; Zander ed. 11, p. 831. BIOFILE: Anon., Hedwigia 41: (255). 1902 (asst. WU), 46: (40). 1906 (habil. Wien), 52: (155). 1912 (Veterinary College), 58: (89). 1916 (prof. title), 71: (108). 1931 (corr. memb. Soc. phytogeogr. Suec.), 72: (231). 1932 (d.); Nat. Nov. 24: 559. 1902 (app. WU), 28: 480. 1906 (habil. Univ.), 34: 259. 1912 (app. Veterinary College), 41: 195. 1919 (e.o. prof. bot. Univ.); Osterr. bot. Z. 52: 291. 1902 (asst. WU), 62: 103. 1912 (app. Veterinary College, Vienna), 66: 64. 1916 (prof. title), 68: 292. 1919 (e.o. prof. syst. bot. Univ. Wien), 81: 320. 1932 (d.). Bohm, L.K., Wien. tierarztl. Monatschr. 19(17): 542. 1932. Domin, K., Véda pfrir. 13: 284. 1932. Ginzberger, A., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 82: 5-28. 1932 (obit., portr., bibl.). Janchen, E., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 50: (224)-(234). 1932 (obit., portr., bibl.), Richard Wettstein 179. 1933; Cat. fl. Austr. 1: 5, 19, 24, 31, 36, 41. 1956. Schmid, B. & C. Thesing, Biol.-Kalend. 1: 331. 1914. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 3: 63. 1937, 5: 526. 1939. Wulff, E., Intr. hist. pl. geogr. 65, 66, 92. 1943. COMPOSITE works: (1) Editor, A. Kerner, Pff.-Leben Donauldnd., ed. 2, reprint 1929 (Erganzungen ...), see TL-2/3591. (2) Juncaceae, in EP, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2. 15a: 192-224. 1930. (3) Soldanella, in E. Hannig & H. Winkler, eds., Dze Pflanzenareale ser. 1. 1: maps 7-8. 1926. (4) Erigeron, in 1. Dorfler, Herbarium normale nos. 4131-4134, Schedae p. 36-40. 1901; Juncus Montelli no. 4781, p. 260-262, Soldanella villosa no. 4935, Pp. 305-306. 731 VIERHAPPER (5) Uebersicht iiber die Arten und Hybriden der Gattung Soldanella, in Festschrift zu P. Ascherson’s siebzigstem Geburtstage, Berlin 1904, p. 500-508. (6) Caryophyllaceae (p. 391-395 and Engeron and Trimorpha (420-422) in E. Zederbauer, Erg. nat. Reise Erdschias-Dagh. 2, Bot., in Ann. Nat. Hofmus. Wien 209. 1906 (ee 1905) i EPONYMY: Vierhapperia Handel-Mazzetti (1937). 16.128. Beitrag zur Gefdsspflanzenflora des Lungau ... [Aus den Verhandlungen der k.k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 1898]. Oct. Publ.: 1898 (read 18 Jan 1898), p. [1]-18. Copy: M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 48: 101-118. 1898. 16.129. Zur Systematik und geographischen Verbreitung einer alpinen Dianthus-Gruppe ... Sitzb. d. mathem.-naturw. Cl. ... [Wien 1899]. Oct. Publ.: Nov-Dec 1898 or Jan-Feb 1899 (Bot. Centralbl. 29 Mar 1899; published in November Heft of journal; Nat. Nov. Mar(2) 1899), p. 1057-1170, pl. 1-2, map. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from S.B. math.-nat. Cl. Akad. Wiss. Wien 107(1): 1057-1170. Nov 1898 (November issue actually published in that month?); served as doctor’s dissertation; prelim. notice Anz. Akad. Wiss. Wien math.-nat. Cl. 35: 181. 1808. 16.130. Beitrag zur Gefdsspflanzenflora des Lungau ... (Aus den Verhandlungen der k.k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien [Jahrgang 1898] besonders abgedruckt) [Wien (Druck von Adolf Holzhausen) 1898]. Oct. Publ.: 1898 (read 18 Jan 1898), p. [1]-18. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 48: ror1-118. 1808. XKweiter Beitrag: 1899 (read 30 Jun 1899), p. [1]-28. Copy: B. — Id. 49: 395-422. 1849. Dritter Beitrag: 1900 (read 1 Mai 1903), cover-t.p., p. [547]-593- — Id. 51: 547-593. 1903. 16.131. “Arnica Doronicum Jacquin” und ihre nachsten Verwandten ... Separat-Abdruck a.d. “Oesterr. bot. Zeitschrift”? Jahrg. 1900. Oct. Publ.: Apr-Jul 1900 (in journal), p. [1]-24, pl. 7. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 50: 109-115. Apr, 173-178. Mai, 202-208. Jun, 257-264. Jul 1goo. 16.132. Zur systematischen Stellung des Dianthus caesius Sm. ... Separatabdruck aus der “Oesterreichischen botanischen Zeitschrift” ... 1go01. Oct. Publ.: Oct-Nov 1gor (in journal), p. [1]-14. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 51: 361-366. Oct, 409-417. Nov 1go1. 16.133. Neue Pflanzen-Hybriden ... Separatabdruck aus der “‘Oesterreichischen botanis- chen Zeitschrift’, ... 1903. Oct. Publ.: Jun, Jul 1903, p. [1]-12, pl. 8. Copy: M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 53: 225-231. Jun, 275-280, pl. 8 Jul 1903. 16.134. Neue Pflanzen aus Sokétra, Abdal Kuri und Semhah ... Separatabdruck aus der ‘“Oesterreichischen botanischen Zeitschrift” ... 1903. Oct. 1: Nov 1903, p. [1]-4. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 53: 433-436. 1903. 2: Dec 1903, p. [1]-3. — Id. 53: 481-482. 1903. 3: Jan 1904, p. [1]-5. — Id. 54: 32-36. 1904. 4: Jan 1904, p. [1]-4. — Id. 54: 61-64. 1904. 5: Aug 1904, p. [1]-3. — Id. 54: 286-287. 1904. 6: Mar 1905, p. [1]-4. — Id. 55: 88-91. 1905. 7: Nov 1905, p. [1]-2. — Id. 55: 439-440. 1905. & Dec 1905, p. [1]-5. — Id. 55: 462-466. 1905. g: Jul 1906, p. [1]-8. — Id. 56: 256-262. 1906. ro: Aug eS p. [1]-7. — Id. 56: 298-305. 1906. Copies: B-G. 732 VIERHAPPER 16.135. Bau und Leben der Pflanzen in zwolf gemeinverstandlichen Vortragen ... Wien (Verlag von Carl Konegen) 1905. Oct. (Bau Leb. Pfl.). Co-author: Karl Linsbauer (1872-1934). Publ.: Dec 1904 or Jan 1905 (p. [iii]: Feb 1904; ObZ for Dec 1904-Jan 1905; Nat. Nov. Feb(2) 1905), p. [i-vii], [1]-204. Copies: BR, NY. 16.136. Fuhrer zu den wissenschaftlichen Exkursionen des II. internationalen botanis- chen Kongresses, Wien 1905. III. Exkursion in die Ostalpen ... Wien (Im Selbstverlage des Organisations-Komitees ...) [1905]. (Exkurs. Ost-Alpen). Co-authors: Heinrich, Freiherr von Handel-Mazetti (1882-1940), see TL-2/2: 43-44. Publ.: Summer 1905, p. [1]-161, [162, cont.]. Copy: B-S. 16.137. Aufzdhlung der von Professor Dr. Oskar Simony im Sommer 1901 in Siidbosnien gesammelten Pflanzen ... Sonder-Abdruck aus den Mitteilungen des naturwissenschaftli- chen Vereines an der Universitat Wien ... 1906. Oct. (Aufz. Simony Pfi.). Publ.: Feb 1906 (p. 40: G rd. 6 Mar 1906; p. 40 Jan 1906; AbZ 15 Apr 1906; Nat. Nov. Mai(2) 1907), p. [1]-40. Copzes: B, G. — Preprinted from Mitt. naturw. Ver. Univ. Wien 4(4-6): 36-64, (7): 65-76. 1906. 16.138. Monographe der alpinen Erigeron-Arten Europas und Vorderasiens. Separat-Abdruck aus ““Beihefte zum Botanischen Centralblatt’’. [1906]. Oct. Publ.: Jan-Feb 1906 (AbZ rev. 15 Mar 1906; Nat. Nov. Mai(2) 1906; AbZ 15 Apr 1906), cover-t.p., p. [i, ii], [385]-560, pl. 1-6, maps 1-2. Copies: B, G; IDC rors. — Reprinted and to be cited from Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 19 (Abth. 2)(3): 385-560. pl. 1-6, maps 1-2. 1906. — Habilitationsschrift. Ref.: Solms, H., Bot. Zeit. 64: 187-188. 16 Jun 1906 (rev.). 16.139. Die systematische Stellung der Gattung Scleranthus ... Separatabdruck aus der “Oster- reichischen botanischen Zeitschrift”, ... 1907. Oct. Publ.: Jan-Feb 1907 (in journal), p. [1]-13. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 57(1): 41-47. Jan, 91-96. Feb 1907. 16.140. Versuch einer natiirlichen Systematik des Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. ... Separatabdruck aus der ‘“‘Osterreichischen botanischen Zeitschrift”, ... 1907. Oct. Publ.: Mar 1903 (in journal), p. [1]-6. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 57: 106-111. 1907. 16.141. Beitrdge zur Kenntniss der Flora Siidarabiens und der Inseln Sokotra, Semha unad ’Abd el Kiri ... Bearbeitung der von Dr. St. Paulay und Professor D'. O. Simony auf der Expedition der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften nach Stidarabien und den Inseln Sokotra, Sémha und ’Abd el Kiri vom December 1898 bis Mitte Marz 1899 gesammelten Gefasspflanzen. I. Theil ... Wien (aus der kaiserlich-k6niglichen Hof- und Staatsdruckerei ...) 1907. t. Qu. Publ.: 1907 (p. 4: Dec 1906; Bot. Zeit. rev. 16 Nov 1907; Nat. Nov. Jun(1) 1907), p. [i], [1]-170, pl. 1-17 (uncol.). Copies: B, G, HH, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Denkschr. math.-nat. Cl. K. Akad. Wiss. 71: [321]-490, pl. 1-17. 1907. Ref.: Diels, L., Bot. Jahrb. 40 (lit.): 66-67. 1908 (rev.). Solms, H., Bot. Zeit. 65: 358. 1907 (rev.). 16.142. Eine neue Soldanella aus dem Balkan ... Separatabdruck aus der “‘Osterreichischen botanischen Zeitschrift” ... 1909. Oct. Publ.: Apr-Mai 1909 (in journal), p. [1]-6. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 59: 148-150. Apr, 201-205. Mai 1909. 16.143. Entwurf eines neuen Systemes der Coniferen ... Jena (Verlag von Gustav Fischer) 1910. Oct. (Entw. Syst. Conif.). Publ.: 10 Jun 1910 (t.p.), p. [i-ii], [1]-56. Copzes: B, BM, G, HH (2), NY. — Issued as Abh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 5(4). Ref.: Anon., Osterr. bot. Z. 60: 398-399. 1910 (rev.). 733 VIERHAPPER 16.144. Pflanzenschutz im Lungau ... Sonderabdruck aus der ““Tauern-Post’? Tamsweg [1910]. (Pflanzensch. Lungau). Publ.: 1910 (ObZ for Sep 1g10), p. [1]-24. Copies: B(2). — Reprinted from Tauern-Post 1910, 36: 1-3, 37: 1-3, 38: 1-2, 40: 1-4 (journal n.v.). — See also his Klima, Vegetation und Volkswirtschaft im Lungau, in Deut. Rundsch. Geogr. 36 (5, 6, 7, 9). 1914, reprint cover-t.p., p. [1]-48. Copies: B, G. 16.145. Chrysanthemum alpinum forma tatrae ... Budapest (Pallas irodalmi és Nyomdai részvénytarsasag) 1914. Oct. Publ.: 1914, cover-t.p., p. 1-19, pl. 1. Copies: B, G, M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Magy. bot. Lap. 13: 17-35, pl. 1. 1914. 16.146. Beitrdége zur Kenntniss der Flora Griechenlands. Bearbeitung der anlasslich der zweiten Wiener Universitatsreise im April 1911 in Griechenland gesammelten Pflanzen ... [Separat-Abdruck aus den “Verhandlungen” der k.k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien ... 1914-1919, 4 parts]. Oct. 1: 27 Jul 1914 (read 27 Mar 1914; t.p. journal dated), cover-t.p., p. [239]-270, pl. 7 Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 64: [239]-270, pl. 7. 1914. 2: 30 Jun 1919 (read 12 Nov 1917; t.p. journal dated), cover-t.p., p. [102]-156. — Id. 69: 102-156. 1919. 3: 1919, reprint combined with reprint of part 2, p. 157-245. — Id. 69: 157-245. 1919. 4: 31 Dec 1919, p. 246-312. — Id. 19: 246-312. 1919. Copies: B, NY, Peterson. 16.147. Beitrdge zur Flora Kretas. Aufzahlung der anlasslich der fiinften Wiener Universit- atsreise im April 1914 auf Kreta gesammelten Bliiten- und Farnpflanzen ... Separatab- druck aus der “Osterreichischen botanischen Zeitschrift”, ... 1914[-1915]. Oct. Publ.: Dec 1914-Sep 1915 (in journal), p. [1]-129., Copy: M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 64: 465-482. Dec 1914, 65: 21-28. Jan 1915, 50-75. Feb 1915, 119-140. Mar-Apr 1915, 204-236. Jul-Aug 1915, 252-256. Sep 1915, 272 (corr.). Sep 1915. 16.148. Zirbe und Bergkiefer in unseren Alpen ... Wien (Deutscher und Osterreichischer Alpenverein) 1916. Oct. Publ.: 1916, p. [i], 1-57. Copy: B. — Reprinted or preprinted from Z. deut. Osterr. Alpenver. 1915-1916: 60-89 [sic]. 1916. Ref.: Matouschek (Wien), Bot. Centralbl. 138: 125-127. 1918 (rev.). 16.149. Uber echten und falschen Vikarismus ... Separatabdruck aus der ‘‘Oesterreichischen botanischen Zeitschrift” ... 1919. Oct. ; Publ.: 1919, p. [1]-22. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Osterr. bot. Z. 68: 1-22. 1919. 16.150. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Flora der Schweiz mnebst vergleichend- pflanzengeographischen Betrachtungen tber die Schweizer- und Ostalpen ... Zurich (Verlag von Rascher & Co.) 1924. Oct. Publ.: 1924, cover-t.p., p. [311]-361. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Veroff. Geobot. Inst. Rubel Ztirich 1: [311]-361. 1924. 16.151. Ueber einige kritische Erigeron-Sippen aus dem Kaukasus ... Bulletin du Musée de Géorgie ... 1930. Oct. Publ.: 1930, p. [i-ii], [115]-124. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Bull. Mus. Géorgie 6: [115]- 124. 1930 (journal n.v.). 16.152. Vorarbeiten zu einer pflanzengeographischen Karte Osterreichs. xiv. Vegetation und Flora des Lungau (Salzburg) ... Wien (Verlag der zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft) 1935. Oct. (Veg. Fl. Lungau). Publ.: 1935 (BR rd. 3 Dec 1935; Nat. Nov. Apr 1936), p. [i, iii], [1]-289, map. Copzes: B, BR, G, H, HH, M. — Issued as Abh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 16(1). 1935. — Introduction to this posthumous publication by H. Handel-Mazetti. 734 VIGNEUX Ref.: Archinger, E., Osterr. bot. Z. 84: 313-315. 1935- Vietz, Ferdinand Bernhard (1772-1815), Austrian physician; Dr. med. Wien 1799; extra-ordinary professor of forensic medicine Univ. Wien 1801, regular professor id. 1805; from 1812-1815 director of the Veterinary School of the University. (Vietz). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 436; BM 5: 2222; GR p. 79; NI 2062; PR 9764, ed. 1: 10737; Rehder 3: 51; WU 50: 282-284 (b. 20 Aug 1772, d. 24/25 Jul 1815). BIOFILE: Neilreich, A., Verh. zool.-bot. Ver. Wien 5: 38. 1855. 16.153. Ferd. Bern. Vietz ... Jcones plantarum medico-oeconomico-technologicarum cum earum fructus ususque descriptione, ... Abbildungen aller medizinisch-okonomisch- technologischen Gewachse samt der Beschreibung ihres Nutzens und Gebrauches Erster [... Zehnter] Band. Wien (in der Joseph Ederschen Kunsthandlung) 1804 [-1819]. Qu. (Icon. pl.). Authorship: vols. 1-3 by F.B. Vietz; vol. 4 (typogr. t.p.) has “Fortgesetzt von J.L. Kerndl’’. — All 10 volumes are attributed to Vietz on the t.p.’s; however, from vol. 4 onward Kerndl (and perhaps also Ignatz Albrecht) must have been at least the edi- tors (Vietz died in 1815), possibly also the authors of the text. 1: 1800, engr. t.p. (col.), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-223, pl. r-z70 (also 110 in all; col. copp.). Typo- graphical t.p.: Icones plantarum ... descriptione. Volumen I. Continens semissem primum plantarum officinalium editionis ultimae Pharmacopoeae austriaco- provincialis. Abbildungen ... s.d. 2: 1804, engr. t.p., p. [1]-ix, [x], [1]-255, “236” [= 256], pl. rrz-114a, 114b, 115-147, 148- double, 149-171, 172a, 172b, 173-197, 198a, 198b, 199-222 (NY copy; HU: 171-222, incl. 214a, 214b, 114 in all). — T.p.’s as in vol. 1. 3: 1806 (p. vi: 1 Mai 1806), engr.-t.p., p. [i]-vi, [vu-viii], [1]-374, pl. 223-270 (103 plates in all incl. extra plates). — Engr.-t.p.: Abbildungen aller medizinisch-dkonomischen und tech- nischen Gewdchse samt der Beschreibung ihres Nutzens und Gebrauches. Wien (id.) 1806. — Typogr. text id., Dritter Band. Acanthus-Amygdalus. Wien (im Schramblis- chen Bucherverlage ...) s.d. g: 1817, engr. t.p., p. [i-iv], [1]-139, [140], pl. 272-361 (109 pl. in all incl. extras). Engraved t.p.: F.B. Vietz Abbildungen aller medizinisch-ékonomisch-technischen Gewdichse. iv. Band. Wien in Schrambl’schen Verlag 1817. — Typogr. t.p. id., Vierter Band fortges- etzt von J.L. Kerndl, ... Anacardium-Bromus. Wien (id.) 1817. 5: 1817, engr. t.p., p. [i-iv], [1]-107, [108], pl. 362-4505. (110 pl. in all, id.). - Engraved t.p.: as vol. 4, typogr. t.p. id., but ‘“‘Funfter Band. Bryonia-Cucubalus”’. 6: 1817, engr. t.p.,, p. [i-iv], [1]-118, [119-120, index], pl. 451-452 (101 pl. in all, id.). T.p.’s as in 4, but typogr. t.p. “Sechster Band. Cucumis-Guilandina”. 7: 1817, engr. t.p., p. [i-iv], [1]-111, pl. 543-642 (122 pl. in all, id.). T.p.’s id., but ‘“Haematoxylon-Lysimachia”’ and typogr. t.p, dated 1818. 8: 1818, engr. t.p., p. [i-iv], [1]-113 [1-2, index], pl. 643-736 (102 pl. in all, id.). — T.p.’s idem, both 1818, Malva-Plantago. g: 1819, engr. t.p., p. [i-iv], [1]-113, [1-2, index], pl. 737-836 (100 pl. in all, id.). — T.p.’s idem, engr. 1819, typogr. 1818 (sic), Platanus-Solidago. 10: 1819, engr. t.p., p. [i-iv], [1]-122, [1-2, index], pl. 837-935 (100 pl. in all, id.). Both t.p.’s 1819, Sorbus-Zostera. Supplement-Band : 1822, p. [i], [1]-116, [1-2, index], ““von Joseph Lorenz Kerndl” Wien (id.) 1822, plates 1-100 separately with engraved t.p. (NY copy). Note (1): the total numbers of plates differ slightly in the two copies seen. The “‘in all” numbers mentioned above are those in the HU copy. GF mentions 151 additional plates to the 935 regular ones, see listing GF p. 79. Note (2): A second supplementary volume, with 50 pl., is mentioned by NI but neither seen by him, nor by us. Vigneux, A. (/f/. 1812), French botanical artist. (Vigneux). 735 VIGNEUX HERBARIUM and TypPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2222; DU 318; GF p. 79; NI 2063; Plesch p. 451; PR 9767, ed. 1: 10740; Rehder 1: 407; Tucker 1: 721. 16.154. Flore pittoresque des environs de Paris, contenant la description de toutes les plantes qui croissent naturellement dans un rayon de dix-huit a vingt lieues de cette Capitale; la figure coloriée de celles qui sont employées en médecine, dans les arts, dans l'économie rurale et économie domestique; enfin, des notices détaillées et raisonnées, sur leurs diverses propriétés; sur les principes qu’elles fournissent a l’analyse chimique, et sur les phénoménes de physiologie végétale qu’elles offrent. Ouvrage orné de plus de 250 figures coloriées, presque toutes de grandeur nature; renfermant en outre les élémens de botanique; un vocabulaire des mots employés le plus frequemment dans cette science, et une carte topographique des environs de Paris .. a Paris (chez lauteur, ...) 1812. Qu. (Fl. pitt. Paris). Publ.: 1812, p. [i*-ii*], map, [ii*], [1]-xxv, [xxv= text to chart 1], [1]-214, [1, err.], charts 1-6 (col. copp.) with text, pl. 1-62 (col. copp.). Copies: BR, G, HH, NY(2), USDA. Supplément: Paris 1814, 28 p., 1 col. pl. (n.v.), pl. dated 1814 by Brunet (Manuel p. 1218). Viguier, L.G. Alexandre (1790-1867), French physician; Dr. med. Montpellier 1814. (Vig.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: MPU. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: BM 5: 2222; Hortus 3: 1206; PR 9769, ed. 1: 10742; Zander ed. 10, p. 728, ed. 11, p. 831. BIOFILE: Candolle, Alph. de, Phytographie 440. 1880 (herb. with that of Pouzols at MPU). Flahault, C., Univ. Montpellier, Inst. Bot. 43-44. 1890. Martins, Ch., Le Jardin des Plantes de Montpellier 52. 1854. EPONYMY: Viguzera Kunth (1820). 16.155. Histoire naturelle, médicale et économique, des pavots et des argémones, présentée et publiquement soutenue a la Faculté de médecine de Montpellier, le [ ] janvier 1814; ... a Montpellier (Chez Jean Martel ainé, ...) 1814. Qu. (Hist. nat. pavots). Publ.: Jan 1814, p. [1]-50, [51], 7 pl. (uncol. copp. Node-Véran). Copies: B, G(2), HH, NY. Viguier, René (1880-1931), French botanist; technician at the Ecole nationale supéri- eure d’Agriculture and at the Muséum d’Histoire naturelle (with van Tieghem); maitre de conférences Sorbonne 1912; professor of botany at the University and director of the municipal botanical garden at Caen 1919-1931. (R. Vig.). HERBARIUM and types: CN. — Other material at B (pterid., extant), P. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Andrews p. 343; Barnhart 3: 436 (b. 19 Mai 1880, d. 17 Jan 1931); BJI 2: 184; BL 1: 98, 322, 2: 186, 728; Hirsch p. 310; Hortus 3: 1206; LS 8981, 33449; MW p. 515; TL-2/4275; Tucker 3: 323. BIOFILE: Allorge, V. et P., Rev. bryol. ser. 2. 3(4): 216-217. 1931 (obit.). Anon., Ann. Crypt. exot. 3(4): 251. 1931; Bot. Centralbl. 113: 192. 15 Feb 1910 (prix Coincy), 120: 272. 1912 (app. Sorbonne); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 209: 569- 570. 1970; Hedwigia 71: (108). 1931 (d.); Osterr. bot. Z. 62: 287. 1912 (app. Sor- bonne), 80: 80. 1931 (d.). Briquet, J., 7 M. Oechslin, Ber. Schweiz. bot. Ges. 40: xili-xiv. 1931. Gager, C.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 197. 1938 (dir. bot. gard. Caen 1919- 1931). 736 VILHELM Gagnepain, F., zn H. Lecomte, Fl. Indochine tome prél. 48. 1944. Merrill, E.D., B.P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 144: 186. 1937; Contr. Natl. Herb. U.S. 30(1): 307-"1947- Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 519. 1977 (herb.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 121. 1935. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Founder and editor, with H. Perrier de la Bathie and Henri Chermezon of Archives de botanique, Bulletin mensuel, Caen, vols. 1-4, 1927-1930. (2) Araliaceae, in H. Lecomte, Flore gén. Indochine 2(9): 1158-1182. Aug 1923. EPONYMY: Viguierella A. Camus (1926). 16.156. Sur les Araliacées du groupe des Polyscias ... [Bull. Soc. bot. France 52, 1905]. Oct. Publ.: Apr-Jun 1905 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [285 ]-314. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 52: [285]-314. 1905. 16.157. Série A, n° d’ordre 1244. Théses présentées a la Faculté des Sciences de Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles ... 1" thése. Recherches anatomiques sur la classification des Araliacées. 2° thése. Propositions données par la Faculté. Soutenues le [mss: 27] Juin 1906, ... Paris (Masson et C'*, éditeurs ...) 1906. Oct. (Rech. anat. classif. Aralvac.). Publ.: 27 Jun 1906, p. [i, iti], [1]-210, [1, théses]. Copy: NY. — Preprinted from Ann. Sci. nat. Bot. ser. g. 4: 1-208. Jul 1906, p. 209-210. Dec 1906. Commercial issue: 1906 (27 Jun or later), p. [i-iv], [1]-210. Copies: B, NSW. List of new names: Repert. sp. nov. 6: 45-48. 1908. Nouvelles recherches: Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 9. 9: 305-405. Jul 1909 (Nat. Nov. Sep(2) 1909). Ref.: Harms, H., Bot. Jahrb. 40 (Lit.): 22-23. 1907 (rev.). 16.158. Observations sur quelques Guttiféres malgaches ... Extrait de la Revue générale de Botanique ... 1914. Oct. Co-author: Henri Humbert (1887-1967), TL-2/2: 363. Publ.: 1914 (Grd. 2 Jun 1915; Nat. Nov. Nov 1914), p. [1]-16. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. gén. Bot. 25bis [Festschrift Gaston Bonnier]: 629-642. 1914. 16.159. Recherches sur le genre Grewia ... Extrait de la Revue générale de botanique ... 1917. Oct. Publ.: 1917, p. [1]-56. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. gén. Bot. 29: 161-180. 15 Jun 1917, 196-224. 15 Jul 1917. Vilhelm, Jan (1876-1931), Bohemian botanist; professor of cryptogamic botany at Charles University, Prague. (Vilh.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: PRC; 350 Musci at PRC. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 436; BJI 2: 184; BM 5: 2223, 8: 1370; Bossert p. 419; Futak-Domin p. 636; Hirsch p. 310; Klastersky p. 196 (b. 10 Mai 1876, d. 18 Jun 1931; further sec. refs.); LS 28765-28770; MW p. 515. BIOFILE: Anon., Preslia 48: 136. 1976 (biogr. sketch). Domin, K., Véda pfir. 8: 1-7. 1927 (biogr. sketch, portr., bibl.); Preslia 12: 3-25. 1933 (biogr., portr., bibl.). Sayre, G., Bryologist 80: 519. 1977 (herb.). Vana, J., Taxon 29: 674. 1980 (herb. PRC). Wood, R.D., Monogr. Charac. 1: 845-846. 1965 (publ. Chara). 16.160. Studie monografickd o ceskych Paroznatkach ... Praze [Praha) (Nakladem Kral- ovské ¢ceske spolecnosti Nauk ...) 1914. Oct. Publ.: 5 Jun 1914, cover-t.p., p. [1]-168. Copy: NY. — Véstn. Kr. Ces. Spol. Nauk 2, 1914. — On Characeae. 737 VILHELM 16.161. Monografie rodu Racomitrium v Ceskoslovensku ... Zvlastni otisk z Véstniku Kral. Ces. Spol. Nauk Ty. ... 1925. Oct. Publ.: 1925, p. [1]-34. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Véstn. tr. Kr. Ces. Spol. Nauk 2: 1-34. 1925. 16.162. Zemépisné rozstreni Ceskych mechiio dérkavkovitjch ... v Praze [Praha] (Tiskem Prazské akciové tiskarny ...) 1922. Publ.: 1922, p. [1]-8. Copy: H. — Reprinted and to be cited from Cas. Nar. Musea 1922: 120-125. 16.163. Variabilité du genre Schistidium en Tchécoslovaquie ... [Acta bot. Bohem. 1922]. Oct. Publ.: 1922, p. [1]-13. Copy: H. — Reprinted and to be cited from Acta bot. Bohem. 1: 43- 55- 1922. 16.164. Novae species et formae Characearum ... Sonderabdruck aus Hedwigia ... 1922 [1923]. Oct. Publ.: 15 Jan, 28 Mar 1923 (in journal), p. 148-163. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Hedwigia 64: 148-160. 15 Jan, 161-163. 28 Mar 1923. — Also: Die geo- graphische Verbreitung der bihmischen Charophyten ib. p. 164-174. 28 Mar 1923. 16.165. Prispévek k oekolojii mechi ... Contribution a l’écologie des Mousses ... Praha (F. Rivna¢) 1923. Oct. Publ.: 1923, p. [1]-48. Copy: H. — Issued as Spisy prir. Fak. Karoly Univ. 4, 1923. 16.166. Serpentinomorfosy bryophyt ... Les bryophytes serpentinomorphes ... Praha (F. Rivnac) 1925. Oct. Publ.: 1925, p. [1]-15, [16]. Copy: H. — Issued as Spisy prir. Fak. Karlov. Univ. 33, 1925. 16.167. Remarques bryologiques d’un voyage a Villefranche sur Mer (France méridionale) ... Acta botanica Bohemica ... 1926. Oct. Publ.: 1926, p. 1-7. Copy: H. — Reprinted and to be cited from Acta bot. Bohem. 4-5: 21- 27 1Q26: 16.168. Characeae Europae orientalis et Asiae ex herbario instituti cryptogamici horti botanici reipublicae rossicae (ante Petropolitani) ... Praha (Piirodovédecka Fakulta ..-) [1928]. Oct. (Charac. Eur. As.). Publ.: 1928, p. [1]-34, 1 pl. Copy: B. — Publ. Fac. Sci. Univ. Charles 80, 1928. — See also his Ad Characearum Europae orientalis et Asiae cognitionem additamentum, Bull. Jard. bot. princ. U.R.S.S. 29: 582-596. 1930. For other publ. on Characeae see Wood (1965). 16.169. Archaiophyta a Algophyta. Soustavny piehled prvorostt a fasorostt ... v Praze [Praha] (Nakladem Ceské Akademie ...) 1931. Oct. (Archaioph. Algoph.). Publ.: 1931, frontisp., p. [1]-335. Copies: B-S, GB, LC, PH. Vill, August (1851-1930), German (Bavarian) botanist (cryptogamist) and veteri- narian, district veterinarian at Bischofsheim in der Rh6n 1881, id. Hammelburg 1886; subsequently in Hassfurt, Bamberg and Gerolzhofen; retired 1916; from 1919 in Win- dsbach. (Vill). HERBARIUM and typEs: M (fungi and lichens; rd. 1931); other material went to the Frankische Museum, Wurzburg (coll. destr.); further fungi at E. Continued A. Allescher & J.N. Schnabl Fungi bavarict exsiccati (see TL-2/1: 33) with cent. 8-10; 1904, Nov 1907, Aug 1909; sets e.g. at BPI, C, FH, HBG, PC, S. — Contributed also to Flora exsiccata bavarica. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9575; GR p. 51, cat. p. 73; LS 27829- 27831, 40255; TL-2/see J.N. Schnabl; Urban-Berl. p. 283. 738 VILLARS BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Monatschr. 17: 95. 1899 (to Bamberg). Sch., von, Kryptog. Forschungen Bayer. Bot. Ges. 2(2): [1]. 1931 (obit.). Villars, Dominique [until 1785: Villar] (1745-1814), French physician and botanist; in contact with Dominique Chaix from 1766; botanised in the Dauphiné, Provence and Languedoc between 1760 and 1769; studied medicine in Grenoble 1771-1774; practicing physician in Grenoble, professor of botany, director of the Jardin des Plantes and direc- tor of the Grenoble hospital 1778-1803; from 1803 professor of botany and medicine at the University of Strasbourg. (Vill.). HERBARIUM and TyYPEs: GRM (major part); other material at B-Willd., C, FI, G, G-DC, LIV, MPU, MW, P, P-JU, P-LA, PH, UPS. — Villar’s library and collections were offered to the University of Strasbourg by Dominique Villars Jr. (library: 25.000 fr., herbarium: 3000 fr.). The French government declined the offer and the collections may have been split afterwards (see letter D.M. Villars to J. Banks (Dawson p. 845)). At least part of the herbarium reached Grenoble again (or remained there). — Letters to J.E. Smith at LINN; other letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG I: 261, 2(1): 422, 4: 77; Backer p. 615; Barnhart 3: 437 (b. 14 Nov 1745, d. 20 Jun 1814); BL 2: 144, 145, 728; BM 5: 2224; Bossert p. 419; CSP 6: 158, 12: 756; Dawson p. 845 (letter Villars fils on sale collections); Dryander 3: 27, 144, 311; Frank 3 (Anh.): 109; GR p. 300, cat. p. 73; Hawksworth p. 186; Hegi 4(1): 126, 6(2): 1233; Herder p. 62, 156, 176; Hortus 3: 1206; IF p. 736; IH 1 (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345; Jackson p. 283, 430; Laségue p. 70; Lenley p. 471; LS 27833-27835; NI 2064; PR 1651, 9772-9779, ed. 1: 2368, 10746-10754; Rehder 5: 884; RS p. 147; SBC 134; Stevenson p. 1261; TL-1/1360-1364; TL-2/4153, see indexes; Tucker 1: 721; Urban-Berl. p. 415; Zander ed. 10, p. 728, ed. 11, p. 831. BIOFILE: Albert, A., Dominique Villar, étude biographique, Grenoble 32 p. (repr. from Le Dauphine). Allemand, F., Dict. biogr. Hautes-Alpes 468-471. 1911. Amoureux, Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 1: 702-703. 1822 (corr. Gouan-Villars). Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 209: 933-938. 1970; Index biogr. Acad. Sci. 516. 1954: Aymonin, G., Bull. Soc. bot. France 127 (Lettr. bot.) 4: 387-391. 1980 (Villars et la floristique alpienne; publ. Prospectus). Bally, V., Notice historique sur la vie et les travaux du docteur Villars, Grenoble 1858, 56 p. (biogr.). Braemer, L., Bull. Ass. philomat. Alsace Lorr. 7(2): 110-112. 1927. Breistroffer, M., Proc. Verb. mens. Soc. Dauph. Ethn. Arch. nos. 182-184. 1948. Burdet, H.M., Candollea 34: 187-188. 1979, 36: 397-408. 1981 (note on floristic work V. in Dauphine). Candolle, Alph. de, Phytographie 457. 1880 (herb. GRM, also at Aix (A. de Fontvert), none at STR). Chabert, A., Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 1. 5: 821-832 (1-12). 1897 (‘Villars sous la terreur’ “ap 7: 621- 636 (1-16). 1899 (Villars seen through his correspondence 1805- 1814). Dawson, W.R., Smith papers 93. 1934 (3 letters to J.E. Smith). Fraser-Jenkins, C.R., Taxon 29: 609. 1980 (quotes Breistroffer: Villars herb. at GRM suffered considerably from successive wars; very little original material has survived). Gariel, Bull. Soc. Stat. Sci. nat. Arts industr. Dept. Isére 3: 168-175. 1844 (bibl., mss.). Gras, A., Bull. Soc. bot. France 7: 579-584. 1863 (corr. Villars-Allioni). Kirschleger, F., Fl. Alsace 2: Ixii-lxiv. 1857. Ladoucette, de, Mém. agric., Paris 1818: 349-363 (biogr.). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 763. 1985. M., A., Bull. Sate. Ftud. hist. sci. litt. Hautes-Alpes 49: 204-232. 1930 (bibl.). Macé, NG Notes inédites de Villars sur quelques botanistes dauphinois, Paris, Grenoble 1862, 14 p. (Bull. Acad. Delphin. ser. 2. 2: 353-366. 1862). Magnin, A., Bull. Soc. bot. Lyon 31: 68-69. 1906, 32: 122-123. 1907. Magnin, A. & L. Révolle, Révision des herbiers du Muséum de Grenoble et Contribut- ions a l'étude de la flore dauphinoise, Grenoble 1898, 20 p. (herb. Villars). 739 VILLARS Manteyer, G. de, Les origines de Dominique Villars 1926 (p.p. prepubl. in Bull. Soc. Etud. Hautes Alpes, Gap ser. 4. 40 (35-36): 129-148. 1921. Masimbert, A., Bull. Soc. Etud. Hautes Alpes, Gap 49: 204-232. 1930 (main bibl.), 49: 268-270. 1930 (list theses Villars). Offner, J., Petite Rev. Bibliophil. dauphin. ser. 2. 4: 226. 1937 (n.v.; additions to Masimbert’s bibl.); Proc. verb. mens. Soc. Dauph. ethnol. archéol. 29 (230-232): 1- 16. 1953 (biogr.). Rochas, A., Biographie du Dauphiné 2: 477-479. 1860 (biogr., bibl.). Roumeguére, C., Rev. mycol. 11: 17-34. 1889 (letters J.B. Mougeot-Villars). Stafleu, F.A., Taxon 12: 82-83. 1963 (dates publ.). Timbal-Lagrave, Ed., Bull. Soc. bot. France 7: 680-690. 1863, 11 (sess. extr.): xlix ff. 1864 (extracts corr. Villars-Lapeyrouse). Verlot, J.B., Bull. Soc. bot. France 21 (sess. extr.): xxvii-xxix. 1874 (letter V. to Marcoz). Villars, D., Bull. Soc. bot. France 11: 152. 1864, 21: xxvu. 1874 (letters). W.-S., in J.Fr. Michaud, Biogr. univ. 43: 436-438. 1970 (facs. ed. of 1854 ff. ed.). COMPOSITE WORKS: Flora delphinalis ... a J.E. Gilibert editum. Opera... D. Villars, in J.E. Gilibert, C. Linnaei ... Systema plantarum europae 1, 1785 (publ. Jun 1786), vii, 127 p. (Latin transl. of Prospectus). — Issued separately Jun 1786 with 1785 date (see Breistroffer 1948). HANDWRITING: Candollea 34: 187-188. 1979; see also A. Magnin, Claret de la Tourette 1885, pl. 2; Webbia 32: 40. 1977. EPONYMY: Villarsia J.F. Gmelin (1791, nom. rej.); Villarsia Ventenat (1803, nom cons.) and the derived Villarsites Minster (1842). 16.170. Prospectus de Uhistoire des plantes de Dauphiné, et d'une nouvelle méthode de botanique, suivi d’un catalogue des plantes qui y ont été nouvellement découvertes, & de celles qui sont les plus rares, ou qui sont particuliéres a cette province. Avec leurs charactéres spécifiques, & |’établissement d’un nouveau genre, appelé Berardia ... a Grenoble (de l’ Imprimerie royale) 1729. Oct. (Prosp. Hist. pl. Dauphiné). Publ.: 16 Apr 1779 (Breistroffer 1948), p. [1]-56, “49” [= 57]. Copies: G; IDC 719. — Antedates Lamarck, FI. frang. 1779, see TL-2/4135. — See also Aymonin (1980) on the Lamarck-Villars controversy over priority. — Author writes his name on t.p. “Willar’’. 16.171. Histoire des plantes de Dauphiné. Tome ..., contenant une préface historique; un dictionnaire des termes de botanique; les classes, les familles, les genres, & les herborisat- ions des environs de Grenoble, de la Grande Chartreuse, de Briangon, de Gap & de Montelimar ... 4 Grenoble (chez l’Auteur et chez les Libraires), a Lyon (chez les fréres Perisse, ...) a Paris (chez Prevost, ...) 1786-1789, 3 vols. Oct. (Hist. pl. Dauphiné). 1: Feb 1786 (Breistroffer 1948), p. [i*-xii*], [i]-lxxx, [1]-467, [468, err.], chart (systems). 2: Feb 1787 (id.), p. [i*], [i]-xxv, [1]-690. 3(1): Jul 1788 (id.), p. [i], [1]-580. 3(2): 12 Sep-22 Oct 1789, p. [i]-xxxii, 581-1091, pl. 1-6, 6bis, 7-13, 13b1S, 14-15, 15[bis], 19- 51, 53 (uncol. copp.). Copies: B, B-S, BR, G, H, HH, M, MICH, NY, PH, USDA; IDC 702. Ref.: Burdet, H.M., Candollea 36(2): 402-403. Stafleu, F.A., Taxon 12: 82. 1963. 16.172. Mémoire sur les moyens d’accélérer les progrés de la botanique ... a Paris (Chez Villier, ...) an ix [23 Sep 1800-22 Sep 1801]. Oct. Publ.: 23 Sep 1800-22 Sep 1801, p. [1]-31. Copies: B-S, G, HH. 16.173. Mémoires sur la topographie et U’ histoire naturelle, extraits du cours de l’Ecole centrale du Département de I’Isére; suivis d’observations statistiques sur la nature des montag- nes; — Sur les animaux et les plantes microscopiques; ... a Lyon (Chez Reymann et 749 H. VILMORIN c.n¢, ...) et A Paris (chez Brunot, ...) an XII (24 Sep 1803-22 Sep 1804). Oct. (Mém. topogr. hist. nat.). Publ.: 24 Sep 1803-22 Sep 1804, p. [i-viii], [1]-172, [173-181, index], [182, err.], 7 pl. Copies: G, PH. 16.174. Catalogue méthodique des plantes du jardin de U Ecole de médecine de Strasbourg, dédié aux professeurs actuels de l’école, ... 4 Strasbourg (de Imprimerie de F.G. Levrault) 1807. Oct. (Cat. jard. pl. Strasbourg). Publ.: 30 Nov 1807 (JGLF, see Sayre p. 32), p. [i]-xlviii, [1]-398, p/. 7-6 (uncol. copp.). Copies: BR, G, HH, M, MO, NY, USDA. 16.175. Précis Cun voyage botamque, fait en Suisse, dans les Grisons, aux sources du Rhin, au Saint-Gothard, dans le Département du Tessin, le Milanais, le Piemont; au tour du Lac Majeur, sur le Simplon, au Vallais, etc. En Juillet, Aout et Septembre 1811. Précédé de quelques réflexions sur l’utilité des voyages pour les naturalistes ... a Paris (Chez Lenormant, ...) Strasbourg (de Imprimerie de Levrault) 1812. Oct. (Préc. voy. bot.). Co-author: Thomas Lauth (1758-1826), see TL-2/2: 770; A. Nestler. Publ.: 4 Jun 1812 (BF), p. [i-iv], [1]-64, [65-66, index], pl. 1-4 (uncol.). Copies: G, HH, NY. Vilmorin, [Charles Philippe] Henry [Levéque] de (1843-1899), French botanist, geneticist and plant-breeder, son of Louis de Vilmorin; head of the Vilmorin-Andrieux et C® 1867-1899 (from 1873 “chef de la Maison’’); Légion d’Honneur 1882; Veitch Memorial Medal 1896. (H. Vilm.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Private. — Letters at FH, G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 2(1): 699; Barnhart 3: 437 (b. 26 Feb 1843, d. 23 Aug 1899); Bossert p. 419; CSP 8: 213, 12: 444, 19: 358; Morren ed. 10, p. 57; Plesch p. 451-452; Rehder 5: 884; Tucker 1: 14, 205, 721; Zander ed. 11, p. 831. BIOFILE: André, E., J. Soc. natl. Hort. France ser. 3. 21: 840-848. 1899 (portr., obit. not.); Rev. hortic. 71: 420-424. 1899 (obit., portr.). Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 80:.95. 1899 (d.); Bot. Not. 1900: 47 (d.); Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1899: 1g1 (obit. not.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 210: 849-853. 1971; Nat. Nov. 21: 546. 1899 (d.); Notes pour servir a une étude sur oeuvre des Vilmorin 6-8. 1926; Rev. hort. 76: 128. 1904 (Committee to set up monument for H. de V.); Osterr. bot. Z. 49: 415. 1899 (d.). Bois, D. et al., J. Soc. Hort. France ser. 3. 21: 836-848. 1899 (funeral orations). Cavillier, F.G., Boissiera 5: 93. 1941. Du Lac et al., Discours prononcés aux obséques de M. Henri Levéque de Vilmorin, Verriéres-le-Buisson, 26 Aug 1899, 28 p. Eriksson, J., Sv. Tradgardsfor. Tidskr. 1899(9): 129-149 (obit., portr.). Flahault, Ch., Bull. Soc. bot. France 46: 353-381. pl. 8. Henriques, J., Bol. Soc. Broter. 16: 224-225. 1899 (obit. not.). Heuzé, G., Les Vilmorin (1746-1899), Paris 1899, 32 p. Kerchove de Denterghem, Cte de, Rev. hort. belge étrang. 25: 204-206. 1899 (obit., portr.). Malinvaud, L.J.E., Table art. orig. Bull. Soc. bot. France 236-237. 1899. Nelmes, E. & W. Cuthbertson, Curtis’s Bot. Mag. dedic. 287-288. 1932 (portr., tribute). Pellegrin, F., Bull. Soc. bot. France 101 (Suppl.): 35-36. 1954. Roberts, H.F., Plant hybrid. before Mendel 142, 147-149, 151-154. 1965. Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 118. 1903. 16.176. Les meilleurs blés description et culture des principales variétés de froments d’hiver et de printemps par Vilmorin-Andrieux & Ci ... Paris (chez Vilmorin- Andrieux et Ci* ...) [1880]. Oct. (Meilleurs blés). Authorship: Henry de Vilmorin signed the introduction; he was head of the firm in 1880. 74! H. VILMORIN Publ.: 1880 (p. vii: 30 Jun 1880), p. [i]-vii, [1]-175, 65 col. liths. Eug. Graff. Copies: BR, HH. Ref.: Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 29 (bibl.): 134-135. 1882. 16.177. Essai @un catalogue méthodique et synonymique des principales varvétés de pommes de terre ... Paris (Chez Vilmorin-Andrieux et C’*) 1881. Oct. (Essaz cat. pommes de terre). Ed. [1]: 1881 (p. xi: 10 Dec 1880), p. [i]-xi, [1]-46. Copy: G. Ed. 2: 1886 (Bot. Zeit. 26 Nov 1886; Nat. Nov. Jul(2) 1886), p. [i]-xi, [1]-51. Copy: USDA. — “Catalogue méthodique et synonymique des principales variétés ...” Ed. 3: 1902, p. [iJ-x, [xi-xii], [1]-65. Copzes: NSUB, US. — By Philippe de Vilmorin (1872-1917). Ed. 4: 1927, p. [iJ-1x, [x-xii], [1]-62. Copy: USDA. — By Henri-Louis de Vilmorin. 16.178. Les plantes potageres description et culture des principaux légumes des climats tempérés par Vilmorin-Andrieux et Ci* ... Paris (chez Vilmorin-Andrieux et Ci ...) 1883. Oct. (Pl. potag.). Authorship: Henri de Vilmorin was head of the firm in 1883; both he and his brother Maurice contributed to the publication. Ed. [1]: Jan 1883 (p. xiv: 31 Oct 1882; BSbF rd. 26 Jan-g Feb 1883; Nat. Nov. Feb(2) 1883), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-650, [651, err.; 652 colo.]. Copies: G, HH, NY, PH. Ed. 2: 1891 (p. vii: Dec 1890; Bot. Zeit. 28 Aug 1891), p. [i]-xx, [1]-730, [732, colo.]. Copies: B, BR, G, HH, NY, PH. Ed. 3: 1904 (p. v: Jul 1904), p. [i]-xx, [1]-804, [805-806]. Copy: BR. Ed. 4: 1925, p. [i]-xx, [1]-812. English: Nov-Dec 1885 (p. x: Nov 1885; Nat. Nov. Jan(2) 1886), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-620. Copy: NY. — The vegetable garden. Illustrations, descriptions, and culture of the garden veg- etables of cold and temperate climates ... English edition published under the direct- ion of W. Robinson, ... London (John Murray, ...) 1885. Oct. — A reissue of 1889 is mentioned by Nat. Nov. Jun(2) 1889. 16.179. La villa Thuret ... Paris (Société anonyme des imprimeries réunies, ...) 1884. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1884 (reprint cover dated 1884; journal issue Apr 1884), cover-t.p., p. [1]-26. Copies: G, MO. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 30: xxvi-xlix. 1884. 16.180. Expériences de croisement entre les blés différents ... Paris (Imprimeries réunies, .. .) 1888. Oct. Publ.: 1 Mar 1888 (in journal), cover-t.p., p. [1]-4, pl. 1-4. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. France 35: 49-52 (rev.), 239. 1888. 16.181. Catalogue méthodique et synonymique des froments qui composent la collection de Henry L. de Vilmorin ... Paris (Chez Vilmorin-Andrieux & C'* ...) 1889. Oct. (Cat. Sroments). Ed. [1]: 1889, p. [1], [1]-76. Copy: G. Ed. 2: 1895, p. [i], [1]-88, [89, colo.], pl. 1-76 (uncol. liths.). Copy: G. — Contains the introduction to L. de Vilmorin, Essai cat. froments 1850, and the introduction to the 1889 edition by H. de Vilmorin. 16.182. L’héridité chez les végétaux, .... Paris (Imprimerie nationale) 1890. Oct. Publ.: 1890, p. [1]-28. Copy: HH. 16.183. Les plantes de grande culture céréales, plantes fourragéres, industrielles et économiques par Vilmorin-Andrieux & Ci ... Paris (Vilmorin-Andrieux & C** ...) [1892]. Oct. (Pl. grande cult.). Authorship: H. de Vilmorin signed the introduction on p. ii of ed. 1; ed. 2 is by Philippe de V. Ed. [1]: 1892 (p. ii: 10 Dec 1892; Bot. Zeit. 16 Mai 1893; Nat. Nov. Feb(1) 1893), p. [i*], [i], u, [ii-iv], [1]-211, [212, colo.]. Copy: G. Ed. [2]: 1914, p. [i]-viii, [ix], [1]-228, [229]. Copy: BR. 742 L. VILMORIN 16.184. Flowers from the French Riviera ... London (printed by Spottiswoode & Co., ...) 1893. Oct. Publ.: 1893, cover-t.p., p. [1]-24. Copies: B, HH, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from J.R. Hort. Soc. 16(1): 80-104. 1893. 16.185. Le Chrysanthéme histoire physiologie et culture en France et a l’étranger ... Paris (Imprimé par l’auteur) 1896. Publ.: Mar 1896, p. [1]-28. Copy: HH. — Also published in Rev. gén int. Sci. Litt. Mar 1896 (journal n.v.). Vilmorin, Jacques Levéque de (1882-1933), French botanist, geneticist and plant breeder; son of Maurice de Vilmorin; in charge of “‘Vilmorin-Andrieux et C’®” 1917- 1933; Dr. és Sci. Univ. Paris 1923. (7. Vilm.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 438 (d. 21 Mar 1933); MW p. 515; Tucker 3: 323. BIOFILE: Anon., Gard. Chron. 1933: 234 (d.); Notes pour servir a une étude sur l’oeuvre de Vilmorin 13-14. 1926. Bois, D., Bull. mens. Soc. natl. Hort. France ser. 5. 6: 183-187. 1933 (obit., portr., bibl.). Lesourd, F., Rev. hort. 105: 365-366. 1933 (obit., portr.). 16.186. L’ Héredité chez la Betterave cultivée ... Thése de doctorat, soutenue le 11 juin 1923 devant la Faculté des Sciences de Paris ... Paris (Gauthier-Villars et C’*, ...) [1923]. Oct. (Héréd. Betterave). Publ.: 11 Jun 1923, p. [i*-ii*], portr., [iii*-v*], [1]-i1, [1]-153, pl. 1-7 (M. Trottet), 30 photos. Copies: B, G, HH. Vilmorin, [Pierre] Louis [Francois Levéque| de (1816-1860), French botanist, geneticist and plant breeder, son of P.P. André L. de Vilmorin; head of Vilmorin-Andrieux et Cie, 1843-1860; set up experimental farm at Verriéres-le-Buisson. (Vilm.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Private. — Letters at GH. NOTE: (1) The firm of Vilmorin-Andrieux was founded in 1780 by Philippe Victoire Levéque de Vilmorin (1746-1840); replacing the original firm Andrieux et Vilmorin of 1775-1780. His successor (from 1804-1843) as head of the firm was Pierre Philippe André Levéque de Vilmorin (1776-1862). Under his directorship the firm became “Vilmorin et Cie” in 1815. Louis de Vilmorin was therefore the third head of the firm. (2) Prerre d Andrieux (x-1780) published seed catalogues as early as 1771 at least; his daughter Adelaide d Andrieux married Philippe Victoire Levéque de Vilmorin in 1774, who then became associate to Andrieux until the latter’s death. (3) We treat several titles which appeared under the authorship ‘‘Vilmorin-Andrieux et C©” also under this author, even when their first edition came out after 1860 (Elisa de Vilmorin, director 1860-1872, widow of Louis; from 1866-1872 in association with Henry de Vilmorin 1843-1899). BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 438 (b. 18 Apr 1816, d. 21 Mar 1860); Bossert p. 419; CSP 6: 160, 12: 444; DSB 14: 33-34 (D.M. Simpkins); Hortus 3: 1206; Jackson p. 100, 406, 476; MW p. 516; PR 9782-9785; Rehder 3: 87; TL-1/1365; TL- a/see A. Siebert; Tucker 1: 14, 721, 722; Zander ed. 10, p. -728,'ed. 11, p. 831. BIOFILE: Anon., Bonplandia 8: 127-128. 1860 (obit. not.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 210: 855-857. 1971 (see also under Vilmorin-Andrieux, ib. 869-876. 1971); Flora 43: 256. 1860 (d.); Gard. Chron. 1860: 366 (obit.); Gartenflora 9: 306. 1860 (obit. not.); Notes pour servir a une étude sur l’oeuvre des Vilmorin, 1926 (copy BR); Osterr. bot. Z. 10: 165. 1860. Barral, J.A., Rev. hort. 1860: 172-174 (obit.). 743 L. VILMORIN Duchartre, P.E.S., J. Soc. imp. centr. Hort. 6: 448-461. Jul 1860 (reprinted as Notice sur la vie et les travaux de M. Louis Vilmorin, Paris, 16 p.); J. Soc. Hort. 6: 448-461. 1860. Heuzé, G., Rev. hort. 71: 453-459. 1899; Les Vilmorin (1748-1899), Paris 1899, 32 p. Vilmorin, J.L. de, L’hérédité chez la betterave cultivée, Paris 1823, p. 69-73. COMPOSITE woRKs: Editor, Le Bon Jardinier 1844-1860. — The 150th edition of this almanac was published in June 1913. 16.187. Essai dun catalogue méthodique et synonymique des froments qui composent la collection de L. Vilmorin ... Paris (a la Librairie agricole, ...) 1850. Oct. (in 4-s). (Essaz cat. Sroments). Publ.: 1850, p. [i]-x, [xi-xii], [1]-43, 3 pl. Copies: B, LC. 16.188. Description des plantes potagéeres par Vilmorin-Andrieux et C'*, ... Paris (Chez Vilmorin-Andrieux et C'*, ...) 1856. Oct. (Descr. pl. potag.). Publ.: 1856 (p. ui: 20 Aug 1856), p. [i*-iv*], [i]-i1, [iv], [1]-477, [478]. Copy: NY. — For Les plantes potagéres eds. 1883-1925, see under Henry de Vilmorin. Notice sur quelques plantes potagéres peu répandues ou nouvelles par Vilmorin-Andrieux et C’* ... Paris (Vilmorin-Andrieux et Ci ...) 1863. Oct., p. [1]-24. Copy: G. - Published when Elisa de Vilmorin was in charge of the firm. 16.189. Notices sur amélioration des plantes par le semis et considérations sur Phérédité dans les végétaux ... précédées d’un mémoire sur l’amélioration de la carotte sauvage ... Paris (Librairie agricole ...) 1859. Oct. (Not. amélior. pl.). Publ.: 1859, p. [i*, 11*], [i]-iv, [5]-64. Copy: G. — A reprint of a number of papers previously published in various journals. Reprint: 1886, 64 p. Paris (Vilmorin-Andrieux). 16.190. Les fleurs de pleine terre comprenant la description et la culture des fleurs annuelles, vivaces et bulbeuses de pleine terre suivies de classements de leur fleuraison; de plans de Jardins, avec des exemples de leur ornamentation en divers genres, etc. etc. par Vilmorin-Andrieux et C’*. Paris (chez Vilmorin-Andrieux & C* ...) 1863. 16-mo. (Fi. pleine terre). Authorship: Elisa de Vilmorin, née Bailly, widow of Louis de Vilmorin, was director of Vilmorin-Andrieux et C'® in 1863. — Note: a further elaboration of the Instructions pour les semis de fleurs de pleine terre ed. 1, 1849 [ed. 10: 1926]. Ed. [1]: 1863, p. [i], [1]-1214. Copies: G, HH, NY. Ed. 2: 1866, p. [i*-i11*], [i]-v, [1]-1296 (in two parts). Copies: G, HH, L, MO, NY. — Deuxiéme éd., 18-mo. For atlas see below. Ed. 3: 1870 (Flora 3 Apr 1871), p. [i*-111*], [i]-vii, [1]-1563. Copzes: BR, G, HH, MO, NY. Ed. 3(a): 1880, reprint of 1870 original. Ed. 4: 1894 (BSbF rd. 25 Mai-8 Jun 1894; Nat. Nov. Apr(1) 1894), p. [i*-i1*], [i]-v, [1 ]-1347, [1348, colo.], 5 (? copies vary) liths. Copies: G, HH, MICH, MO, NY.-—“... la culture des fleurs annuelles, biannuelles, vivaces et bulbeuses de pleine terre suivies de classements divers indiquant l’emploi de ces plantes et ’@poque de leur semis ou plantation et de leur floraison; de nombreux exemples d’ornamentation pour cor- beilles, plates-bandes, etc. par Vilmorin-Andrieux et C'* ainsi que des plans de jardins et de parcs paysagers avec notes explicatives et exemples de leur ornamentation par Eduard André [René Edouard André, b. 3 August 1867] ... Quatriéme édition ... Paris (Chez Vilmorin-Andrieux et C'* ...) 1894. Oct. — Maurice de Vilmorin con- tributed many additions but was not the editor. Ed. 5: Dec 1908 (t.p. 1908; Durand copy signed by Maurice de Vilmorin, then head of the firm, 1908), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-vi, [vii], [1]-1375, [1376, colo.], various col. pl. Copies: BR, G, MO. — Editor: Philippe de Vilmorin (1872-1917). Reprint ed. 5: 1939, p. [i*-iii*], [i]-v, [vi], [1]-1375, [1376, colo.]. Copy: B. — “Réim- pression textuelle de la cinqiéme édition ...” Paris (Librairie des Sciences et des Arts Oct German transl.: 1873-1875 and later editions, see below. 744 M. VILMORIN 16.191. Alas des fleurs de pleine terre contenant 1128 gravures sur bois représentant les types principaux des plantes décrites dans cet ouvrage par Vilmorin-Andrieux et Cie ... Paris (chez Vilmorin-Andrieux et C** ... [1867]. Duod. (Atlas fi. pleine terre). Publ.: 1867 (G copy rd. late 1867), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-ii, [v], 7728 figs. on plates, [1]-28 index. Copies: G, HH, MO. — Atlas belonging to Fl. pleine terre ed. 2. — An English edition appeared in 1870. 16.192. Vilmorin’s illustrierte Blumengartnerei ... Berlin (Wiegandt, Hempel & Parey ...) 1873-1875. 3 vols. Oct. (Vilm. il. Blumengarin.). Ed. 1: 1873-1875, edited by Johannes Groenland (1824-1891) and Theodor Rumpler (1817-1891). Copies: GB, HH, LC, LD. 1: 1872-1873 (in Hefte, no. 1, p. 1-80 Bot. Zeit. 27 Dec 1872), p. [i-iti], [1]-1363, [1364]. — A direct translation of Fl. pleine terre ed. 3, with the same [1235] illustrations. 2: 1874, p. [i-iv], [1]-497, [498-501], 2 pl., lists of cultivars, p. 1157-1375 of French ed. and general text on p. 1-425; on 426-475: Zur Sommerkultur im freien Lande geeignetschen Gewachshauspflanzen. 3: 1875, p. [i-vi], [1]-890. — Supplement, Die Baume und Straucher by R. Hartwig and Th. Rumpler. Ed. 2: 1878-1879 (p. viii: Autumn 1878; 20 Hefte, Heft 1 Jan-Jun 1878), p. [i]-vin, [ix], [1]-1273. Copies: HH, MO, NY. — Zweite Auflage, neu bearbeitet und vermehrt von Th. Riimpler [Theodor Rumpler, 1817-1891, TL-2/4: 977-978]. Suppl. to ed. 2: 1879, 1888. Ed. 3: 1894-1896, 2 vols., published by A. Voss, with the collaboration of A. Siebert. This is virtually a new work, see under A. Voss. 16.193. Supplément aux fleurs de pleine terre comprenant la description, la culture et ’emploi des espéces et variétés de fleurs annuelles, vivaces et bulbeuses de pleine terre qui ont été introduites dans les jardins depuis la derniére édition (1870) de Pouvrage. Les fleurs de pleine terre ... Paris (chez Vilmorin-Andrieux et C** ...) 1884. Duod. (Suppl. fl. pleine tere). Authorship: Auguste Louis Maurice Levéque de Vilmorin (1849-1918), son of Louis de V. (see below). Publ.: Feb 1884 (p. vii: Jan 1884; Nat. Nov. Mar(2) 1884), p. [i*-ii*], [i]-vii, [1]-203. Copies: BR, G, HH, NY. Vilmorin, [Auguste Louis] Maurice [Levéque] de (1849-1918), French botanist, dendrologist and sylviculturist; son of Louis de Vilmorin; founder of the Fruticetum vil- morinianum at the estate of Barres (Loiret). (M/. Vilm.). HERBARIUM and TyPES: private. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 437 (b. 26 Feb 1849, d. 21 Apr 1918); BM 5: 2225; CSP 19: 358; Hortus 3: 1206; MW p. 515; Rehder 5: 884; Tucker 1: 721-722, 2: XXXI1X, 3: 323; Zander ed. 10, p. 728, ed. 11, p. 831. BIOFILE: Anon., Allg. bot. Z. 23: 48. 1919 (d.); Bot. Centralbl. 137: 400. 1918 (d.); Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1918: 190 (obit.); Gat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 210: 861-862. 1971; Notes pour servir a une étude sur l’oeuvre des Vilmorin 8-9. 1926; Rev. gén. bot. 31: 127-128. 1919 (obit.). Bois, D., J. Soc. nat. Hort. France 1918 (obit. not., portr.) (reprint 6 p.); Bull. Soc. bot. France 66: 140-143. 1919 (obit.). Cosson, E., Comp. fl. atl. 1: 96. 1881. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 385. 1936, 5: 299. 1939. Vilmorin, M. de, Notes sur les travaux et titres de M. Maurice Levéque de Vilmorin, Paris 1900, 12 p. NOTE: For his Suppl. fl. peine terre (1884), see above under L. Vilmorin. 745 M. VILMORIN 16.194. Arbres forestiéres étrangers. Recueil de notes. Paris (Imprimerie Edouard Duray ..) 1900. Oct. (Arbr. for. étr.). Publ.: 1900 (Bot. Zeit. 1 Mai 1goo), p. [1]-69, [71, colo.]. Copies: B, HH. 16.195. Fructicetum vilmorimanum. Catalogus primarius. Catalogue des arbustes existant en 1904 dans la collection de M. Maurice Levéque de Vilmorin avec la description d’espéces nouvelles et d’introduction récente ... Paris (Librairie agricole ..., O. Doin, ..) 1904. Oct. (Frutic. vilmor.). Co-author: Désiré Georges Jean Marie Bois (1856-1946), TL-2/1: 254. Publ.: 1904 (p. xi: 12 Oct 1904; Bot. Centralbl. 28 Feb 1905; NY rd. by Apr 1905; Bot. Zeit. 16 Apr 1905; BSF séance 24 Feb 1905), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-284. Copies: B, BR, G, H, HH, MO, NY, US, USDA. Ref.: Flahault, C., Bull. Soc. bot. France 52: 468-473. 1905 (rev.). Offer, J., Bot. Centralbl. 99: 94. 1 Aug 1905 (rev.). 16.196. Catalogue des plantes dimportation récente exposées a la xvi‘ Exposition internat- ionale d’horticulture de la Société royale d’agriculture et de botanique de Gand 25 Avril 1908 ... Paris (Imprimerie de Vaugirard ...) 1908. Oct. (Cat. pl. import. réc.). Publ.: 1-25 Apr 1908, cover-t.p., p. [1]-39, [40, colo.]. Copy: B. Vilmorin, [Joseph Marie] Philippe [Levéque] de (1872-1917), French botanist, geneticist and horticulturist; son of Henry de Vilmorin, fifth head of “Vilmorin- Andrieux et C*”’. 1899-1917. (Ph. Vilm.). HERBARIUM and TYPES: private; some material in BR, P, PC. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIloGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 438 (b. 1872, d. 30 Jun 1917); BJI 2: 184; BM 8: 1371; Hortus 3: 1206; MW p. 515-516; Plesch p. 451-452; Tucker 1: 722. BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 135: 160. 1917 (d.); Bot. Not. 1917: 111; Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1917: 211 (obit. not.); Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 210: 863-866. 1971; Nat. Nov. 40: 253. 1918; J. Heredity 8: 355-356. 1917; Notes pour servir a une étude sur Yoeuvre des Vilmorin 9-12. 1926; Osterr. bot. Z. 67: 47. 1918 (d.); The New York Times 12 Jul 1917 (obit.). Bois, D., Bull. Soc. bot. France 64: 126. 1917 (d.). Fruwirth, C., Z. Pfl.-Ziicht. 6: 63-66. 1918. Heuzé, G., Les Vilmorin (1746-1899), Paris 1899, p. 27-28. Mangin, L., Bull. Soc. bot. France 55: 367. 1908 (Légion d’honneur). Popenoe, P., Science ser. 2. 46: 178. 1917 (obit.). COMPOSITE WoRKS: Published Cat. pommes de terre ed. 3, see H. de Vilmorin, Essaz Cat. pommes de terre. (2) Editor, Comptes rendus et rapports iv’ Conférence internationale de génétique, Paris igtt, Paris (Masson & C¥* ...) 1913, x, 571 p, 10 pl. 16.197. Les fleurs @ Paris culture et commerce ... Paris (Librairie J.-B. Bailliére et fils . . .) 1892. Oct. (Fleurs Paris). Introduction: Charles Philippe Henry Levéque de Vilmorin (1843-1899). Publ.: 1892 (p. viii: 15 Jan 1892; Bot. Centralbl. 26 Apr 1892; Nat. Nov. Apr(1) 1892), p. [iJ-viti, [1]-324. Copies: B, BR, G. Later edition: 1900, Manuel de Floriculture, see below. 16.198. Manuel de floriculture ... Paris (Librairie J.-B. Bailliére et fils ...) 1900. 18-mo. (Man. floricult.). Publ.: 1900 (Bot. Zeit. 16 Jun 1900; Nat. Nov. Jun-Jul 1go1), p. [iJ-vitil, [1]-324. Copy: BR. — A later edition of Fleurs Paris 1892, see above. Ed. [2]: 1908 (p. viii: 1 Jun 1908; Nat. Nov. Nov(2) 1908), p. [i]-viii, [1]-410. Copies: G, M, USDA. Ed. [3]: 1920, p. [i]-viti, [1]-410. Copy: USDA. Ed. [3], [reissue]: 1926, p. [i]-viii, [1]-410. Copy: USDA. 746 R. VILMORIN Ed. [4]: 1936, viii, 418 p. n.v. Ed. 5: 1950, vili, 427 p., by Roger de Vilmorin. 16.199. Hortus vilmorinianus. Catalogue des plantes ligneuses et herbacées existant en 1905 dans les collections de M. Ph.L. de Vilmorin et dans les cultures de MM. Vilmorin- Andrieux et Ci* a Verriéres-le-Buisson ... Verriéres-le-Buisson 1906. [i.e. 1905]. Oct. (Hort. vilm.). Introduction: Charles Henri Marie Flahault (1852-1935). Original issue: Dec 1905 (date on journal cover), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xu, [1]-371, pl. 1-28. Copy: AMD (in journal). — Journal-t.p. (cover): Paris ... publié en décembre 1905. Independent issue: Jan-Feb 1906, separate publication with a cover-title-page as given in the heading above (Verriéres-le-Buisson) 1906. Vilmorin, Roger [Marie Vincent Philippe Levéque] de (1905-1980), French bota- nist, geneticist and horticulturist; son of Philippe de Vilmorin; member of the Editorial Committee for the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature 1954-1972; president International Commission for the Nomenclature of Cultivated Plants of I.U.B.S. 1955- 1961; with Vilmorin-Andrieux from 1925-1962 as director of the Service des graines, subsequently engaged with M. Guinochet on a new Flore de France. (R. Vilm.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Private; duplicates in AA. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 438 (b. 12 Sep 1905); Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9579; Bossert p. 419; GR p. 355; Hortus 3: 1206; IH 1 (ed. 2): 125, (ed. 3): 160, (ed. 4): 178, (ed. 5): 193; Plesch p. 452; TL-2/1250, 12.841; Tucker 3: 323. BIOFILE: Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 210: 868. 1971; Taxon 5: 2, 3. 1956 (portr. in group). Chouard, P., Bull. Soc. bot. France 130 (Lettres de bot.): 93-96. 1983 (obit., portr.). Faucigny-Lucinge, J.-L. de, Int. dendrol. Soc. Year Book 1980: 17-18. 1981 (obit.). Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras world no. 651. 1984. Guinochet, M., Bull. Soc. bot. France 130 (Lettres de bot.): 97-98. 1983 (obit.). Jovet, P., Plantes de Montagne 8(116): 88-91. 1980 (obit., portr. drawing). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 764. 1985. Pourtet, J., Bull. Soc. bot. France 130 (Lettres de bot.): 99-100. 1983 (obit.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 2: 53, 276. 1936, 3: 112, 114. 1937- Vilmorin, R. de, Bull. Soc. bot. France 101 (suppl.): 3-15. 1954 (Images du passé) (Commemoration centenary Soc. bot. France at Int. bot. Congres, Paris 1954). MAIN PUBLICATIONS OUTSIDE OUR PERIOD: (1) P. Jovet & R. de Vilmorin, Supplément 1, et 2, to H.J. Coste, Fl. descr. France 1973, 1974, see TL-2/1250. (2) Manuel de floriculture, tome 1, Le jardin ... Paris 1950, viii, 427 p. (3) Plantes alpines dans les jardins, Paris 1956, 238 p. (4) Jardin botaniques et arboretums en France, Paris 1974 (publ. 1975), 151 p. (5) With M. Guinochet, Flore de France fasc. 1-4, Paris 1973-1982. (6) Co-editor, with J. Lanjouw et al., International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, adopted . 1954, Utrecht 1956. Regnum vegetabile 8. (7) Co-editor, id. adopted 1959, Utrecht 1961. Regnum vegetabile 23. (8) Co-editor, id. adopted 1964. Utrecht 1966. Regnum vegetabile vol. 46. (g) Co-editor, with F.A. Stafleu et al., International Code of Botanical Nomenclature adopted . 1969. Utrecht 1972, Regnum vegetabile 82. (10) [As chairman of International Commission:] Jnternational Code of Nomenclature of Cultiwated plants, Utrecht 1958, 28 p., Regnum vegetabile 10, see TL-2/12841. (11) Id., Utrecht 1961, 30 p. Regnum vegetabile 22. 16.200. Recherches sur le nombre des chromosomes chez les Solanées ... Sonderabdruck aus ... Supplementband ii der Zeitschrift fiir induktive Abstammungs- und Vererbungslehre 1928. Co-author. Marc Simonet. Teel R. VILMORIN Publ.: 1928, cover-t.p., p. [1520]-1536. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Z. indukt. Abst.-Vererbungslehre suppl. 2: 1520-1536. 1928. Vinall, Harry Nelson (1880-1937), American agronomist; B.S. Kansas College 1903; M.C. Cornell Univ. 1912; teacher at rural schools, Kansas 1896-1898; assistant horticul- turist Kansas College 1898-1902; foreman and salesman Nebraska 1903-1906; scientific assistant forage crops USDA 1906-1910, asst. agrostologist 1910-1913; agronomist 1913- 1928; senior agronomist 1928-1937. (Vinall). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 438 (b. 31 Jan 1880, d. 22 Feb 1937); BM 5: 2225. BIOFILE: Amer. men sci. ed. 5: 1152. 1933; Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 249: 150-151. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. Bibl. natl. 210: 922-923. 1971; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966, 4: 430. 1969; Who’s who Nation’s Capital ed. 1. 404. 1921-1922, ed. 2. 389. 1923- 1924, 1934-1935: 920. 16.201. [dentification, history and distribution of common Sorghum varieties ... Washington D.C. (United States Department of Agriculture) 1936. Oct. (Ident. Sorghum var.). Co-authors: J.C. Stephens & J.H. Martin. Publ.: Jul 1936, p. [1]-102. pl. 1-59. Copies: G, NY, PH, US. — U.S.D.A. Techn. Bull. 506. Vincens, Francois (1880-1925), French botanist; “‘préparateur” at the Faculty of Sciences, Toulouse 1909-1913; in Brazil 1913-1914; on active service 1914-1915; studied at the Muséum dHistoire naturelle 1915-1919; Dr. phil. Paris 1917; director of the Laboratoire de Pathologie végétale, Saigon 1919-1921; engaged in bee-research at Cagnes and Montpellier 1921-1924; at the University of Algeria 1924-1925. (Vincens). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: P, PC. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Kelly p. 233; Stevenson p. 1261. BIOFILE: Gagnepain, F., in H. Lecomte, Fl. gén. Indochine vol. prélim. 48. 1945. Jovet-Ast, S., Bull. Soc. mycol. France 100: clxxxvi-clxxxvii. 1984. Maire, R., Bull. trim. Soc. mycol. France 42(1-2): 35-39. 1926 (obit., bibl.). 16.202. Série A, n° 800. N° d’ordre: 1592. Théses présentées a la faculté des sciences de Paris pour obtenir le grade de docteur és sciences naturelles par Francois Vincens, ... 1° thése. — Recherches organogéniques sur quelques Hypocréales. 2° Thése. — Propositions données par la Faculté. Soutenues le [mss.: 21] Janvier 1918 devant la Commission d’Examen ... Lons-le-Saunier (Imprimerie et lithographie Lucien Declume) 1917. Oct. (Rech. organo- gén. Hypocréal.). Publ.: 21 Jan 1918, p. [i-v], [1]-170, pl. 1-3 (uncol. liths. auth.). Copies: FH, HH, MICH, NY, Stevenson. Vines, Sydney Howard (1849-1934), British botanist; B.Sc. London 1873; BA Cam- bridge 1875; D.Sc. London 1879; fellow and lecturer Christ’s College Cambridge 1876- 1888; worked with J. Sachs, Wurzburg 1877; reader in botany Univ. Cambridge 1883- 1888; Sherardian professor of botany, Oxford and fellow of Magdalen College 1888- 1919; president Linnean Society 1900-1904. (Vines). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: OXF (but see Clokie: “very few [specimens] have been disco- vered ...” — Letters at FH, G, UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 439; BM 5: 2242, 8: 1371-1372; Clokie p. 259; CSP 11: 704-705, 19: 365; Desmond p. 631 (b. 31 Dec 1949, d. 4 Apr 1934); De Toni 1: cxxvii; DNB 1931-1940: 881-882 (T.G.B. Osborn); GR p. 418; Hortus 3: 1206; LS 27848-27851, 40259; Moebius p. 250, 284, 293, 310; Morren ed. 10, p. 71, 74; MW 748 VINES p. 516; NI 3: 59; NW p. 10; Rehder 5: 885; SO 2852; TL-2/see S. Schonland; Tucker 1: 722004 xxx Zander edtlO. ps 726,) Cds 115) ps Ogi. BIOFILE: Allen, D.H., Naturalist in Britain 181, 183, 185. 1976. Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 36: 32. 1888 (app. OXF); Bot. Jahrb. 10 (Beibl. 23): 1. 1889 (app. OXF); Bot. Zeit. 46: 498. 1888 (app. OXF); Brit. Mus. gen. cat. books 249: 322-323, 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl., Paris 211: 534-535. 1972; Gard. Chron. 95: 285. 1935 (obit.); Nat. Nov. 10: 260. 1888 (succeeds J.B. Balfour at OXF), 22: 227. 1920 (retirement); The Times 6 Apr 1934; Who’s who [London], entries in editions 1898-1932; Who was who [U.K.] 3 (1929-1940): 1392. Bower, F.O., Bull. misc. Inf. Kew 1934: 134-135; Sixty years of botany in Britain 14-15, 51-54. 1938; Proc. Linn. Soc. 146: 173-179. 1934 (obit., portr.). Bridson, G.D.R., Nat. hist. mss. res. Brit. Isl. 334.75. 1980. Druce, G.C., Bot. Soc. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isl. Rep. 7(1): 365-366. 1923. Gage, A.T., Hist. Linn. Soc. London 83, 86, 91, 116. 1938. Gilmour, J.S.L., British botanists 43-45. 1944. Hammerton, J.A., Concise univ. biogr. 1340. s.d. Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 764. 1985. Magdefrau, K., Gesch. Bot. 132. 1973. Morton, A.G., Hist. bot. Sci. 441. 1981. Oliver, D., Makers Brit. bot. 8-43. 1913. Plarr, V.G., ed., Men and women of the time ed. 14. 863. 1895. Rendle, A.B., J. Bot. 72: 139-141. 1934 (obit.); Obit. Not. Fell. R. Soc. 3: 185-188. 1934 (obit., portr.). Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 6: 63, 68. 1941. Vines, S.H. & D.H. Scott, New Phytologist 24: 1-86. 1925 (reminescences of their study in Germany with Sachs and de Bary). Walters, S.M., Shaping Cambr. bot. 67, 70, 72, 75, 77, 78, 80, 83, 84. 1981. W., F.E., Nature 133: 675-677. 1934 (obit.). COMPOSITE works: (1) Editor and author of appendix, J. Sachs, Text-book of botany, ed. 2, 1882, TL-2/9954. (2) Translator and author of revisions, K.A.E. Prantl, An elementary textbook of botany, London 1880, Philadelphia 1880, TL-2/8268, other editions 1881, 1883, 1885, 1893. (3) With F.O. Bower, A course of practical instruction in botany, 2 parts, London 1885-1887, London & New York 1888. (4) Co-founder of Annals of Botany 1887; co-editor 1887-1899. (5) Editor, G.C. Druce, The Dillenian herbaria, an account of the Dillenian collections in the herbarium of the University of Oxford .. Oxford 1907. (6) Contributed to part 2, 1920, of G.C. Druce, Account of the herbarium of the University of Oxford. 16.203. The ‘‘pro-embryo” of Chara: an essay in morphology ... Reprinted from the Journal of Botany ... 1878. Oct. Publ.: Dec 1878 (in journal), p. [i], [1]-9. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 7: 355-363. 1878. 16.204. On alternation of generations in the Thallophytes ... Reprinted from the Journal of Botany ... 1879. Oct. Publ.: Nov 1879 (in journal), p. [1]-7. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from J. Bot. 8: 321-327. 1879. 1§.205. A course of practical instruction in botany ... London (Macmillan and Co.) 1885- 1887 [part 2: London, New York, id.], 2 parts. Oct. (Course instr. bot.). Senior author: Frederick Orpen Bower (1855-1948), see TL-2/1: 297; preface: William Turner Thiselton-Dyer (1843-1928). 1: 1885 (p. vii: Dec 1884; J. Bot. Apr 1885; Bot. Gaz. Mai 1885 (rev.); Nat. Nov. Apr(2) 1885), p. [i]-xi, [1]-226. 2: 1887 (p. vi: Jun 1887; Bot. Centralbl. 12-16 Sep 1887; Bot. Gaz. Nov 1887 (rev.); Nat. Nov. Aug(2) 1887), p. [i]-viti, [1]-144. /A9 VINES Copies: NY, PH. 16.206. A student’s text-book of botany ... London (Swan Sonnenschein & Co.), New York (Macmillan & Co.) [1894-] 1895. Oct. (Stud. text-book bot.). Publ.: 1894-1895 (p. 1-430: 1894, see below), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-821. Copzes: HH(2). First half: 1894 (p. [v]: Jan 1894), p. [i]-x, [1]-430. Copy: HH. — First half issued separately). 16.207. An account of the herbarium of the University of Oxford ... Oxford (at the Clarendon Press) 1897. Oct. (Acc. herb. Oxford). Co-author: George Claridge Druce (1850-1932) (part 2). [7]: 1897 (p. 4: Jun 1897), p. [i-ii], [1]-20. 2: 1919, p. [i-li], 21-55, [56, colo.]. Copy: HH. 16.208. An elementary text-book of botany ... London (Swan Sonnenschein & Co. ...), New York (The Macmillan Company) 1898. Oct. (Elem. text-book bot.). Publ.: 1898 (p. vi: Jul 1898; Bot. Zeit. 1 Jan 1899; Bot. Centralbl. 13 Jan 1899; Nat. Nov. Nov(1) 1898), p. [i]-vi, [vii, err.], 1x-xv, [1]-611. Copies: G, MO, NY. Preceded by: An elementary text-book of botany translated from the German of Dr. K. Prantl, ... the translation revised by S.H. Vines, ... see under K. Prantl, TL-2/8268, 5 editions 1880, 1881, 1883, 1885, 1893. Ref.: Coulter, J.M., Bot. Gaz. 27: 141-142. 1899 (rev.). Rendle, A.B., J. Bot. 37: 41-43. 1899 (rev.). 16.209. A student's text-book of botany ... London (Swan Sonnenschein & Co. ...), New York (the Macmillan Co.) 1902. (Stud. text-book bot.). Publ.: 1894-1895, in two “halves”. Copies: MO, NY. First half: Jan 1894 (p. [v]: Jan 1894; Bot. Zeit. 16 Jun 1894; Bot. Centralbl. 28 Feb 1894; Nat. Nov. Feb(2) 1894), p. [i]-x, [1]-430. [Second half}: Mar 1895 (Bot. Zeit. 16 Aug 1895; Bot. Centralbl. 3 Apr 1895; Nat. Nov. Apr(1) 1895), p. [i]-xvi, 431-821. Reprinted (1) Jan 1896, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-821. Copres: MICH, NY. — With corrections. Reprinted (2) Feb 1902, p. [i]-xvi, [1]-821. Copies: G, NY. Reprinted (3) Jan 1910 (n.v.). Ref.: Murray, G., J. Bot. 32: 120-122. 1894 (rev.). 16.210. An account of the Morisonian herbarium in the possession of the University of Oxford together with biographical and critical sketches of Morison and the two Bobarts and their works and the early history of the Physic Garden 1619-1720 ... Oxford (at the Clarendon Press) 1914. Oct. (Acc. Morison. herb.). Junior author: George Claridge Druce (1850-1932). Publ.: 1914 (ObZ for Mai 1914; Bot. Centralbl. 21 Jul 1914; Nat. Nov. Apr(2) 1914), frontisp., p. [i]-Ixviii, [1]-350, 4 portr. Copies: B-S, BR, G, HH, MO, PH, USDA. Vinson, [Jean Francois Dominique].Emile (f. 1855-1870), French pharmacist and botanist at Réunion. (Vinson). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: PR 9789. EPONYMY: Vinsonia Gaudichaud-Beaupré (1841) honors this author but no etymology was given. 16.211. Essai sur quelques plantes utiles de ile Bourbon. These présentée et soutenue a |’Ecole de Pharmacie pour obtenir le grade de pharmacien de 1" classe, ... Paris (Imprimé par E. Thunot et C*, ...) 1855. Qu. (Essai pl. util. Bourbon). Publ.: 1855, p. [1]-25. Copy: LC. Ref.. Anon., Bull. Soc. bot. France 3: 137-139. 1856. ie VIREY 16.212. Les Euphorbes a Vile de la Réunion. Enumeration des genres et espéces qui croissent dans la colonie. Par M.. Emile Vinson, pharmacien de premiére classe ... Saint-Denis (Réunion) (Imp. lithographique et typographique de A. Roussin ...) 1870. Oct. (Euphorb. Réunion). Publ.: 1870, p. [1]-43 [44]. Copy: U. — Reprinted from Bull. Soc. Sci. Arts Réunion, année 1870 (journal n.v.). Viret, Louis (1875-1928), Swiss botanist (desmidiologist); studied at the Univ. Laus- anne 1893-1896 and Genéve 1900-1904; Dr. Sci. nat. Genéve 1904; mathematics teacher at Morillon, Genéve 1897-1915, founded the “Ecole Viret” at Genéve 1915; from ca. 1916 actively engaged in Geneva politics. (Vzret). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 439. BIOFILE: Briquet, J. & F. Cavillier, Bull. Soc. bot. Suisse 50a: 471-472. 1940 (biogr. not.; bibl.; epon.; b. to Feb 1875, d. Mar 1928). Chodat, R.H., Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 20: 463-465. 1928 (obit., bibl.). Prescott, G.W., Bibl. Desmid. univ. 525. 1984. THESIS: Contribution a [étude des liaisons du phloéme médullaire, périmédullaire et interligneux avec le liber normal. Genéve 1904. Oct., 100 p. (summary Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2. 4: 1291- 1292. 1904). 16.213. Desmidiacées de la Vallée du Trient (Valais suisse) ... Genéve (Imprimerie Froreisen, ...) 1909. Oct. Publ.: 1909 (p. 3: 30 Jun 1909), cover-t.p., p. [1]-18, p/. 3 with text. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 1(6): 251-268. pl. 3 with text. Virey, Jules-Joseph (1775-1846), French naturalist and pharmacist; military pharma- cist 1794-1813; from 1804-1813 as acting chief pharmacist at the Val-de-Grace hospital, Paris; M.D. Paris 1814; lecturer at the Athenée de Paris 1814-1815; sometime represen-. tative for the Haute-Marne in the Chambre des Députeés. (Virey). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BioGRAPHY: Backer p. 616; Barnhart 3: 439 (b. 5 Nov 1775, d. g Mar 1846); BL 1: 157, 322; BM 5: 2227; CSP 6: 166-172 (bibl.); DSB 14: 44-45 (A. Berman; further biogr. refs.); Herder p. 125; Kleppa p. 27, 28, 301; PR 9790-9792, ed. 1: 8643, 10761-10763; Rehder 5: 885-886; TL-1/290; TL-2/see Déterville; Tucker 1: 722. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 249: 450-451. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 211: 1036-1044. 1972. Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 2: 1210-1211. 1863. T-t, i J.Fr. Michaud, Biogr. univ. 43: 592-604. 1970 (repr.; extensive biogr. details; b. oor Decsn7 75): EPONYMY: Viraya [sic] Gaudichaud-Beaupré (1830); Vireya Rafinesque (1814); Vireya Blume (1826). 16.214. Histoire naturelle des médicamens, des alimens et des poisons, tirés des trois régnes de la nature, classé suivant les méthodes naturelles modernes les plus exactes; ... A Paris (Chez Rémont et fils, ... Ferra J*, ...) 1820. Oct. (Hist. nat. medicam.). Publ.: 1820, p. [i]-xii, [1]-570. Copy: HH. 16.215. Philosophie de (histoire naturelle ou phénoménes de Vorganisation des animaux et des végétaux; ... Paris (Librairie de J.B. Bailliére, ...) 1835. Oct. (Phil. host. nat.). Publ.: 1835 (p. xvi: Mai 1835), p. [i]-xvi, [1]-512. Copy: PH. (hay: VISCHER Vischer, Wilhelm (1890-1960), Swiss botanist; studied medicine in Genéve and Basel and natural sciences at Miinchen (1911-1914); Dr. phil. Munchen 1914, student of K. Goebel; with R. Chodat in Paraguay 1914, working on the Paraguay collections in Genéve 1914-1919; botanist at the Rubber Proefstation Westjava, Buitenzorg (Bogor) 1919-1923; habil. Basel 1924, lecturer 1924 and extraordinary professor of botany, Basel 1928-1960; phycologist, plant-geographer and nature conservationist. (Vzscher). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BAS. — Paraguay collections (with R. Chodat) in G. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 440 (b. 5 Jan 1890); BFM 3185; Biol.- Dokum. 18: 9586; BJI 2: 184; BL 1: 252, 322; GR p. 645; Hirsch p. 311; Hortus 3: 1206; Langman p. 784; SK 1: 545-546 (coll. Indon.), 8: cii; Tucker 3: 323. BIOFILE: Aellen, H., Schweiz. Zeitgen.-Lex. ed. 2. 928. 1932. Anon., Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 212: 491-492. 1972; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886- 1966. 4: 431. 1969. Bruckner, A., ed., Neue schweiz. Biogr. 551. s.d. Frodin, D.G., Guide standard floras world no. 371. 1984. Geiger-Huber, M., Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 72: 358-363. 1961 (obit., portr., bibl., d. 2 Jun 1960). Girsberger, H. & E., eds., Who’s who Switzerland 1950-1951: 521. 1952 (eds. J. Schwar- zenbach & S. Taylor) 1955: 431. 1955. Huber-Pestalozzi, G., Verh. schweiz. naturf. Ges. 140: 253-257. 1960 (obit., portr., bibl.); Rev. algol. ser. 2. 7: 115-118. 1964 (id.). Koster, J.Th., Taxon 18: 558. 1969 (cultures algae at BAS). Lowden, R.M., Taxon, Index pers. names vols. 1-30. 765. 1984. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 1: 26, 258. 1935, 2: 34, 477, 3: 26. 1937, 4: 299. 1938, 5: 464, 513. 1939. COMPOSITE Works: (1) Heterokonten von Prof. Dr. A. Pascher mit einem Beitrag (Kultur der Heterokonten) von ... W. Vischer 1937-1939, issued as L. Rabenhorst, Arypt.-Fl. ed. 2. 11: 190-202. 1937. — See TL-2/7424, 8450. EPoNYMY: Vischeria A. Pascher (1937). 16.216. Experimentelle Beitrége zur Kenntnis der Jugend- und Folgeformen xerophiler Pflanzen. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwirde der hohen philosophischen Fakultat d. Kgl. Universitat Miinchen ... Jena (Gustav Fischer) 1915. Oct. (Exp. Beitr. xeroph. Pfl.). Thesis issue: on or shortly before g Sep 1915 (date of publication in journal; thesis de- fended 10 Mar 1914 but very likely on the basis of the manuscript; printed thesis dated 1915 on t.p.), p. [i-ii], [1]-72, [73]. Copies: DNLM, M, NSUB. — Preprinted or reprinted from Flora 108(1): 1-72, [73]. 1915. Commerical ed. on or shortly before g Sep 1915 (see above), p. [i-ii], [1]-72, [73]. 1915. Copies: B, G. — Id. 16217. La végétation du Paraguay. Résultats scientifiques d’une mission botanique suisse au Paraguay ... Genéve (Imprimerie Jent ...) 1919-1927, 7 fasc. Oct. Authorship: Main authorship: Robert Hippolyte Chodat (1865-1934), with the collabo- ration of W. Fischer for fasc. 1-5 (nos. 1-11) and of L. Rehfous for fasc. 6-7 (nos. 12- 14). Publ.: in 7 (g parts) fascicles in Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve (“Bull.’’), ser. 2. 8-18, 1916-1927, reprints issued in fascicles. Copies: B, GB, NY, US. — Information on dates from covers of journal issues [B. Peterson]. (1): 20 Jul 1916 (in journal), p. [i], [1]-78. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. 8: 83-160. 1916. 1(2): 26 Feb 1917 (id.), p. [79]-157, pl. 1-3. — Id. 8: 186-264. 1917. 2(3): 20 Jun 1917 (id.), p. 158-210. — Id. g: 55-107. 1917. 2(4): 25 Sep 1917 (id.), p. [211]-290. — Id. g: 165-244, pl. 4-7. 1917. BE VISCHER 5): 15 Jun 1920 (id.), p. [291]-379. — Id. 11: 211-299. 1920. 6): 31 Jan 1g2t (id.), p. [380]-409. — Id. 12: 25-54. 1921. 7): 31 Aug 1gat (id.), p. [411]-472. — Id. 12: 157-218. 1921. 8): 10 Apr 1926 (id.), p. 473-509, 1 pl. — Id. 17: 127-164. 1926. ): Aug-Oct 1927 (id.), p. [i], (1)-(49). — Id. 18(2): 246-294. 1927. — Published as part xiv. Amarantacées. Facsimile reprint (of journal articles): 1977, Historiae naturalis classica tomus 101, J. Cramer, Vaduz, ISBN 3-7686-1106-1, p. [i-iv], 1-558. Copies: BR, FAS. Note: Some pages are rearranged in the reprint, e.g. p. 79-85, 87-94, 211-219, 226, 227 (text partly changed), 235, 236, 244, 259, 261, 270, pl. 8 (separate but in journal printed in text, 8: 143), 246 (Amarantacées) and perhaps some more. The first t.p. of the reprint in GB is indicated ‘“‘Premier fascicule”’ (p. 1-157). No other fasc. numbers are marked out. [B. Peterson]. Index to introduction and families treated (repr. ed.): I Pp. 3-22 Climatologie et géographie physique. In- trod. II p. 23-78 Solanacées Ill P. 79-94 Hydnoracées IV P- 95-157, 3 Pl. Broméliacées Vv p. 158-210 Malpighiacées VI Pp. 211-242 Podostémacées Vil P- 243-290, 4 pl. Bignoniacées VIII Pp. 291-305 Apocynacées IX p. 306-338 Urticiflores xX P- 339-379 Aroidées [XI] p. 381-410 Ombeliféres XII (err. XI) p. 411-472 Borraginacées XIII P- 473-509, 7 pl. Nyctaginacées XIV p. (1)-(49) Amarantacées 16.218. Sur le polymorphisme de l’ Ankistrodesmus Braunii (Naegeli) Collins. Etude de planct- ologie expérimentale ... Aurau (Imprimerie H.R. Sauerlaender & Co.) 1919. Oct. Publ.: 1919, cover-t.p., p. [1]-48, pl. 1-2. Copy: B. — Reprinted and to be cited from Rev. Hydrol. 1919: 1-48. Ref.: Melchior, H., Bot. Jahrb. 58 (Lit.): 4-5. 1922 (rev.). 16.219. Sur les Quararibea Aubl. un genre de Bombacées a ovaire infére ... [Extrait du Bulletin de la Société Botanique de Genéve ...] 1920. Oct. Publ.: 15 Jun 1920 (date on cover-t.p. of journal issue), cover-t.p., p. [1]-12. Copies: B, G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 11(5-9): [199]-210. 191Q9(1920). 16.220. Etudes @algologie expérimentale (Formation des stades unicellulaires, cénobiaux et pluricellulaires chez les genres Chlamydomonas, Scenedesmus, Coelastrum, Stichococ- cus et Pseudendoclonium) ... Extrait du Bulletin de la Société botanique de Genéve, 1926. Oct. Publ.: 1926, cover-t.p., p. [i], [1]-62. Copies: B, H, M. — Reprinted and to be cited from Bull. Soc. bot. Genéve ser. 2. 18(2): 24-85. 1926. 16.221. Zur Biologie von Coelastrum proboscideum und einigen andern Grinalgen ... Basel (Buchdruckerei Emil Birkhauser & Cie.) 1927. Oct. Publ.: 1927 (p. 415: 20 Apr 1927), cover-t.p., p. [386]-415. pl. 4. Copies: B, US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 38: 386-415. pl. 4. 1927. 16.222. Uber einige kritische Gattungen und die Systematik der Chaetophorales ... Dresden-N. (Verlag von C. Heinrich) [1933]. Oct. Publ.: Jul 1933 (in journal), p. [i], [1]-100. Copy: US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 51(1), Abth.: 1-100. 1933. 793 VISCHER 16.223. Zur Morphologie, Physiologie und Systematik der Blutalge Porphyridium cruentum Naegeli ... Basel (Buchdruckerei Emil Birkhauser & Cie) 1935. Oct. Publ.: 22 Jun 1935 (p. 103), cover-t.p., p. [i, recto of 66], [66]-103, 1 pl. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 46: [66]-103, 7 pl. 1935. 16.224. Uber einige kritische Gattungen und die Systematik der Chaetophorales ... Dresden (Verlag von C. Heinrich) [1933]. Oct. (A7it. Gatt. Chaetophorales). Publ.: 1933, cover-t.p., p. [1]-100. Copy: US. — Issued as Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 51(1) (Heft I) LOBS* Visher, Stephen Sargent (1887-1967), American geographer and botanist; B.S. Univ. Chicago 1909, Dr. phil. ib. 1914; instructor in geology Univ. South Dakota 1910-1913; professor of geography State College Moorhead, Minn. 1915-1917; assistant professor Indiana Univ. 1919-1922, associate professor 1922-1936, professor from 1936. (Vasher). HERBARIUM and types: IND; further material at F, MICH, MO, NY, RM. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 3: 440 (b. 15 Dec 1887); BL 1: 214, 322; GR p. 251; IH 2: 631; PH 450. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. men sci. eds. 3-10, 1921-1961; Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 249: 700. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 212: 542-543. 1972; Index Amer. bot. lit. 1886-1966, 4: 431. 1969; Natl. Cycl. Amer. Biogr. 53: 493-494. 1971; Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 77: 44-46. 1968 (obit., portr., d. 25 Oct 1967); Who’s who Amer. 1921-1967. Nickles, J.M., Bibl. N. Amer. Geol. 1919-1928. 635. 1931. Pruitt, C.M., Science Education 51: 427-428. 1967. Rose, J.K., Ann. Ass. Amer. Geogr. 61(2): 394-406. 1971 (obit., portr., bibl.). Visher, S.S., Indiana scientists, a biographical directory ... Indianapolis 1951, viii, 286 p- COMPOSITE WORKS: The biology of South-Central South Dakota, in Bull. S. Dakota Geol. Biol. Surv. 5: [61]-130. Jun 1912 (A preliminary report upon the geography, geology and biology of Melette, Washabauh, Bennet and Todd Counties South-Central South Dakota, by Ellwood C. Perisho. 16.225. A preliminary report on the biology of Harding County Northwestern South Dakota ... Pierre S.D. (State Publishing Co.) 1914. Oct. Publ.: 1914, p. [1]-126, pl. 1-6. Copies: NY, PH. — S. Dakota Geol.-Surv. Bull. 6, 1914; plant list on p. 32-68. 16.226. The biogeography of the Northern Great Plains ... New York (American Geograph- ical Society ...) 1916. Oct. Publ.: Aug 1916, cover-t.p., p. 89-115. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Geogr. Rev. 2(2): 89-115. 1916. Note: S.S. Visher, The geography of South Dakota, S. Dak. Geol. nat. hist. Surv. Bull. 8: 1- 189. Jul 1918, contains a chapter on biogeography. Visiani, Roberto de (1800-1878), Italian (Dalmatia-born) botanist and physician; Dr. med. 1822, assistant with G.A. Bonato at Padua 1822-1826; physician at Cattaro 1829, Dernis 1830, and Budua 1835; assistant professor at Padua; regular professor and direc- tor of the botanical garden ib. 1837-1877; explorer of and writer on the floras of Dalmatia and Venice. (Vis.). HERBARIUM and Types: PAD. — Other material at B (mainly destr.), BASSA, BP, FI, G- DC, H, L, M, MW, OXF. — Library at PAD; letters at G, UPS-UB. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 1: 88, 4: 586, 5(2): 250; Andrews p. 343; Backer p. 617; Barnhart 1: 449 (b. 9 Apr 1800, d. 4 Mai 1878) (sub De Visiani); BFM 1113; Biol.- Dokum. 18: 9586; BJI 1: 60; BL 2: 411, 728; BM 5: 2228-2229; Bossert p. 420; Clokie p. Noe VISIANI 259; CSP 6: 174-175, 8: 1159, II: 711, 12: 757; DTS 1: 410, 6(4): 264; GF p. 79; GR p. 525, cat. p. 73; Hegi 5(2): 992,5(3): 2183, 6(2): 1232; Herder p. 483 (index); Hortus 3: 1206; IF p. 736; IH 1 (ed. 2): 93, (ed. 6): 365, (ed. 7): 345, 2: 160; Jackson p. 98, 136, 180, 187, 266, 314, 323, 414, 436, 511; Kanitz p. 129; Langman p. 784; Laségue p. 342, 402, 503; LS 27855-27869; Morren ed. 2, p. 26; MW p. 516; NI 2069-2070; PR 4369, 9794-9803, 10648-10664, ed. 1: 4835, 10767-10781; Quenstedt p. 444-445; Rehder 5: 887; Saccardo 2: 41; SO 3478; TL-2/3252, 5613; TR 1532; Tucker 1: 531, 722, 780, 3: 323; Urban-Berl. p. 407; Zander ed. 10, p. 728, ed. 11, p. 831. BIOFILE: Anon., Amer. J. Sci. 117: 179. 1879 (d.); Bonplandia 3: 35. 1855, 6: 54. 1858 (cognomen Leopoldina: Boccone II), 10: 260. 1862 (European tour); Bot. Not. 1879: 31 (d.); Bot. Zeit. 1: 783. 1843 (visits Germany); Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 249: 708-709. 1964; Bull. Soc. bot. France 25 (bibl.): 45. 1878 (obit. not.); Flora 48: 332- 334. 1863, 61: 224. 1878; Hedwigia 17: 80. 1878; J. Bot. 16: 192. 1878 (obit. not.); Osterr. bot. Z. 28: 247. 1878 (d.). Ascherson, P., Bot. Zeit. 36: 350-351. 1878 (obit. not.). Balabani¢é, J., Acta bot. croat. 38: 187-192. 1979 (100th anniv. death, comm. symposium). Beck, G., Veg.-Verh. Illyr. Land. 5-6, 43-44. 1901 (Veg. Erde 4). Béguinot, A., Scienziati ital. 1: 24-31. 1921 (bibl., sec. refs., iconogr.; Roberto de Visiani di Sebenico). Burdet, H.M., Candollea 4: 189-190. 1979. Candolle, Alph. de, Phytographie 482, 487. 1862. Canestrini, G., Comm. R. de Visiani, Padoa 1878, 36 p. (biogr., bibl., titles and memberships). Forenbacher, A., Bull. Acad. Sci. Arts Agram, Croatie 1: 203-208. 1913 (n.v.; on V’s precursors in Dalmatia), 2: 51-95 [German summary p. 14-34]. 1914 (activities in Dalmatia). Gliubich, S., Dizion. biog. uomini illustri Dalmazia 311. 1836. Johnson, D.E., Huntia 6(1): 97-98. 1985. Kanitz, A., Magy. novén. Lap. 2: 65-68. 1878 (obit., bibl.). Miller, R.LH.W. & R. Zaunick, Friedr. Traug. Kiitzing 106, 278. 1960. Pirona, G.-A., Atti Ist. venet. Sci. ser. 5. 5(8): 637-672. 1879 (rev. of scientific work, bibl.). Saccardo, P.A., Storia Lett. Fl. venet. 48, 111, 114, 135, 137. 1869. S:r, Flora 48: 332-334. 1865 (on V. and the Padua bot. gard.). Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 162. 1903, 3(3): 178. 1905. COMPOSITE works: (1) Translated N.J. von Jacquin, Anl. Pfl.-Kenntn. see TL-2/3252. (2) Co-author A.B. Massalongo, Fl. terr. Novale 1856, ‘TL-2/5613. (3) Co-author, P.A. Saccardo, Cat. piante vasc. Veneto 1869, TL-2/9884. (4) Semina horti Patavini, anno mdcccxl. [mdcccxli] collecta ... Diagnoses of new taxa in seed lists for 1840 and 1841 by de Visiani reprinted in Linnaea 15 (Lit.): 101-103. 1841- 1842 and 16 (Litt.): 112-114. 1842-1843. — Also “‘suppl. 1843 au 1844”: Linnaea 18(4): 511-512. Jun 1845. (5) With P.A. Saccardo, Catalogo delle piante vascolari del Veneto 1869. TL-2/9884; Supplem- ento generale by Pio Bolzon, Atti r. Ist. Venet. Sci. ser. 7. 9: 431-509. 1898. COMPOSITE WoRKs: (1) Translated N.J. von Jacquin, Anl. Pfl.-Kenntn. see TL-2/3252. (2) Co-author A.B. Massalongo, Fl. terr. Novale 1856, TL-2/5613. (3) Co-author, P.A. Saccardo, Cat. piante vasc. Veneto 1869, ‘TL-2/9884. (4) Semina horti Patavini, anno mdcccxl. [mdcccxli] collecta ... Diagnoses of new taxa in seed lists for 1840 and 1841 by de Visiani reprinted in Linnaea 15 (Lit.): 101-103. 1841- 1842 and 16 (Lit.): 112-114. 1842-1843. — Also “suppl. 1843 au 1844”: Linnaea 18(4): 511-512. Jun 1845. (5) With P.A. Saccardo, Catalogo delle piante vascolari del Veneto 1869. TL-2/9884; Supplem- ento generale by Pio Bolzon, Atti r. Ist. Venet. Sci. ser. 7. 9: 431-509. 1898. EPONYMY: Visiania Alph. de Candolle (1844); Vistania Gasparrini (1844). 799 VISIANI HANDWRITING: Candollea 34: 189-190. 1979. 16.227. Stirpium dalmaticarum specimen ... Patavii [Padova] (typis Crescinianis) 1826. Qu. (Stzrp. dalmat. spec.). Publ.: 1826, p. [i*-x*], i-xxiii, 1-57, err. slip, pl. 1-8. Copies: B, B-S, G, HH, NY. Follow-up: Plantae rariores in Dalmatia recens detectae, Flora 12 (Erg.): 1-24. Jul-Oct 1829, Plantae dalmaticae nunc primum editae, Flora 13: 49-53. 28 Jan 1830. Ref.: Mayer, F., Flora 10: 125-127. 28 Feb 1827 (rev.). 16.228. Plantae quaedam Aegypti ac Nubiae enumeratae atque illustratae ... Patavii [Padova] (typis Minervae edit.). 1836. Oct. (Pl. Aegyptz). Publ.: Aug 1836, p. [1]-43, pl. 1-8 (uncol.). Copies: G, HH, NY, U, USDA. — Reprinted or preprinted from G.F. Spongia, Comment. med. 2: 186-226. Aug 1836. — Summary by author in Bibl. ital. 83: 64-70. 1836. 16.229. Della origine ed anzianita dell’orto botanico di Padova memoria ... Venezia (dalla tipografia di G.B. Merlo). Oct. (Orig. ort. bot. Padova). Publ.: 1839, p. [1]-43, [1, err.]. Copies: B-S, G, HH, NY. — Memoriale della Medicina contemporanea, Venezia 1(7-8), 1849, n.v., text also published in Bull. Soc. imp. Natural. Moscou 1839(3): 368-411. 1839. — For further details see Johnson (1985). 16.230. Illustratione delle piante nuove o rare dell’Orto botanica di Padova. Memoria i[11], ... Padova (coi tipi di Angelo Sicca ...) 1840[-1844]. Qu. (Ill. piant. nuov.). 1: 1840 (t.p. reprint; read 2 Jun 1840), p. [1]-24. Copies: G, HH, USDA. — Preprinted or reprinted from Nuov. Sagg. r. Accad. Sci. Padova 5: 251-272. 1840. 2: 1844 (t.p. reprint; read 11 Apr 1844), p. [i], [1]-26. Copy: G. — Id. 6: 73-98. 1847. 3: 1856, p. [1]-28, pl. 1-4. Copy: HH. — Id. Mem. IR. Ist. Veneto Sci. 6: 235-260. 6 pl. (read 15 Jul 1855). 16.231. Sopra la Gastonia palmata di W. Roxburgh proposta qual tipo di un nuovo genere nella famiglia delle Araliaceae memoria ... Torino (dalla Stamperia reale) 1841. Qu. (Gastonia palmata). Publ.: 1841 (t.p. reprint; read 2 Mai 1841), p. [1]-12. 1 pl. Copies: B, G. — Preprinted or reprinted from Mem. r. Accad. Torino ser. 2. 4: 257-266, 1 pl. 1841. — Also in Mem. Ist. Veneto 1: 39-58. 1843. 16.232. Al chiar. Sig. Cav. Antonio Bertoloni ... Lettera di Roberto de Visiani ... [Mem. Med. contemp., Venetia 1841]. Oct. Publ.: Jan 1841 (in journal; p. 15: 24 Dec 1840), p. [1]-15, [16]. Copy: G. — Reprinted from Memoriale della Medicina contemporanea, Veneto (typ. Merlo) 5(1): 92-106. 1841. 16.233. Flora dalmatica sive enumeratio stirpium vascularium quas hactenus in Dalmatia lectas et sibi observatas descripsis digessit rariorumque iconibus illustravit Robertus de Visiani, Dalmatia sibenicensis [from Sebenico], ... Lipsiae [Leipzig] (apud Friedericum Hofmeister) 1842-1852, 3 vols. Qu. (Fl. dalmat.). Publ.: 1842-1852 in 3 volumes. Copies: B, BR, G(2), H, HH, M, MO (notes by J. Gay), NY, Teyler, US, USDA; IDC 343. — G has a copy with uncol. and one with coloured plates. 1: 31 Aug-3 Sep 1842 (Hinrichs; rd. by Gay 7 Oct 1842; Flora 25: 672. 1842 adv. dated Aug 1842 announcing publ.; received by 19 Sep 1843), p. [i]-xii, [1]-252, pl. 1-25 (col. copp. J. Clementi). 2: 10-13 Nov 1847 (rd. by Hinrichs; rd. by Gay 8 Dec 1847; “‘soeben’”’; Flora 7 Dec 1847), p. [i]-x, [1]-268, pl. 26-51, robis, roter (all but robis col.; pl. 41 = 126, 48= £26, 49 =, 13015), 3(1): 1850 (Gay rd. Jun 1850; Flora rd. Mai 1850), p. [i]-iv, [1]-185, [186-190, pre- liminary index]. 3(2): early Dec 1851 (t.p. 1852; rd. by Flora Dec by Gay 24 Dec 1851; Flora 35: 320. 1852 adv. dating 3(2) 1851), p. [i], 185-390, pl. 52-55 (p. 185 is repeated from 3(1), see copy BR). 756 VISIANI Note: The copy at M has a sticker on the t.p.’s carrying a different imprint: “Friedrich von Zezschwitz vormals Fr. Eugen Kohler’s Botanischer Verlag’’. Supplementum: Apr-Mai 1872 (p. 189: 8 Jun 1871; ObZ rev. 1 Jun 1872; J. Bot. Jul 1872), p. [1]-189, pl. 1-0 (col. liths. B. Belzoni). — Reprinted from Mem. R. Ist. Venet. 16: 33-229. pl. 1-10. 1871 [publ. 1872]. Copies Supplementum: B, B-S, BR, G(2), H, NY, Teyler. Supplementum alterum: 1877-1881, in 2 parts. Copies: B, G, NY, Teyler. — ““Supplementum alterum, adjectis plantis in Bosnia, Hercegovina et Montenegro crescentium pars prima [secunda (posthuma)] Venetiis (typis Josephi Antonelli). Qu. 1: Mai-Jul 1877 (p. 3: 11 Nov 1876; ObZ rev. 1 Aug 1877; Bot. Zeit. 27 Jul 1877), p. [i-ii1], [1]-103, [i]-ii1, (index), pl. 7 (col. liths.). — Reprinted from Mem. R. Ist. Veneto 20: 115-219. pl. 2. 1876 [1877]. 2: Apr-Mai 1881 (Bot. Centralbl. 11-15 Jul 1881; Bot. Zeit. 19 Aug 1881; Nat. Nov. Jun(2) 1881), p. [1]-72, pl. 1-7. — Id. 21: 475-546, pl. 8-14. 1878 [publ. 1881]. — Published posthumously by P.A. Saccardo (signature on p. 68). Ref.: Ascherson, P., Bot. Zeit. 30: 617-622. 23 Aug, 632-643. 30 Aug 1872 (rev. suppl.). Furnrohr, A.E., Flora 26: 249-257. 28 Apr 1843 (rev. vol. 1), 31: 1-10. 7 Jan 1848 (rev. vol. 2), 33: 569-575. 28 Sep 1850 (rev. 3(1)). Greuter, W., Candollea 23: 97-99. 1968 (dates receipt Gay). 16.234. Illustrazione di alcune piante della Grecia e dell’Asia minore ... Venezia (coi tipi di Giuseppe Antonelli ...) 1842. Qu. Publ.: 1842 (t.p. reprint; read 7 Mar 1841), p. [1]-22, pl. 1-6 (uncol. liths. Luigi Patella). Copies: G(2); IDC 718. — Preprinted or reprinted from Mem. r. Ist. Veneto 1: 39-58. 1845 [t.p. volume]. — Earlier notice in Atti Sci. Ital. 1840: 175-181. 1841 (n.v.), in Atti Ist. ven. 1841: 94-95. 16.235. L’Orto botanico di Padova nell’anno mdcccxli [on p. 1 cover: ... descritto ed illustrato ... Roberto de Visiani ...] Padova (coi tipi di Angelo Sicca ...) 1842. Oct. (Orto bot. Padova). Publ.: 1842 (p. 4 of cover dated 1842: Flora 7 Jul 1843), cover, frontisp., p. [1]-151, [152, note]. Copies: B-S, G, NY. — Repeats some of the descriptions of new species in Sem. rar. Hort. Pad. 1839-1841. 16.236. Di un nuovo genere della tribu delle Xerantemee ... [Giorn. bot. Ital. 1844]. Oct. Publ.: Apr 1844 (in journal), p. [1]-6. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Giorn. bot. ital. 1(1): 194-199. 1844. — Amphoricarpos Vis. 16.237. Del metodo e delle avvertenze che si usano nell’ Orto botanico di Padova per la cultura fecondacione e fruttificazione della Vaniglia memoria ... Venezia (coi tipi di Giuseppe Antonelli ...) 1844. Qu. (Metodo cult. Vaniglia). Publ.: 1844 (t.p. preprint; read 26 Jun 1843), p. [1]-18. 7 pl. Copies: B, G. — Preprinted from Mem. Ist. Veneto 2: 3-15, 1 pl. 1845. 16.238. Osservazioni sopra alcune specie di Matricaria e proposta di un nuovo genere ed di una nova specie fra le medesime ... Firenze (per i torchi della Societa tipografica) 1845. Oct. Publ.: Mai(?) 1845 (in journal), p. [1]-16. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Giorn. bot. ital. 1(7-8): 24-37. 1845. 16.239. Considerazioni intorno al genere ed alla specie in botanica ... Venezia (presso la Segre- taria dell’Istituto ...) 1847. Qu. Publ.: 1847 (read 28 Mar 1847), p. [1]-59. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mem. r. Ist. Venet. Sci. 3: 329-385. 1847, abstract Atti r. Ist. Venet. Sci. 6: 263-265. 1847. 16.240. Proposta di una nuova distribuzione delle Labiatae Europee ... Padova (per F.A. Sicca e fighio) 1848. Qu. Publ.: 1848 (t.p. reprint; read 25 Nov 1847), p. [1]-20. Copies: G, NY. — Preprinted and 757 VISIANI to be cited from Nuov. Sagg. r. Acad. Sci. Padova 7: 3-20. 1848 [t.p. of completed volume dated 1857]. 16.241. Di due piante nuove dell’ordine delle Bromeliaceae memoria ... Venezia (presso la Segretaria dell’Istituto ...) 1854. Qu. Publ.: 1854 (t.p. reprint), p. [1]-9, [10], 7 pl. (col. lith. Kier, dated Mar 1853). Copies: G(2), HH, NY. — Reprinted or preprinted from Mem. r. Ist. Venet. Sci. 5: 337-343. 1 pl. 1855 (1854). 16.242. Revisio plantarum minus cognitarum quas Hortus patavinus colit ... [Venezia (Priv. Stabil. Antonelli) 1855]. Oct. Publ.: 1855 (p. 3: Jul 1845; p. 4 of cover; imprint dated 1855), cover-t.p., p. [1]-8, cover p. [4, imprint]. Copies: G, HH. — Reprinted from Atti r. ist. Venet. Sci. ser. 3. 1: 295- 301. 1855. Ref.: Schlechtendal, D.F.L. von, Bot. Zeit. 14: 475-478. 4 Jul 1856 (repr. diagn. new taxa). 16.243. Flora de’ terreni terziarii di Novale nel Vicentino ... Torino (dalla Stamperia reale) 1856. Oct. Co-author. Abramo Bartolommeo Massalongo (1824-1860). Publ.: 1856, p. [1]-47, pl. 1-13 (uncol. liths.). Copies: FI, G, NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mem. R. Acad. Sci. Torino ser. 2. 17: 199-243. pl. 1-13. 1856. Corrected entry for TL-2/5613. 16.244. Sopra (Acanto degli scrittori greci e latini studii critici ... Venezia (presso la Segretaria dell’ i.r. Istituto ...) 1858. Qu. Publ.: 1858 (read 23 Aug 1857; t.p. reprint 1858), p. [i], [1]-7. Copies: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mem. r. Ist. Venet. Sci. 7: 45-51. 1857 [i.e. 1858]. 16.245. Piante fossili della Dalmazia ... Venezia (presso la Segretaria dell’ ir. Istituto . ..) 1858. Qu. Publ.: 1858 (read 26 Jul 1858), p. [1]-35, pl. 1-6 (col. liths.). Copies: G(2). — Reprinted and to be cited from Mem. r. Ist. Venet. Sci. 7: 423-455, pl. 1-6. 1857 (1.e. 1858 because read 26 Jul 1858). 16.246. Recensio altera plantarum minus cognitarum quas Hortus patavinus colit ... [Venezia (coi tipi di G. Antonelli) 1859]. Oct. Publ.: Jan-Mar 1859 (p. [3]: Kal. Dec. 1858; imprint on p. 12: 1859; Bot. Zeit. 29 Apr 1859), p- [3]-12. Copies: G, US. — Reprinted and to be cited from Atti r. Ist. Veneto Sci. ser. 3. 4: 133-142. 1859. Ref.: Schlechtendal, D.F.L. von, Bot. Zeit. 17: 159. 29 Apr 1859 (rev.). 16.247. Due nuove piante dell’ Orto botanico di Padova memoria ... Padova (co? torchi di Gio. Batt. Randi e Comp.) 1860. Qu. (Due piante Orto Padova). Publ.: 1860 (read 22 Jul 1860; t.p. reprint dated 1860), p. [1]-7, 7 pl. (col. lith.). Copy: G. — Preprinted from Nuov. Sagg. r. Acad. Sci. Padova 7(2): 393-395. 1863. 16.248. Plantarum serbicarum pemptas ossia descrizione di cinque piante serbianae ... Venezia (presso la Segretaria dell’ i.r. Istituto ...) 1860. Qu. Publ.: 1860 (read 17 Jun 1860), p. [i], [1]-11, pl. 7-6 (uncol. liths.). Copies: G, HH, MO. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mem. r. Ist. Venet. Sci. 9: [165]-175. pl. 6-73. 1860. 16.249. Plantae serbicae rariores aut novae ... Decas I [-III] ... Venetiis (typis J. Anton- elli) 1862 [-1870]. Qu. (Pl. serb.). Co-author: Josef Pancic (1814-1888), see TL-2/4: 42-44. 1: 1862 (read 29 Mai 1862; Flora rd. 30 Jan 1863), p. [1]-26, pl. 1-7 (liths. J.B. Lago). — Preprinted or reprinted from Mem. r. Ist. Venet. Sci. 10: 425-446, pl. 19-25 1861 (1. 1862). 2: 1866 (read 18 Jun 1865; Flora 30 Sep 1866; ObZ 1 Aug 1866), p. [i], [1]-18, pl. 8-15. — Id. 12: 461-480, pl. 22-29. 1864 [1.e. 1866]. 758 VITMAN 3: 1870 (read 10 Jul 1869), p. [1]-21, pl. 16-27, 1-6. — Id. 15: [1]-21, pl. 16-27, 1-6. 1870. Copies: B-S, FI, G, HH, MO, NY. Ref.: Ascherson, P., Bot. Zeit. 29: 293-294, 317-318, 341-342. 1871 (rev.). 16.250. Sulla vegetazione e sul clima dell’ Isola di Lacroma in Dalmatia ... Trieste (Stab. libr; Tips. 4..C. Coenked?) 18635 Oct. Publ.: 1863 (Flora 7 Mai 1864; Bot. Zeit. rev. Dec 1863; ObZ 1 Nov 1863), p. [1]-16, map. Copy: G. — Reprinted from L’Ortolano, Giorn. pop. Ortic., Trieste 1863: 67-77 (journal n.v.). Ref.: Schlechtendal, D.F.L. von, Bot. Zeit. 21: 399-400. 11 Dec 1863 (rev.). 16.251. Palmae pinnatae tertiariae agri veneti ... Venezia (presso la Segretaria dell’ i.r. Istituto ...) 1864. Qu. Publ.: 1864 (read 22 Aug 1863; t.p. reprint 1864), p. [i], [1]-26, pl. 2-72. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mem. r. Ist. Venet. Sci. 11: [435]-460, pl. 12-23. 1862 [i.e. 1864]. Plates coloured in journal; reprint has only pl. 11 col. — Abstract: Atti r. Ist. Venet. Sci.: 1862-1863: 1231-1241. 1863. 16.251. oe pinnatae tertiariae agri veneti ... Venezia (presso la Segretaria dell’ i-r. Istituto ...) 1864. Qu. Publ.: 1864 (read 22 Aug 1863; t.p. reprint 1864), p. [i], [1]-26, pl. 1-12. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mem. r. Ist. Vernet Sci. 11: [435]-460, pl. 12-23. 1862 [i.e. 1864]. Plates coloured in journal; reprint has only pl. 11 col. — Abstract: Atti r. Ist. Venet. Sci.: 1862-1863: 1231-1241. 1863. 16.252. Osservazioni sull’ erbario di Linneo memoria ... Firenze (Stabilimento di G. Pellas) 1870. Oct. Publ.: 1870, p. [i-1i], [208]-229. Copy: G. — Reprinted and to be cited from Nuov. Giorn. bot. ital. 2: [208]-229. 1870. 16.253. Di alcuni generi di piante fossili ... Venezia (presso la Segreteria del R. Istituto ...) 1875. Qu. Publ.: 1875 (read 22 Mar 1875), p. [1]-12, pl. 1-8. Copy: NY. — Reprinted and to be cited from Mem. r. Ist. Veneto Sci. 18: 457-466, pl. 19-26. 1874 [1.e. 1875]. Vitman, Fulgenzio 81728-1806), Italian botanist and clergyman; professor of botany and director of the Pavia botanical garden 1763-1773; professor of botany at the Lyceum of Brera, Milano 1774; founder of the botanical garden of the Lyceum 1781. (Vitm.). HERBARIUM and Types: Unknown. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 5(1): 373; Barnhart 3: 440 (b. 11 Aug 1728, d. 5 Mar 1806); BM 5: 2229; Dryander 3: 43, 149, 460; Herder p. 143; Hortus 3: 1206; Jackson p. 112; MW p. 516; PR 9804-9806; Rehder 5: 887; Saccardo 1: 172, 232, 233, 2 113; SO add. 732a; TL-1/1366; Tucker 1: 723; Zander ed. 10, p. 8728, ed. 11, p. 831. BIOFILE: Gager, C.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27: 274, 280. 1938. EPONYMY: Vitmannia M. Vahl (1794); Vitmannia Wight et Arnott (1834). 16.254. Saggio nulla maniera d’impedire la confusione che tién dietro allo innovazione de’ nomi, € ahi inesatte deserizioni delle piante in botanica ... Milano (dalla Stamperia A.S. Zeno, ...) [1773]. Qu. (Saggio innov. nom). Publ.: 1773, p- [1]-14, pl. -72 (uncol. copp.). Copy: G. 16.255. Summa plantarum quae hactenus innotuerunt methodo linnaeana per genera et species digesta illustrata descripta ... Mediolani [Milano] 1789-1792, 6 vols. Oct. (Summa pl.). 1: Dec 1789 or early 1790 (see Stafleu 1963), p. [i]-vil, 1-497. 139 VITMAN : Dec 1789 or early 1790 (id.), p : Dec 1789 or early 1790 (id.), p. : 1790, p. [1]-487. : 1791, p- [1]-458- Wet O23 S [1]-397, i-xlii, index. Copies: B, BR, G, HH, L, MICH, NY, PH, U, USDA; IDC 921. Suaplementumn, Megs 1: 1802, p. ae vill, I- 384. Copy. G — Summae plantarum a Fulgentio Vitman in lucem editae 1789. Sup alenentard aayanee) I. Mediolani (apud Pirotam et Masperum, ...) 1802. Oct. (in fours). f. Ref.: Stafleu, F.A., Taxon 12: 83. 1963. Daw & Vittadini, Carlo (1800-1865), Italian physician and mycologist; practicing physician in Milano; Dr. med. Torino 1826. (Vittad.). HERBARIUM and TyPEs: TO and PAD; further material at DTO, O, TO, UPS. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Ainsworth p. 348 [index]; Backer p. 617; Barnhart 3: 440 (b. 11 Jun 1800, d. 20 Nov 1865); BM 5: 2229; Bossert p. 420; CSP 6: 176, 8: 1160; Frank 3 (Anh.): 109; Hawksworth p. 186; Herder p. 246; Jackson p. 166; Kelly p. 233; Laségue p. 545; LS 27862-27869, 41818; NI 2071; PR 9807-9810, 10665, ed. 1: 10782- 10785; Saccardo 1: 173, 2: 113; Stevenson p. 1261; TL-2/see P. Boccone. BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Zeit. 24: 292. 1866 (d.); Flora 50: 15. 1867 (d. 1865). Briosi, G., Atti Ist. bot. Univ. Pavia ser. 2. 5: ill-iv, portr. 1899 (portr. with brief biogr. sketch). Candolle, Alph. de, Phytographie 457. 1880 (Tubéracées at ‘“‘Jardin bot. de Milan” [now at TO}). Garovaglio, S., Notizie sulla vita e sugli scritti dell dott. Carlo Vittadini, Milano 1867, 30 p. (ex Rendic. Ist. Lombardo, Cl. mat. nat. 4(2): 40-67. 1869). Lloyd, C.G., Mycol. Notes 7(3)(70): 1219. 1923 (orig. herb. at TO fide Mattirolo). Mattirolo, O., Gli autoptici di Carlo Vittadini e la loro importanza nello studio della idnologia, Milano 1907, 7 p. (ex Atti Congr. Natural. Ital. 1906) (on Vittadini’s types); Studie veget. Piemonte xcviil. 1929 (types of Funghi ipoge: in TO). Raab, H., Schweiz. Z. Pilzk. 53: 26. 1975. EPONYMY: Vittadinia A. Richard (1832), Vittadinion Zobel ex Corda (1854) and Vittadinula (P.A. Saccardo) F.E. Clements et Shear (1931) may have been named for this author, but the etymology was not given. 16.256. Tentamen mycologicum seu Amanitarum illustratio quam annuentibus magnifico domino rectore ac celeberrimis facultatis medicae directore et decano nec non clarissimis d.d. professoribus ... ad doctoris medicinae gradum rite assequendam in C.I.R. Archig- ymnasio Ticinensi una cum annexis thesibus publicae disquisitioni offerebat Carolus Vittadini mediolanus v. idus maii mdcccxxvi ... Mediolani (ex Typographia Felicis Rusconi) [1826]. Qu. (Tent. mycol.). Publ.: 11 Mai 1826, p. [1]-34, [35, err.], 1 pl. (uncol.). Copies: B-S, FH, G(2), NY, Stevenson, USDA; TDC 358. Cover-title: Amanitarum illustratio. 16.257. Monographia Tuberacearum ... Mediolani [Milano] (ex Typographia Felicis Rusconi) 1831. Qu. (Monogr. Tuberac.). Publ.: 1831 (p. 88: “1 Apr’), p. [i-viii], [1]-88, pl. 7 (““xx’’), 2-5 (col. copp.). Copres: B-S, FI, G, MICH, NY, Stevenson; IDC 5289. 16.258. Descrizione dei funghi mangerecct pid comuni dell’ Italia e de’ velenosi che possono co’ medesimi confondersi ... Milano (dalla Tipografia e Libreria di Felice Rusconi .. .) [1832-] 1835. Qu. (Deser. fung. mang.). Publ.: 1832-1835 (in twelve fascicles), p. [i*-iii*], [i]-xlvii, [1]-364. pl. 1-44 (p.p. col. copp.). Copies: B-S, FH, G, HH, MICH, NY, Stevenson, USDA; IDC 6334. — Barnhart (NAF 9: 454) gives as approximate year dates: Fasc. 1-3: 1832, p. 1-64, pl. 1-9. 760 VIVIANI Fasc. 4-6: 1833, p. 65-164, pl. 10-21. Fasc. 7-9: 1834, p. 165-228, pl. 22-29 (copy G has fasc. 1-9). Fasc. 10-12: 1835, p. 229-364, pl. 30-44. 16.259. Monographia Lycoperdineorum ... Augustae Taurinorum [Torino] (ex Officina regia) 1842. Qu. (Monogr. Lycoperd.). Publ.: 1842 (Flora 28 Sep 1843; preprint), p. [i], [1]-93, [1, err.], pl. 1-3 (p.p. col. copp.). Copies: B-S, FH, Stevenson; IDC 898. — Preprinted from Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, Phys.-mat., ser. 2, 5: 145-238. 1843. — Abstract in Ann. Sci. nat., Bot. ser. 2. 19: 277- 288. 1843. — Copies of the preprints show two types of characters used for the main heading. Viviani, Domenico (1772-1840), Italian botanist; Dr. med. Roma; public professor of botany at Genova; professor of botany and natural history at the Atheneum (later: University) ib. 1803-1837; founder of the Genova botanical garden. (V2v.). HERBARIUM and Types: GE (destr.); other material at CGE, M, O, PAD, REG. — Letters at G. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 3: 226; Ainsworth p. 226, 314, 348; Backer p. 663; Barnhart 3: 440 (b. 29 Jul 1772, d. 15 Feb 1840); BL 1: 42, 322; BM 5: 2220, 8: 1373; Bossert p. 420; CSP 6: 177, 8: 1160; Frank 3 (Anh.): 109; Herder p. 483 [index]; Hortus 3: 1206; IF p. 736; Jackson p. 351, 434; Kelly p. 233; Laségue p. 326, 342, 441, 442, 545; LS 27876-27877; NI 2072-2074; PFC 1: lii-liv, 3(1): xl; PR 1619, 9811-9820, ed. 1: 1769, 2639, 10786-10796; Quenstedt p. 445; Rehder 5: 887; Saccardo 1: 173, 2: 1133 SBC p. 134; Stevenson p. 1261; TL-1/1367-1368; TL-2/1064; Tucker 1: 723; Zander ed. LOpe 7ZGyed= I, p.) G3. BIOFILE: Anon., Brit. Mus. gen. cat. print. books 249: 897. 1964; Cat. gén. livr. impr. Bibl. natl. 213: 8-9. 1972; Flora 23(2): 735-736. 1840 (obit. not.). Béguinot, A., Encicl. ital. 35: 529. 1937. Dawson, W.R., Smith papers 93. 1934. Gager, C.S., Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 27(3): 273. 1938 (dir. Bot. Gard. Genova 1803- 1837). Gertz, O., K. Fysiogr. Sallsk. Lund 1772-1940; Hist. overs. 235. 1940. Ilario, T., Revisione critica delle specie e varieta di piante vascolari stabilite da Domenico Viviani (1772-1840), Forli 1938 (repr. from Arch. bot. 13(3-4): 196-233. Dec 1937, 14(2): 162-168. Jun 1938). Issel, A. & A. Piccone, Domenico Viviani e Giuseppe de Notaris, Con elenco dei suoi scritti, Genova 1882, 45 p. Pescetto, G.B., Giorn. Soc. Letture Convers. Sci. Genova 1879: 462-480. 1879 (biogr.). Poggendorff, J.C., Biogr.-lit. Handw.-Buch 2: 1214. 1863. Verdoorn, F., ed., Chron. bot. 4: 528. 1938, 5: 306. 1939, 6: 238. 1941. COMPOSITE WoRKs: Princ. elem. bot. 1808, Italian translation by Viviani of A.J. Cavanilles, Descr. pl. 1801-1802, TL-2/1064. EPONYMY: Viviana Raddi (1822); Viviania Cavanilles (1804); Viviania Rafinesque (1814); Viviania Colla (1825). The derivation of Vivianella (P.A. Saccardo) P.A. Saccardo (1898) was not given. 16.260. Elenchus plantarum horti botanici J. Car. Dinegro observationibus quod novas, vel rariores species passim interjectis. — Genuae [Genova] (Typis de Planis) 1802. Qu. (Elench. pl.). Publ.: 2-6 Jul 1902 (p. 8: 2 Jul 1802; copy sent by V. to J.E. Smith on 6 Jul 1802), p. [1]- 36, 1 pl. Copies: HH; IDC 5701. 16.261. Annali di botanica compilati dal Dott. Domenico Viviani in Genova. Genova (Stamperia Nazionale ...) 1802. Qu. +. (Ann. di bot.). [7(1)]: 1802, p. [1]-248. 761 VIVIANI 1(2): before 8 Aug 1804 (SY p. 22), p. [i-iv], 1-193, 5 pl. (uncol. copp.). Annales botanici redacta cura Dominici Viviani M.D. et in Athenaeo ligustico Bot. Prof. vol. I. pars II. Genuae (apud Jacobum Delle-Piane) 1804. Copies: B-S, G, NY, USDA; IDC 5792. — All published; mainly a compilation of articles or text by various authors, published elsewhere. For Viviani’s Florae ttalicae fragmenta in 1(2): 135-193, see the note by Sayre (SY p. 22). — The text is not identical with the publication with the same name of 1808. Reprint of 1(2): 135-193 (Florae italicae fragmenta) in J.J. Roemer, Collectanea 285-291. 1809. 16.262. Voyage dans les Apennins de la ci-devant Ligurie pour servir d’introduction a Vhistoire naturelle de ce pays ... Génes (de Imprimerie Giossi, ...) 1807. Qu. (Voy. Apennins). Publ.: 1807, p. [i-iv], [1]-28. Copies: G(2), HH. — See also the text with the same title published in J. de Phys. 65: 289-309. 1807. 16.263. Florae italicae fragmenta, seu plantae rariores, vel nondum cognitae, in variis Italiae regionibus detectae, descriptionibus, et figuris illustratae ... fasciculus primus ... Genuae [Genova] (Typis J. Giossi, ...) [1808]. t. Qu. (Fl. ial. fragm.). Publ.: 1808 (p. vii: Mar 1808), p. [i]-vii, [viii], [1]-28, pl. 1-26 (uncol. copp.). Copies: B, G, HH, NY(2), PH. — See also above under Annali di Botanica 1(2). 1804. 16.264. Flora Libycae specimen sive plantarum enumeratio Cyrenaicam, Pentapolim, Magne Syrteos desertum et regionem Tripolitanam incolentium quas ex siccis spec- iminibus delineavit, descripsit et aere insculpi curavit Dominicus Viviani ... Genuae [Genova] (ex Typographia Pagano) 1824. Qu. (in 2-s). (Fl. Libyc. spec.). Publ.: 1824 (p. xii: 31 Jan 1824; Flora 28 Aug 1824), p. [i]-xil, [1]-68, pl. 1-27 (uncol. copp. auth.). Copies: G, H, HH, MO, NY, USDA; IDC 6482. Ref.: Cosson, E., Bull. Soc. bot. France 12: 275-286. 1865 (Révision du FI. Libyc. spec. de Viviani d’aprés son herbier [at GE}). E.M., Gott. gel. Anz. 1825(196): 1953-1959 (rev.). Zuccarini, J.G., Flora 7(2): 609-616. 21 Oct, 625-639. 28 Oct 1824 (rev.). 16.265. Florae Corsicae specierum novarum, vel minus cognitarum diagnosis quam in Florae italicae fragmenti alterius prodromum exhibet ... [Genuae (ex Typographia Pagano) 1824]. Qu. (Fl. Cors. prodr.). Publ.: 1824 (p. 16: 15 Sep 1824), p. [1]-16. Copies: G(2), H, HH, NY, USDA. Appendix: 1825 (p. 8: Kal. Nov 1825), p. [1]-8, 7 pl. Copies: G, H, HH. — “... Appendix ad Florae corsicae prodromum’’, on p. 8: ““Anno mdcccxxv. Genuae, typis Y. Gravier ...” Appendix altera: 1830, p. [1]-8, pl. 1-2. — Copies: G, H, HH. —“*... Appendix altera ad Florae corsicae prodromum’’, on p. 8: Genuae Idibus M. Marti Anno mdcccxxx. 16.266. Lettera del prof. Domenico Viviani al prof. Antonio Bertoloni sopra una nuova specie di Corispermum ... [Bologna (nella Tipografia Marsigli ...) 1829. (Lett. Corispermum). Publ.: 1829 (text dated 14 Sep 1829), p. [1]-5. Copy: G. 16.267. Plantarum aegyptiarum, decades iv. Quas vel primus descripsit vel observationibus illustravit ... Genuae [Genova] (Typis Gesino) 1830. Oct. (Pl. aegypt. dec.). Publ.: 1830, p. [1]-30. pl. 1-2 (uncol. copp. auth.). Copies: B-S, G, U. 16.268. Della struttura degli organi elementari nelle piante e delle loro funzioni nella vita vegetabile ... Genova (Dalla Tipografia di Yves Gravier, ...) 1831. Oct. (Strutt. org. prante). Publ.: 1831, p. [1]-362, [363, err.]. pl. 1-8 (uncol. copp. auth.). Copies: B-S, G, NY. 16.269. I funghi d Italia e principalmente le loro specie mangereccie, velenose, 0 sospette descritte ed illustrate con tavole disegnate, e colorite dal vero dal dottore Domenico Viviani ... Genova (Tipografia e litografia Ponthenier) 1834 [-1838]. Fol. t+. (Fung. Italia). Publ.: 1834-1837, in 6 parts (fasc. 6: Hinrichs Nov 1837), p. [i]-xv, 1-64, pl. 1-60 (col. 762 VOCHTING liths. auth.). Copies: B, BR, FH, MICH, NY, Stevenson. — Text ends abruptly on p. 64; remained unfinished. 16.270. Memoria sopra alcuni plagi in botanica con alcune reflessioni che ne conseguitano esposte in un’appendice ... Milano (dalla Tipografia e libreria di Felice Rusconi ...) 1838. Oct. (Mem. plagi bot.). Publ.: 1838, p. [1]-40. Copies: G, NY. Vivier, Jacques du (1720-1793), fictitious French botanist; said to have taken part in de la Condamine’s expedition to South America; sometime professor of botany and mathematics at the College of Lima, returning from Lima to Europe (embarking in Cayenne [sic]). 1782. NOTE: One of the fictitious botanists figuring in J.G. Wilson & J. Fiske, eds., Appelton’s Cycl. Amer. biogr. (6: 304. 1889), see J.H. Barnhart, J. New York Bot. Gard. 20: 179- 180. 1919, and R.N. Jervis, Asa Gray Bull. ser. 2. 1: 42. 1953. Vlémincq, Aimé (ff. 1937), Belgian botanist. (Vlémincq). HERBARIUM and TypEs: Unknown. BIOFILE: Evens, F.M.J.C., Gesch. algol. Belg. 199-200. 1944. 16.271. Histoire des plantes ... Bruxelles (Les Naturalistes belges) 1937-1938, 2 parts. (Hist. pl.). 1: 1937 (BR rd. 13 Apr 1937), p. [1]-124, pl. 1-10 in pagination. — Flagellates, Algues, Bryophytes. 2: 1938, p. [1]-116, pl. 17-79 in pagination. — Ptéridophytes. Copies: B, BR, NY, USDA. Vocke, Adolf (1821-1901), German (Prussian) botanist and gardener; trained at the Nathusiusschen Baumschulen, Neuhaldensleben; gardener e.g. at te Breslau Botanical Garden; bought a commercial nursery at Nordhausen ca. 1860; sold the nursery in 1870 to dedicate himself exclusively to botany, especially plant collecting. (Vocke). HERBARIUM and Types: GOET; other material in B (extant in herb. Ullepitsch), BR, E. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: AG 6(1): 733; Barnhart 3: 441 (b. 21 Nov 1821, d. Mai 1901); BFM 463; BM 5: 2230; Rehder 5: 887; TR 1533. BIOFILE: Kellner, K., Beitr. Heimatk. Nordhausen 5: 31-32. 1980 (biogr. sketch). Wagenitz, G., Index coll. princ. herb. Gott. 7, 170-171. 1982 (herb.). HANDWRITING: Wagenitz, G., Index coll. princ. herb. Gott. 212. 1982. 16.272. Flora von Nordhausen und der weiteren Umgegend. Systematisches Verzeichnis der wildwachsenden und haufig kultivierten Gefasspflanzen. In Auftrage des Naturwis- senschaftlichen Vereins zu Nordhausen herausgegeben ... Berlin (R. Friedlander & Sohn) 1886. Oct. (Fl. Nordhausen). Co-authors: [Johann] Carl Angelrodt (1845-1913). Publ.: 1 Jun-10 Jul 1886 (Bot. Centralbl. 2-13 Aug 1886; Bot. Zeit. 16 Jul 1886 “soeben’’; J. Bot. Aug 1886; Nat. Nov. Aug(1) 1886; Flora 11 Jul 1886 “soeben’’), p. [i]-viii, [1]-332. Copy: B. Ref.: Freyn, J.F., Bot. Centralbl. 28: 267-268. 1886 (rev.). Véchting, Hermann (1847-1917), German (Lippe) botanist; at a pharmacy in Lippe- Detmold 1864-1867; assistant at the Berlin Botanical Garden 1867; studied natural sciences at Berlin University as student of N. Pringsheim 1872; gardener at Blomberg 1870, at Kew 1871, assistant to Pringsheim 1872; Dr. phil. Gottingen 1873; assistant at Bonn with J.L.E.R. von Hanstein 1874; habil. ib. 1874, extraordinary professor of 763 VOCHTING botany Bonn 1877; ordinary professor of botany Basel 1878-1887; id. Tubingen 1887- 1917; experimental morphologist. (Vécht.). HERBARIUM and types: Unknown. BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Biol.-Dokum. 18: 9591; BJI 1: 60, 2: 184; BM 5: 2230; CSP 8: 1161, 11: 712, 19: 382; Frank 3 (Anh.): 109; Herder p. 125, 330, 339; Hortus 3: 1206; Jackson p. 83, 109; Moebius p. 291, 457; Morren ed. 2, p. 6, ed. 10, p. 109; Rehder 5: 887-888; Tucker 2: xxxix. BIOFILE: Anon., Bot. Centralbl. 111: 96. 1909 (Dr. h.c. Cambridge), 122: 128. 1913 (memb. Akad. Berlin), 137: 64. 1918 (d.); Bot. Zeit. 32: 271. 1874 (asst. Bonn), 32: 828. 1874 (habil. Bonn), 45: 694. 1887 (call to Tubingen); Deut. biogr. Jahrb. 2 (1917-1920): 675. 1928; Flora 60: 320. 1874 (call to Basel), 61: 432. 1878 (call accepted); Hedwigia 53: (235). 1913 (memb. Akad. Berlin), 60: (g2). 1918 (d.); Nature 81: 13. 1901; Nat. Nov. 9:232. 1887 (call to Tubingen), 31: 342. 1909 (Dr. h.c. Cambridge); Osterr. bot. Z. 27: 285. 1877 (e.0. prof.), 28: 380. 1878 (to Basel, Bonn), 67: 248. 1918 (d.). Bergdolt, E., Karl von Goebel ed. 2. 47: 66, 127. 1941. Correns, C., Naturwissenschaften 5: 81-84. 1917. Degener, H.A.L., Wer ist’s eds. 5-8, 1911-1922. Fitting, H., Ber. deut. bot. Ges. 37: (41)-(77).-1919 (obit., portr., bibl.; d. 24 Nov 1917); Decheniana 105-106: 9-10. 1952. Jackson, B.D., Proc. Linn. Soc. 133: 58-59. 1921 (obit.). Lehmann, E., Schwabische Apotheker 184-185, 210. 1951 (d. 24 Nov 1917). Magdefrau, K., Gesch. Bot. 134, 171, 275, fig. 71. 1973. Reinke, J., Mein Tagewerk 58, 126. 1925. Ruhland, W., in Handw.-Buch Naturw. ed. 2. 10: 261. 1935. Senn, G., Verh. naturf. Ges. Basel 30: 1-9. 1919 (obit., portr., list publ., b. 8 Feb 1847, d. 24 Nov 1917). Wittrock, V.B., Acta Horti Berg. 3(2): 145-146. pl. 27. 1903. COMPOSITE WORKS: (1) Drawings, for N. Pringsheim, Ueber dem Gang der morphologischen Differenzirung in der Sphacelarien-Reihe 1873, TL-2/8336. (2) Co-editor Gartenflora vols. 36-39, 1887-1890. (3) Die botanische Anstalt, in Die unter der Regierung seiner Majestat des K6nigs Karl an der Universitat Tubingen errichteten und erweiterten Institute ... Tubingen (H. Laupp’sche Buchhandlung) 1889, cover-t.p., p. [1]-10. Copy: HH. — Composite volume N.v. 16.273. References concerning this book Tyrrell-Glynn and Levyns, Flora africana 7. 1968. birth/death dates , Bolus, Harriet Margaret Louisa (née Kensit) (1877-1970), South African botanist, daughter-in-law of Harry Bolus. (L. Bolus). }» Proposed citation form as author HERBARIUM and TyPEs: BOL, other material BM, GRA, NBG, PRE, SAM. Ref.; IH 2: 82:}* References to collections Tolken, Index herb. austro-afr. 1971. References in standard biographical and bibliographical works BIBLIOGRAPHY and BIOGRAPHY: Barnhart 1: 214; BL 1: 28, 54; BM 6: 106; Bossert p. 44; Kew 1: 291; Langman p. 391. Articles in books, journals etc. Anon.,, Flowering plants South Africa 23. 1943 (portr.) Herre, Kakteen und andere Sukkulenten 12(1): 1-3. 1961 (portr.) E.G.H.O., Forum botanicum 8: 68-69. 1970 (Died at Cape Town on 5 Apr 1970. Harry Bolus was her uncle and father-in-law). Levyns and Jessop, J. S. Afr. Bot. 36(4): 319-330. 1970 (bibl.) Herre, Kakt. Sukk. 21: 139, 170, also in The genera of the Mesembryanthemaceae 46- 47. 1971 (portr.) Glen, Aloe 13(3): 84, 87. 1975 (portr.) Generic and journal names based on names of person EPONYMY: Bolusanthemum Schwantes (1928). — Note: For other eponyms based on the i Bolus, cf. supra, sub Harry Bolus. ir Book number short-title 62 6. Wotes on Mesembryanthemum and allied genera. \Cape Town 1928-1958. Oct. (Notes Mesembryanthemum). |» Abbreviation of short-title Part I: 1 Jul 1928 (reprinted from articles appearing in S. A. Garden & Country Life August-December, 1927), reprint 1928 (156 pp.) Part IT: Data on place of publication, dates of whole or parts, etc. pages dates pages dates pages dates 1-16 9 Nov 1928 147-160 22 Nov 1929 309-336 29 Jan 1932 17-32 21 Dec 1928 161-176 20 Feb 1930 337-356 24 Jun 1932 33-48 24 Jan 1929 177-192 g Mai 1930 357-376 6 Dec 1932 49-64 12 Apr 1929 193-208 15 Aug 1930 377-396 19 Mai 1933 65-80 3 Mai 1929 209-224 12 Nov 1930 397-416 16 Oct 1933 81-94 6 Jun 1929 225-244 12 Feb 1931 417-436 26 Jan 1934 Q5-110 4 Jul 1929 245-268 1 Mai 1931 437-452 23 Mai 1934 II1-129 16 Aug 1929 269-292 3 Jul 1931 453-472 17 Aug 1934 131-146 4 Nov 1929 293-308 24 Sep 1931 473-508 11 Feb 1935 267 SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIE UT 3 9088 00561 6651 + As eatdaiscaye faith ary Hint) 434/414 i ; alias ees Biel stant Ieee a tHD i eit \e aati 4 aratdts: ete eye ; edtdee yh, MTN SDA Hit te Thiebrygatutdeytat aie it PUPP TP IE NOUN R MAG Py Ot ra Ca t alesse ee aaiiialeleiay aay Battie ie ies ele le ae rislaneaak id f {¢, i i H i} oe oe an oe bere tit aM a